9100, 9200 9300 9400 9120, 9220 9320, 9420 9520 and 9620 Tractors Repair

9100, 9200 , 9300
9400 , 9120, 9220

9320, 9420
9520 and 9620
Tractors
Repair
TECHNICAL MANUAL
9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors
Repair
TM1623 09NOV06 (ENGLISH)
John Deere Waterloo Works

LITHO IN U.S.A.
For complete service information also see:
9100, 9200, 9300, and 9400 Tractors:
- Operation and Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1624
9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620
Tractors:
- Operation and Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1972
PowerTech 8.1 L - Diesel:
- Base Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM86
- JD Level 3 Electronic Fuel Systems with
Bosch In-Line Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM134
- JD Level 9 Electronic Fuel Systems with
Denso In-Line Pump (HPCR). . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM255
PowerTech 10.5 & 12.5 L - Diesel:
- Base Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM100
- Lucas Electronic Fuel System with Lucas
EUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM115
- JD Level 6 Electronic Fuel System with
Lucas EUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM188
Electronic Fuel Injection Systems (Bosch &
Denso Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM68
Alternators and Starter Motors . . . . . . . . . . . CTM77
18-Speed PST:
- Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM168
- Operation, Test, and Diagnostics. . . . . . . . CTM280
AMS Systems and Components Diagnosis
and Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1909
Introduction
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician. Information is organized in groups for the various
Essential tools required in performing certain service components requiring service instruction. At the
work are identified in this manual and are beginning of each group are summary listings of all
recommended for use. applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools,
other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits,
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.
introduction of this manual and the cautions presented
throughout the text of the manual. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific
machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only
the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis,
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this
testing, and repair.
symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to
the potential for personal injury.
Fundamental service information is available from
other sources covering basic theory of operation,
Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and
fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance,
operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair
and basic type of failures and their causes.
the components. Operation and tests sections help you
identify the majority of routine failures quickly.
DX,TMIFC –19–29SEP98–1/1
Notice to the Dealer
This is a complete revision of TM1623 Repair Technical

Manual for 9100, 9200, 9300, and 9400 Tractors. It also
covers 9120, 9220, 9320, 9420, and 9520 Tractors.
Discard TM1623 dated 14OCT04.
OUO1073,0001FA1 –19–08NOV05–1/1
TM1623 (09NOV06) 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=3
Introduction
Dealer Predelivery Information Form
The John Deere Predelivery Form, when properly filled

out and signed by dealer, verifies predelivery and delivery
services were satisfactorily performed.
Because of the shipping factors involved, plus extra

finishing touches necessary to promote customer
satisfaction, there are certain predelivery services that
must be performed by the dealer. These services are
listed on the predelivery form with the tractor.
Perform all services listed and check each job off as it is

completed. Fill form out completely and sign it.
OURX113,0000002 –19–18APR01–1/1
TM1623 (09NOV06) 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=4
Contents
10
SECTION 10—General Information Group 40—Compound Shaft Assembly
Group 05—Safety Group 45—9-Inch Clutch Assembly
Group 10—General Information Group 50—Front and Rear Housings
Group 55—Transmission Cleanup
SECTION 20—Engine 20
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation SECTION 55—Mechanical Shift Transmission (MST)
Group 05—Engine Repair Group 00—Component Removal and Installation
Group 05—Transmission Oil Filter Relief Valve
SECTION 30—Fuel, Air, and Cooling Systems Housing
Group 05—Diesel Fuel System Group 10—Transmission Control Valve Housing
Group 10—Air Intake and Exhaust Systems Group 15—Transmission Pump 30
Group 15—Engine Cooling System Group 20—Transmission Front Cover
Group 20—Oil Coolers Group 25—Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake (24-Speed)
Group 30—Hi-Lo Planetary (24-Speed)
SECTION 40—Electrical Group 35—Spacer Housing (24-Speed)
Group 05—Connectors Group 40—Traction Clutch 40
Group 10—Wiring Harness Routings Group 45—Transmission Gear Drives
Group 15—Charging Circuit Group 50—Transmission Cleanup
Group 20—Starting Circuit Group 55—Shift Levers and Linkage
Group 25—Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
Group 30—Monitoring Systems and Sensors SECTION 56—Drive Systems
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation 50
Group 35—Armrest Control
Group 40—Implement and Accessory Connectors Group 05—Engine Coupler
Group 45—Convenience and Accessory Group 10—Drive Shafts
Components Group 15—PTO Clutch
Group 20—PTO Clutch Valve and Linkage
SECTION 50—18-Speed Power Shift Transmission Group 25—PTO Drop Box 52
(9020)
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation SECTION 57—Axles
Group 05—In Tractor Repair Group 00—Component Removal and Installation
Group 10—Transmission Repair Group 02—Park Brake
Group 15—Transmission Cleanup Group 03—Repair Preparation
55
Group 20—Clutch Control Group 05—Input Housing
Group 10—Differential
SECTION 52—12-Speed Power Shift Transmission Group 15—Final Drives
(9000) Group 20—Brakes
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation
Group 05—Clutch Control SECTION 60—Steering and Brakes 56
Group 10—Transmission Oil Filter Relief Valve Group 05—Steering Column
Housing and Oil Pump Group 10—Steering Control Valve
Group 15—Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve Group 15—Steering Cylinders
Group 20—On-Off and Modulating Shift Solenoids Group 20—Brake Valve
Group 25—8-Inch Clutch Assembly Group 25—Park Brake 57
Group 30—Lower 7-Inch Clutch Assembly
Group 35—Upper 7-Inch Clutch Assembly Continued on next page
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice. 60
COPYRIGHT  2006
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright  1996, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004
TM1623 (09NOV06) i 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=1
Contents
10
SECTION 70—Hydraulics
Group 05—Hydraulic System Repair
Group 10—Hydraulic Pump
Group 15—Axle Lubrication and Charge Pumps
20
Group 20—Filter Housings and Control Valves
Group 25—Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves,
and Couplers—9000 Series
Group 30—Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves,
and Couplers—9020 Series
30 Group 35—High-Flow Selective Control Valve—
Scraper
Group 40—Hitch
SECTION 80—Miscellaneous
Group 05—Hood and Side Panels
40
Group 10—Heavy-Duty Wheels—9020 Tractors
SECTION 90—Operator Station

Group 05—Heating, Ventilating, and Air
50 Conditioning (HVAC)
Group 10—Air Conditioning System
Group 15—Air Suspension Seat (S.N. —030000)
Group 20—Air Suspension Seat (S.N. 030001— )
and 9020 Series
Group 25—ACTIVE SEAT
52
Group 30—Armrest
Group 35—Cab Door and Windshield
SECTION 95—Hinge and Gudgeon

Group 05—Hinge
55 Group 10—Gudgeon
SECTION 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools

Group 05—Fabricated Tools
56
57
60
TM1623 (09NOV06) ii 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=2
Contents
70
80
90
95
99
INDX
TM1623 (09NOV06) iii 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=3
Contents
70
80
90
95
99
INDX
TM1623 (09NOV06) iv 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=4
10
Section 10
General Information
Contents
Page
Group 05—Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-05-1
Group 10—General Information

General Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-1
General Specifications—9020 Series . . . . . . . .10-10-2
General Specifications—9000 and 9020
Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-3
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values . . . . . . . .10-10-5
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values . . .10-10-6
Sealants and Adhesives Cross-Reference
Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-7
Identifying Zinc-Flake Coated Fasteners . . . . . .10-10-8
Glossary of Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-9
TM1623 (09NOV06) 10-1 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=1
Contents
10

110906
PN=2
Group 05
Safety
10
Recognize Safety Information 05
1
This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the
potential for personal injury.
–UN–07DEC88
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.
T81389
DX,ALERT –19–29SEP98–1/1
Follow Safety Instructions
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on

your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are
–UN–23AUG88
available from your John Deere dealer.
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use

controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without
TS201
instruction.
Keep your machine in proper working condition.

Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
function and/or safety and affect machine life.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need

assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
DX,READ –19–03MAR93–1/1
TM1623 (09NOV06) 10-05-1 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=9
Safety
10
05 Practice Safe Maintenance
2
Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep

area clean and dry.
Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is

moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from
power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate
controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the
ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine
to cool.
Securely support any machine elements that must be

raised for service work.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix

damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground

cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems
–UN–23AUG88
or welding on machine.
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from

tractor before servicing electrical system components or
TS218
welding on machine.
DX,SERV –19–17FEB99–1/1
Protect Against High Pressure Spray
Spray from high pressure nozzles can penetrate the skin

and cause serious injury. Keep spray from contacting
hands or body.
–UN–18MAR92
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any high

pressure spray injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene may result.
Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference
TS1343
a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is

available from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,SPRAY –19–16APR92–1/1

110906
PN=10
Safety
10
Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires 05
3
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near

heaters or other fire hazards.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
–UN–23AUG88
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn
TS227
spontaneously.
DX,FLAME –19–29SEP98–1/1
Prevent Battery Explosions
Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from

the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.
–UN–23AUG88
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).
TS204
DX,SPARKS –19–03MAR93–1/1
Prepare for Emergencies
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

–UN–23AUG88
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291
DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1

110906
PN=11
Safety
10
05 Prevent Acid Burns
4
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong

enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause
blindness if splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get
medical attention immediately.
–UN–23AUG88
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not
TS203
exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
DX,POISON –19–21APR93–1/1

110906
PN=12
Safety
10
Handle Agricultural Chemicals Safely 05
5
Chemicals used in agricultural applications such as

fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, pesticides,
rodenticides, and fertilizers can be harmful to your health
or the environment if not used carefully.
–UN–23AUG88
Always follow all label directions for effective, safe, and
legal use of agricultural chemicals.
Reduce risk of exposure and injury:
TS220
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as
recommended by the manufacturer. In the absence of
manufacturer’s instructions, follow these general
guidelines:
– Chemicals labeled ’Danger’: Most toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, respirator, gloves, and skin
protection.
–UN–11OCT88
– Chemicals labeled ’Warning’: Less toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, gloves, and skin protections.
– Chemicals labeled ’Caution’: Least toxic. Generally
require use of gloves and skin protection.
• Avoid inhaling spray or dusts.
A34471
• Always have soap, water, and towel available when
working with chemicals. If chemical contacts skin,
hands, or face, wash immediately with soap and water.
If chemical gets into eyes, flush immediately with water.
• Wash hands and face after using chemicals and before
eating, drinking, smoking, or urination.
• Do not smoke or eat while applying chemicals.
• After handling chemicals, always bathe or shower and
change clothes. Wash clothing before wearing again.
• Seek medical attention immediately if illness occurs
during or shortly after use of chemicals.
• Keep chemicals in original containers. Do not transfer
chemicals to unmarked containers or to containers used
for food or drink.
• Store chemicals in a secure, locked area way from
human or livestock food. Keep children away.
• Always dispose of containers properly. Triple rinse
empty containers and puncture or crush containers and
dispose of properly.
DX,WW,CHEM01 –19–05APR04–1/1

110906
PN=13
Safety
10
05 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
6
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
X9811
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1
Park Machine Safely
Before working on the machine:
• Lower all equipment to the ground.

• Stop the engine and remove the key.
• Disconnect the battery ground strap.
–UN–24MAY89
• Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.
TS230
DX,PARK –19–04JUN90–1/1

110906
PN=14
Safety
10
Support Machine Properly 05
7
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground

before you work on the machine. If the work requires that
the machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure
support for them. If left in a raised position, hydraulically
supported devices can settle or leak down.
–UN–23AUG88
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles,
or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
TS229
Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
When implements or attachments are used with a

machine, always follow safety precautions listed in the
implement or attachment operator’s manual.
DX,LOWER –19–24FEB00–1/1
Wear Protective Clothing
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.
–UN–23AUG88
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
TS206
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
DX,WEAR –19–10SEP90–1/1
Work in Clean Area
Before starting a job:
• Clean work area and machine.

• Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job.
–UN–18OCT88
• Have the right parts on hand.

• Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt
shortcuts.
T6642EJ
DX,CLEAN –19–04JUN90–1/1

110906
PN=15
Safety
10
05 Service Machines Safely
8
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,

scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near
machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get
caught, severe injury could result.
–UN–23AUG88
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical
shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
TS228
DX,LOOSE –19–04JUN90–1/1
Work In Ventilated Area
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is

necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove
the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe
extension.
–UN–23AUG88
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the
doors and get outside air into the area
TS220
DX,AIR –19–17FEB99–1/1
Illuminate Work Area Safely
Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a

portable safety light for working inside or under the
machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage.
The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite
spilled fuel or oil.
–UN–23AUG88
TS223
DX,LIGHT –19–04JUN90–1/1
Replace Safety Signs
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the

machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign
placement.
–UN–23AUG88
TS201
DX,SIGNS1 –19–04JUN90–1/1

110906
PN=16
Safety
10
Use Proper Lifting Equipment 05
9
Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe

injury or machine damage.
Follow recommended procedure for removal and

installation of components in the manual.
–UN–23AUG88
TS226
DX,LIFT –19–04JUN90–1/1
Service Tires Safely
Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause

serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper

equipment and experience to perform the job.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate

the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or
heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an
increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion.
Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension

hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and
NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety
cage if available.
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged

rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
–UN–23AUG88
TS211
DX,RIM –19–24AUG90–1/1

110906
PN=17
Safety
10
05 Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust
10
Avoid breathing dust that may be generated when

handling components containing asbestos fibers. Inhaled
asbestos fibers may cause lung cancer.
Components in products that may contain asbestos fibers
–UN–23AUG88
are brake pads, brake band and lining assemblies, clutch
plates, and some gaskets. The asbestos used in these
components is usually found in a resin or sealed in some
way. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as
TS220
airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated.
Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for

cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing
asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator. A
special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean
asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on
the material containing asbestos.
Keep bystanders away from the area.
DX,DUST –19–15MAR91–1/1
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can
–UN–15MAY90
accidentally burst when heat goes beyond the immediate
flame area.
TS953
DX,TORCH –19–10DEC04–1/1

110906
PN=18
Safety
10
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating 05
11
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
–UN–23AUG88
Remove paint before heating:
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
TS220
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding

will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic

fumes and dust away.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
DX,PAINT –19–24JUL02–1/1
Use Proper Tools
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and

procedures can create safety hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and

fasteners.
–UN–08NOV89
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct

size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on
metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping
TS779
wrenches.
Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.
DX,REPAIR –19–17FEB99–1/1

110906
PN=19
Safety
10
05 Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely
12
Faulty or broken tools can result in serious injury. When

constructing tools, use proper, quality materials, and good
workmanship.
–UN–01JUL97
Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment
and experience to perform the job.
LX1016749
DX,SAFE,TOOLS –19–10OCT97–1/1
Dispose of Waste Properly
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the

environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
–UN–26NOV90
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
TS1133
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can

damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste

from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN –19–03MAR93–1/1
Live With Safety
Before returning machine to customer, make sure

machine is functioning properly, especially the safety
systems. Install all guards and shields.
–19–07OCT88
TS231
DX,LIVE –19–25SEP92–1/1

110906
PN=20
Safety
10
Service Tires Safely 05
13
Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause

serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper

equipment and experience to perform the job.
–UN–12APR90
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate
the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or
heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an
TS952
increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion.
Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension

hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and
NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety
cage if available.
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged

rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
DX,TIRECP –19–24AUG90–1/1
Protect Against Noise
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as

earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
–UN–23AUG88
uncomfortable loud noises.
TS207
DX,NOISE –19–03MAR93–1/1

110906
PN=21
Safety
10
05 Keep ROPS Installed Properly
14
Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the

roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or
removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper
torque.
–UN–23AUG88
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS
is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an
overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be
TS212
replaced, not reused.
DX,ROPS3 –19–03MAR93–1/1
Service Accumulator Systems Safely
Escaping fluid or gas from systems with pressurized

accumulators that are used in air conditioning, hydraulic,
and air brake systems can cause serious injury. Extreme
heat can cause the accumulator to burst, and pressurized
lines can be accidentally cut. Do not weld or use a torch
–UN–23AUG88
near a pressurized accumulator or pressurized line.
Relieve pressure from the pressurized system before

removing accumulator. Never attempt to relieve a
TS281
pressurized system or accumulator by loosening a fitting.
Pressure checks should be done by a qualified service
technician. (See your John Deere dealer for repair.)
Relieve pressure from the hydraulic system before

removing accumulator. Never attempt to relieve hydraulic
system or accumulator pressure by loosening a fitting.
Accumulators cannot be repaired.
DX,WW,ACCLA –19–20AUG03–1/1

110906
PN=22
Safety
10
Wait Before Opening High-Pressure Fuel 05
15
System
High-pressure fluid remaining in fuel lines can cause

serious injury. Only technicians familiar with this type of
system should perform repairs. Before disconnecting fuel
–UN–18MAR92
lines, sensors, or any other components between the
high-pressure fuel pump and nozzles on engines with
High Pressure Common Rail (HPCR) fuel system, wait a
minimum of 15 minutes after engine is stopped.
TS1343
DX,WW,HPCR2 –19–07JAN03–1/1

110906
PN=23
Safety
10
05
16

110906
PN=24
Group 10
General Information
10
General Specifications—9000 Series 10
1
Power: 9100 9200 (S.N. —40000) 9200 (S.N. 40001— 9300 9400
)
Engine (Factory 194 kW (260 hp) 231 kW (310 hp) 231 kW (310 hp) 268 kW (360 hp) 317 kW (425 hp)
Observed)
PTO 160 kW (214 hp) 194 kW (260 hp) 194 kW (260 hp) 225 kW (302 hp) 225 kW (302 hp)
Rated Speed 2100 rpm 2100 rpm 2100 rpm 2100 rpm 2100 rpm
Governed Speed 900—2200 rpm 900—2200 rpm 900—2200 rpm 900—2200 rpm 800—2200 rpm
Operating Speed 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm
Engine:
Type In-line 6-cylinder, Wet Sleeve, Valve-in-Head, Turbocharged, Air-to-Air Aftercooled Diesel
Displacement 8.1 L (496 in.3) 10.5 L (644 in.3) 12.5 L (766 in.3) 12.5 L (766 in.3) 12.5 L (766 in.3)
Bore 116 mm (4.56 in.) 127 mm (5.00 in.) 127 mm (5.00 in.) 127 mm (5.00 in.) 127 mm (5.00 in.)
Stroke 129 mm (5.06 in.) 138 mm (5.43 in.) 165 mm (6.50 in.) 165 mm (6.50 in.) 165 mm (6.50 in.)
Compression Ratio 16.5:1 16.0:1 16.0:1 16.0:1 16.0:1
Lubrication Full Pressure - Full Combination Bypass, Full Flow Filtration
Flow Filtration
Fuel System:
Injection Pump Type In-line with Unit Electronic Injectors, Electronically Governed
Electronic Governor
Air Cleaner Dry-type with Secondary Element
Capacities: 9100 9200 9300 9400
Fuel Tank 1026 L (270 gal) 1026 L (270 gal) 1026 L (270 gal) 1026 L (270 gal)
Cooling System 55 L (14.5 gal) 60 L (16 gal) 60 L (16 gal) 60 L (16 gal)
Crankcase 30 L (8 gal) 42 L (11 gal) 42 L (11 gal) 42 L (11 gal)
Transmission/Axle:
.. 12- and 24-Speed MST
.... Without PTO 129 L (34 gal) 129 L (34 gal) 129 L (34 gal) 129 L (34 gal)
.... With PTO 131 L (34.5 gal) 131 L (34.5 gal) 131 L (34.5 gal) 131 L (34.5 gal)
.. 12-Speed Power Shift
.... Without PTO — 51 L (13.5 gal) 51 L (13.5 gal) 51 L (13.5 gal)
.... With PTO — 53 L (14 gal) 53 L (14 gal) 53 L (14 gal)
.... Axles — 102 L (27 gal) 102 L (27 gal) 102 L (27 gal)
Hydraulic System ( -30000):
.. Without Hitch 76 L (20 gal) 76 L (20 gal) 76 L (20 gal) 76 L (20 gal)
.. With Hitch 80 L (21 gal) 80 L (21 gal) 80 L (21 gal) 80 L (21 gal)
Hydraulic System (30001- ):
.. Without Hitch 98 L (26 gal) 98 L (26 gal) 98 L (26 gal) 98 L (26 gal)
.. With Hitch 102 L (27 gal) 102 L (27 gal) 102 L (27 gal) 102 L (27 gal)
RX16231005,1 –19–03MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=25
General Information
10
10 General Specifications—9020 Series
2
Power: 9120 9220 9320 9420 9520 9620
Engine (Factory 208 kW (280 hp) 242 kW (325 hp) 280 kW (375 hp) 317 kW (425 hp) 336 kW (450 hp) 373 kW (500 hp)
Observed)
PTO 174 kW (233 hp) 233 kW (299 hp) 255 kW (342 hp) 255 kW (342 hp) 255 kW (342 hp) 255 kW (342 hp)
Rated Speed 2100 rpm 2100 rpm 2100 rpm 2100 rpm 2100 rpm 2100 rpm
Governed Speed 900—2200 rpm 900—2200 rpm 900—2200 rpm 900—2200 rpm 800—2200 rpm 900—2240 rpm
Operating Speed 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm 1500—2100 rpm
Engine:
Type In-line 6-cylinder, Wet Sleeve, Valve-in-Head, Turbocharged, Air-to-Air Aftercooled Diesel
Displacement 8.1 L (496 in.3) 12.5 L (766 12.5 L (766 12.5 L (766 12.5 L (766 12.5 L (766 12.5 L (766
in.3) in.3) in.3) in.3) in.3) in.3
Bore 116 mm (4.56 in.) 127 mm (5.00 127 mm (5.00 127 mm (5.00 127 mm (5.00 127 mm (5.00 127 mm (5.00
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) in.)
Stroke 129 mm (5.06 in.) 165 mm (6.50 165 mm (6.50 165 mm (6.50 165 mm (6.50 165 mm (6.50 165 mm (6.50
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) in.)
Compression 16.0:1 17.0:1 17.0:1 17.0:1 17.0:1 17.0:1 14.8:1
Ratio
Lubrication Full Pressure - Combination Bypass, Full Flow Filtration
Full
Flow Filtration
Fuel System:
Injection Pump High Pressure Unit Electronic Injectors, Electronically Governed

Type Common Rail,
Electronically
Governed
Air Cleaner Dry-type with Secondary Element
Capacities:
Fuel Tank 1026 L (270 gal) 1026 L (270 gal) 1026 L (270 gal) 1026 L (270 gal) 1026 L (270 gal) 1026 L (270 gal)
Cooling System 52 L (13.75 gal) 52 L (13.75 gal) 60 L (15.75 gal) 60 L (15.75 gal) 60 L (15.75 gal) 60 L (15.75 gal)
Crankcase 30 L (8 gal) 42 L (11 gal) 42 L (11 gal) 42 L (11 gal) 42 L (11 gal) 42 L (11 gal)
Transmission/Axle:
.. 12- and 24-Speed
MST
.... Without PTO 140 L (37 gal) 140 L (37 gal) 140 L (37 gal) 140 L (37 gal) — —
.... With PTO 144 L (38 gal) 144 L (38 gal) 144 L (38 gal) 144 L (38 gal) — —
18-Speed Power
Shift
.... Without PTO 167 L (44 gal) 167 L (44 gal) 167 L (44 gal) 167 L (44 gal) 167 L (44 gal) 167 L (44 gal)
.... With PTO 171 L (45 gal) 171 L (45 gal) 171 L (45 gal) 171 L (45 gal) 171 L (45 gal) 171 L (45 gal)
Hydraulic System:
.. Without Hitch 103 L (27 gal) 103 L (27 gal) 103 L (27 gal) 103 L (27 gal) 103 L (27 gal) 103 L (27 gal)
.. With Hitch 106 L (28 gal) 106 L (28 gal) 106 L (28 gal) 106 L (28 gal) 106 L (28 gal) 106 L (28 gal)
RX16231005,1 –19–03MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=26
General Information
10
General Specifications—9000 and 9020 Series 10
3
Cooling System:
Type ...................................................................................................... Liquid with Gear-Driven Centrifugal Pump and Enclosed Recovery
Tank
Electrical System:
Type ...................................................................................................... 12 volt
Alternator ............................................................................................... 140 amp
Cold Cranking Amps:
- 9100-9120 ........................................................................................... 1850 (2 Batteries)
- 9200-9520 ........................................................................................... 2775 (3 Batteries)
Hydraulic System:
Type ....................................................................................................... Closed Center, Pressure/Flow Compensated
Hydraulic Pump ...................................................................................... Axial piston
Displacement:
-Standard Pump ..................................................................................... 75 cm3 (4.5 in.3)
-Secondary Pump (for Hi-Flow systems) ............................................... 45 cm3 (2.75 in.3)
Maximum Pressure ................................................................................ 20 000 kPa (200 bar) (2900 psi)
Available Flow:
- At One SCV ......................................................................................... 1.9 L/s (30 gpm)
- At Two SCVs (MST and 9000 PST) ................................................... 2.8 L/s (44 gpm)
- At Two SCVs (9020 PST) ................................................................... 3 L/s (48 gpm)
Hi-Flow Scraper Hydraulic:
- At One SCV ......................................................................................... 2.7 L/s (43 gpm)
- At Two SCVs ...................................................................................... 4.7 L/s (75 gpm)
Hitch Lift Capacity:
- Category 3 ........................................................................................... 6305 kg (13871 lb)
- Category 4/4N ...................................................................................... 6566 kg (14445 lb)
Steering:
Type ....................................................................................................... Articulated Hydrostatic with Two Double-Action Rams
Turns (Lock-to-Lock) ............................................................................. 4.3
Articulation Steering Angle .................................................................... 42 Degrees
Brakes:
Type ....................................................................................................... Power Hydraulic Wet Disk Standard
Transmissions:
12-Speed Mechanical Shift (MST):
- Type .................................................................................................... Hydraulically Activated Wet Disk Clutch
- Gear Selections ................................................................................... 12 Forward—3 Reverse
24-Speed Mechanical Shift (MST):
- Type .................................................................................................... Hydraulically Activated Wet Disk Clutch and Hi-Lo Clutch
12-Speed Power Shift (9000 Series):
- Type .................................................................................................... Countershaft Type, Electronically Activated Wet Disk Clutches
18-Speed Power Shift (9020 Series):
- Type .................................................................................................... Countershaft Type, Electronically Activated Wet Disk Clutches
Continued on next page RX16231005,1CONV2 –19–03MAY04–1/2

110906
PN=27
General Information
10
10 Power Take-Off:
4 Type ....................................................................................................... Fully Independent
Speed .................................................................................................... 1000 rpm
Size ........................................................................................................ 45 mm (1-3/4 in.)
Clutch ..................................................................................................... Multiple Wet-Disk Hydraulically Activated
RX16231005,1CONV2 –19–03MAY04–2/2

110906
PN=28
General Information
10
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values 10
5
–UN–01MAY03
4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9
4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9
TS1670
Bolt or Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
Screw Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb
Size N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in
M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70
N•m lb-ft
M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120
M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300
M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580
M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800
M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475
M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000
M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always
of the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners
value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For with the same or higher property class. If higher property class
stainless steel fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make
instructions for the specific application. Tighten plastic insert or sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread
crimped steel type lock nuts by turning the nut to the dry torque engagement. When possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners
shown in the chart, unless different instructions are given for the other than lock nuts, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different
specific application. instructions are given for the specific application.
a
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20 and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
b
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ2 –19–24APR03–1/1

110906
PN=29
General Information
10
10 Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values
6 TS1671 –UN–01MAY03
Bolt or SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2a SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 SAE Grade 8 or 8.2
b c b c b c
Screw Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricatedb Dryc
Size N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in
1/4 3.7 33 4.7 42 6 53 7.5 66 9.5 84 12 106 13.5 120 17 150
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
5/16 7.7 68 9.8 86 12 106 15.5 137 19.5 172 25 221 28 20.5 35 26
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
3/8 13.5 120 17.5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32.5 49 36 63 46
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
7/16 22 194 28 20.5 35 26 44 32.5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74
N•m lb-ft
1/2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 115
9/16 48 35.5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 165
5/8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 225
3/4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 400
7/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 640
1 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960
1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350
1-1/4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 1920
1-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 2500
1-1/2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher
bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you
crimped steel type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate
U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts
bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
bolts with identical grade. specific application.
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6. in (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in. and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
c
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ1 –19–24APR03–1/1

110906
PN=30
General Information
10
Sealants and Adhesives Cross-Reference 10
7
Chart
U.S. Part Number Canadian Part Color Size Description LOCTITE
Number /Permatex
Number
Bonding
PM37513 PM38606 BLACK AND 4g Epoxy Adhesive 21425

WHITE
PM37391 PM38615 CLEAR 2g Gel Super Glue 454
PM37532 — BLACK 5 oz Weatherstrip Adhesive 30540
— PM38603 YELLOW 147 ml Weatherstrip Adhesive 30537
Gasketing
PM38655 PM38625 PURPLE 50 ml Flexible Form-in-Place Gasket 515

— PM38600 BROWN 118 ml Liquid Gasket Maker 30524
PM37559 PM38600 BROWN 4 oz General Purpose Gasket Dressing 30517
(Aviation Gasket Sealant)
PM38657 PM38628 BLUE 50 ml High-Flex Form-in-Place Gasket 17430
PM37463 PM37463 CLEAR 80 g RTV Clear Silicone 59530
PM37521 CLEAR 30 g RTV Clear Silicone 59575
— PM38618 CLEAR 300 g RTV Clear Silicone
PM37465 PM38616 METALLIC 80 ml Ultra Blue RTV Silicone 58730
BLUE
(See Note a) — RED — LOCTITE Gasket Eliminator 518
— (See Note b) PURPLE — LOCTITE Gasket Eliminator 51813
PM37553 PM37553 BURGUNDY 16 oz High Tack Gasket Dressing 30525
PM37555 PM38607 BURGUNDY 9 oz aerosol Hi-Tack Gasket Sealant 30524
PM37469 PM38609 RED 80 g Hi-Temp RTV Silicone 59630
PM37529 — RED 7.25 aerosol Hi-Temp RTV Silicone 30541
PM37512 PM37512 — — Flexible Flange Sealant 5900
PM37616 — — 20 g Stick Copper Anti-Seize Stick —
PM37617 — — 20 g Stick Silver-Grade Anti-Seize Stick —
TY24810 TY24810 — 12.5 aerosol NEVER-SEEZ —
TY24811 TY24811 — 8 oz can with NEVER-SEEZ —
brush
H154379 — GREEN Sealant —
Priming
PM37509 PM38611 GREEN 4.5 oz Cure Primer 7649
Retaining
PM38651 PM38612 SILVER 50 ml QUICK METAL 660

PM37485 — GREEN 36 ml Maximum Strength 680
a
Recommend PM38657 in place of LOCTITE 518 for aluminum.
b
Recommend PM38625 in place of LOCTITE 51813 for aluminum.
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.

NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group
QUICK METAL is a trademark of Loctite Corp. Continued on next page AG,OURX113,17 –19–30AUG05–1/2

110906
PN=31
General Information
10
10 U.S. Part Number Canadian Part Color Size Description LOCTITE
8 Number /Permatex
Number
— PM38626 GREEN 50 ml Maximum Strength 62083
PM38652 — GREEN 36 ml High-Temperature 620
Thread Locking and Sealing
PM38653 — PURPLE 6 ml Low Strength 222

— PM38645 PURPLE 2g Superglue Instant Adhesive 22200
PM37418 PM38621 BLUE 6 ml Medium Strength 242
PM37477 PM38622 BLUE 36 ml Medium Strength 242
PM37643 — BLUE 9 g Stick Blue Stick Threadlocker —
(medium-strength)
PM37614 — BLUE 19 g Stick Blue Stick Threadlocker —
(medium-strength)
PM37615 — — 19 g Stick PST Thread Sealant Stick —
PM37421 PM38623 RED 6 ml High Strength 271 (usually red
in color)
PM38654 PM38623 RED 36 ml High Strength 271
— PM38624 RED 50 ml High Strength 27140
PM38656 PM38627 RED 36 ml High Strength 277
PM37700 — RED 19 g Stick Red Stick Threadlocker —
(High-Strength)
PM37701 — RED 9 g Stick Red Stick Threadlocker —
(High-Strength)
PM37398 PM38613 WHITE 6 ml Pipe Sealant with TEFLON 592
PM37397 PM38613 WHITE 50 ml Pipe Sealant with TEFLON 592
TEFLON is a trademark of Du Pont Co. AG,OURX113,17 –19–30AUG05–2/2
Identifying Zinc-Flake Coated Fasteners
Standard cap screws (A) have a reflective silver color.
Zinc plated cap screws (B) have a reflective gold color.

–UN–03MAR04
Zinc-Flake Coated cap screws (C) have a dull silver color.
A—Standard Cap Screws

RXA0073812
B—Zinc-plated Cap Screw

C—Zinc-Flake Cap Screw (20 mm and larger)
OURX985,0000024 –19–03NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=32
General Information
10
Glossary of Terms 10
9
ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
Accessory ACC Secondary electrical system
Air Conditioning A/C System used for conditioning air in cab
Air Quality System AQS System used to control conditioned air in cab
Alternating Current AC Electrical current reversing direction at regularly recurring intervals
Armrest Control Unit ACU Armrest control used to control tractor functions
AutoQuad II Transmission AQT Abbreviation
Battery Bat A device used to furnish electrical current
Brake Load-Sense BRL Reference—Brake load-sense
Brakes BR Abbreviation
Central Control Unit CCU Computerized system for tractor monitoring
Chrysler Collision Detection CCD A communication system linking on-board electronics
Circuit CCT A complete path of an electrical current
Circulation Motor Symbols for circulator motor speeds
O Medium speed
++ Fastest speed
Clean-Oil Reservoir COR Reservoir used to contain oil for the hydraulic system
Clockwise CW Direction in which the hands of a clock rotate
Cold Cranking Amperes CCA Refers to a battery’s capability during cold weather operation
Component Technical Manual CTM Technical manual developed for the servicing of major components
Controlled Flow DR CFD Reference—Controlled flow diagnostic receptacle
Controlled Flow (Steering Pressure) CF Reference—Steering pressure controlled flow
Controller Area Network CAN Data link
Corner Post Display CPD Display for system control units
Counterclockwise CCW Direction opposite the rotation of the hands of a clock
Diagnostic Receptacle DR A connection where hydraulic pressure can be measured
Digital Multimeter DMM An electrical multifunctional measuring device
Direct Current DC Electrical current flowing in one direction only
Displacement Control Valve DCV Controls hydraulic pump stroke
Economy Mode ECO Abbreviation
Electrically Erasable Programmable EEPROM Abbreviation
Read-Only Memory
Electrically Programmable Read-Only EPROM Abbreviation
Memory
Electro-Hydraulic EH Refers to a hydraulic valve function controlled electrically
Electro-Hydraulic Depth Control EHDC Abbreviation—Same as TSDC
Electro-Hydraulic Selective Control Valve EH SCV Selective control valve operated with electrical solenoids
Electronic Components Relay ELX Refers to the relay powering most of the electronic components
Electronic Displacement Control EDC Senses and communicates to the Displacement Control Valve
demand for hydraulic pump stroke
Engine Control Unit ECU Computerized system used to govern engine speed
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B54 –19–03MAY04–1/3

110906
PN=33
General Information
10
10 ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
10 Evacuation Diagnostic Receptacle EVAC Diagnostic receptacle for prelubrication of pump drive gears
Excess Flow Load-Sense (SCV/Hitch Flow) EFL Reference—SCV/Hitch load-sense
Excess Flow (SCV/Hitch Flow) EF Reference—SCV/Hitch flow
Forward-Neutral-Reverse FNR Abbreviation
Forward FWD Refers to direction of movement
Four Wheel Drive 4WD Abbreviation
Gallons per Minute gpm Amount of fluid flow over a period of one minute
Global Position System GPS Abbreviation
Ground-Driven Pump GDP Pump used to operate steering and brakes during emergency
conditions
Headland Management System HMS Abbreviation
Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning HVAC Abbreviation
Hitch Control Unit HCU Computerized system to control hitch functions
Hitch Slip Command HSC System to compensate for traction changes
Housing Hsg Abbreviation
Ignition IGN Control for starting and stopping the tractor
Implement Management System IMS System to control several functions at one time
Infinitely Variable Transmission IVT Abbreviation
Inside Diameter ID Abbreviation
Instrument Control Unit ICU Computerized system controlling tractor warning functions
International Standards Organization ISO Standards organization
Joint Industry Council Organization JIC Standards organization
Lateral Hitch Position LHP Refers to hitch positioning for row guidance hitch application
Left-Hand LH or L-H Abbreviation
Liquid Crystal Display LCD A technology used for displaying information
Manifold Air Pressure MAP Abbreviation
Mechanical Front-Wheel Drive MFWD Abbreviation
Mechanical Shift Transmission MST Abbreviation
Negative Neg (—) Refers to a part of an electrical circuit
Number No. Abbreviation
Open Operator Station OOS Tractor without cab
O-Ring Face Seal ORFS A type of seal used in making hydraulic connections
ORS
Outside Diameter OD Abbreviation
Performance Monitor Perf. Mon. Abbreviation
(PrF)
Positive Pos (+) Refers to a part of an electrical circuit
Potentiometer POT A device used to vary electrical voltage
Powershift Control Unit PCU Computerized system to control transmission shift functions
Power Shift Transmission PST Abbreviation
Power Take-Off PTO Abbreviation
Power Train Electronic Control Unit PEC Abbreviation
POWRQUAD Transmission PQT Abbreviation
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B54 –19–03MAY04–2/3

110906
PN=34
General Information
10
ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION 10
Pressure Control Valve PCV Valve used to control pressure within a system 11
Pressure Regulating Valve PRV A device used to regulate pressure in a system
Product Identification Number PIN Serial number relating to
Pulse-Width-Modulation PWM Method of controlling electrical signals
Pump DR PD Reference—Pump diagnostic receptacle
Pump Load-Sense PLD Reference—Pump load-sense
Reverse Rev Refers to direction of movement
Reverser Control Unit rcu Abbreviation
Revolutions Per Minute rpm Abbreviation
Right-Hand RH or R-H Abbreviation
Rockshaft RS Abbreviation
Selective Control Option SCo Controller for selective control valve 4 and 5
Selective Control Unit SCU Controller for selective control valves 1, 2, and 3
Selective Control Valve SCV Device used to control remote hydraulic functions
Set-Up Panel SUP Operator control panel used to set selective control valve function
Slow Moving Vehicle SMV Warning sign on the rear of the tractor
Society of Automotive Engineering SAE Engineering Standards Organization
Specifications SPEC Abbreviation
Steering Load-Sense STL Reference—Steering load-sense
Steering System Control Unit SSU Computerized system controlling tractor steering
Stepper Motor Driver SMD Abbreviation
Suspended Front Axle SFA Abbreviation
Switch SW Abbreviation
Tachometer Tach Abbreviation
Transmission Control Unit TCU Twin Disc PST Controller
Tail Light TL Abbreviation
Temperature Temp Abbreviation
TouchSet Depth Control TSDC Abbreviation—Same as EHDC
Transient Voltage Protection TVP An electrical device used to protect a circuit from voltage surge
Transmission Trans Abbreviation
Vehicle Control Unit VCU Abbreviation
Voltage Detector V Det Abbreviation
Voltage (Volts) V Abbreviation
With w/ Abbreviation
Warning Light WL Abbreviation
Wide-Open Throttle WOT Full throttle
Without w/o Abbreviation
Zinc-Flake Coated ZFC Abbreviation for coating on cap screws
OUO6046,0001B54 –19–03MAY04–3/3

110906
PN=35
General Information
10
10
12

110906
PN=36
Section 20
Engine
Contents 20
Page

Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-2
8.1 L Engine
Remove - 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-3
Remove - 9020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-9
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-15
10.5 L and 12.5 L Engines
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-16
Remove Dual-Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-16
Remove Single-Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-22
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-32
Determine Engine Shim Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-33
Group 05—Engine Repair

Repair Engine—Use CTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-2
Remove and Install Oil Pan—8.1 L Engine . . . .20-05-3

110906
PN=1
Contents
20

110906
PN=2
Group 00
Component Removal and Installation
Essential or Recommended Tools
NOTE: Order tools from the U.S. SERVICEGARD or RECOMMENDED TOOLS, as noted, are suggested to
European Microfiche Tool Catalogs. perform the job correctly. Some tools may be available
from local suppliers or may be fabricated.
20
ESSENTIAL TOOLS listed are required to perform the 00
job correctly and are obtainable only from 1
SERVICEGARD or European Tool Catalogs.
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OUO1073,0001FA3 –19–02DEC05–1/7
RW18149 –UN–09APR90
Lift Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG23
Remove and install engine.
OUO1073,0001FA3 –19–02DEC05–2/7
RG4950 –UN–23AUG88
Flywheel Rotation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG820
Turn engine flywheel.
OUO1073,0001FA3 –19–02DEC05–3/7
RW25536 –UN–20AUG96
Hood Support Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG10071
Support the hood to gain access to engine and

components.
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL—May be fabricated—See Section 99,
DFRW113
OUO1073,0001FA3 –19–02DEC05–4/7
RW25497 –UN–20AUG96
Engine Lifting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1018
Remove and install 10.5 L and 12.5 L engines.
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FA3 –19–02DEC05–5/7

110906
PN=39
Lift Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R503481
Remove and install 12.5L engine.
–UN–09NOV05
20
00
2
RXA0084925
OUO1073,0001FA3 –19–02DEC05–6/7
Lift Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R128000
Remove and install 12.5L engine.
–UN–09NOV05
RXA0084926
OUO1073,0001FA3 –19–02DEC05–7/7
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification
Engine Lift Bracket Cap Screws Torque 90 N•m

(10.5 L and 12.5 L) (66 lb-ft)
Engine Mount-to-Engine Cap Screws Torque 300 N•m

(230 lb-ft)
Engine Mount-to-Frame Cap Screws Torque 325 N•m

(240 lb-ft)
Transmission Drive Shaft-to-Engine

Coupler Cap Screws:
8.1 L Engine Torque 126 N•m

(92 lb-ft)
10.5 - 12.5 L Engine Torque 210 N•m

(155 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD008,182 –19–02DEC05–1/1

110906
PN=40
Remove 8.1 L Engine—9000 Series
Disconnect battery ground cable (A).
Drain coolant from radiator and block.

20
–UN–10DEC96
00
A—Ground Cable 3
RW50327A
RX16232000,1A –19–13DEC96–1/11
CAUTION: Hood is heavy. Use care in installing

brackets or removing the hood to prevent
personal injury. One cylinder will NOT support
hood.
–UN–31JUL96
–UN–31JUL96
NOTE: Hood may be raised and supported or removed
from tractor. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL
HOOD in Section 80, Group 05.)
RW50252A
RW50253A
Raise and support hood.
Remove cylinders from hood and install JDG10071Hood

Support Brackets on lower cylinder ball (A) and upper ball A—Lower Cylinder Ball
(B). Install retaining pins. B—Upper Cylinder Ball
1
DFRW113
Continued on next page RX16232000,1A –19–13DEC96–2/11

110906
PN=41
Disconnect starter wiring (A).
Disconnect ground cable (B) from inside of frame.
Remove tie bands (C).

20
00
4 Disconnect line clamp (D) from inside of frame.
NOTE: On early model tractors, the surge tank is located

on top of the hydraulic reservoir. On later model
tractors, it is located on top of the radiator.
Disconnect hose (E) from coolant surge tank filler neck.
A—Start Motor Wiring

B—Ground Cable
C—Tie Bands
D—Hydraulic Oil Line Clamp
E—Coolant Hose (Early Model)
–UN–20AUG96
RW50286A
Early Model
RX16232000,1A –19–13DEC96–3/11
Disconnect hose (A).
Disconnect line (B).
Remove tie band (C).
Remove coolant recovery tank (E).
Disconnect hose (D).
Disconnect bracket (F) from air intake pipe.
A—Air Intake Hose

B—Ether Starting Aid Line
C—Tie Band
D—Heater Hose
–UN–20AUG96
E—Coolant Recovery Tank

F—Air Intake Pipe Bracket
RW50287A

110906
PN=42
Remove nuts (A) and move fan rearward.
Remove nuts (B) and remove fan drive.
Remove fan.
20
00
A—Nuts 5
B—Nuts
–UN–20AUG96
RW50288A
RX16232000,1A –19–13DEC96–5/11
Disengage compressor belt.
Disconnect compressor wiring.
Remove compressor and tie to outside of brace (A).
A—Brace
–UN–20AUG96
RW50289A

110906
PN=43
Remove air intake pipe (A).
Disconnect hose (B) from top of cylinder head.
Disconnect hose (C) from radiator and remove tie bands.

20
00
6 Disconnect sensors (D).
Disconnect hoses (E) and clamp (G).
Disconnect alternator wiring (F).
Disconnect hose (H) and remove tie band on top of valve

cover. Move hoses to rear of engine.
Disconnect injection pump wiring (I).
Route wiring harness to left side of engine.
–UN–20AUG96
A—Air Intake Pipe
B—Coolant Hose
C—Coolant Hose
D—Coolant Temperature and Engine Speed Sensors
RW50290A
E—Upper and Lower Radiator Hoses
F—Alternator Wiring
G—Lower Radiator Hose Clamp
H—Coolant Hose Early Model
I—Fuel Injection Pump Wiring
–UN–30OCT01
RW77392
Later Model

110906
PN=44
Disconnect coolant hose (A).
Remove exhaust pipe (B).
Disconnect fuel return hose (C).

20
00
Disconnect fuel hose (D). 7
Disconnect oil pressure sensor (E).
Remove tie bands (F).
Disconnect wiring from air intake sensor (G) and remove

sensor from pipe.
Remove air intake pipe (H).

A—Coolant Hose
–UN–20AUG96
B—Exhaust Pipe
C—Fuel Return Hose
D—Fuel Supply Hose
E—Oil Pressure Sensor
F—Tie Bands
RW50291A
G—Air Intake Sensor
H—Air Intake Pipe
Early Model
–UN–19APR00
RW77393
Later Model

110906
PN=45
Disconnect drive shaft (A) using JDG820 Flywheel

Rotation Tool to gain access to cap screws.
Pry drive shaft rearward.

20
–UN–20AUG96
00 A—Drive Shaft
8
RW50292A
RX16232000,1A –19–13DEC96–9/11
CAUTION: Engine is heavy. Use only the

recommended engine removal equipment to
remove engine to prevent a personal injury.
NOTE: Install JDG23 Engine Lift Sling using pin locations
–UN–03SEP96
as shown for best balance of engine.
Attach JDG23 Engine Lift Sling (A) to front mount bracket

(B) and rear bracket (C).
RW50295A
A—Lift Sling
B—Front Mount Bracket
C—Rear Bracket
–UN–03SEP96
RW50296A
–UN–03SEP96
RW50297A

110906
PN=46
Remove front mount cap screws (A).
IMPORTANT: Shims are located between cylinder

block and engine mount bracket on left
side of engine. Note the number of
20
shims at each location.
–UN–26AUG96
–UN–26AUG96
00
9
Loosen cap screws (B) for reassembly purposes.
Remove rear mount cap screws (C).
RW50298A
RW50299A
Carefully raise engine while watching left rear corner of
engine for interference with hydraulic reservoir line.
A—Front Mount-to-Frame Cap Screw
Rotate front of engine to the left once the right rear engine B—Front Mount-to-Engine Cap Screw
C—Rear Mount-to-Frame Cap Screw
mount and oil pan is clear of frame and mount pad.
Remove engine from right side of tractor.
RX16232000,1A –19–13DEC96–11/11
Remove 8.1 L Engine—9020 Series
–UN–10DEC96
A—Ground Cable
RW50327A
Continued on next page OUOD008,000001C –19–24OCT01–1/10

110906
PN=47

hood.
20
–UN–31JUL96
–UN–31JUL96
00 NOTE: Hood may be raised and supported or removed
10
RW50252A
RW50253A
Remove cylinders from hood and install JDG1007 Hood

OUOD008,000001C –19–24OCT01–2/10
Disconnect ground cable (B) from inside of frame.
Disconnect line clamp (D) from inside of frame.
A—Start Motor Wiring

B—Ground Cable
C—Tie Bands
D—Hydraulic Oil Line Clamp
–UN–15NOV01
RXA0058051

110906
PN=48
Disconnect line (B).

20
00
Remove coolant recovery tank (E). 11
Disconnect hose (D).
Disconnect bracket (F) from air intake pipe.
A—Air Intake Hose

B—Ether Starting Aid Line
C—Tie Band
D—Heater Hose
–UN–20AUG96
E—Coolant Recovery Tank
F—Air Intake Pipe Bracket
RW50287A
OUOD008,000001C –19–24OCT01–4/10
Remove nuts (A) and move fan rearward.
Remove nuts (B) and remove fan drive.
Remove fan.
A—Nuts
B—Nuts
–UN–20AUG96
RW50288A

110906
PN=49

20
00
12 A—Brace
–UN–20AUG96
RW50289A
OUOD008,000001C –19–24OCT01–6/10
Disconnect hose (B) from top of cylinder head.
Remove upper and lower radiator hoses (C).
Disconnect hoses (D) from radiator and remove tie bands.
Disconnect hose (E).
Disconnect alternator wiring (F).
Disconnect coolant sensor (G).
–UN–15NOV01
Disconnect injection pump wiring (H).
Disconnect coolant hose (I).

RXA0058075
Route wiring harness to left side of engine.
A—Air Intake Pipe

B—Coolant Hose
C—Upper and Lower Radiator Hoses
D—Coolant Hoses
E—Coolant Hose
F—Alternator Wiring
G—Coolant Sensor
H—Fuel Injection Pump Wiring
I—Coolant Hose

110906
PN=50
Disconnect sensor connector (A).
Disconnect sensors (B).
Disconnect fuel hoses (C).

20
00
Remove air intake pipe (D). 13
Disconnect wiring from air intake sensor (E) and remove

sensor from pipe.
Remove exhaust pipe (F).
Disconnect fuel injector connector (G).
Disconnect fuel temperature sensor (H).
A—Water-in-Fuel Sensor Connector

B—Sensors
–UN–15NOV01
C—Fuel Hoses
D—Air Intake Pipe
E—Air Intake Sensor
F—Exhaust Pipe
G—Fuel Injector Connector
RXA0058077
H—Fuel Temperature Sensor
OUOD008,000001C –19–24OCT01–8/10


–UN–20AUG96
A—Drive Shaft
RW50292A

110906
PN=51

20 NOTE: Install JDG23 Engine Lift Sling using pin locations
–UN–03SEP96
00 as shown for best balance of engine.
14
Attach JDG23 Engine Lift Sling (A) to front mount bracket

(B) and rear bracket (C).
RW50295A
A—Lift Sling
B—Front Mount Bracket
C—Rear Bracket
–UN–03SEP96
RW50296A
–UN–03SEP96
RW50297A
OUOD008,000001C –19–24OCT01–10/10

110906
PN=52
Install 8.1 L Engine
Install flywheel shield prior to rotating engine into position.
Install drive shaft in opening of engine coupler as engine

20
is rotated into position.
–UN–26AUG96
–UN–26AUG96
00
15
NOTE: Determine correct shimming for engine installation
if shims were damaged or lost. (See DETERMINE
ENGINE SHIM PACK in this group.)
RW50298A
RW50299A
IMPORTANT: Install shims between mounting bracket
and left side of engine only.
Install shims between left-hand mounts and cylinder block. B—Front Mount-to-Engine Cap Screw
DO NOT tighten cap screws (B) at this time.
IMPORTANT: Large front mount cap screws (A) must

be tightened to correct specification
before cap screws (B) are tightened.
Failure to do this can result in cap
screw breakage.
Tighten large front mount cap screws (A) and (C).
Large Front Mount Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 325 N•m
(240 lb-ft)
Tighten cap screws (B).
Small Front Mount Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 300 N•m
(220 lb-ft)
Tighten drive shaft cap screws.
Drive Shaft Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 126 N•m
(92 lb-ft)
Fill surge tank to the correct level with coolant mixture.
RX16232000,13 –19–03SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=53
Engine Identification—10.5 L and 12.5 L Engines
20
00
16
–UN–18APR00
–UN–18APR00
RW77382
RW77381
Dual-Rail Engine Single-Rail Engine
There are two different engine designs. The single-rail engine (later 9000 and all 9020) has
one or two fuel filters.
The dual-rail engine (early 9000) has two fuel filters.
OUO6046,0001B47 –19–03SEP03–1/1
Remove 10.5 L and 12.5 L Engine—Dual-Rail
–UN–10DEC96
Drain hydraulic reservoir (See DRAIN AND FILL
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR in Section 70, Group 05.)
RW50327A
A—Ground Cable
Continued on next page RX16232000,2A –19–29NOV05–1/12

110906
PN=54

hood.
20
–UN–31JUL96
–UN–31JUL96
NOTE: Hood may be raised and supported or removed 00
17
RW50252A
RW50253A

RX16232000,2A –19–29NOV05–2/12
Remove clamps (B) from engine.
Disconnect and plug fuel line (C).
Disconnect sensors (D) and (E).
For MST tractors, perform the following step:
Remove line (F) from reservoir and hydraulic oil filter

housing.
A—Starter Wiring
B—Wiring Harness and Hose Clamps
–UN–04MAR99
C—Fuel Line
D—Air Inlet Manifold Pressure Sensor
E—Cam Speed Sensor
F—Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line
RW77146

110906
PN=55
For PST tractors, perform the following step:
Remove line (A) from reservoir and hose.
20 A—Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line

00
–UN–20APR00
18
RW77396
RX16232000,2A –19–29NOV05–4/12
For All tractors, perform the following steps:
Remove tie bands from coolant and air conditioning hoses

on top of engine.
Remove coolant overflow tank (A) and tie tank towards

rear of engine.
Disconnect air intake hose (B) and clamp (C).
Disconnect and plug oil fill hose (D).
Disconnect sensors (E) and (F).
Disconnect ether starting aid line (G).
A—Coolant Overflow Tank
–UN–30JUL96
B—Air Intake Hose
C—Air Intake Pipe Clamp
D—Oil Fill Hose
E—Crankshaft Speed Sensor
RW50255A
F—Air Charge Temperature Sensor
G—Ether Starting Aid Line

110906
PN=56

20
00
A—Brace 19
–UN–30JUL96
RW50257A
RX16232000,2A –19–29NOV05–6/12
Disconnect alternator wiring (B).
Remove alternator.
Disconnect upper (C) and lower radiator hoses (D).
Disconnect coolant pipe (E) and hose (F).
Disconnect sensors (G).
A—Air Intake Pipe

B—Alternator Wiring
C—Upper Radiator Hose
D—Lower Radiator Hose
E—Coolant Pipe
–UN–09AUG96
F—Coolant Hose
G—Coolant Temperature Sensors
RW50258A

110906
PN=57
Disconnect sensors (A) and (B).
Disconnect heater hose (D).

20
00
20 Disconnect and remove air intake pipe and boot (E) and
exhaust pipe (F).
A—Air Intake Sensor

B—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
C—Tie Band
D—Heater Hose
E—Air Intake Pipe and Boot
F—Exhaust Pipe
–UN–10DEC96
RW50259B
RX16232000,2A –19–29NOV05–8/12
Disconnect engine harness connector (A).
Disconnect fuel temperature sensor (B).
Disconnect fuel line (C).
Disconnect hose (D) from surge tank.
A—Engine Harness Connector

B—Fuel Temperature Sensor
C—Fuel Line
D—Coolant Hose
–UN–10DEC96
RW50260B
Early Model

110906
PN=58


20
–UN–30JUL96
A—Drive Shaft 00
21
RW50261A
RX16232000,2A –19–29NOV05–10/12

Install JDG1018 Engine Lift Bracket (A) on cylinder head

using two M12 x 35 mm cap screws. Tighten cap screws
to specification.
Specification
Engine Lift Bracket Cap Screws—
Torque ............................................................................................ 90 N•m
(66 lb-ft)
–UN–30JUL96
Install swivel (B) from JDG1018 on front cover.
NOTE: Install JDG23 Engine Lift Sling using pin locations
RW50262A
shown for best balance of engine.
Install and adjust JDG23 Engine Lift Sling (C) on swivel

and JDG1018 Engine Lift Bracket.
A—Engine Lift Bracket

B—Swivel
C—Engine Lift Sling
–UN–30JUL96
RW50272A

110906
PN=59
IMPORTANT: Shims are located between cylinder

block and engine mount bracket on left
side of engine. Note the number of
20
shims at each location.
–UN–31JUL96
–UN–31JUL96
00
22
RW50263A
RW50264A
Carefully raise engine and rotate front of engine to the left
far enough to gain access to flywheel top shield. Front Mount Rear Mount

Remove flywheel top shield to obtain clearance under B—Front Mount-to-Engine Cap Screw
exhaust pipe. C—Rear Mount-to-Frame Cap Screw
Remove engine from right side of tractor.
RX16232000,2A –19–29NOV05–12/12
Remove 10.5 L and 12.5 L Engine—

Single-Rail
–UN–10DEC96
Drain hydraulic reservoir (See DRAIN AND FILL

RW50327A
A—Ground Cable
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FA2 –19–29NOV05–1/14

110906
PN=60

hood.
20
–UN–31JUL96
–UN–31JUL96
NOTE: Hood may be raised and supported or removed 00
23
RW50252A
RW50253A


110906
PN=61
NOTE: On earlier model engines, air pipe (A) is located

at front of manifold.
Remove air pipe (A).

20
00 Disconnect starter wiring (B).
24
Disconnect fuel supply hose (C).
Disconnect sensors (D—F).
Disconnect fuel return hose (G).
For 9000 Series with MST and All 9020 Series tractors,
perform the following step:
Remove line (H) from reservoir and hydraulic oil filter

housing.
For 9000 Series PST tractors, perform the following
–UN–26OCT01
step:
Remove hose (L) from reservoir.
RXA0058057
For All tractors, perform the following steps:
Disconnect ether starting aid line (I).
Disconnect cam speed sensor (J).
Remove clamps (K) from engine.
–UN–30OCT01
A—Air Pipe
B—Starter Wiring
C—Fuel Supply Hose
D—Water-in-Fuel Sensor
E—Fuel Temperature Sensor
RXA0058080
F—Fuel Pressure Sensor
G—Fuel Return Hose
H—Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line
I—Ether Starting Aid Line
J—Cam Speed Sensor
K—Wiring Harness and Hose Clamps
L—Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line

110906
PN=62
Remove coolant overflow tank (A) and tie towards rear of

engine.
Disconnect and plug oil fill hose (B).

20
Disconnect crankshaft speed sensor (C). 00
25
Disconnect fuel tank pressurizing hose (D).
Disconnect manifold air temperature sensor (E).
Remove clamp (F) from engine.
A—Coolant Overflow Tank

B—Oil Fill Hose
C—Crankshaft Speed Sensor
D—Fuel Tank Pressurizing Hose
E—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor
F—Clamp
–UN–12SEP01
RXA0057013
OUO1073,0001FA2 –19–29NOV05–4/14
A—Brace
–UN–30JUL96
RW50257A

110906
PN=63
Disconnect alternator wiring (B).
Remove alternator.
20
00
26 Disconnect upper (C) and lower (D) radiator hoses.
Disconnect coolant hoses (E) and (F).
Disconnect sensors (G).
A—Air Intake Pipe

B—Alternator Wiring
D—Lower Radiator Hose
E—Coolant Hose
F—Coolant Hose
–UN–11MAR99
G—Coolant Temperature Sensors
RW77152
OUO1073,0001FA2 –19–29NOV05–6/14
Disconnect air intake sensor (A) and engine oil pressure

sensor (B).
Remove clamp (E)
Disconnect heater hoses (D).
Disconnect and remove air intake pipe and elbow (F) and
exhaust pipe (G).
A—Air Intake Sensor Connector

B—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Connector
C—Tie Band
D—Heater Hose
E—Hose Clamp
F—Air Intake Pipe and Elbow
–UN–15MAR99
G—Exhaust Pipe
RW77153

110906
PN=64
Disconnect engine harness connector (A).
Remove clamp (B) from engine.
A—Engine Harness Connector
–UN–12SEP01
20
B—Clamp 00
27
RXA0057017
OUO1073,0001FA2 –19–29NOV05–8/14
Remove nuts (A) to loosen fan.
Remove all but one cap screw (B). Slide fan rearward
over hub and remove remaining cap screw.
–UN–12SEP01
IMPORTANT: Thermal coil on front of viscous fan
drive can be easily damaged. Handle
assembly carefully.
RXA0057015
Remove viscous drive between fan and fan shroud.
Remove shroud cap screw (C).
Remove brace cap screws (D). Remove right brace (E).
A—Fan Nuts
B—Fan Drive Cap Screws
C—Shroud Cap Screw
D—Brace Cap Screws
E—Right Brace
–UN–12SEP01
RXA0057041

110906
PN=65


20
–UN–11MAR99
00 A—Drive Shaft
28
RW77151
OUO1073,0001FA2 –19–29NOV05–10/14
Install Engine Lift Brackets (S.N. —032085)

–UN–04NOV05
Install JDG1018 Engine Lift Bracket (C) on cylinder head
using two M12 x 35 mm cap screws (D). Tighten cap
screws to specification.
RXA0084892
Specification
Torque ............................................................................................ 90 N•m Lifting Bracket—Front (S.N. —032085)
(66 lb-ft)
Install swivel (A) from JDG1018 on front cover (B).
A—Swivel
B—Front Cover
–UN–04NOV05
C—JDG1018 Engine Lift Bracket
D—Cap Screws, M12 X 35
RXA0084891
Lifting Bracket-Rear (S.N. —032085)


110906
PN=66
Install Engine Lift Brackets (S.N. 032086—)

remove engine to prevent a personal injury. 20
–UN–04NOV05
00
29
Install R503481 Front Lift Bracket (A) on cylinder head
using two M12 x 30 mm cap screws (B).
RXA0084893
Install R128000 Rear Lift Bracket (B) on cylinder head
using two M12 x 30 mm cap screws (D).
Engine Lifting Bracket—Front (S.N. 032086—)
Tighten front and rear lift strap cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Torque ............................................................................................ 90 N•m
(66 lb-ft)
–UN–04NOV05
A—R503481 Front Lift Bracket
B—Cap Screws
C—R128000 Rear Lift Bracket
RXA0084894
D—Cap Screws
Engine Lifting Bracket—Rear (S.N. 032086—)

110906
PN=67

20 NOTE: Removal procedure is shown for tractors (S.N. —

00 032085). Engine removal for tractors (S.N.
30
032086—) similar.
Connect JDG23 Engine Lift Sling (C) to rear lift bracket

(A) and front swivel (B).
Adjust JDG23 Engine Lift Sling (C) as necessary to
–UN–30JUL96
balance engine.
A—JDG1018 Engine Lift Bracket
RW50262A
B—Swivel
C—JDG23 Engine Lift Sling
–UN–30JUL96
RW50272A

110906
PN=68

20
–UN–04MAR99
–UN–04MAR99
00
Carefully raise engine and rotate front of engine to the left 31
far enough to gain access to flywheel top shield.
Remove flywheel top shield to obtain clearance under
RW77147
RW77149
exhaust pipe.
Remove engine from right side of tractor. Front Mount Rear Mount

B—Front Mount-to-Engine Cap Screw
OUO1073,0001FA2 –19–29NOV05–14/14

110906
PN=69
Install 10.5 L and 12.5 L Engine
Install flywheel shield prior to rotating engine into position.
Install drive shaft in opening of engine coupler as engine

20
is rotated into position.
–UN–31JUL96
–UN–31JUL96
00
32
NOTE: Determine correct shimming for engine installation
if shims were damaged or lost. (See DETERMINE
ENGINE SHIM PACK in this group.)
RW50263A
RW50264A
IMPORTANT: Install shims between mounting bracket
and left side of engine only. Front Mount Rear Mount
Install shims between left-hand mounts and cylinder block.

DO NOT tighten cap screws (B).
IMPORTANT: Large front mount cap screws (A) must

be tightened to correct specification
–UN–10DEC96
before cap screws (B) are tightened.
Failure to do this can result in cap
screw breakage.
RW50328B
Tighten large mount cap screws (A) and (C).
Large Front Mount Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 325 N•m Mechanical Shift Transmission
(240 lb-ft)
Tighten cap screws (B).
Small Front Mount Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 300 N•m
(220 lb-ft)
–UN–10DEC96
Tighten drive shaft cap screws.
Drive Shaft Cap Screws—Specification
RW50321C
—Torque ....................................................................................... 126 N•m
(92 lb-ft)
Check hydraulic oil reservoir for correct installation of pipe Power Shift Transmission
in bottom of reservoir. Pipe may have been moved during A—Front Mount-to-Frame Cap Screw
the removal of hydraulic pipe (D). B—Front Mount-to-Engine Cap Screw
Fill surge tank to correct level with coolant mixture. D—Hydraulic Pipe
Fill hydraulic oil reservoir. (See DRAIN AND FILL

RX16232000,7A –19–10DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=70
Determine Engine Shim Pack
Install engine mounting cap screws in front engine

mounting holes with flat sides of cap screws facing each
other.
20
–UN–04MAR99
00
Measure the distance between outside edge (A) and 33
inside edge (B) of cap screws.
NOTE: 1 mm and 2 mm shims are available.
RW77145
For every 1 mm (0.04 in.) over 637 mm (25.1 in.), add 1
mm of shim.
A—Outside Edge
For measurements less than 637 mm (25.1 in.), use no B—Inside Edge
shims.
Repeat procedure for rear mounts.
AG,OUOD008,174 –19–03MAR99–1/1

110906
PN=71
20
00
34

110906
PN=72
Group 05
Engine Repair
Repair Engine—Use CTM
For complete repair information, component technical

manual is also required.
20
Use the component technical manual in conjunction with
–UN–06DEC96
05
this machine manual. 1
RW50283A
RX16232005,1 –19–06DEC96–1/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37559 (U.S.) Aviation Gasket Sealant Hold gasket on oil pan.

PM38600 (Canadian)
RX16232005,1A –19–07NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=73
Engine Repair
Specifications
8.1 L
20
05
2 Oil Pump-to-Block Cap Screws Torque 48 N•m
(35 lb-ft)
Oil Pan-to-Block Cap Screws Torque 156 N•m

(1/2 in.) (116 lb-ft)
Oil Pan-to-Block Cap Screws Torque 68 N•m

(3/8 in.) (50 lb-ft)
Oil Pan-to-Rear Seal Cover Cap

Screws
Torque 68 N•m
(50 lb-ft)
Oil Pan-to-Timing Gear Cover Cap

Screws
Torque 68 N•m
(50 lb-ft)
Crankcase:
9100, 9120 Capacity 30 L

(8 gal)
9200—9620 Capacity 42 L
(11 gal)
RX16232005,2A –19–03MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=74
Engine Repair
Remove and Install Oil Pan—8.1 L Engine
Support oil pan and remove oil pan-to-block cap IMPORTANT: Pan side rail cap screws must be
screws. tightened before tightening rear
seal cover and timing gear cover cap
20
NOTE: Oil pump must be removed with oil pan. screws. 05
3
Use four 8-in. cap screws to hold oil pan to aid Install rear seal cover and timing gear cover cap
oil pump removal and installation. screws 4 or 5 turns to align oil pan to block.
Install two 8-inch cap screws on each side of pan rail Install oil pan side rail cap screws.
to aid in removal of oil pump.
3/8 in. Cap Screws—Specification
Lower oil pan and remove oil pump cap screws. —Torque .................................................................................. 68 N•m
(50 lb-ft)
Remove oil pan and oil pump. 1/2 in. Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque ................................................................................ 156 N•m
Clean oil pan gasket surface. (116 lb-ft)
Apply PM37559 Aviation Gasket Sealant to pan Complete tightening oil pan-to-rear seal cover and oil
sealing surface. pan-to-timing gear cover cap screws.
Install new pan gasket. Oil Pan-to-Rear Seal Cover Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque .................................................................................. 68 N•m
(50 lb-ft)
Put pump inside of pan. Raise pan and hold pan in
position using the two 8-in. cap screws on each side of Oil Pan-to-Timing Gear Cover Cap Screws—Specification
pan. —Torque .................................................................................. 68 N•m
(50 lb-ft)
Install oil pump cap screws.
Oil Pump Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque .................................................................................. 48 N•m
(35 lb-ft)
RX16232005,4 –19–07NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=75
Engine Repair
20
05
4

110906
PN=76
Section 30
Fuel, Air, and Cooling Systems
Contents
Page
Group 05—Diesel Fuel System

Fuel Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-05-1 30
Fuel Filter, Fuel Pump, and Bleed System . . . .30-05-2
Group 10—Air Intake and Exhaust Systems

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-1
Install Muffler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-2
Air Intake Pipe Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-3
Turbocharger Inlet Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-4
Air Intake Pipe Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-4
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-5
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-5
Group 15—Engine Cooling System

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-2
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-3
Aftercooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-7
Viscous Fan Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-9
Belt Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-10
Drive Belt Routings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-11
Group 20—Oil Coolers

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-1
Oil Cooler (9100, 9200). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-2
Axle Oil Cooler (9300, 9400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-4
Hydraulic/Transmission Oil Cooler (9300,
9400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-5
Oil Cooler (9020). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-7
Leak Test Oil Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-8

110906
PN=1
Contents
30

110906
PN=2
Group 05
Diesel Fuel System
Remove and Install Left Fuel Tank
Drain both fuel tanks.
Remove battery ground cable.
Support fuel tank under bottom shield (A).
Remove tank shield (B).
–UN–10SEP96
Remove rear cab step support (C) and front support (D). 30
05
1
Remove step assembly (E).
RW41317
Cut tie band (G) and remove fuel line (F). Remove
crossover line, upper hose (H), and remaining fuel lines. 9000 Shown
Attach lift straps, and remove tank from tractor.
Install in reverse order.
Bleed fuel system. (See BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM in

Operator’s Manual or CTM.)
–UN–10SEP96
–UN–11SEP96
A—Bottom Shield
B—Tank Shield
RW41318
RW41319
C—Rear Cab Step Support
D—Front Cab Step Support
E—Step Assembly
F—Fuel Line
G—Tie Band
H—Upper Hose
RX16233005,2 –19–16SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=79
Diesel Fuel System
Remove, and Install Right Fuel Tank
Drain both fuel tanks.
Remove battery ground cable.
Support bottom tank shield (A).
Remove shield (B)
–UN–10SEP96
30 Remove rear cab step assembly (C).
05
2
Remove shield (D).
RW41320
Remove batteries, battery box, and windshield washer
assembly (E).
Remove fuel sender (F).
–UN–11SEP96
–UN–11SEP96
Remove crossover line and fuel line (G).
Attach lift straps and remove tank from tractor.
RW41322
RW41321
Bleed fuel system. (See BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM in

Operator’s Manual or CTM.)
A—Bottom Shield
B—Tank Shield
C—Step Assembly
D—Tank Shield
–UN–12SEP96
E—Battery Box Assembly
F—Fuel Sender
G—Fuel Line
RW41323
RX16233005,3 –19–19SEP96–1/1
Replace Fuel Filter, Fuel Pump, and Bleed

Fuel System
See Operator’s Manual or CTM for repair.

–UN–06DEC96
RW50283A
RX16233005,1A –19–06DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=80
Group 10
Air Intake and Exhaust Systems
Specifications
Muffler Clamps Torque 60 N•m

(44 lb-ft)
Air Cleaner Intake Pipe-to-Heat Torque 70 N•m

Shield Bands (52 lb-ft)
Heat Shield Bands Torque 40 N•m 30

(30 lb-ft) 10
1
Heat Shield-to-Heat Shield Bands Torque 30 N•m

(22 lb-ft)
Coupling Hose Clamps Torque 10 N•m

(88 lb-in.)
Flex-Coupling Hose Clamps Torque 10 N•m

(88 lb-in.)
Turbocharger Inlet Hose Clamps Torque 12 N•m

(106 lb-in.)
Coupling Hose Clamps (A and E) Torque 10 N•m

(88 lb-in.)
Turbocharger Inlet Hose Clamps Torque 12 N•m

(106 lb-in.)
Flex-Coupling Hose Clamps Torque 10 N•m

(88 lb-in.)
OURX985,000006A –19–03JUN04–1/1

110906
PN=81
Install Muffler
NOTE: Leave all hardware loose until all parts are

positioned.
1. Install clamps (A) on muffler (B) and set muffler on G

exhaust pipe.
F
2. Install aspirator hose (C).
E
30 3. Install heat shield bands (D) on muffler and attach to B
10 D
air cleaner intake pipe tabs (G).
2 F
4. For 9620 tractors, install heat shield (E) with six cap G
screws (F) and washers. C
5. Tighten all hardware. F
–UN–17MAY04
Specification A
Muffler Clamps—Torque ................................................................ 60 N•m
(44 lb-ft)
Air Cleaner Intake Pipe-to-Heat
Shield Bands—Torque ................................................................... 70 N•m
RXA0074972
(52 lb-ft)
Heat Shield Bands—Torque .......................................................... 40 N•m
(30 lb-ft)
Heat Shield-to-Heat Shield
Bands—Torque............................................................................... 30 N•m
(22 lb-ft) A—Muffler Mounting Clamps
B—Muffler
C—Aspirator Hose
D—Heat Shield Bands
E—Heat Shield (9620 only)
F—Cap Screws and Washers (6 used)
G—Air Cleaner Intake Pipe Tabs
OURX985,0000065 –19–09JUN04–1/1

110906
PN=82
Air Intake Pipe Connections A A

B C
1. For single rib pipes; assemble coupling hose with C
clamp (A) positioned completely behind pipe rib (B).
–UN–24MAY04
2. For double rib pipes; assemble coupling hose with
clamp (A) positioned between pipe ribs (C).
Specification
RXA0075007
Coupling Hose Clamps—Torque.................................................... 10 N•m
(88 lb-in.)
30
10
A—Hose Clamp 3
B—Single Rib Pipe
C—Double Rib Pipe
OURX985,0000066 –19–03JUN04–1/2
IMPORTANT: Pipe rib (A) MUST NOT be positioned in

A
hose ribs.
3. For flex-coupling hoses; assemble with pipe rib

positioned as shown.
Specification
Flex-Coupling Hose Clamps—
Torque ............................................................................................ 10 N•m
–UN–11MAY05
(88 lb-in.)
A—Hose
B
B—Hose Clamp
RXA0074991
C
OURX985,0000066 –19–03JUN04–2/2

110906
PN=83
Turbocharger Inlet Hose
IMPORTANT: Insure turbocharger inlet hose is seated

B
against turbocharger housing surface
(A) all the way around inlet.
–UN–24MAY04
Install turbocharger inlet hose fully against turbocharger A
housing and tighten clamp.
RXA0075014
Specification
30 Turbocharger Inlet Hose
10 Clamps—Torque............................................................................. 12 N•m
4 (106 lb-in.)
A—Turbocharger-to-Hose Surface
B—Hose Clamp
OURX985,0000067 –19–03JUN04–1/1
Air Intake Pipe Installation E

B B
D E
IMPORTANT: Proper engine air intake system
assembly is critical to prevent dirt
contamination of engine.
–UN–24MAY04
1. Assemble engine air intake pipes, couplings (A) and
(E), and turbocharger inlet hose (C). Tighten hose C
clamps to specifications.
RXA0074996
Specification
Coupling Hose Clamps (A and
E)—Torque ..................................................................................... 10 N•m
(88 lb-in.)
Turbocharger Inlet Hose
Clamps—Torque............................................................................. 12 N•m A—Coupling Hoses
(106 lb-in.) B—Hose Clamps
C—Hose Clamp
D—Hose Clamp
E—Hose Clamps
Continued on next page OURX985,0000057 –19–17MAY04–1/2

110906
PN=84
2. Assemble aftercooler-to-intake manifold pipe flex

coupling hose and tighten clamps (A).
Specification
Flex-Coupling Hose Clamps—
Torque ............................................................................................ 10 N•m
(88 lb-in.)
–UN–24MAY04
3. Check connections and retighten clamps after 10 hours
of operation. A
RXA0074995
30
A—Hose Clamps 10
A 5
OURX985,0000057 –19–17MAY04–2/2
Inspect Air Intake System
Inspect air intake system hoses and clamps for tightness.
Disconnect and replace air restriction sensor as required.
Remove and inspect the filters.
–UN–23AUG96
RW56189
RX16233010,1 –19–16SEP96–1/1
Service Air Intake System
See Operator’s Manual for air intake service information.
RX16233010,2 –19–12SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=85
30
10
6

110906
PN=86
Group 15
Engine Cooling System
ESSENTIAL TOOLS listed are required to perform the
job correctly and are obtainable only from
SERVICEGARD or European Tool Catalogs .
30
15
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company RX,TOOLS –19–19SEP96–1/3 1
RW25391 –UN–17AUG95
Radiator Pressure Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D05104ST
Pressure test radiator and radiator cap
RX,TOOLS –19–19SEP96–2/3
RW25536 –UN–20AUG96
1
Hood Support Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1007

components
1
DFRW113
RX,TOOLS –19–19SEP96–3/3

110906
PN=87
Specifications
Pulley-to-Crankshaft Pulley Stub Cap Torque 70 N•m

Screws (52 lb-ft)
Crankshaft Pulley Stub-to-Engine Torque 61 N•m

Damper Cap Screws (45 lb-ft)
30 Fan Drive Shaft Nut Torque 270 N•m

15 (200 lb-ft)
2
Fan Drive Support-to-Engine Block Torque 150 N•m

Cap Screws (110 lb-ft)
Fan Drive Belt Tensioner Cap Torque 70 N•m

Screws (52 lb-ft)
Fan Drive Belt Idler Pulley Cap Torque 70 N•m

Screws (52 lb-ft)
Radiator Cap Pressure Test 60-80 kPa (0.6-0.8 bar)

(9-12 psi)
Radiator Pressure Test 60—80 kPa (0.6—0.8 bar)

(9—12 psi)
Fan Drive Hub-to-Viscous Drive
Cap Screws Torque 70 N•m

(52 lb-ft)
Fan-to-Viscous Drive
Nuts Torque 35 N•m

(26 lb-ft)
Spring Tension (Upper) Torque 18—23 N•m

(13—17 lb-ft)
Spring Tension (Lower) Torque 82—100 N•m

(60—74 lb-ft)
OUOD008,000001F –19–25OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=88
Test Radiator and Coolant Tank
Raise hood. Open side shields.
Visually check radiator for leaks or damage.
Remove pressure cap from coolant tank and attach

JDG839-2A Adapter (A) to filler neck. Attach D05104ST
Pressure Tester (B) to adapter. Pressurize system.
–UN–12MAY99
Specification 30
Radiator—Pressure Test .................................. 60—80 kPa (0.6—0.8 bar) 15
(9—12 psi) 3
RW77176
Repair system if pressure drops.
A—JDG839-2A Adapter
B—D05104ST Pressure Tester
AG,OUOD008,213 –19–12JUL06–1/1
Test Radiator Cap
Install radiator cap (A) on JDG839-1 Threaded Adapter

(B).
Install JDG839-2 Adapter (C) on JDG839-1 Threaded

Adapter (B).
–UN–12MAY99
Install D05104ST Pressure Tester (D) on JDG839-2A
Adapter (C).
NOTE: Cap should hold pressure within specifications. RW77177

Relief occurs at the top of the range.
Pressurize cap. A—Radiator Cap

B—JDG839-1 Threaded Adapter
Specification C—JDG839-2A Adapter
Radiator Cap—Pressure Test .......................... 60—80 kPa (0.6—0.8 bar) D—D05104ST Pressure Tester
(9—12 psi)
Replace cap if pressure drops.
AG,OUOD008,223 –19–12JUL06–1/1

110906
PN=89
Remove and Install Radiator
Disconnect battery.
Drain coolant.
–UN–16SEP96
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Hood is heavy.
Do not work in engine area until hood is
correctly secured.
RW41310
30
15 Remove hood (See REMOVE AND INSTALL HOOD in
4 Section 80, Group 05.) or tilt hood to vertical position
supporting hood with lift strap (A) or using JDG1007
(DFRW113) Hood Supports.
AG,OUOD008,187 –19–28APR99–1/4
Remove brackets (A), and braces (B) from both sides of

tractor.
Remove fan and viscous drive. (See REMOVE AND

INSTALL VISCOUS FAN DRIVE in this group.)
A—Bracket
B—Brace
–UN–14MAY99
RW77171
Continued on next page AG,OUOD008,187 –19–28APR99–2/4

110906
PN=90
Remove surge tank hoses (A).
Remove upper aftercooler pipe (B), upper radiator hose

(C), and surge tank overflow hose (D).
Remove seal (E), cap screws (F), and radiator mounting

nuts (G).
Remove lower radiator hoses (H).
30
A—Surge Tank Hoses
15
B—Upper Aftercooler Pipe
5
–UN–07MAY99
D—Surge Tank Overflow Hose
E—Seal
F—Cap Screws
G—Radiator Mounting Nuts
RW77172
H—Lower Radiator Hoses
–UN–07MAY99
RW77173
–UN–07MAY99
RW77174

110906
PN=91
Remove fan shroud cap screw (A), and loosen cap

screws (B) on both sides of shroud.
Remove shroud.
Remove radiator from right side of tractor by lifting straight

up, to clear base pins (C) from mounting sockets.
NOTE: Use lubricants such as diluted soap or antifreeze

to aid in assembly of hoses.
30
15 Install radiator in reverse order.
6
Install new seal (D) with holes in seal facing rearward, on
–UN–17JUN99
top surface first, then along sides.
Add coolant.
RW77175
A—Cap Screw
B—Cap Screw
C—Base Pin
D—Seal
AG,OUOD008,187 –19–28APR99–4/4

110906
PN=92
Remove and Install Aftercooler
Open hood. Remove hood lift supports (B) and tilt hood to
vertical position. Support hood with lift strap (A) or
JDG1007 (DFRW113) Hood Supports.
–UN–16SEP96
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Hood is heavy;
do not work in engine area until hood is
correctly secured.
RW41310
30
Open side panels and front grille screen. 15
7
Remove plate (E).
Remove bottom hose clamps (C) and hose (D).
A—Lift Strap
B—Lift Supports
C—Hose Clamps
D—Hose
E—Plate
–UN–22OCT01
RXA0057974
–UN–09SEP96
RW41306

110906
PN=93
Remove upper hose clamp (A), hose (C), and left and
right aftercooler mounting brackets (B).
Remove left and right lower aftercooler mounting bolts

(D).
–UN–09SEP96
IMPORTANT: Support hood in vertical position with
lift straps to avoid damage to any
components removed.
RW41307
30 Tilt aftercooler slightly back and lift to clear radiator. Lift
15 straight up to remove aftercooler from support frame.
8
Install aftercooler in reverse order.
A—Hose Clamp
B—Mounting Bracket
C—Hose
D—Mounting Bolts
–UN–09SEP96
RW41309
RX16233015,2A –19–04DEC96–2/2

110906
PN=94
Remove and Install Viscous Fan Drive
IMPORTANT: Thermal coil on front of viscous fan

drive can be easily damaged. Handle
assembly carefully.
–UN–06SEP96
Open right and left side panels.
Remove fan-to-viscous drive nuts and washers (A).
RW41300
Remove fan drive hub-to-viscous drive cap screws (B). 30
15
9
Slide fan rearward over hub (C).
Remove viscous drive between fan and fan shroud.
Inspect drive. Make sure thermal coil (D) is not bent or

damaged.
–UN–02JUN94
NOTE: Viscous fan drive is factory balanced and is not
repairable. Small nicks or chips in fins are
permissible.
RW40100
Inspect fins (E) for damage.
IMPORTANT: Viscous fan drive should be replaced if

unit has lost more than one complete A—Fan-to-Viscous Drive Nuts
B—Fan Drive Hub-to-Viscous Drive Cap Screws
fin. Improper balance could cause
C—Fan Drive Hub
viscous drive or fan failure. D—Thermal Coil
E—Clutch Fins
Install fan drive hub-to-viscous drive cap screws (B).
Fan Drive Hub-to-Viscous Drive—Specification

Cap Screws—Torque ..................................................................... 70 N•m
(52 lb-ft)
Install fan-to-viscous drive nuts and washers (A).
Fan-to-Viscous Drive—Specification
Nuts—Torque ................................................................................. 35 N•m
(26 lb-ft)
RX16233015,3A –19–04DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=95
Inspect Belt Tensioner
IMPORTANT: Inspect all belt tensioner and pulley

systems in this manner.
NOTE: Pulley and spring tensioner is serviced as an

assembly.
1. With belt ON the drive, perform the following

A
checks:
30
15 a. Check to see if tensioner arm (A) is against free
10
arm stops (B). Replace belt if this condition is seen.
–UN–09JAN04
b. Check belt tracking mark on the pulley. Replace belt
tensioner if tracking mark is considerably wider than
belt.
RXA0073092
B
B
2. With belt OFF the drive, perform the following
checks:
NOTE: Do not pry between pulley and spring case.
a. Release tension on belt using a long-handle 1/2 in.

drive tool. Remove belt from alternator pulley.
C
–UN–29MAR04
b. Release tension on tension arm (A)
c. Rotate tension arm (A) slowly using a 1/2 in. drive

tool. Note arm should rotate smoothly between arm
RXA0074277
stops (B); if not, replace tensioner.
d. Replace tension mechanism if there is:
• Metal-to-metal contact is present between rotating

and stationary parts at location (C and D) on
tensioner. D
• Cracks or broken spring case or stops.
–UN–09JAN04
3. Install belt tensioner with cap screw to engine front
cover at mounting holes tighten to specification.
Specification
RXA0073094
Upper Belt Tensioner Mounting

Cap Screw—Torque ....................................................................... 70 N•m
(52 lb-ft)
Lower Belt Tensioner Mounting
(52 lb-ft) A—Tension Arm
B—Free Arm Stops
C—Metal-to-Metal Contact Between Arm and
Spring Cage
D—Metal-to-Metal Contact Between Arm and End
Cap
OURX956,00001D3 –19–06APR04–1/1

110906
PN=96
Drive Belt Routings
30
15
11
–UN–21AUG96
–UN–21AUG96
RW41256
RW41255
Drive Belts—10.5 L and 12.5 L Engines (Early Model) Drive Belt—8.1 L Engines
–UN–12APR04
–UN–22SEP03
RXA0074415
RXA0068750
Drive Belts--12.5 Engines (Later Models without Idlers)
Drive Belts—10.5 L and 12.5 L Engines (Later Model with Idlers)
OUO6046,0001B20 –19–13APR04–1/1

110906
PN=97
30
15
12

110906
PN=98
Group 20
Oil Coolers
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the

U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).
30
20
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX113,0000015 –19–29OCT01–1/2 1
RW25536 –UN–20AUG96
Hood Support Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG10071

components
1
DFRW113
OURX113,0000015 –19–29OCT01–2/2
Specifications
Leak Test Oil Cooler Air Pressure 700—1000 kPa (7—10 bar)
(100—150 psi)
OUOD008,000001E –19–24OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=99
Oil Coolers
Remove and Install Oil Cooler—9100, 9200
Open and remove front grille screen.
Open side panels. Remove nose cone.
–UN–25OCT01
Discharge A/C system. (See DISCHARGE AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM in Section 90, Group 10.)
RXA0058026
Disconnect A/C lines (A).
30
20 Remove tie band (B) and move start aid line to side.
2
A—A/C Lines
B—Tie Band
Continued on next page OUOD008,0000019 –19–22OCT01–1/2

110906
PN=100
Oil Coolers
Drain hydraulic system.
Remove plate (A) and place pan under tractor to catch oil.
Disconnect lines (B).
Remove grille screen latch (C).
–UN–25OCT01
Remove starting aid assembly (D).
Remove cap screws (E) and remove cooler. 30

20
RXA0058028
3
A—Plate
B—Lines
C—Latch
D—Starting Aid Assembly
E—Cap Screws
–UN–25OCT01
RXA0058032
OUOD008,0000019 –19–22OCT01–2/2

110906
PN=101
Oil Coolers
Remove and Install Axle Oil Cooler—9300,

9400
Open front grille screen. Loosen knob (A) and open axle
oil cooler.
Drain fluid from cooler.
Remove lines to cooler (B). Cap lines to prevent
–UN–07SEP96
contamination. Cap cooler inlet fitting.
30
20
Disconnect and plug oil cooler outlet line.
4
RW41302
Remove axle cooler mounting brackets (C) and (D) from
hydraulic oil cooler. Lift cooler from front of tractor.
A—Axle Oil Cooler Knob
Check O-rings on cooler connections.
B—Cooler Lines
C—Axle Oil Cooler Bracket
Install in reverse order. D—Axle Oil Cooler Bracket
RX16233020,1A –19–04DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=102
Oil Coolers
Remove and Install Hydraulic/Transmission

Oil Cooler—9300, 9400
Open and remove front grille screen.
Open side panels. Remove nose cone.
Loosen knob (A). Open axle oil cooler.
–UN–09SEP96
Remove axle oil cooler mounting brackets (B—D).
30
20
Cut axle oil cooler tie band (E).
5
RW41301
Drain oil from cooler.
Remove hydraulic cooler lines (F) and transmission cooler

lines (H), from bottom of unit. Cap lines to prevent
–UN–25OCT01
contamination. Cap cooler inlet fittings.
Remove internal and external mounting cap screws (G).
RXA0058035
A—Axle Oil Cooler Knob
B—Axle Oil Cooler Mounting Bracket
C—Axle Oil Cooler Support Bracket
D—Axle Oil Cooler Retaining Bracket
E—Tie Band
F—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines
G—Mounting Cap Screws
H—Transmission Oil Cooler Lines

110906
PN=103
Oil Coolers
Loosen frame mounting cap screws (A).
Lift cooler up and toward front of tractor to remove cooler

from frame.
Inspect lines and O-rings on oil cooler connectors.
Add oil to hydraulic reservoir and transmission.

30
20
6 A—Cap Screws
–UN–09SEP96
RW41304
–UN–09SEP96
RW41305
RX16233020,2A –19–04DEC96–2/2

110906
PN=104
Oil Coolers
Remove and Install Oil Cooler—9020 Series
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Hood is heavy;

do not work in engine area until hood is
correctly secured.
–UN–16SEP96
Open hood. Remove hood lift supports (B) and tilt hood to
vertical position. Support hood with lift strap (A) or
JDG10071 Hood Support Brackets. on lower cylinder ball
RW41310
(A) and upper ball (B). Install retaining pins.
30
20
Remove cap screw (D) and move A/C lines (E) to left side 7
of tractor.
Open side panels. Remove grille screen.
Remove plate (C) and place a pan under opening to catch

oil.
A—Lift Strap
–UN–25OCT01
B—Lift Supports
C—Plate
D—Cap Screw
E—A/C Lines
RXA0058036
–UN–26SEP01
RXA0057326
1
DFRW113
Continued on next page OUOD008,000001A –19–22OCT01–1/2

110906
PN=105
Oil Coolers
NOTE: On 9020 Series tractors, the axle-transmission oil

and hydraulic oil cooler is a one-piece unit utilizing
separate cores.
Remove axle-transmission oil cooler lines (A) and

hydraulic oil cooler lines (B). Cap lines to prevent
contamination.
–UN–26SEP01
Disconnect ether aid line (C).
30 Remove cap screws (D).

20
RXA0057324
8
Remove cooler from top of tractor.
A—Axle-Transmission Oil Cooler Lines

B—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines
C—Ether Aid Line
D—Cap Screws
OUOD008,000001A –19–22OCT01–2/2
Leak Test Oil Coolers
NOTE: Minor leaks may be repaired, but components Repair or replace cooling unit as required.
should be replaced if there is a major leak or
restriction. Specification
Leak Test Oil Cooler—Air
Pressure................................................... 700—1000 kPa (7—10 bar)
Apply air pressure and spray surface using a 50—50 (100—150 psi)
mixture of liquid soap and water to check for leaks.
RX16233020,4 –19–11SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=106
Section 40
Electrical
Contents
Page Page
Group 05—Connectors 9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-42

Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-1 9020 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-44
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-2 Roof Harness
Electrical Insulating Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-2 North American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-46
High-Pressure Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-3 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-47
Electrical Connector Repair ACTIVE SEAT Harness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-48
AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-4 Remote Mirror Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-49 40
Blade Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-5 GREENSTAR Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-50
CINCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-6
CINCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-8 Group 15—Charging Circuit
CPC (Blade-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-11 Disconnect Electrical Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-15-1
MATE-N-LOC, METRIMATE (Pin-Type). . . .40-05-12 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-15-1
DEUTSCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-13 Alternator Power Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-15-4
MATE-N-LOC Socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-15 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-15-4
Small MATE-N-LOC Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-16
METRI-PACK (Pull-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-17 Group 20—Starting Circuit
METRI-PACK (Push-Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-18 Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-1
SUMITOMO Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-20 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-1
WEATHER PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-22 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-1
YAZAKI Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-24 Fusible Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-3
Start Circuit Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-3
Group 10—Wiring Harness Routings
Wire Numbers and Color Codes . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-1 Group 25—Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
Engine Identification - 9200, 9300, 9400 . . . . . .40-10-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-1
Ground Point Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-2 General Repair Procedures—Solenoids . . . . . .40-25-1
Miscellaneous Grounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-7 Disconnect Electrical Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-1
Engine/Chassis Harness Fuses, Relays, and Diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-2
9100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-10 Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-3
9120 MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-11 Fuses, Relays, and Diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-6
Dual-Rail 9200, 9300, 9400 MST. . . . . . . . .40-10-12 Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-7
Single-Rail 9200, 9300, 9400 MST . . . . . . .40-10-13 Solenoids
9220-9520 MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-14 Starting Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-9
MST-Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-16 Fuel Shut-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-9
9120 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-18 Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-10
Dual-Rail 9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-20 Two-Speed Clutch - MST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-11
Single-Rail 9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-22 Transmission Valves - 9020 PST. . . . . . . . .40-25-12
9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-24 Park Brake Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-14
PST - Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-26 Park Brake Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-14
9020 PST - European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-28 SCV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-15
9020 PST - Rear - European . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-30 Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-15
Transmission Harness - 9020 PST . . . . . . . . .40-10-31 Right Console Controls and Switches . . . . . . .40-25-16
Cab Harness Switches
MST (S. N. -30000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-34 Right Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-19
MST (S. N. 30001- ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-36 Engine Oil Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-19
PST (S. N. -30000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-38
PST (S. N. 30001- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-40 Continued on next page

110906
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
Starting Aid and Ignition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-20 Transmission Lube Oil Pressure - MST . . . .40-30-21
Clutch On/Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-22 Transmission Oil Filter Restriction - MST . . .40-30-22
Clutch Up and Down - 9020 . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-23 Axle Lube Filter Restriction - 9000 PST . . . .40-30-22
Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-24 Axle Lube Pressure - 9000 PST . . . . . . . . .40-30-23
Neutral Start - MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-24 Axle Lube Pressure - 9020 PST . . . . . . . . .40-30-23
Neutral Start - PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-25 Axle Lube Pressure - MST. . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-23
Rear PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-26 Hydraulic Oil Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-24
Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-26 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Level. . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-25
Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-27 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-26
Cab Door Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-27 Wheel Speed - MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-26
Beacon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-27 Radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-27
Seat Raise/Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-28 Hitch Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-28
Operator Presence Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-28 Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-29
40 Hand Brake - 9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-28 CLIMATRAK Harness and Components . . . . .40-30-30
Hand Brake - 9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-29 CLIMATRAK Sensors
Replace Park Brake Valve Pressure Outlet Duct Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-31
Sensor—9020 Series w/PST (S.N. 011408— Cab Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-31
). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-29 Fresh Air Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-32
Switches Evaporator Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-32
Park Brake Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-30
External Hitch Raise/Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-30 Group 35—Armrest Control
A/C High- and Low-Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-31 Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-1
A/C Deicing and Blower Motor Resistor . . . .40-25-32 Armrest Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-2
Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-5
Group 30—Monitoring Systems and Sensors Control Unit (ACU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-7
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-1 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-8
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-2 Engine Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-10
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-2 Transmission Control - PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-11
Disconnect Electrical Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-3 Hi-Lo Clutch Control - MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-12
Instrument Control Unit, SCV Set-up Panel . . . .40-30-3 Hitch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-13
Replace Bulbs SCV Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-14
Instrument Control Unit (ICU). . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-4
SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-4 Group 40—Implement and Accessory Connectors
Corner Post Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-5 Seven-Terminal Outlet Socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-1
Steering Column Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-5 TOUCHSET Depth Control Connector . . . . . .40-40-1
Steering Column Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-6 Diagnostic/Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-2
Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-9 ECU Diagnostic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-2
EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-11
Power Shift Controller - 9000 PST . . . . . . . . .40-30-13 Group 45—Convenience and Accessory
Sensors Components
Engine Cam Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-13 Motors
Engine Crank Speed - 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-14 Circulation Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-1
Engine Crank Speed - 9020 . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-14 Pressurizer Blower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-2
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-15 Wiper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-3
Fuel Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-15 Windshield Washer Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-4
Fuel Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-16 Radio and Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-5
Air Filter Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-16 Remove Radio and Speaker—Style B. . . . . . . .40-45-6
Manifold Air Temperature - Dual-Rail. . . . . .40-30-16
Clutch Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-17
PST Input and Output Speed - 9000 . . . . . .40-30-19
PST Oil Temperature - 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-20
PST Filter Restriction - 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-20
PST Lube Oil Pressure - 9000. . . . . . . . . . .40-30-21

110906
PN=2
Group 05
Connectors
ESSENTIAL TOOLS listed are required to perform
the job correctly and are obtainable only from
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–1/9
RW40022 –UN–08SEP93
Electrical Repair Tool Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG155

40
Repair electrical connectors 05
1
AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–2/9
DEUTSCH Electrical Repair Tool Kit . . . . . . . . .JDG359
–UN–06SEP96
Repair DEUTSCH electrical connectors
RW25540
AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–3/9
RW26025 –UN–18DEC98
Crimping Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG707
Crimp contacts to wires
AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–4/9
RXA0056624 –UN–05SEP01
AMP Crimping Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG708
Used to crimp wire terminal ends for injection pump

connector
AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–5/9
RW25542 –UN–20AUG96
Weather Pack Crimping Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG783
Continued on next page AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–6/9

110906
PN=109
Connectors
RW26025 –UN–18DEC98
Crimping Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG865
AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–7/9
RG10741 –UN–31MAY00
Terminal Extractor Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1369
Used to extract terminals from injection pump connector
AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–8/9
RW40022 –UN–08SEP93
Technician’s Electrical Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . JT07195B

40
05 Repair wire connectors
2
AG,OUOD008,36 –19–29JUN98–9/9
Other Material
Number Name Use
AT66865 (U.S.) Lubricant Used to insulate electrical

connectors.
AG,OUOD008,14 –19–04OCT05–1/1
Use Electrical Insulating Compound
Apply AT66865 Compound directly to the terminals

between the wire seal and connector body. This provides
a moisture barrier, especially in wet and humid conditions.
AG,OUOD008,227 –19–04OCT05–1/1

110906
PN=110
Connectors
Using High-Pressure Washers
IMPORTANT: Directing pressurized water at

electronic/electrical components or
connectors, bearings and hydraulic
seals, fuel injection pumps or other
–UN–18OCT88
sensitive parts and components may
cause product malfunctions. Reduce
pressure, and spray at a 45 to 90
degree angle.
T6642EJ
AG,OUOD008,226 –19–22JUN99–1/1
40
05
3

110906
PN=111
Connectors
Repair AMP Connector
–UN–31MAY00
40
RG10742
05
4
Using AMP Crimping Tool
A—Locator Assembly C—Wire E—Crimping Slot G—Insulation Barrel

B—Locator D—Crimping Slot F—Terminal H—Wire Barrel
1. Press JDG1369 Terminal Extraction Tool into face IMPORTANT: Make sure that both sides of the
of connector and remove wire and terminal from insulation barrel (G) are started
back of connector. evenly into the crimping section. Do
NOT attempt to crimp an improperly
NOTE: Verify wire stripping length and crimp height positioned contact.
before using AMP crimping tool. See
instructions provided with tool. 5. Position the terminal so that the open “U” of the
wire and insulation barrels (H and G) face the top
2. Strip new wire to length indicated in tool of the tool. Place the terminal up into the nest so
instructions. Do not nick or cut wire strands. that the movable locator (B) drops into the slot in
the terminal as shown. Butt the front end of the wire
3. Hold JDG708 AMP Crimping Tool so that the back barrel (H) against the movable locator.
(wire side) is facing you. Squeeze tool handles
together and allow them to open fully. 6. Hold the terminal (F) in position and squeeze the
tool handles together until ratchet engages
NOTE: See instructions provided with tool to sufficiently to hold the terminal in position. DO NOT
determine which crimping slot (D or E) to use. deform insulation barrel or wire barrel.
4. Holding the terminal (F) by the mating end, insert 7. Insert stripped wire (C) into terminal insulation and
the insulation barrel (G) first, through the front of wire barrels until it is butted against the wire stop.
the tool and into the appropriate crimp slot (D or E).
Continued on next page OUOD008,0000023 –19–20AUG01–1/2

110906
PN=112
Connectors
8. Hold the wire and terminal (A) in place. Squeeze tool

handles together until ratchet releases. Allow tool
handles to open and remove crimped terminal.
NOTE: The crimped terminal may stick in the crimping

area. It can be easily removed by pushing
downward on the top of the locator.
9. Install wire in connector.
A—Wire and Terminal
40
05
5
–UN–24NOV97
T112335B
Crimp Terminal
OUOD008,0000023 –19–20AUG01–2/2
Remove Connector Body from Blade

Terminals
Depress locking tang (A) on terminal using a small

screwdriver. Remove connector body. –UN–23AUG88
Bend locking tang back to the original position (B) before

installing connector body.
RW4218
A—Locking Tang
B—Locking Tang Original Position
OUOD008,000001A –19–20AUG01–1/1

110906
PN=113
Connectors
Repair CINCH Connectors
NOTE: Identify wire color locations with connector

terminal letters.
Open connector body and slide rubber packings (A) from
–UN–28APR98
connector body (B).
A—Rubber Packing
B—Connector Body
RW77090
OUOD008,0000022 –19–20AUG01–1/3
NOTE: Beveled side of removal tool blade must face

40 latch (A).
05
6 Removal tool is stored in connector body.
Install removal tool (B).
–UN–28APR98
Rotate tool clockwise to release latch and lift secondary
lock (C).
RW77091
Release other latch.
Remove secondary lock.

A—Latch
B—Removal Tool
C—Secondary Lock

110906
PN=114
Connectors
NOTE: Bevel tip of removal tool must be up when

installing into contact opening.
Removal tool can be substituted using JDG777

WEATHER PACK Extractor.1
Insert tip (A) of removal tool into upper contact opening

(B).
Hold tool fully seated and pull wire from connector body
and rubber packing.
–UN–28APR98
Remove old contact and strip 6 mm (1/4 in.) of insulation
from wire using JDG145 Universal Electrical Pliers2.
RW77092
Crimp new contact on wire using JDG144 Crimping
40
Pliers2. 05
7
Push contact through rubber packing and into new A—Tip
connector body until fully seated. B—Contact Opening
Pull on wire slightly to ensure contact is locked in position.
Install remaining wires to correct terminals in new

connector.
Install secondary lock.
Close connector body.
1
Included in JT07195B Technician’s Electrical Repair Kit
2
Included in JDG155 Electrical Repair Tool Kit
OUOD008,0000022 –19–20AUG01–3/3

110906
PN=115
Connectors
Repair 32 and 48 Way CINCH Connectors
1. Press tab (A) and rotate locking cam (B) 90° to

disconnect connector from flexbox.
–UN–10SEP03
2. Move cover locks (C) slightly outward with a small
screwdriver.
3. Remove cover (D) away from wires.
RXA0070459
A—Tab
B—Locking Cam
C—Cover Locks
D—Cover
40
05
8
–UN–10SEP03
RXA0070462
–UN–10SEP03
RXA0070463
OUO6045,00002FC –19–10SEP03–1/4
4. Pull terminal lock (A) out as far as it will go, but do not
force its removal.
A—Terminal Lock
–UN–10SEP03
RXA0070464
Continued on next page OUO6045,00002FC –19–10SEP03–2/4

110906
PN=116
Connectors
NOTE: JDG1725 Terminal Extractor Tool has two

different sizes of pins, 0.6 for smaller 20 gauge
holes (A), and 1.5 for larger 16 and 18 gauge
holes (B).
–UN–10SEP03
5. Insert JDG1725 Terminal Extractor Tool into holes (C)
next to terminal opening (D) to unlock terminal.
6. Pull wire and terminal (E) from connector body.
RXA0070471
A—20 Gauge Holes
B—16 & 18 Gauge Holes
C—Holes
D—Terminal Hole
E—Terminal
40
05
9
–UN–10SEP03
RXA0070472
–UN–10SEP03
RXA0070473
Continued on next page OUO6045,00002FC –19–10SEP03–3/4

110906
PN=117
Connectors
7. Remove old terminal and strip 4.85 mm (0.191 in.) of

insulation from wire.
8. Grip JDG1727 Terminal Crimping Tool (A) securely,

and squeeze ratcheting mechanism until it bottoms out.
–UN–10SEP03
Then allow it to open completely
9. With tool in ready position (open handle), open

terminal receptacle (B).
RXA0070479
10. Insert terminal (C) into proper wire gauge window,
crimp wings facing up.
11. Close terminal receptacle (B).
12. Squeeze handle until two clicks are heard.

40
05
10 13. Insert stripped wire (D) into terminal.
–UN–10SEP03
14. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until
ratchet releases.
RXA0070480
15. Remove terminated wire from tool.
16. Push terminal into connector body until fully seated.

Pull on wire slightly to ensure terminal is locked in
position.
17. Push terminal lock closed.
18. Install cover.
–UN–10SEP03
19. Install connector to controller and close connector
body locking cam.
RXA0070481
A—CINCH Terminal Crimping Tool
B—Terminal Receptacle
C—Terminal
D—Wire
OUO6045,00002FC –19–10SEP03–4/4

110906
PN=118
Connectors
Repair CPC Blade Type Connectors
IMPORTANT: Move extraction tool back and forth

ONLY in the direction illustrated to fully
seat tool in connector.
–UN–23AUG88
Push tip (A) of JDG141 Extraction Tool1 into terminal
offsets until tips bottom in connector.
Pull wire to remove contact from connector.
TS114
from wire using JDG145 Universal Electrical Pliers2. A—Tip

Pliers2.
40
05
Insert wire in correct terminal of new connector. 11
Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal on new

connector.
CPC is a trademark of AMP Incorporated
1
Included in JDG155 Electrical Repair Tool Kit and JT07195B
Technician’s Electrical Repair Kit
2
OUOD008,000001E –19–20AUG01–1/1

110906
PN=119
Connectors
Repair CPC, Large MATE-N-LOC and

METRIMATE Pin Type Connectors
Select correct size JDG140 Extraction Tool1 or JDG143

Extraction Tool2 to remove contact.
NOTE: Allow tool push rod (C) to back out during

insertion.
Insert tool sleeve (A) over contact until tool bottoms.
Rotate tool handle (B) to ensure release of contact locking

lances.
Hold tool sleeve firmly seated in connector and press

40 push rod button (D). Remove contact from connector.
05
12 Remove old contact and strip 6 mm (1/4 in.) of insulation
–UN–23AUG88
Pliers2.
Spread contact locking lances and insert wire in correct

terminal of new connector.
TS113
Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal of new
connector. A—Tool Sleeve
B—Tool Handle
C—Tool Push Rod
D—Push Rod Button

MATE-N-LOC is a trademark of AMP Incorporated
METRIMATE is a trademark of AMP Incorporated
1
Included in JDG155 Electrical Repair Tool Kit and JT07195B
Technician’s Electrical Repair Kit
2
OUOD008,000001D –19–20AUG01–1/1

110906
PN=120
Connectors
Repair DEUTSCH Connectors
Select correct size extractor tool for size of wire to be

removed:
NOTE: JDG361, JDG362, and JDG363 are part of
–UN–07DEC98
JDG359 DEUTSCH Electrical Repair Tool Kit
• JDG361 Extractor Tool - 12—14 Gauge Wire

• JDG362 Extractor Tool - 16—18 Gauge Wire
RW77142
• JDG363 Extractor Tool - 20 Gauge Wire
Start correct size extractor tool over wire at handle (A).

A—Handle
Slide extractor tool rearward along wire until tool tip snaps
onto wire.
40
05
IMPORTANT: DO NOT twist tool when inserting in 13
connector.
Slide extractor tool along wire into connector body until

tool is positioned over terminal contact.
Pull wire from connector body using extractor tool.
DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Company OUOD008,0000021 –19–20AUG01–1/6
Strip 6 mm (1/4 in.) insulation from wire.
Adjust selector (A) on JDG360 Crimping Tool1 for correct

wire size.
Loosen lock nut (B) and turn adjusting screw (C) in until
screw stops.
–UN–23AUG88
A—Selector
B—Lock Nut
C—Adjusting Screw
TS117
1
Included in JDG359 Electrical Repair Kit

110906
PN=121
Connectors
IMPORTANT: Select correct size contact sleeve or pin

to fit connector body.
Insert contact (A) and turn adjusting screw (D) until

contact is flush with cover (B).
–UN–23AUG88
Tighten lock nut (C).
A—Contact
B—Cover
TS0134
C—Lock Nut
D—Adjusting Screw
40
05
14
OUOD008,0000021 –19–20AUG01–3/6
IMPORTANT: Contact must remain centered between

indenters while crimping.
Insert wire in contact and crimp until handle contacts stop.
Release handle and remove contact.
–UN–23AUG88
TS118
OUOD008,0000021 –19–20AUG01–4/6
IMPORTANT: If all wire strands are not crimped into

contact, cut off wire at contact and
repeat contact installation procedures.
NOTE: Readjust crimping tool for each crimping

procedure.
–UN–23AUG88
Inspect contact to ensure all wires are in crimped barrel.

TS0135

110906
PN=122
Connectors
IMPORTANT: Install contact in correct location using

correct size grommet.
Push contact straight into connector body until positive

stop is felt.
–UN–07DEC98
Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new

connector.
RW77141
OUOD008,0000021 –19–20AUG01–6/6
Repair Small MATE-N-LOC Socket

Connector 40
05
15
Push contact (A) from wire side into connector as far as
possible.
–UN–09MAY89
IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry on extraction tool.
Align tip of JDG142 Extraction Tool1 opposite contact

seam (B).
TS115
Push extraction tool in connector until tool bottoms.
A—Contact
Pull wire to remove contact from connector.
B—Contact Seam


Pliers1.
Insert wire in correct terminal of new connector.
Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal on new

connector.
1
OUOD008,000001F –19–20AUG01–1/1

110906
PN=123
Connectors
Repair Small MATE-N-LOC Pin Connector
Push contact pin (A) from wire side into connector as far
as possible.
–UN–23AUG88
IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry on extraction tool.
Put tip of JDG142 Extraction Tool1 against locking lance

(B) and depress lance.
TS116
Pull wire to remove contact from connector body.
A—Contact Pin
Remove old contact and strip 6 mm (1/4 in.) of insulation B—Locking Lance

40
05 Pliers1.
16
Spread contact pin locking lance and insert wire in correct
terminal of new connector.
Remove remaining wires and install in correct terminal of

new connector.
1
OUOD008,0000020 –19–20AUG01–1/1

110906
PN=124
Connectors
Repair (Pull Type) METRI-PACK

Connectors
Disconnect the METRI-PACK connector (A). Remove tie

bands and tape.
–UN–05AUG98
NOTE: Use JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool1 to remove
terminals.
RW16933A
Angle tip so tip slides close to the plastic socket edge
pushing inward on terminal locking tab (D).
Insert JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool (B) 6 mm (1/4 in.)

into connector body socket (C).
Remove JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool and push 40

terminal (E) from socket. 05
17
Remove terminal and strip wire using JDG145
–UN–30JUL98
Electrician’s Pliers2.
A—Connector
RW77096
B—JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool
C—Body Socket
D—Locking Tab
E—Terminal
–UN–05AUG98
RW16935A
METRI-PACK is a trademark of Delphi Packard Electric Systems
1
Included JT07195B Electrical Repair Kit
2
Continued on next page OUOD008,000001B –19–20AUG01–1/2

110906
PN=125
Connectors
Crimp new terminal on wire through connector using

JDG144 Crimping Pliers1 (A).
NOTE: Terminal will seat only one way. If terminal does

not pull into the connector body socket, check for
correct terminal alignment.
–UN–07DEC98
Check to make sure locking tab on new terminal is in
outward position, then pull on wire until terminal locks in
connector body socket.
RW77143
A—Crimping Pliers
40
05
18
1
OUOD008,000001B –19–20AUG01–2/2
Repair (Push Type) METRI-PACK

Connectors
Disconnect the METRI-PACK connector. Remove the tie

bands and tape.
–UN–08DEC98
Remove the connector lock (A), and mark wire colors for
identification.
Identify wire color locations with connector terminal letters.
RW77137
NOTE: Use JDG776 Extraction Tool with 56, 280, and
630 Series METRI-PACK terminals. Use JDG777
Extraction Tool with 150 Series METRI-PACK A—Connector Lock
B—Extraction Tool
terminals. C—Connector Body Socket
D—Terminal
Insert JDG776 or JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool1 (B)
into connector body socket (C) pushing the terminal
locking tab inward.
Remove extraction tool and pull terminal (D) out of the

socket.
METRI-PACK is a trademark of Delphi Packard Electric Systems
1
Included in JT07195B Electrical Repair Kit
Continued on next page OUOD008,000001C –19–20AUG01–1/6

110906
PN=126
Connectors
Remove old contact from wire using JDG145 Universal

Electrical Pliers1.
–UN–23AUG88
TS0132
1
OUOD008,000001C –19–20AUG01–2/6
NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of

wire: 40
05
• Green - 18—20 Gauge Wire 19
• Gray - 14—16 Gauge Wire
• Blue - 10—12 Gauge Wire
–UN–23AUG88
IMPORTANT: The seal must fit snug over the cable
insulation, without a gap between the
cable seal and the insulation.
TS0136
Push correct size cable seal on wire.
Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and

align cable seal with edge of insulation.
OUOD008,000001C –19–20AUG01–3/6
Install correct size contact on wire.
Crimp contact (A) in position with a “W” type crimp using

JDG865 Crimping Tool (B).
–UN–07DEC98
A—Contact
B—Crimping Tool
RW77139
Continued on next page OUOD008,000001C –19–20AUG01–4/6

110906
PN=127
Connectors
Crimp cable seal (A) on contact using JDG865 Crimping

Tool (B).
A—Cable Seal
B—Crimping Tool
–UN–07DEC98
RW77138
OUOD008,000001C –19–20AUG01–5/6
Make sure locking tab (A) on the new terminal is in the

40 outward position.
05
20 Push terminal into connector body socket until terminal
locks.
–UN–07DEC98
A—Locking Tab
RW77140
OUOD008,000001C –19–20AUG01–6/6
Repair SUMITOMO Connectors
Disconnect the SUMITOMO connector.
Identify wire color location with terminal position.
–UN–05FEB01
Insert JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool1 (A) into
connector body socket pushing the terminal locking tab
(B) upward. RG11676
Remove extraction tool and pull terminal out of socket.
A—JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool

B—Locking Tab
1

110906
PN=128
Connectors

Electrical Pliers1.
–UN–23AUG88
TS0132
1
OUOD008,0000024 –19–20AUG01–2/5

insulation, without a gap between the 40
cable seal and the insulation. 05
21
–UN–23AUG88
TS0136
OUOD008,0000024 –19–20AUG01–3/5
Crimp contact on cable seal (A) using JDG707 Crimping

Tool (B).
A—Cable Seal
B—JDG707 Crimping Tool
–UN–05SEP01
RXA0056871
–UN–05SEP01
RXA0056872

110906
PN=129
Connectors
Make sure the terminal (A) is positioned correctly for the

locking tab inside the connector.
Push terminal into connector body socket until terminal

locks.
–UN–05SEP01
A—Terminal
RXA0056873
OUOD008,0000024 –19–20AUG01–5/5
Repair Weather Pack Connector

40
05 IMPORTANT: Identify wire color locations with
22 connector terminal letters.
–UN–23AUG88
Open connector body.
Insert JDG364 Extraction Tool1 over terminal contact in

connector body.
TS0128
NOTE: If terminal cannot be removed, insert wire or nail
through extractor tool handle and push terminal
contact from connector.
Hold extractor tool fully seated and pull wire from

connector body.
Weather Pack is a trademark of Packard Electric
1

110906
PN=130
Connectors
NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of

wire:
• Green - 18—20 Gauge Wire

• Gray - 14—16 Gauge Wire
• Blue - 10—12 Gauge Wire
–UN–23AUG88
insulation, without a gap between the
cable seal and the insulation.
TS0136

40
NOTE: Contacts have numbered identification for two 05
sizes of wire: 23
–UN–02NOV94
• #15 - 14—16 Gauge Wire
• #19 - 18—20 Gauge Wire
Put correct size contact on wire and crimp in position with
TS1623
a W-type crimp using a JDG783 Weather Pack Crimping
Tool.

110906
PN=131
Connectors
IMPORTANT: Contact lances must be carefully spread

to ensure good seating on connector
body.
NOTE: Connector bodies are “keyed” for correct contact.

Be sure contacts are correctly aligned.
–UN–02DEC88
Correct contact installation for sleeve (A) and pin
(B) is illustrated.
TS0139
Push contact into new connector body until fully seated.
Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new

connector.
40
05
24 Close connector body.
–UN–23AUG88
A—Sleeve
B—Pin
TS0130
OUOD008,0000019 –19–20AUG01–3/3
Repair YAZAKI Connectors
Disconnect the YAZAKI connector.
Identify wire color location with terminal position.
–UN–05FEB01
Insert JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool1 (A) into
connector body socket pushing the terminal locking tab
(B) upward. RG11677
Remove extraction tool and pull terminal out of socket.
A—JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool

B—Locking Tab
1

110906
PN=132
Connectors

Electrical Pliers1.
–UN–23AUG88
TS0132
1
OUOD008,0000025 –19–20AUG01–2/5

insulation, without a gap between the 40
cable seal and the insulation. 05
25
–UN–23AUG88
TS0136
OUOD008,0000025 –19–20AUG01–3/5
Crimp contact on cable seal (A) using JDG707 Crimping

Tool (B).
A—Cable Seal
B—JDG707 Crimping Tool
–UN–05SEP01
RXA0056871
–UN–05SEP01
RXA0056872

110906
PN=133
Connectors
Make sure the terminal (A) is positioned correctly for the

locking tab inside the connector.
Push terminal into connector body socket until terminal

locks.
–UN–05SEP01
A—Terminal
RXA0056873
OUOD008,0000025 –19–20AUG01–5/5
40
05
26

110906
PN=134
Group 10
Wiring Harness Routings
Wire Numbers and Color Codes
Two methods of coding circuits are numbers and Wire insulation colors are determined by the last digit
colors. of the wire circuit number. The circuit numbers,
corresponding wire colors, and number color code are
A three-digit number is used to identify each wire noted in Table 2.
circuit. This code is printed on each harness wire
every 25 mm (1 in.). The circuit numbers and TABLE 2 - WIRE COLORS
corresponding functional usage are noted in Table 1. Color Code
Circuit No. Circuit Wire Color Printed Numbers
XX0 Black White
TABLE 1 - WIRE NUMBERS
XX1 Brown White
Circuit No. Function
XX2 Red White
000-099 Power
XX3 Orange Black
100-199 Lighting
XX4 Yellow Black
200-299 Accessories
XX5 Dark Green White
300-499 Engine XX6 Light Blue Black
500-699 Transmission
XX7 Purple White 40
700-799 Hydraulics
XX8 Gray Black 10
800-899 Hitch
XX9 White Black 1
900-999 Other
RX15004045,9 –19–03MAY04–1/1
Engine Identification—10.5 L and 12.5 L Engines

–UN–18APR00
–UN–18APR00
RW77382
RW77381
Dual-Rail Engine Single-Rail Engine
There are two different engine designs. The single-rail engine (later models and 9020 Series)
has one or two fuel filters.
The dual-rail engine (early models) has two fuel filters.
OUO6046,0001B4B –19–04SEP03–1/1

110906
PN=135
Ground Point Locations
There are five major ground locations: Chassis single

point, Cab Roof, Cab Floor, Cab-to-Chassis ground cable,
and the Battery.
#1 Chassis Single Point Ground
#2 Cab (Roof Inside Left Rear)
#3 Cab (Floor Inside Right Rear)

1 23 4 5
#4 Cab-to-Chassis Ground Cable
#5 Battery Cable
40
10 NOTE: The Radio, Radio Antenna, Backup Alarm, Air
2 Conditioning Compressor, Horn, and Alternator
are not attached to one of the five major ground
point locations.
–UN–14FEB03
RXA0057518
RX16234010,6 –19–12NOV96–1/1

110906
PN=136
# 1 Chassis Single Point Ground Stud
NOTE: The single point ground stud (A) is located below

the right rear cab mount.
The following circuits are grounded to chassis at ground

point (# 1).
Circuit 010 Grounds:
• A/C Compressor Clutch

• Differential Lock Solenoid
• ECU (Lucas) (circuit 310)
• Extremity Lights
–UN–08MAR99
• Front Flood Lights
• Front and Rear Washer Pump
40
• Hi-Lo Solenoid (MST) 10
• High-Beam Lights
RW60295A
3
• Horn
• Low-Beam Lights
• Radio
• Rear Fender Flood Lights A—Chassis Ground (—) Cable
• Rear PTO Solenoid B—Battery Ground (—) Cable
• Starting Aid Solenoid
• Starter Relay
• Tail Light
• 7-Way Connector
• CCU/PCU
• External Hitch Switch
• John Deere ECU
• HCU/SCU
• Radar Sensor
• SCV 4th and 5th
• Wheel Speed Sensor
Cab Circuit 050 Grounds Through 78-Way Connector

To Single Point Ground:
• ACU
• Corner Post Display
• Load Center Relays
• Operator Presence Switch
• PCU
• Performance Monitor

110906
PN=137
• Program Connector (X16)

• Radar Signal (2-way Connector)
• SCV Set-up Panel
• Steering Column Module
• Vehicle Monitor (ICU)
OUOD008,0000001 –19–04OCT01–2/4
A/C Compressor Ground

40
10 NOTE: The A/C compressor is grounded at chassis point
4 (# 1).
Air conditioning compressor ground point is at the rear of
–UN–12NOV96
the compressor (A).
A—A/C Compressor Ground
RW60296A
OUOD008,0000001 –19–04OCT01–3/4
Horn Ground
NOTE: The horn is grounded at chassis point (# 1). Horn

ground point (A), is located at the front of the
tractor above the radiator.
–UN–24MAY96
A—Horn Ground Point
RW60294
OUOD008,0000001 –19–04OCT01–4/4

110906
PN=138
# 2 Cab Ground (Roof)
NOTE: Cab ground (A) is located at the upper right rear

corner of the cab.
Remove the cab inner roof to access this ground.
–UN–27JUL94
The following circuits are grounded to cab at point (# 2).
RW60114
• Front Wiper Motor
• Inside Dome Light/Left Entry Light
• Left Roof Turn/Warning A—Cab Ground
• Rear Wiper Motor
• Right Roof Turn/Warning
40
• Right Console Lights 10
• Roof Beacon Light 5
• Side Roof Floods
• Step Entry Light
OUOD008,0000002 –19–04OCT01–1/1
# 3 Cab Ground (Floor)
NOTE: Cab ground (A) is located next to the Heating,

Ventilation, Air Conditioning Module (HVAC),
located at the rear of the cab.
–UN–14MAR00
The cab floor ground (A) can be accessed from
inside the cab by removing the rear upholstery
from behind the seat, or by removing the cab
back panel where the control modules are
RW77366
mounted.
The following circuits are grounded to cab at point (# 3).

A—Cab Ground
• Cigarette Lighter
• Circulator Blower Motor
• K10 Relay (Fender/Turn Lights)
• Key Switch
• Pressurizer Blower Motor
• Right and Left Junction Blocks
• Seat Height Control Switch

110906
PN=139
Wiper Grounds
NOTE: The front and rear wipers are grounded at point

(# 3).
Remove green outer roof to access the front and rear
–UN–09MAY94
wiper ground points (A).
A—Wiper Ground Point
RW60047
OUOD008,0000003 –19–04OCT01–2/3
Junction Block Ground 010

40
10 NOTE: The junction block is grounded to cab at point
6 (# 3).
The junction block ground points are located below the
–UN–24MAY96
right console (A) and the left rear corner of the cab (B).
These are the connection points for the accessory outlets.
RW60292
A—Ground Point
B—Ground Point
–UN–31MAY96
RW60299
OUOD008,0000003 –19–04OCT01–3/3

110906
PN=140
# 4 Cab-To-Chassis Ground Cable
NOTE: The Cab-To-Chassis ground cable (A) is located

at the right rear of the cab.
A—Cab-to-Chassis Ground Cable
–UN–19NOV96
40
10
RW60293A
7
OUOD008,0000004 –19–04OCT01–1/1
Miscellaneous Grounds
Alternator Ground
NOTE: The alternator is case grounded (A).
–UN–24MAY96
A—Alternator Ground
RW60297

110906
PN=141
Radio Antenna Ground
NOTE: The radio antenna ground (A) is attached to a

ground plane, located on the top of the cab’s
inner roof.
–UN–05AUG94
A capacitor (B) is built into the ground strap
coming from the ground plane. The capacitor
isolates the antenna ground from the cab ground.
RW60122
Raise the green outer roof to access the antenna ground
(A) and capacitor (B).
A—Antenna Ground
B—Capacitor
40
10
8
OUOD008,0000005 –19–04OCT01–2/5
Radio Ground
NOTE: The radio ground wire (A) is routed down the right
front cab post and grounds to the floor of the cab.
Raise the floor mat to access the radio ground.
–UN–14JUN96
A—Radio Ground Wire
RW60312
OUOD008,0000005 –19–04OCT01–3/5
Tractor CAN Terminating Connector
NOTE: The Tractor CAN (Controller Area Network)

Terminating Connector is grounded through circuit
030 and is located behind the green panel at rear
of tractor.
–UN–13APR00
A—Tractor CAN Terminating Connector

RW77383

110906
PN=142
Diagnostic Outlet
NOTE: The diagnostic outlet is grounded through circuit

020 and is located on the dash panel (A).
A—Diagnostic Outlet
–UN–15JUL99
RW77237
OUOD008,0000005 –19–04OCT01–5/5
40
10
9

110906
PN=143
Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9100 MST
6 11 12 13 14
5
40 7 9 15
10 4 8 10
10 32
16
31
30 21 17
1 34 33 22
2
23
3
29
28 24 18
19
–UN–19OCT01
25 20
26
27
RXA0057819
1—Front Washer Pump Motor 12—Auxiliary Engine Speed 21—Coolant Temperature 27—Differential Lock Solenoid
2—Rear Washer Pump Motor Sensor Sensor 28—Air Filter Restriction
3—Fuel Level Sensor 13—Alternator Connector 22—Disable Connector (For Sensor
4—Single Point Grounds 14—A/C Compressor Clutch Shipping Only) 29—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
5—Hi-Lo Solenoid Ground 23—Starter Solenoid Sensor
6—Lube Oil Pressure Sensor 15—A/C Compressor Clutch Connector 30—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor
7—Starter Relay Connector 24—Engine Oil Pressure 31—Transmission Oil Filter
8—Injection Pump Connector 16—Front Head Lights Sensor Restriction Sensor
9—Actuator Solenoid 17—Front Floods 25—Hydraulic Oil Filter 32—Wheel Speed Sensor
Connector 18—Horn Restriction Sensor 33—Neutral Start Switch
10—Fuel Temperature Sensor) 19—Starting Aid Solenoid 26—Front Axle Oil Pressure 34—IMS Reverse Detect
11—Fuel Shut-off Solenoid 20—Radar Sensor Sensor Switch (S.N. 040001— )
(S.N. —040000)
RX16234010,2 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=144
Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9120 MST
9
11 40
8 10
18 10
6 11
4 7 39 14
5 13
12 19
16 17
40 15 20
1 37 32
2
3 33
31
24
36 30 21
38 35 29 28
25
34 22
27 26
–UN–19OCT01
23
RXA0057818
1—Rear Washer Pump Motor 14—Starter Solenoid 24—Radar Sensor 33—Fuel Temperature Sensor
2—Front Washer Pump Motor Connector 25—Horn 34—Hydraulic Oil Filter
3—Fuel Level Sensor 15—Fuel Injector Connector 26—Water Temperature Restriction Sensor
4—Single Point Grounds 16—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor 35—Engine Crank Speed
5—IMS Reverse Detect Switch Sensor (MAT) 27—Coolant Temperature Sensor
6—Wheel Speed Sensor 17—Alternator Connector Sensor 36—Engine Oil Pressure
7—Transmission Oil Filter 18—A/C Compressor Clutch 28—Fuel Pressure Control Transducer
Restriction Sensor Ground Valve #1 37—Front Axle Oil Pressure
8—Hi-Lo Solenoid 19—A/C Compressor Clutch 29—Engine Cam Sensor Sensor
9—Lube Oil Pressure Sensor Connector 30—Fuel Pressure Control 38—Differential Lock Solenoid
10—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor 20—Front Floods Valve #2 39—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
11—Starter Relay 21—Spotlight 31—Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Sensor
12—Air Filter Restriction 22—Headlights 32—Fuel Filter Heater 40—Neutral Start Switch
Sensor Connector 23—Starting Aid Solenoid Connector
13—Disable Connector (For
Shipping Only)
OUOD008,0000011 –19–16OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=145
Dual-Rail Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9200, 9300,

and 9400 MST
17
9
10
8 13 1415
40 16 17
10
12 4 18
7
11
6
12
35 19
5
34 26 20
27
1 2 25
3
33
32 21
28 22
24
–UN–19OCT01
23
29
31 30
RXA0057943
1—Rear Washer Pump 12—Disable Switch Connector 19—Front Head Lights 29—Hydraulic Oil Filter
2—Front Washer Pump (For shipping only) 20—Front Flood Lights Restriction Sensor
3—Fuel Level Sensor 13—Manifold Air Pressure 21—Horn 30—Front Axle Oil Pressure
4—Chassis Single Point Sensor (MAP) (S.N. — 22—Starting Aid Solenoid Sensor
Grounds 020001) 23—Radar Sensor 31—Differential Lock Solenoid
5—Wheel Speed Sensor 14—Engine Cam Speed 24—Engine Crank Speed 32—Air Filter Restriction
6—Neutral Start Switch Sensor Sensor Sensor
7—Hi-Lo Solenoid 15—Alternator Connector 25—Starter Solenoid 33—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
8—Lube Oil Pressure Sensor 16—Manifold Air Temperature Connector Sensor
9—Fuel Temperature Sensor Sensor (MAT) (S.N. — 26—Water Temperature 34—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor
(S.N. —030000) 020001) Sensor 35—Transmission Oil Filter
10—Injector Solenoids 17—A/C Compressor Clutch 27—Coolant Temperature Restriction Sensor
Connector Ground Sensor
11—Starter Relay 18—A/C Compressor Clutch 28—Engine Oil Pressure
Connector Sensor
RX16234010,1 –19–09DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=146
Single-Rail Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9200, 9300,

and 9400 MST
10 11 12A
12 13
14 15
38 8 40
10
37 9 16
13
7
4 36 6
5
1 35 17 19
27
26
27 18 20
2 34 28
3 25
33
32
29
24 23
–UN–19OCT01
30 22
31
21
RXA0057828
1—Rear Washer Pump 12—Fuel Pressure Sensor 19—Front Head Lights 30—Hydraulic Oil Filter
2—Front Washer Pump Connector (S.N. 030001— 20—Front Flood Lights Restriction Sensor
3—Fuel Level Sensor 040000) ( Not Used) 21—Starting Aid Solenoid 31—Differential Lock Solenoid
4—Chassis Single Point 12A—Fuel Temperature 22—Horn 32—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Grounds Sensor (S.N. 040001— ) 23—Radar Sensor Sensor
5—Front Axle Oil Pressure 13—Manifold Air Temperature 24—Engine Crank Sensor 33—Neutral Start Switch
Sensor Sensor (S.N. 040001— ) 25—Starter Solenoid 34—IMS Reverse Detect
6—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor 14—Fuel Pressure Sensor Connector Connector (S.N. 040001—
7—Starter Relay 15—A/C Compressor Clutch 26—Coolant Temperature )
8—Injector Solenoids Ground Sensor 35—Wheel Speed Sensor
Connector 16—A/C Compressor Clutch 27—Water Temperature 36—Transmission Oil Filter
9—Disable Switch Connector Connector Sensor Restriction Sensor
(For shipping only) 17—Fuel Temperature Sensor 28—Air Filter Restriction 37—Hi-Lo Solenoid
10—Engine Cam Speed (S.N. —040001) Sensor 38—Lube Oil Pressure Sensor
Sensor 18—Water-in-Fuel Sensor 29—Engine Oil Pressure
11—Alternator Connector (S.N.030001— ) Sensor
RX16234010,1CONV1 –19–09DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=147
Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9220, 9320, 9420, and

9520 MST
9
8 10 12 13 14
40 11
10 15
14 4 7
5 6 17 18
18
35 26 16
36 34 27 17 19
1
2
3 24
33 25
28
32
23 20
–UN–19OCT01
31 29 22
21
22
30
RXA0057822
1—Rear Washer Pump 11—Alternator Connector 21—Starting Aid Solenoid 29—Hydraulic Oil Filter
2—Front Washer Pump 12—Manifold Air Temperature 22—Horn Restriction Sensor
3—Fuel Level Sensor Sensor (MAT) 23—Engine Crank Speed 30—Front Axle Oil Pressure
4—Chassis Single Point 13—Fuel Pressure Sensor Sensor Sensor
Grounds 14—A/C Compressor Clutch 24—Radar Sensor 31—Differential Lock Solenoid
5—IMS Reverse Detect Ground 25—Starter Solenoid 32—Air Filter Restriction
Connector 15—A/C Compressor Clutch Connector Sensor
6—Neutral Start Switch Connector 26—Water Temperature 33—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
7—Hi-Lo Solenoid 16—Fuel Temperature Sensor Sensor Sensor
8—Lube Oil Pressure Sensor 17—Water-in-Fuel Sensor 27—Coolant Temperature 34—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor
9—Injector Solenoids 18—Front Flood Lights Sensor 35—Transmission Oil Filter
Connector 19—Spotlight 28—Engine Oil Pressure Restriction Sensor
10—Engine Cam Speed 20—Front Head Lights Sensor 36—Wheel Speed Sensor
Sensor
OUOD008,0000012 –19–16OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=148
40
10
15

110906
PN=149
Rear Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—MST
3 6
2 7
6
40 9
10
16
1
6
11 11
10
10
13
12 12
16
14 15 17
18
19
–UN–19OCT01
20
RXA0057820
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B2A –19–04AUG03–1/2

110906
PN=150
1—CAN Terminating 2—TOUCHSET Depth Control 9—ECU Diagnostic Connector 15—7-Way Accessory Outlet
Connector, 9100—9400 Connector 10—Extremity Warning Light 16—GREENSTAR Outlet
(S.N. 030001— ) 3—HCU/SCU (Hitch/SCV 11—Rear Fender Floods 17—4th & 5th SCV Solenoid
Control Unit) 12—Right and Left Tail/Turn Connector
4—SCo/LHP (4th and 5th SCV) Lights 18—Hitch Raise/Lower & SCV
5—CCU (Central Control Unit) 13—External Hitch 1 Solenoid Connector
6—Controller Static Grounds Raise/Lower Switch 19—SCV 2 & 3 Solenoid
7—4th and 5th SCV Connector 14—Hitch Position Feedback Connector
8—ECU (Engine Control Unit) Sensor 20—Hitch Draft Sensor1
TOUCHSET is a trademark of Deere & Company 40

GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company 10
17
1
Calibration Required
OUO6046,0001B2A –19–04AUG03–2/2

110906
PN=151
Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9120 PST
40 5 8
7
10 15
18 4 11
6 10
9 16
13 14
12 17
1 40
37 35 29
2 41
38
3 39
36 30
28
21
36
33 27 18
34 32 26 25
22
31 19
24 23
–UN–19OCT01
20
RXA0057821
1—Front Washer Pump Motor 11—Starter Solenoid 21—Radar Sensor 30—Fuel Temperature Sensor
2—Rear Washer Pump Motor Connector 22—Horn 31—Hydraulic Oil Filter
3—Fuel Level Sensor 12—Fuel Injector Connector 23—Water Temperature Restriction Sensor
4—Single Point Grounds 13—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor 32—Engine Crank Speed
5—Chassis Sensor (MAT) 24—Coolant Temperature Sensor
Harness-to-Transmission 14—Alternator Connector Sensor 33—Engine Oil Pressure
Harness Connector 15—A/C Compressor Clutch 25—Fuel Pressure Control Transducer
6—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Ground Valve #1 34—Differential Lock Solenoid
Sensor 16—A/C Compressor Clutch 26—Engine Cam Sensor 35—Front Axle Oil Pressure
7—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor Connector 27—Fuel Pressure Control Sensor
8—Starter Relay 17—Front Floods Valve #2 36—Park Solenoid #1
9—Air Filter Restriction 18—Spotlight 28—Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 37—Park Solenoid #2
Sensor 19—Headlights 29—Fuel Filter Heater 38—Park Pressure Sensor
10—Disable Connector (For 20—Starting Aid Solenoid Connector
Shipping Only)
OUOD008,0000006 –19–04OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=152
40
10
19

110906
PN=153
Dual-Rail Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9000 PST
13
14 15
16
11 17
40 6 18
10 8 10
20 9 12
7
5 19
1 4 27 20
28
2
32 26
3
33
29 21
25 22
30 24 23
31
33
44
34
43
42 35
36
37
38
39 –UN–19OCT01
41
40
RXA0057890

110906
PN=154
1—Rear Washer Pump 13—Manifold Air Pressure 23—Radar Sensor 33—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
2—Front Washer Pump Sensor (MAP) (S.N. — 24—Front Axle Oil Filter Sensor
3—Fuel Level Sensor 020001) Restriction Sensor 34—PST Solenoid No. 4
4—PST Oil Pressure Sensor 14—Engine Cam Speed 25—Engine Crank Speed 35—PST Solenoid No. 3
5—PST Oil Filter Restriction Sensor Sensor 36—PST On/Off Solenoid
Sensor 15—Alternator Connector 26—Starter Solenoid 37—PST Solenoid No. 6
6—Chassis Single Point 16—Manifold Air Temperature Connector 38—PST Solenoid No. 5
Grounds Sensor (MAT) (S.N. — 27—Water Temperature 39—PST Solenoid No. 7
7—Front Axle Oil Pressure 020001) Sensor 40—PST Solenoid No. 8
Sensor 17—A/C Compressor Clutch 28—Coolant Temperature 41—PST Oil Temperature
8—Fuel Temperature Sensor Ground Sensor Sensor
(S.N. —030000) 18—A/C Compressor Clutch 29—Engine Oil Pressure 42—PST Output Speed Sensor
9—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor Connector Sensor 43—PST Solenoid No. 2
10—Starter Relay 19—Front Head Lights 30—Hydraulic Oil Filter 44—PST Solenoid No. 1
11—Injection Solenoids 20—Front Flood Lights Restriction Sensor 45—PST Input Sensor
Connector 21—Horn 31—Differential Lock Solenoid
12—Disable Switch Connector 22—Starting Aid Solenoid 32—Air Filter Restriction
(For shipping only) Sensor
40
10
21
OUOD008,0000017 –19–18OCT01–2/2

110906
PN=155
Single-Rail Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9000 PST
10 11
12A
12 13
14 15
9
40
16
4
10 7 8
22 5 6
1 35 17 19
34 27
28 18 20
2 29
3 26
33
30
25 24 23
31 22
32
22
21
36
47
37
46
45 38
39
40
41
42 –UN–19OCT01
44
43
RXA0057826
Continued on next page RX16234010,17CONV2 –19–21NOV96–1/2

110906
PN=156
1—Rear Washer Pump 12A—Fuel Temperature 23—Radar Sensor 33—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
2—Front Washer Pump Sensor (S.N. 040001— ) 24—Front Axle Oil Filter Sensor
3—Fuel Level Sensor 13—Manifold Air Temperature Restriction Sensor 34—PST Oil Pressure Sensor
4—Chassis Single Point Sensor (MAT) 25—Engine Crank Speed 35—PST Oil Filter Restriction
Grounds (S.N. 040001— ) Sensor Sensor
5—Front Axle Oil Pressure 14—Fuel Pressure Sensor 26—Starter Solenoid 36—PST Solenoid No. 4
Sensor Connector Connector 37—PST Solenoid No. 3
6—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor 15—A/C Compressor Clutch 27—Water Temperature 38—PST On/Off Solenoid
7—Starter Relay Ground Sensor 39—PST Solenoid No. 6
8—Disable Switch Connector 16—A/C Compressor Clutch 28—Coolant Temperature 40—PST Solenoid No. 5
(For shipping only) Connector Sensor 41—PST Solenoid No. 7
9—Injection Solenoids 17—Fuel Temperature Sensor 29—Air Filter Restriction 42—PST Solenoid No. 8
Connector (S.N. —040000) Sensor 43—PST Oil Temperature
10—Engine Cam Speed 18—Water-in-Fuel Sensor 30—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
Sensor 19—Front Head Lights Sensor 44—PST Output Speed Sensor
11—Alternator Connector 20—Front Flood Lights 31—Hydraulic Oil Filter 45—PST Solenoid No. 2
12—Fuel Pressure Sensor 21—Starting Aid Solenoid Restriction Sensor 46—PST Solenoid No. 1
Connector (S.N. 030001— 22—Horn 32—Differential Lock Solenoid 47—PST Input Sensor
040000) ( Not Used)
40
10
23
RX16234010,17CONV2 –19–21NOV96–2/2

110906
PN=157
Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9020 PST
14 15
12 16 17 18
19
40 4
10 5 11 13
24 6 10
7 9
22
3 20 24
8 21 23
2 35
31
1
36
34 25
30 29
–UN–19OCT01
26
32 28
33
27
RXA0057825
1—Fuel Level Sensor 11—Starter Relay 20—Water Temperature 31—Starter Solenoid
2—Front Washer Pump 12—Injection Solenoids Sensor Connector
3—Rear Washer Pump Connector 21—Coolant Temperature 32—Hydraulic Oil Filter
4—Chassis Single Point 13—Disable Connector (For Sensor Restriction Sensor
Grounds Shipping Only) 22—Fuel Temperature Sensor 33—Differential Lock Solenoid
5—Chassis 14—Engine Cam Speed 23—Water-in-Fuel Sensor 34—Engine Oil Pressure
Harness-to-Transmission Sensor 24—Front Flood Lights Sensor
Harness Connector 15—Alternator Connector 25—Spotlight 35—Air Filter Restriction
6—Park Pressure Sensor 16—Manifold Air Temperature 26—Front Head Lights Sensor
7—Park Solenoid #1 Sensor (MAT) 27—Starting Aid Solenoid 36—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
8—Park Solenoid #2 17—Fuel Pressure Sensor 28—Horn Sensor
9—Front Axle Oil Pressure 18—A/C Compressor Clutch 29—Radar Sensor
Sensor Ground 30—Engine Crank Speed
10—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor 19—A/C Compressor Clutch Sensor
Connector
OUOD008,0000007 –19–04OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=158
40
10
25

110906
PN=159
Rear Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—PST
3 6
7
6
2 8
9
10
40 12
10
26
1
6
11
14 14
13
13
16
15 15
17 18 19
29 23
22
21
–UN–19OCT01
20
RXA0057824

110906
PN=160
1—Tractor CAN Terminating 6—Controller Grounds 14—Rear Fender Flood Lights 19—GREENSTAR Outlet
Connector 7—4th & 5th SCV Connector 15—Right and Left Tail/Turn 20—Hitch Draft Sensor1
2—TOUCHSET Depth Control 8—Come-Home Connector Lights 21—4th & 5th SCV Solenoid
Connector 9—PCU 16—External Hitch Connector
3—HCU/SCU 10—ECU Raise/Lower Switch 22—SCV 2 & 3 Solenoid
4—SCo 11—Transmission Connector 17—Hitch Position Feedback Connector
5—CCU 12—ECU Diagnostic Sensor 23—Hitch Raise/Lower & SCV
Connector 18—7-Way Accessory Outlet 1 Solenoid Connector
13—Extremity Warning Light

27
1
OUOD008,0000015 –19–16OCT01–2/2

110906
PN=161
Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—9020 PST European
14
1516 17 18
11
4 19
40
10 5 12 13
28 6 10
7 9
28
3 29 20
8 30 27
2 32
31
1
36
33
21
26 25
34 24
35
23 22
–UN–19OCT01
22
RXA0057827
1—Fuel Level Sensor 10—Hydraulic Oil Level Sensor 19—A/C Compressor Clutch 30—Coolant Temperature
2—Front Washer Pump 11—Injection Solenoids Connector Sensor
3—Rear Washer Pump Connector 20—Front Flood Lights 31—Starter Solenoid
4—Chassis Single Point 12—Starter Relay 21—Spotlight Connector
Grounds 13—Disable Connector (For 22—Front Head Lights, 32—Air Filter Restriction
5—Chassis Shipping Only) Warning/Turn Lights Sensor
Harness-to-Transmission 14—Engine Cam Speed 23—Starting Aid Solenoid 33—Engine Oil Pressure
Harness Connector Sensor 24—Horn Sensor
6—Park Pressure Sensor 15—Alternator Connector 25—Radar Sensor 34—Hydraulic Oil Filter
Connector 16—Manifold Air Temperature 26—Engine Crank Speed Restriction Sensor
7—Park Solenoid #1 Sensor (MAT) Sensor 35—Differential Lock Solenoid
Connector 17—Fuel Pressure Sensor 27—Water-in-Fuel Sensor 36—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
8—Park Solenoid #2 18—A/C Compressor Clutch 28—Fuel Temperature Sensor Sensor
Connector Ground 29—Water Temperature
9—Front Axle Oil Pressure Sensor
Sensor
OUOD008,0000013 –19–16OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=162
40
10
29

110906
PN=163
Rear European Engine/Chassis Harness Routing and Component Identification—PST
4
3 7 6
2 8
9
40 12
10 1 10
30
7 11
14 14
13 13
15
16
17
18 20
19 21
25
23 24
22
–UN–19OCT01
RXA0057823

110906
PN=164
1—CAN Terminating 5—CCU (Central Control Unit) 14—Rear Fender Floods 20—7-Way Accessory Outlet
Connector 6—4th and 5th SCV Connector 15—External Hitch 21—GREENSTAR Outlet
2—TOUCHSET Depth Control 7—Controller Static Grounds Raise/Lower Switch 22—Hitch Draft Sensor1
Connector 8—ECU (Engine Control Unit) 16—Hitch Position Feedback 23—4th & 5th SCV Solenoid
3—HCU/SCU (Hitch/SCV 9—PCU (Powershift Control Sensor Connector
Control Unit) Unit) 17—Air Brake Connector 24—SCV 2 & 3 Solenoid
4—SCo/LHP (4th and 5th SCV) 10—Come-Home Connector 18—License Plate Light Connector
11—Transmission Connector Connector 25—Hitch Raise/Lower & SCV
12—ECU Diagnostic 19—Implement Floods 1 Solenoid Connector
Connector Connector
13—Extremity Warning Light,
Right and Left Tail/Turn
Lights

31
1
OUOD008,0000016 –19–16OCT01–2/2
Transmission Harness Routing and Component Identification—9020 Series w/PST (S.N.

011408— )
–UN–30JUL03
RXA0069380
A—Input Speed Sensor G—Transmission System J—Clutch B Solenoid O—Fifth Stage Speed Sensor
B—Cylinder Speed Sensor Pressure Sensor K—Clutch R Solenoid P—Output Speed Sensors
C—Clutch 2 Solenoid H—Transmission Oil Filter L—Clutch C Solenoid Q—Brake 2 Valve Assembly
D—Clutch A Solenoid Switch M—Temperature Sensor R—Brake Pressure Sensor
E—Clutch M Solenoid I—Clutch 1 Solenoid N—Clutch L Solenoid S—Brake 1 Valve Assembly
F—Clutch H Solenoid
OUO6046,0001B29 –19–01AUG03–1/1

110906
PN=165
Transmission Harness Routing and Component Identification—9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —

011407)
A B
C
J
D
K
G H I L
E
M
40 P
10
32 F
–UN–09OCT01
N O
RXA0057226
A—Input Speed Sensor F—Clutch H Solenoid I—Transmission Oil Filter M—Clutch C Solenoid
B—Cylinder Speed Sensor G—Transmission System Restriction Sensor N—Clutch L Solenoid
C—Clutch 2 Solenoid Pressure Sensor J—Clutch 1 Solenoid O—Fifth Stage Speed Sensor
D—Clutch A Solenoid H—Transmission Oil K—Clutch B Solenoid P—Output Speed Sensors
E—Clutch M Solenoid Temperature Sensor L—Clutch R Solenoid
OUO6046,0001B28 –19–01AUG03–1/1

110906
PN=166
40
10
33

110906
PN=167
Cab Harness Routing and Component Identification—9100—9400 (S.N. —30000) MST
7 4
8 9 10
4
3 6
2 10
5
40 11
28
10 12
34
30
27
29 31 13
34
33 14
32 35 36 37
38
26
15
25 39
40 42
41 44 45
43
16
46
21 47
24 48
20 49
22
19
50
23
–UN–07APR00
18
17 RW77378
Continued on next page RX16234010,5 –19–18SEP96–1/2

110906
PN=168
1—Beacon Light Connector 14—Starting Aid Switch 27—Cigar Lighter 39—A/C On/Off Switch
2—Spare 15—Key Switch 28—Cab Harness 40—Instrument Control Unit
3—Cab-to-Roof Harness 16—Differential Lock Switch 29—Rear Wiper/Washer Switch 41—Field Cruise Control
Connector 17—Load Center 30—A/C High-Pressure Switch 42—Warning Horn
4—Rear Speakers 18—PTO Switch 31—A/C Low-Pressure Switch 43—Power Distribution Center
5—Radio 19—Right Junction Block 32—Flasher Warning Switch 44—Fuse Block
6—Console Light 20—A/C Deicing Switch 33—Light Switch 45—Brake Switch
7—Roof Ground 21—Blower Motor Resistor 34—Corner Post Display 46—Radio Ground
8—Dome Light 22—Cab Ground 35—Front Wiper Switch 47—Wheel Speed Connector
9—Dome Light Switch 23—Circulation Blower Motor 36—Blower Switch 48—Radar Connector
10—Front Speakers 24—Pressurizer Blower Motor 37—Seat Connector 49—Foot Decelerator
11—Left Junction Block 25—SCV Set-up Panel 38—Cab-to-Armrest Harness 50—Accessory Outlet Bar
12—Door Light Switch 26—Cab-to-Chassis Harness Connector
13—Steering Column Module Connector
40
10
35
RX16234010,5 –19–18SEP96–2/2

110906
PN=169
Cab Harness Routing and Component Identification—9100—9400 (S.N. 30001— ) MST
40
10
36
–UN–23OCT01
RXA0057949
Continued on next page RX16234010,5CONV1 –19–18SEP96–1/2

110906
PN=170
1—Start Aid Switch 4—Wheel Speed Signal 20—GREENSTAR Connector 38—Steering Column Module
2—Key Switch Connector 21—SCV Set-up Panel 39—Fuse Block
3—Brake Switch Connector 5—Radar Sensor Output 22—Chassis Harness 40—Power Distribution Center
Signal Connector Connector 41—PTO Switch
6—Diagnostic Connector 23—Beacon Light Connector 42—Light Delay Timer
7—Foot Decelerator 24—Business Band Prewire 43—Warning Horn
8—Radio Ground 25—Cab-to-Roof Harness 44—Armrest Control
9—Accessory Outlet Bar Connector (2-Way) Connector
10—Load Center 26—Cab-to-Roof Harness 45—Seat Height Control
11—Park Hall Switch Connector (10-Way) Switch Connector
12—Right Convenience Outlet 27—Chassis Ground 46—Seat Firmness Switch
Junction Block 28—Front and Rear Speakers Connector (9020)
13—Pressurizer Blower Motor 29—Console Light 47—A/C On/Off Switch
14—Field Cruise Control 30—Radio 48—Blower Switch
15—Instrument Control Unit 31—Dome Light 49—Front Wiper Switch
16—A/C Harness Connector 32—Dome Light Switch 50—Light Switch
(3-Way) 33—Door Light Switch 51—Flasher Warning Switch
17—A/C Harness Connector 34—Left Accessory Outlet 52—Rear Wiper/Washer Switch
(4-Way) Junction Block 53—Accessory Outlet
18—GREENSTAR Connector 35—A/C Low-Pressure Switch 54—Service ADVISOR 40
19—CAN Terminating 36—A/C High-Pressure Switch Connector 10
Connector 37—Corner Post Display 55—Cigar Lighter 37
NOTE: A/C high/low-pressure switch is a single switch

on late 9000 and all 9020 Series tractors.
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company RX16234010,5CONV1 –19–18SEP96–2/2

110906
PN=171
Cab Harness Routing and Component Identification—9100—9400 (S.N. —30000) PST
7
4 4
9 10
8
6
3
2 7
5
1
11
40
10
38 12
32 33 34
31 35
14
37 40
13
30 36 38 39 41
15
42
43
29
44 45 46
48
28 47 49
27 50 16
23 51
17
52
25 53
24
26 22
54
21
–UN–07APR00
18
19
20
RW77377
Continued on next page RX16234010,4 –19–27AUG96–1/2

110906
PN=172
1—Beacon Light Connector 15—Key Switch 29—SCV Set-Up Panel 43—A/C On/Off Switch
2—Spare 16—Clutch Bottom Switch 30—Cab-to-Chassis Harness 44—Instrument Control Unit
3—Cab-to-Roof Harness 17—Differential Lock Switch Connector 45—Field Cruise Control
Connector 18—Foot Decelerator Switch 31—Cigar Lighter 46—Warning Horn
4—Rear Speakers 19—Load Center 32—Rear Wiper/Washer Switch 47—Fuse Block
5—Radio 20—PST Controller 33—A/C High-Pressure Switch 48—Digital Gear Display
6—Console Light 21—Rear PTO Switch 34—Corner Post Display 49—Brake Switch
7—Front Speakers 22—Right Junction Block 35—A/C Low-Pressure Switch 50—Clutch Position Sensor
8—Roof Ground 23—Power Distribution 36—Flasher Warning Switch 51—Radio Ground
9—Dome Light Junction Block 37—Light Switch 52—Radar Connector
10—Dome Light Switch 24—A/C Deicing Thermostat 38—Front Wiper Switch 53—Programmable Tach
11—Left Junction Block 25—Cab Ground 39—Blower Switch Connector
12—Door Switch 26—Circulation Blower Motor 40—Seat Connector 54—Accessory Outlet Bar
13—Starting Aid Switch 27—Pressurizer Motor 41—Park Brake Switch
14—Steering Column Module 28—Blower Motor Resister 42—Cab-to-Armrest Harness
Connector
40
10
39
RX16234010,4 –19–27AUG96–2/2

110906
PN=173
Cab Harness Routing and Component Identification—9100—9400 (S.N. 30001— ) PST
11
7 8
7
9 10
6 4
5 11
3
1
2
12
40
10
40
13
33 35 36 37
34 38
14
40 15
43
39 41 42 44
32 16
45
46
31 47 49
48 50 52
51
53
30 54 17
23
18
25
55
26 57 56
29 28 27
24 58
22 59
–UN–07APR00
19
20
21
RW77379

110906
PN=174
1—Business Band Prewire 14—Steering Column Module 29—HVAC/CLIMATRAK 44—Park Switch

Connectors 15—Starting Aid Switch Power Connector (3 Pin) 45—Cab-to-Armrest Harness
2—Beacon Light Connector 16—Key Switch 30—Pressurizer Motor Connector
3—Radio 17—Clutch Bottom Switch 31—SCV Set-Up Panel 46—A/C On/Off Switch
4—Console Light 18—Differential Lock Switch 32—Cab-to-Chassis Harness 47—Instrument Control Unit
5—Spare 19—Foot Decelerator Switch Connector 48—Light Delay Timer
6—Cab-to-Roof Harness 20—Load Center 33—Cigar Lighter 49—Field Cruise Control
Connector 21—PST Controller 34—Service ADVISOR 50—Warning Horn
7—Rear Speakers 22—Rear PTO Switch Connector 51—Fuse Block
8—Roof Ground 23—Power Distribution 35—Rear Wiper/Washer Switch 52—Digital Gear Display
9—Dome Light Junction Block 36—A/C High-Pressure Switch 53—Brake Switch
10—Dome Light Switch 24—Right Junction Block 37—Corner Post Display 54—Clutch Position Sensor
11—Front Speakers 25—GREENSTAR 38—A/C Low-Pressure Switch 55—Wheel Speed Connector
12—Left Junction Block Connectors 39—Flasher Warning Switch 56—Radio Ground
13—Door Switch 26—CAN Terminating 40—Light Switch 57—Radar Connector
Connector 41—Front Wiper Switch 58—Programmable Tach
27—Cab Ground 42—Blower Switch Connector
28— 43—Seat Connector 59—Accessory Outlet Bar
Cab-to-HVAC/CLIMATRAK
Connector (4 Pin) 40
10
41

CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company
Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OUOD008,806 –19–07APR00–2/2

110906
PN=175
Cab Harness Routing and Component Identification—9020 PST
40
10
42
–UN–24OCT01
RXA0057950
Continued on next page OUOD008,000000F –19–03NOV05–1/2

110906
PN=176
1—Start Aid Switch 4—Wheel Speed Signal 23—GREENSTAR Connector 40—Steering Column Module
2—Key Switch Connector 24—SCV Set-up Panel 41—Fuse Block
3—Brake Switch Connector 5—Radar Sensor Output 25—Chassis Harness 42—Power Distribution Center
Signal Connector Connector 43—PTO Switch
6—Diagnostic Connector 26—Cab Harness-to-Beacon 44—Warning Horn
7—Clutch Position Sensor Light Harness Connector 45—Light Delay Timer
8—Foot Decelerator 27—Business Band Prewire 46—Armrest Control
9—Clutch Up Switch 28—Cab-to-Roof Harness Connector
10—Clutch Down Switch Connector (2-Way) 47—Seat Height Control
11—Radio Ground 29—Cab-to-Roof Harness Switch Connector
12—Accessory Outlet Bar Connector (10-Way) 48—Seat Firmness Switch
13—Load Center 30—Chassis Ground Connector (9020)
14—Park Pawl Switch 31—Front and Rear Speakers 49—A/C Switch
15—Right Convenience Outlet 32—Console Light 50—Temperature Control
Junction Block 33—Radio 51—Blower Speed Control
16—Pressurizer Blower Motor 34—Entry Light 52—Front Wiper Switch
17—Field Cruise Control 35—Entry Light Switch 53—Light Switch
18—Instrument Control Unit 36—Door Light Switch 54—Hazard Light Switch
19—A/C Harness Connector 37—Left Accessory Outlet 55—Rear Washer/Wiper Switch
(3-Way) Junction Block 56—Accessory Outlet 40
20—A/C Harness Connector 38—A/C High/Low-Pressure 57—Service ADVISOR 10
(4-Way) Switch Connector 43
21—GREENSTAR Connector 39—Corner Post Display 58—Cigar Lighter
22—CAN Terminating
Connector

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company OUOD008,000000F –19–03NOV05–2/2

110906
PN=177
Cab Harness Routing and Component Identification—9020 European
40
10
44
–UN–24OCT01
RXA0057951
Continued on next page OUOD008,0000010 –19–28SEP01–1/2

110906
PN=178
1—Start Aid Switch 4—Wheel Speed Signal 24—GREENSTAR Connector 44—Hand Brake Switch
2—Key Switch Connector 25—SCV Set-up Panel Connector
3—Brake Switch Connector 5—Radar Sensor Output 26—Chassis Harness 45—Fuse Block
Signal Connector Connector 46—Power Distribution Center
6—Diagnostic Connector 27—Remote Mirror/Beacon 47—PTO Switch
7—Foot Decelerator Light Connector 48—Light Delay Timer
8—Clutch Position Sensor 28—Cab-to-Roof Harness 49—Clock Connector
9—Clutch Up Switch Connector (2-Way) 50—Warning Horn
10—Clutch Down Switch 29—Cab-to-Roof Harness 51—Armrest Control
11—Radio Ground Connector (10-Way) Connector
12—Accessory Outlet Bar 30—Chassis Ground 52—Seat Height Control
13—Load Center 31—Front and Rear Speakers Switch Connector
14—Park Pawl Switch 32—Console Light 53—Seat Firmness Switch
15—Right Convenience Outlet 33—Radio Connector
Junction Block 34—Console Light 54—A/C Switch
16—Pressurizer Blower Motor 35—Dome Light 55—Temperature Control
17—Field Cruise Control 36—Dome Light Switch 56—Blower Speed Control
18—Turn Signal Flasher 37—Door Light Switch 57—Front Wiper Switch
Connector 38—Left Accessory Outlet 58—Road Light Switch
19—Instrument Control Unit Junction Block 59—Field Light Switch 40
20—A/C Harness Connector 39—A/C High/Low-Pressure 60—Hazard Light Switch 10
(3-Way) Switch 61—Rear Washer/Wiper Switch 45
21—A/C Harness Connector 40—Backup Alarm Connector 62—Accessory Outlet
(4-Way) 41—Corner Post Display 63—Service ADVISOR
22—GREENSTAR Connector 42—Steering Column Module Connector
23—CAN Terminating 43—Hand Brake Position 64—Cigar Lighter
Connector Sensor Connector

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company OUOD008,0000010 –19–28SEP01–2/2

110906
PN=179
Roof Harness Routing and Component Identification—North American
6
8 4
7 4
5
4 9
11
6 10
14
3
13
40 2 12
10
46 1 4
15
–UN–03OCT01
RXA0057450
1—Beacon Light 4—Flasher/Turn Signal Lights 9—Beacon Light Switch 13—Front Wiper Motor
Harness-to-Cab Harness 5—Grounds Connector 14—Beacon Light Harness
Connector 6—Roof Flood Light 10—Beacon Light Indicator Ground
2—Roof Harness-to-Cab Connectors Connector 15—Beacon Light Harness
Harness Connector (2-Way) 7—Rear Wiper Motor 11—Outside Step Light Connector
3—Roof Harness-to-Cab 8—Rear Wiper Motor Ground 12—Front Wiper Motor Ground
Harness Connector
(10-Way)
RX16234010,3 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=180
Roof Harness Routing and Component Identification—European
5
7
6
4
8
10
5 9
13
3
12
2 11 40
10
1 47
14
–UN–03OCT01
RXA0057464
1—Beacon Light 4—Grounds 9—Beacon Light Indicator 13—Beacon Light Harness
Harness-to-Cab Harness 5—Roof Flood Light Connector Ground
Connector Connectors 10—Outside Step Light 14—Beacon Light Harness
2—Roof Harness-to-Cab 6—Rear Wiper Motor 11—Front Wiper Motor Ground Connector
Harness Connector (2-Way) 7—Rear Wiper Motor Ground 12—Front Wiper Motor
3—Roof Harness-to-Cab 8—Beacon Light Switch
Harness Connector Connector
(10-Way)
OUOD008,0000017 –19–03OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=181
ACTIVE SEAT Harness Routing and Component Identification
1 4
3
2
5
14
6
13
7
40
10
48 8
12 9
–UN–16NOV01
10
11
RXA0058690
1—ASU Connector (30 Way) 5—Operator Presence Switch 9—Seat Pressure Solenoid 12—Seat Harness-to-Cab
2—Seat Harness 6—Seat Position Sensor 10—Seat Compressor Harness
3—Seat Firmness Control 7—Seat Accelerometer Sensor Motor/Seat Bleed Valve 13—ACTIVE SEAT Relay
Switch 8—Seat Position Control Solenoid 14—ACTIVE SEAT Control
4—Seat Raise/Lower Switch Sensor 11—ASU-to-Cab Harness Unit (ASU)
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OUOD008,0000028 –19–16NOV01–1/1

110906
PN=182
Remote Mirror Harness Routing and Component Identification
2
3
1
4 5
9 10 40
8 11 10
12
7 49
11 13
10 7
–UN–19OCT01
8
6
6 9
RXA0057459
1—Mirror-to-Switch Harness 5—Switch 8—Black Wire 11—Yellow Wire
2—Switch Power Harness 6—Black Wire (Power 9—Orange Wire 12—Green Wire (Not Used)
3—Beacon Light Harness Harness) 10—Red Wire 13—Brown Wire (Not Used)
Connector 7—Gray Wire (Power Harness)
4—Switch Power
Harness-to-Chassis
Harness Connector
NOTE: Connect harnesses to switch as shown.
OUOD008,0000018 –19–03OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=183
GREENSTAR Harness Routing and Component Identification
A B
40
10
50
C
E
U G
H
N
M
I
L
P O J
Q
S K
R
T
–UN–05DEC05
RXA0085275
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FB9 –19–06DEC05–1/2

110906
PN=184
A—Implement Ready Harness G— GREENSTAR Mobile K—Corner Post Connector Q—Implement Ready Harness
Connector Processor Connector L—GREENSTAR Display Relay
B—Active CAN Terminator H—Jumper Harness Corner Connector R—Implement Ready Harness
C—GPS Receiver Post Connector (S.N. M—Power Lead Fuse
D—GPS Receiver Connector 40001—) N—Load Center Junction Box S—Ground Lead
E—Passive CAN Terminator I—Jumper Harness (S.N. O—GREENSTAR-to-Cab T—Breakaway Terminator
F— GREENSTAR Mobile 40001—) Harness Connector U—Implement Ground
Processor J—GREENSTAR-to-Jumper P—Power Lead
Harness Connector (S.N.
40001—)
NOTE: If machine is not equipped with jumper

harness (I), connector (J) is connected to
corner post display.
40
10
51
GREENSTAR is a trademark of Deere & Company OUO1073,0001FB9 –19–06DEC05–2/2

110906
PN=185
40
10
52

110906
PN=186
Group 15
Charging Circuit
Disconnect Electrical Circuit
Disconnect battery ground (—) cable before carrying out

any electrical repairs.
–UN–09MAY94
RW60020
RX15754015,1 –19–23AUG94–1/1
Repair Alternator—Use CTM

40
For complete repair information on alternator, component 15
technical manual is also required. 1
–UN–06DEC96
this machine manual.
RW50283A
RX16234015,1A –19–06DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=187
Charging Circuit
Exploded View—Alternator
40
15
2
–UN–09MAY94
RW60021
1—Seal 7—Brush Holder 12—V-Ribbed Pulley 17—Retainer Plate
2—Rear End Frame 8—Brush 13—Drive End Frame 18—Rotor
3—Seal 9—Seal 14—Stator 19—Bearing
4—Rectifier 10—Rear End Cover 15—Bearing 20—Bearing Cover
5—"S" Terminal Insulator 11—Nut 16—Stud Bolt
6—IC Regulator/TVP (Transient
Voltage Protector)
RX15754015,3 –19–25AUG94–1/1

110906
PN=188
Charging Circuit
Replace Alternator
For alternator test and repair procedures, see Alternator

and Starter—CTM77.
IMPORTANT: The alternator is designed with a
–UN–24APR96
Transient Voltage Protector (TVP) to
protect the tractor electronics. A regular
alternator without the TVP could cause
extensive damage.
RW60225
Disconnect battery ground cable.
Disconnect positive (+) red wire (A) and regulator A—Red Wire
B—Regulator Connector
connector (B).
40
Remove alternator belt using a 1/2 in. drive tool on the 15
belt tensioner. 3
Remove mounting cap screws and remove alternator.
Inspect alternator belt for cracks and wear.
RX16234015,1 –19–22AUG96–1/1

110906
PN=189
Charging Circuit
Alternator Power Cable Routing
40
15
4
–UN–10SEP96
RW60231
A—Alternator C—Fusible Link E—Junction Box (Inside F—Cab Harness
B—Starter Cable D—Positive Battery Cable of Cab)
RX16234015,2 –19–22AUG96–1/1
Replace Batteries
NOTE: The batteries are located on top of the right side

fuel tank.
Disconnect battery cable and remove batteries.

–UN–24APR96
RW60261
RX16234015,3 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=190
Group 20
Starting Circuit
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company RX,TOOLS –19–21APR94–1/2
RW60124 –UN–22AUG94
Starter Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG7251

40
Remove and install starter 20
1
1
For use on 8.1 L Engine.
RX,TOOLS –19–21APR94–2/2
Specifications
Starting Motor Current Draw 450 Amps at 11.1 volts
Start Circuit Relay Resistance 3.5—4.5 Ohm
Fusible Link Rating 800 Amp
RX16234020,0 –19–12AUG96–1/1
Repair Starter—Use CTM
For complete repair information on the starter, component

technical manual is also required.

–UN–06DEC96
this machine manual.

RW50283A
RX16234020,2A –19–11DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=191
Starting Circuit

–UN–09MAY94
RW60020
RX15754015,1CONV1 –19–23AUG94–1/1
Remove and Install Starter

40
20 NOTE: See Alternator and Starter in CTM77 for test
2 procedures.
Disconnect battery ground (—) cable.
Remove solenoid cover (A).
Disconnect all cables and wires from starter and solenoid.
–UN–13NOV96
Remove starter (B).
NOTE: On the 9100 and 9120, remove the inner cap

screw using JDG725 Starter Wrench.
RW60233A
Install starter in reverse order.
A—Solenoid Cover
B—Starter
RX16234020,1 –19–12NOV96–1/2
Connect wires to starting motor.
Install cover to starter solenoid.
Connect battery ground.

–UN–03APR89
A—Inner Terminal for Ground

B—Red Wires to "BAT" Terminal
C—White Wires to "S" Terminal
RW15140
RX16234020,1 –19–12NOV96–2/2

110906
PN=192
Starting Circuit
Replace Fusible Link
NOTE: A fusible link (A) is located on the left side of the

engine. The link protects the electrical system
except the starter motor. The fusible link is
connected across both posts of the junction box.
Remove the cables from both posts within the fusible link
terminal.
–UN–20JUN96
IMPORTANT: Wire fuse in the fusible link (800 amp)
has been specifically designed. Do not
use substitute parts or damage could
RW60276
result.
40
20
Install fusible link and connect cables. 3
A—Fusible Link
RX16234020,3 –19–22AUG96–1/1
Remove and Install Start Circuit Relay
NOTE: The starter relay is located on the left side of the

engine.
Remove relay cover.
Disconnect the wires from starter circuit relay. Mark the

wires for identification.
Remove relay mounting screws.

–UN–20JUN96
Remove relay.
Install the relay and connect the wires as marked.

RW60277
Install relay cover and connect battery.
A—Black Wire (010)

B—Red Wire (002)
C—Brown Wire (301)
D—White Wire (309)
RX16234020,4 –19–17SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=193
Starting Circuit
40
20
4

110906
PN=194
Group 25
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
Specifications
Solenoid Plate Retaining Cap Screw Torque 18 N•m

(159 lb-in.)
Solenoid Lock Nut Torque 3.5 N•m

(30 lb-in.)
RX16234025,0 –19–18SEP96–1/1
General Repair Procedures—Solenoids

40
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential Disassembly and Assembly 25
when working on the 1
electro-hydraulic system. Electro-hydraulic Valves: For inspection, cleaning,
Contamination can result in serious disassembly, and assembly, (See Sections 50, 55, and
damage or inadequate operation. 70.)
The solenoid area MUST BE
THOROUGHLY CLEANED before Disconnect battery ground.
removing the solenoid.
Replace all O-rings.
NOTE: Before beginning repair, review the following
guidelines. These are provided to emphasize Replace damaged connectors.
the need for attention to detail and care when
servicing the solenoids. Fasteners must be tightened to the specified torque.
RX15754025,3A –19–05JUN95–1/1

–UN–09MAY94
RW60020
RX15754015,1CONV2 –19–23AUG94–1/1

110906
PN=195
Load Center Fuses—9000 Series
–UN–20MAY99
40
25
2
RW26219
F1—Chassis Control Unit F13—Transmission Control F26—Pressurizer Blower F39—7-Way Accessory Outlet,
(CCU) Unit (Powershift) Motor, F33 K12 Relay
F2—Instrument Control Unit F14—Sensor Power, Radar F27—Not Used F40—Not Used
(ICU), Warning Horn, Sensor F28—Wiper Circuit F41— Convenience Outlets,
Decelerate Switch, F15—Not Used F29—Flood Lights, Beacon Junction Blocks, Field
Differential Lock Switch, F16—Diagnostic Connector Light, K4 Relay Office, Auxiliary Power
Brake Pedal Switch, Park (Switched) F30—Front Roof Flood Lights Strip, Cigar Lighter
Brake Switch, SCV Set-Up F17—Diagnostic Connector (Optional), K3 Relay F42—High/Low-Beam Head
Panel (Unswitched) F31—7-Way Accessory Outlet, Lights, K1 and K11
F3—Armrest Control Unit F18—Key Switch K5 Relay Relays
(ACU) F19—Radio Clock, Dome F32—Warning Lights and F43—Engine Controller Unit
F4—Corner Post Display, Light, Left Entry Light, Switch, Turn Signal (9200, 9300, 9400)
Performance Monitor Horn, Turn Signal Lights, K8 and K9 Relays F44—Rear Fender Flood
F5—Hitch Control Unit (HCU) Switch, High/Low-Beam F33—A/C On-Off Switch, Lights, K7 Relay
and SCV 1 Switch Deicing Switch, High- F45—Seat Compressor
F6—SCV 2-3 F20—Light Switch, Egress and Low-Pressure Motor/Bleed Valve, Radio
F7—SCV 4-5 Control Unit Delay Timer Switches, A/C F46—Not Used
(SCo) F21—Not Used Compressor Clutch F47—Convenience Outlets,
F8—Not Used F22—Test/Calibrate for F34—Not Used Junction Block (Left
F9—Diagnostic Fuse Storage Transmission Control F35—Left Tail Light Side), Business Band
F10—Diagnostic Mode Unit (Powershift) F36—Right Tail Light Prewire, Field Office
(Enable) F23—Not Used F37—Not Used F48—Convenience Outlets,
F11—Alternator, Starting Aid F24—Radio, Clock, and ICU F38—Operator Presence Junction Block (Right
F12—Engine Control Unit Backlighting; Right Switch, Ride Zone Side), Auxiliary Power
(ECU), Actuator Solenoid Console Lights Protector Strip
(9100) F25—Heating, Ventilating, and
Air Conditioning (HVAC)
NOTE: F25 on all tractors after serial number

(30001- ) uses a 40-amp fuse instead of a
30-amp fuse.
RX16234025,23 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=196
Load Center Fuses—9020 Series (S.N. —009999)
A F F F F F F F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
B
F9 F10 F11 F12
STOR DIAG 20A 20A
A B A B A B A B
A F F F F F F F F
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
30A
30A
10A
10A
10A
10A
30A
10A
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
B
F21 F22 F23 F24
CAL 20A 10A
A B A B A B A B
A F F F F F F F F
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
30A
30A
30A
30A
40A
20A
30A
30A
5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
B
–UN–18MAY01
F33 F34 F35 F36
10A 20A 20A
A B A B A B A B
A F
40
F F F F F F F
3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 25
30A
30A
30A
20A
30A
30A
20A
10A
7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
3
RXA0053623
B
F45 F46 F47 F48
20A 30A 30A
A B A B A B A B
F1—Central Control Unit (CCU) F14—Sensor Power, Radar F26—Pressurizer Blower Motor F39—7-Way Accessory Outlet
F2—Instrument Control Unit Sensor F27—Front Grille Spot Light F40—Powershift Control Unit
(ICU), Warning Horn, F15—Not Used F28—Wiper Circuit (PCU)
Decelerate Switch, Brake F16—Diagnostic Connector F29—Front Grille Floods and F41—Convenience Outlets and
Pedal Switch, SCV Set-Up (Switched) Beacon Light Junction Blocks, Field
Panel F17—Diagnostic Connector F30—Roof Floods (Optional) Office, Auxiliary Power
F3—Armrest Control Unit (Unswitched) F31—7-Way Accessory Outlet Strip, and Lighter
(ACU) F18—Key Switch (Floods) F42—Hi/Lo Beam Lights
F4—Cornerpost Display, F19—Radio, Clock, Dome F32—Warning Lights and F43—Engine Control Unit
Performance Monitor Light, Horn, Turn Signal Switch, Turn Signal (ECU)
F5—Hitch Control Unit (HCU) Switch, Hi/Low Beam Lights F44—Rear Fender Floods
and SCV I Switch F33—Not Used F45—Seat Control Power,
F6—SCV 2-3 F20—Light Switch, Flood Light F34—Powershift Control Unit Clock
F7—SCV 4-5 Control Unit Switch (PCU) F46—Not Used
(SCo) F21—Not Used F35—Left Tail Light, Right F47—Convenience Outlets and
F8—Not Used F22—Calibration Only Clearance Light Junction Blocks (Left
F9—Diagnostic Fuse Storage F23—Powershift Control Unit F36—Right Tail Light, Left Side), Business Band
F10—Diagnostic Calibration (PCU) Clearance Light Prewire, Field Office
F11—Alternator, Starting Aid F24—Radio, Clock, ICU F37—Brake Lights F48—Convenience Outlets and
F12—Engine Control Unit Backlighting, and Right F38—Operator Presence Junction Blocks (Right
(ECU) Console Light Switch, Ride Zone Side), Auxiliary Power
F13—Active Seat Control Unit F25—Heating, Ventilating, and Protector Strip
(ACU) Air Conditioning
OUO6046,0001B3E –19–25AUG03–1/1

110906
PN=197
Load Center Fuses—9020 Series (S.N. 0010000— )
A F F F F F F F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
20A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
B
F9 F10 F11 F12
STOR DIAG 20A 20A
A B A B A B A B
A F F F F F F F F
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
30A
30A
10A
10A
10A
10A
30A
10A
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
B
F21 F22 F23 F24
CAL 10A 10A
A B A B A B A B
A F F F F F F F F
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
30A
30A
30A
30A
40A
20A
30A
30A
5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
B
F33 F34 F35 F36
–UN–18OCT02
10A 20A 20A
40 A B A B A B A B
25 A F F F F F F F F
3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
30A
30A
30A
20A
30A
20A
4
20A
10A
7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
RXA0063212
B
F45 F46 F47 F48
20A 10A 30A 30A
A B A B A B A B
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B3F –19–25AUG03–1/2

110906
PN=198
F1—Central Control Unit (CCU) F9—“Diag” Fuse Storage F24—Radio, ICU Backlighting; F41—Front Flood Lights,
F2—Instrument Control Unit Location Right Console Light Beacon Light (If
(ICU), Hazard Horn, F10—“Diag” Mode Enable F25—Heating, Ventilating, Air Equipped), K4 Relay
Decelerate Switch, SCV Fuse Location Conditioning (HVAC) F42—High/Low Beam Lamp
Set-up Panel (SUP) F11—Alternator, Start Aid F26—Pressurizer Blower Motor Relays
F3—Armrest Control Unit Solenoid F27—Powershift Transmission F43—Engine Control Unit
(ACU) F12—Engine Control Unit Control Unit (PCU) (ECU)
F4—Corner Post Display, (ECU) F28—Wiper Circuit F44—Rear Fender Flood
Performance Monitor (If F13—Not Used F29—Roof Flood Lights (If Lamps Relay
Equipped) F14—Sensor Power, Radar Equipped) F45—Seat Compressor
F5—Hitch Control Unit (HCU) Sensor F30—Front Grill Spot Light Motor/Bleed Valve
and SCV I F15—Not Used F31—Seven-Way Accessory F46—Not Used
F6—SCV II and SCV III F16—Diagnostic Connector Outlet F47—Convenience Outlets and
F7—SCV IV and V Control Unit (Switched) F32—Warning Lights and Junction Boxes (Left
(SCo) F17—Diagnostic Connector Switch, Turn Signal Side), Business Band
F8—Steering System Control (Unswitched) Lamps, K8 and K9 Prewire, Field Office (If
Unit (SSU) F18—Key Switch Relays Equipped)
F19—Radio Clock, Dome F33—Not Used F48—Convenience
Lamp, Step Light, Horn, F34—Powershift Transmission Outlets/Junction Boxes
Turn Signal Switch, Hi/Lo Control Unit (PCU) (Right Side), Auxiliary 40
Beam Switch F35—Left Tail Lamp Power Strip 25
F20—Light Switch F36—Right Tail Lamp F49—GREENSTAR Harness 5
F21—Powershift Control Unit F37—Not Used F500—Back-Up Alarm Fuse
(PCU) Calibration Fuse F38—Operator Presence
Storage Switch, RZP Controller1
F22—Powershift Control Unit F39—Seven-Way Accessory
(Calibration Only) Outlet
F23—Powershift Transmission F40—Convenience
Control Unit (PCU) Outlets/Junction Boxes,
Field Office (If
Equipped), Auxiliary
Power Strip, Cigarette
Lighter
NOTE: F500 is located along side LH rear ROPS cover ahead slightly. Fuse and relay are along
post. Remove back window latch and LH side post.
pencil tray form inside rear of cab. Pull side
1
Ride Zone Protection
OUO6046,0001B3F –19–25AUG03–2/2

110906
PN=199
Load Center Relays and Diodes—9000 Series
NOTE: Relays Not on Load Center— Starter, Backup

Alarm, and Universal Monitor Power
DB1—Diode Block #1
DB2—Diode Block #2
K1—High-Beam Lights
K2—Not Used
K3—Roof Flood Lights (Optional)
K4—Front Flood Light
K5—Rear Flood to 7-Way Accessory Outlet Only
K6—Not Used
K7—Rear Fender Flood Lights
K8—Right Turn Lights
K9—Left Turn Lights
K10—Fender Turn Lights
K11—Low-Beam Lights
40 K12—7-Way Accessory Outlet (Accessory Power)
25 K13—Engine Controller
6 K14—Send PST to Neutral
K15—ELX (Electronics)
K16—PST Not Neutral
–UN–04OCT99
K17—PST Latch
K18—PST Enable
K19—Lucas Engine Controller Unit (ECU) Power
K20—PST Reverse
K21—PST Forward
RW26602
K22—PST Neutral Disconnect
K23—Horn
K24—Wiper Circuit
K25—Intermittent Wiper Pulse
K26—Intermittent Wiper Enable
K27—Accessory
K28—Blower Motor Circuit
K29—Circulator Blower Motor Purge
K30—Pressurizer Blower Motor, Fuse F33
K31—Roof Floods Delay Module (Optional)
K32—Lucas Engine Controller Unit (ECU) Startup
K33—Not Used
K34—Not Used
RX16234025,24 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=200

(S.N. —009999)
V1 K1
NOTE: Relays Not on Load Center—Starter, Back-up
Alarm, Universal Monitor, GreenStar Implement
harness Power K3 K4 K5 K6
V1—Diode Block #1
K1—High Beam Lights
K7 K8 K9 K10
K3—Roof Floods (Optional)
K4—Front Grille Floods
K5—Rear Flood to 7-Way Accessory Outlet Only
K11 K12 K13 K14
K6—Not Used
K7—Rear Fender Floods
K8—Right Fender Turn Lights
K9—Left Fender Turn Lights K15 K16 K17 K18
K10—Fender Turn/Brake Lights
K11—Low Beam Lights
K12—7-Way Accessory Outlet (Accessory Power) K19 K20 K21 K22 40
K13—Engine Controller 25
K14—Front Grille Spot Light 7
K15—ELX (Electronics) K23 K24 K25 K26
K16—Transmission Clutch override
K17—Transmission Latch
K18—Transmission Enable K27 K28 K29 K30
–UN–18MAY01
K19—Transmission Calibration Mode
K20—Transmission Reverse
K21—Transmission Forward
K22—Transmission Not Neutral K31
K23—Horn
RXA0053624
K24—Wiper Circuit
K25—Intermittent Wiper Pulse
K26—Intermittent Wiper Enable
K27—Accessory
K28—Blower Motor Circuit
K29—Not Used
K30—Pressurizer Blower Motor, Air Conditioner
Compressor Clutch
K31—K14 Grounding Relay for Front Grille Spot Light
OUO6046,0001B40 –19–11NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=201

(S.N. 0010000— )
K1—High Beams Relay
K2—Not Used V1 V2 K1
K3—Clutch Override Relay (PCU)
K4—Front Flood Lights Relay
K5—Rear Flood Lights to Accessory Outlet Only K3 K4 K5 K6
K6—Rear Fender Floods Light Relay
K7—Front Grill Spot Light Grounding Relay
K8—Right Turn Lamps Relay K7 K8 K9 K10
K9—Left Turn Lamps Relay
K10—Not Used
K11—Low Beams Relay K11 K12 K13 K14
K12—Accessory Outlet Relay
K13—Engine Control Unit Relay
K14—Front Grill Spot Light K15 K16 K17 K18
K15—ELX (Electronics) Relay
K16—Roof Floods Relay (If Equipped)
40 K17—Transmission Latch Relay (PCU) K19 K20 K21 K22
25 K18—Transmission Enable Relay (PCU)
8 K19—Fender Turn Lamps Relay
K20—Reverse Relay PST K23 K24 K25 K26
K21—Forward Relay PST
K22—Not Neutral PST
K23—Horn Relay
K27 K28 K29 K30
–UN–28AUG02
K24—Wiper Circuit Relay
K25—Intermittent Wiper Pulse Relay
K26—Intermittent Wiper Enable Relay 60A
K27—Accessory Relay F49 K31
K28—Blower Motor Circuit Relay
RXA0060959
F50
K29—Calibration Mode Relay (PCU)
K30—Pressurizer Blower Motor Relay
K31—Not Used
K32—Not Used
K33—Not Used
K34—Not Used
K200—Purge Relaya
K220—ATC Diagnostic Relaya
K300—Shipping Relay
K301—Starter Relay
K500—Back-Up Alarm Relayb
V1—Diode Block 1 (DB1) Power Supply, Starting and
Charging Circuits, Lighting Circuits and
PowerShift Transmission Circuits
V2—Diode Block (DB2)
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B41 –19–25AUG03–1/2

110906
PN=202
NOTE: Relays Not on Load Center—Shipping Relay,

Starter, and Back-up Alarm
a
K200/K220 are accessed by removing rear cab cover and
black inner panel that control units mount to.
b
K500 is located along side LH rear ROPS post. Remove
back window latch and LH pencil tray form inside rear of
cab. Pull side cover ahead slightly, fuse and relay are
along side post.
OUO6046,0001B41 –19–25AUG03–2/2
Replace Starting Aid Solenoid

40
NOTE: The starting aid solenoid (C) is located on the 25
front side of the radiator. 9
Disconnect harness connector (A), and fitting (B).
Remove solenoid (C).
A—Harness Connector
B—Fitting
–UN–15OCT01
C—Solenoid
RXA0057688
RX16234025,1 –19–18SEP96–1/1
Replace Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid
See Electronic Fuel Injection Systems—CTM68.
RX16234025,6 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=203
Replace Differential Lock Solenoid
NOTE: The differential lock solenoid (A) is located on the

front differential.
Disconnect solenoid harness.
–UN–14AUG96
Remove retaining nut (B).
Remove electrical coil from valve assembly.
RW60310
IMPORTANT: Tighten solenoid to specified torque.
Failure to do so could result in solenoid
malfunction. A—Differential Lock Solenoid
B—Retaining Nut
Install the solenoid.
40
25
10 Solenoid Plate—Specification
(159 lb-in.)
Solenoid—Specification
Lock Nut—Torque ......................................................................... 3.5 N•m
(30 lb-in.)
RX16234025,7 –19–19SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=204
Replace Two-Speed Clutch Hi-Lo Solenoid—

MST
NOTE: The two-speed clutch solenoid is located on the

bottom side of the Hi-Lo spacer housing.
–UN–24MAY96
Access to the solenoid is from the bottom side of
the tractor.
Disconnect solenoid harness.
RW60291
Remove cap screws and retainer plate.
Remove nut (A). A—Nut

B—Electrical Coil
Remove electrical coil (B) from valve assembly. 40

25
IMPORTANT: Tighten solenoid to specified torque. 11
Failure to do so could result in solenoid
malfunction.
Solenoid Plate—Specification
(159 lb-in.)
Solenoid—Specification
Lock Nut—Torque ......................................................................... 3.5 N•m
(30 lb-in.)
RX16234025,1A –19–17DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=205
Replace Solenoid Valves—9020 PST
NOTE: Access to some solenoid valves will require

removal of transmission mounting bracket.
Install DFRW147 Screw Jack (A) and remove

transmission mounting bracket (B).
A—DFRW147 Screw Jack

B—Transmission Mounting Bracket
–UN–12NOV01
40
25
RXA0058107
12
–UN–12NOV01
RXA0058108
Continued on next page OUOD008,000000B –19–27SEP01–1/2

110906
PN=206
Disconnect connector (A).
Remove coil retaining nut (B) and remove coil (C).
Install 1 in. deep-well socket (D) on valve.
Install JDG1488 Double Ended Hex Adapter (E) on

socket.
Install 15/16 in. wrench (F) on adapter and remove valve.
–UN–01OCT01
A—Connector
B—Coil Retaining Nut
C—Coil
40
D—1 in. Deep-Well Socket
25
RXA0057410
E—JDG1488 Socket Adapter
13
F—15/16 in. Wrench
–UN–01OCT01
RXA0057411
–UN–01OCT01
RXA0057412
OUOD008,000000B –19–27SEP01–2/2

110906
PN=207
Replace Park Brake Valve Solenoids—9020

Series w/PST (S.N. 011408— )
NOTE: Connectors MUST be reconnect to proper

solenoids. Mark and identify connectors before
–UN–14AUG03
disconnecting to aid in assembly.
Disconnect connector.
RXA0069871
Remove solenoid retaining nuts and remove solenoids (A)
or (B).

A—Park Brake Solenoid 2
B—Park Brake Solenoid 1
40
25
14
OUO6046,0001B55 –19–11SEP03–1/1
Replace Park Brake Valve Solenoids—9020

Series w/PST (S.N. —011407)
NOTE: The park brake valve is located on the upper rear

of front axle.
Disconnect harness.
Remove solenoid retaining nuts and remove solenoids (A)

or (B).
–UN–30OCT01
RXA0058146
OUO6046,0001B22 –19–23JUL03–1/1

110906
PN=208
Replace SCV Solenoids
Disconnect battery ground (-).
NOTE: There are two SCV harness connectors; one for

number one SCV and hitch solenoids and the
other for numbers two and three SCV solenoids.
When number four and five SCVs are added, an
additional harness is added and routed to a
connector below the controllers at the back of the
cab.
–UN–06JUL99
NOTE: For repair, see Section 70, Group 25 (9000) or
Group 30 (9020).
RW77213
A—Extend Solenoid 40
B—Retract Solenoid 25
9000 Series Shown
15
RX16234025,2 –19–18SEP96–1/1
Replace Hitch Valve Solenoids
NOTE: For repair, see Section 70, Group 25 (9000) or

Group 30 (9020).
A—Raise Solenoid
B—Lower Solenoid
–UN–06JUL99
RW77214
9000 Series Shown
RX16234025,3 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=209
Exploded View—Right Console Controls and Switches—9000
40
25
16
–UN–07APR00
RW77376

110906
PN=210
1—Warning Alarm 3—System Indicator Light 8—Main Lighting 14—Accessory Outlet

2—Field Cruise (CLIMATRAK only) 9—Blank Plugs 15—SCV Set-Up Panel1
4—A/C Switch 10—Rear Wiper/Washer 16—Instrument Control Unit1
5—Temperature Control 11—Hazard Light 17—Junction Block
6—Fan Speed Control 12—Cigar Lighter 18—Auxiliary Power Strip
7—Front Wiper 13—Diagnostic Outlet
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company
1
RX16234025,9 –19–19SEP96–2/2
40
25
17

110906
PN=211
Exploded View—Right Console Controls and Switches—9020
6
9 10
5
8
4
7
40 2 11
25
18
12
1 13
16
17
14 –UN–19SEP01
15
RXA0057214
18
Continued on next page OUOD008,000003B –19–19SEP01–1/2

110906
PN=212
1—Field Cruise 4—Blower Speed Control 9—Rear Wiper/Washer 14—SCV Set-up Panel1
2—A/C On/Off 5—Front Wiper 10—Blank Plug 15—Instrument Control Unit1
3—Temperature Control 6—Main Lighting 11—Cigar Lighter 16—Clock (European)
7—Field Light Switch 12—Diagnostic Outlet 17—Junction Block
(European) 13—Accessory Outlet 18—Accessory Outlets
8—Hazard Light
1
OUOD008,000003B –19–19SEP01–2/2
Replace Right Console Switches

40
NOTE: Refer to the exploded view of the right console NOTE: Right side cab glass can be removed for ease 25
controls. of repair. 19
Disconnect battery ground. Remove switches as necessary.
Remove SCV Set-up panel (15) and instrument control

unit (16) to access harness and switches.
RX15754025,8A –19–05JUN95–1/1
Replace Engine Oil Pressure Switch
NOTE: The engine oil pressure switch is located on the

right side of the engine block.
Disconnect harness connector.
–UN–24APR96
Remove switch (A) or (B).
A—Switch (8.1 L) RW60256

B—Switch (10.5 or 12.5 L)
–UN–19JUN96
RW60236
RX16234025,11 –19–19SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=213
Replace Starting Aid and Ignition Switch
Remove two screws (A).
Push in on right and left snaps (B).
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to break plastic snaps.
Remove top cover (C).
A—Screw
B—Snaps
C—Top Cover
–UN–12JUN96
40
25
20
RW60309
9000 Shown
–UN–12JUN96
RW60308

110906
PN=214
Starting Aid
Disconnect harness from starting aid switch (C).
Remove rubber cover (A), jam nut (B), and switch (C).
–UN–22AUG96
A—Rubber Cover
B—Jam Nut
RW60324
C—Switch
Start Aid Switch
40
25
21
RX16234025,27 –19–18SEP96–2/3
Ignition Switch
Disconnect harness from ignition switch (D).
Remove jam nut (F), washer (E), and switch (D).
–UN–22AUG96
A—Rubber Cover
B—Jam Nut
RW60325
C—Starting Aid Switch
D—Ignition Switch
E—Washer Ignition Switch
F—Jam Nut
RX16234025,27 –19–18SEP96–3/3

110906
PN=215
Replace Clutch On/Off Switch
Remove cowl cover at the base of the steering column.
Remove connector (A) from switch.
–UN–24APR96
Loosen jam nut and remove switch (B).
Install replacement switch.
RW60266
Adjust switch position so switch is open when the clutch is
at bottom of travel.
A—Connector
B—Switch
40
25
22
RX16234025,20 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=216
Replace Clutch Up and Down Switch

Assembly—9020
Remove front console (A).
Remove air duct (B).
A—Front Console
B—Front Air Duct
–UN–15OCT01
40
25
RXA0057738
23
–UN–15OCT01
RXA0057742

110906
PN=217
Disconnect connector (A).
Remove nuts (B) and remove switch assembly.
Install new switch assembly in reverse order.
–UN–23OCT01
Calibrate switches. (See CTM280, Group 35)
A—Connector
RXA0057739
B—Nuts
OUOD008,0000010 –19–11OCT01–2/2
Replace Differential Lock Switch

40
25 NOTE: The differential lock switch is located on the floor
24 of the cab below the steering column.
Remove floor mat and floor plate.
Disconnect switch harness (B).
Remove switch top (A).
A—Switch Top
B—Switch Harness
–UN–24APR96
RW60238
RX16234025,19 –19–18SEP96–1/1
Neutral Start Switch—MST
NOTE: The neutral start switch (A) is located on the right

side of the transmission. Access to the neutral
start switch is from the bottom side of the tractor.
See Adjust Neutral Start Switch in Section 55,
–UN–24APR96
Group 45, for installation and adjustment.
A—Neutral Start Switch

RW60227
RX16234025,2A –19–17DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=218
Replace Neutral Start Switch—PST
NOTE: The neutral start switch (B) is located in the

transmission shifter control assembly in the
armrest control.
When removing the shifter control assembly from

the armrest control, the speed control assembly
needs to be removed at the same time.
–UN–06JUN94
See Remove Armrest Controls in Group 35 to
access the transmission shifter control assembly.
Disassemble armrest control.
RW60091
Disconnect neutral start switch harness from armrest
40
control harness. 25
25
Remove circuit board from shifter assembly.
Remove shifter control assembly from armrest.
Remove cover (A).
Remove switch (B).
Calibrate the armrest control unit. (See OPERATION AND

TEST TM—Section 245, Group ACU.)
–UN–06JUN94
A—Cover
B—Switch
RW60026
RX16234025,3A –19–17DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=219
Replace Rear PTO Switch
NOTE: The Rear PTO Switch is located in the right

console below the PTO lever.
Right side cab glass can be removed (as
–UN–23MAY96
illustrated) to ease access to the PTO switch.
Disconnect switch harness.
RW60290
Remove two screws (A) and remove switch (B).

A—Screws
B—Switch
40
25
26
RX16234025,4A –19–17DEC96–1/1
Replace Brake Switch
NOTE: The brake switch is serviced as one unit.

Individual switches cannot be repaired.
Remove air louvers from the right front console.
Remove right half of front console cover.
Disconnect brake switch harness (A) and remove the

brake switch (B).
A—Brake Switch Harness

B—Brake Switch
–UN–24APR96
RW60265
RX16234025,25 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=220
Replace Dome Light Switch
Lower inner roof trim (A).
Disconnect switch harness.
Remove dome light switch (B).
–UN–20MAY94
A—Roof Trim
B—Light Switch
RW60070
40
25
27
RX16234020,16 –19–18SEP96–1/1
Replace Cab Door Light Switch
Remove jam nut.
Remove switch (A) and disconnect two wires from back

side of switch.
–UN–24APR96
RW60237
A—Switch
RX16234025,17 –19–18SEP96–1/1
Replace Beacon Light Switch
Remove switch mounting screws.
Remove four radio mounting screws. –UN–06JUN94
Lower radio down and disconnect the beacon light switch

harness.
Remove switch (A).

RW60101
A—Beacon Light Switch
RX15754025,29 –19–17SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=221
Replace Seat Raise/Lower Switch
Disconnect seat switch harness.
Remove two screws and seat raise/lower switch (A).
–UN–20MAY94
Install replacement switch.
A—Raise/Lower Switch
RW60071
RX15754025,18 –19–25AUG94–1/1
Replace Operator Presence Seat Switch

40
25 NOTE: The seat switch is located in the bottom of the
28 seat cushion.
Disconnect harness (A) located at rear of seat.
–UN–05AUG99
Remove seat cushion from seat assembly by pulling up
on seat cushion.
RW77262
Disconnect seat switch from seat.
Remove switch (B) from seat.
A—Connector
B—Switch
–UN–05AUG99
RW77263
RX15754025,22 –19–07SEP96–1/1
Replace Hand Brake Switch—9000 PST

European
Remove cover from hand brake.
Disconnect switch harness (A).

–UN–24APR96
Remove switch mounting screws and remove switch.

RW60278
A—Switch Harness
RX16234025,18 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=222
Replace Hand Brake Switch and

Potentiometer—9020 PST European
Remove cover from hand brake.
Disconnect harnesses.
Remove switch or potentiometer mounting screws.
Remove switch or potentiometer.
Install in reverse order. A
–UN–24OCT01
Calibrate. (See OPERATION AND TEST TM—Section
245, Group CCU.)
B
40
25
RXA0058020
A—Brake Switch
B—Brake Potentiometer 29
OUOD008,000001B –19–24OCT01–1/1
Replace Park Brake Valve Pressure Sensor—

9020 Series w/PST (S.N. 011408— )
CAUTION: Personal injury can occur when

removing park brake components which are
–UN–14AUG03
under pressure. The park brake pressure
system may be under pressure if one of the two
park brake valves stick open, even with the
RXA0069870
engine off. When diagnosing the park brake
system, always attach a pressure gauge to the
park brake pressure port before removing any
park brake component.
A—Park Brake Sensor
Connect pressure gauge to park brake pressure port.
(See PARK BRAKE PRESSURE in PARK BRAKE
SYSTEM TEST [011408—] in TM1972, Section 260.)
Disconnect connector and remove sensor (A).
Install in reverse order of removal.
OUO6046,0001B56 –19–29NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=223
Replace Park Brake Valve Pressure Switch—

9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —011407)
NOTE: The park brake valve is located on the upper rear

of front axle.
Disconnect connector and remove switch (A).
A—Park Brake Switch
–UN–30OCT01
40
RXA0058147
25
30
OUO6046,0001B2C –19–04AUG03–1/1
Replace External Hitch Raise/Lower Switch
NOTE: The external raise/lower switch is located on the

rear of left fender.
Remove switch cover from back side of fender.
Disconnect six wires and remove switch (A).
Install new switch.
Connect wires to corresponding terminal.
EXTERNAL RAISE/LOWER SWITCH
–UN–24APR96
Terminal Number Circuit Number Wire Color
1 824 Yellow
2 50 RH1 Black
RW60239
3 825 Green
4 826 Blue
5 50 RH2 Black
6 827 Purple
A—Switch
–UN–05AUG94
RW45433
Hitch Raise/Lower Switch (Rear View)

RX16234025,22 –19–03MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=224
Replace A/C High- and Low-Pressure

Switches
NOTE: The high-pressure switch and low-pressure switch

are located on the evaporator line at the rear of
the cab, behind the black access panel (A).
–UN–06JUL99
On 9020 Series tractors, high/low-pressure switch
(D) is a single switch.
RW77216
The evaporator line has valves allowing
replacement of pressure switches without
discharging the system. Remove and install
switches (B), (C), and (D) quickly to minimize
refrigerant loss.
40
The high- and low-pressure switches can be 25
identified by the connectors. 31
–UN–20MAY94
• High-Pressure Switch has a male connector
• Low-Pressure Switch has a female connector
Remove green panel from rear of cab.
RW60062
Remove access panel (A).
Disconnect and replace switches as necessary.
A—Access Panel
B—Switch, Low-Pressure
C—Switch, High-Pressure
–UN–27SEP01
D—Switch, High/Low-Pressure
RXA0057365
RX16234025,26 –19–01APR96–1/1

110906
PN=225
Replace A/C Deicing Switch and Blower

Motor Resistor
NOTE: The A/C deicing switch and blower motor resistor

are located behind the seat inside the cab, on the
front side of the HVAC assembly.
–UN–20MAY94
Remove rear upholstery panel inside the cab.
Disconnect wires from deicing switch (B) and remove
RW60079
switch.
NOTE: Wires (C) can be attached to either terminal on

switch (B). A—Blower Motor Resistor
B—A/C Deicing Switch
C—Deicing Switch Wires
40 Remove connector from blower motor resistor (A).
25
32 Remove the resistor.
Install replacement parts as necessary.
RX15754025,23 –19–23AUG94–1/1

110906
PN=226
Group 30
Monitoring Systems and Sensors
RW25420 –UN–20AUG96
Tap-Out Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW651

40
Draft sensing voltage check 30
1
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL—See Section 99 for tool fabrication
EEPROM Inserter and Extractor Set . . . . . . . . JDG1067
–UN–04DEC01
Install and extract EEPROMs
RXA0058900

110906
PN=227
Other Material
Number Name Use
UN6032 (U.S.) Sealant Seal reservoir oil level sensor.
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Retain sensor.

PM38622 (Canadian) Strength)
242 (LOCTITE)
40
30
2
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corporation RX16234030,00 –19–30NOV05–1/1
Specifications
Steering Wheel Nut Torque 32 N•m

(25 lb-ft)
Potentiometer Total Resistance 4000—6000 Ohms
Clutch Potentiometer (Clutch Up) Voltage 3.5 volts
Clutch Potentiometer (Clutch Down) Voltage 1.5 volts
Output Sensor Lock Nut Torque 34 N•m

(25 lb-ft)
Input Sensor Lock Nut Torque 32 N•m

(25 lb-ft)
OUOD008,000001D –19–24OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=228

–UN–09MAY94
RW60020
RX15754015,1CONV3 –19–23AUG94–1/1
Replace Instrument Control Unit and SCV

Set-up Panel 40
30
3
NOTE: The instrument control unit (ICU) and SCV Set-up
panel (SUP) are not repairable.
–UN–06JUL99
Remove retaining bracket (A).
Remove the instrument control unit (B) or SCV Set-up

panel (C).
RW77217
Disconnect harness from (B) or (C).
Remove unit and replace as necessary.
Calibrate the ICU. (See OPERATION AND TEST TM—

Section ICU.)
–UN–06JUL99
A—Bracket
B—ICU
C—SUP
RW77218
RX15754030,1 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=229
Replace Bulbs and Gauges in Instrument

Control Unit (ICU)
IMPORTANT: Circuit boards are very susceptible to

damage from static. Handle in a
static-free environment.
–UN–07APR00
NOTE: When the key switch is turned to the "ON"
position, the instrument warning lights will light.
This is the bulb test.
RW77374
The instrument control panel (ICU) is not
repairable.
Bulbs (B) are one-piece, twist lock.

40
30 Remove back cover and replace display bulbs as
4 necessary.
–UN–04AUG99
Pull on gauges to remove.
A—Instrument Control Unit (ICU)
RW77242
B—Bulb
C—Fuel Gauge
D—Oil Pressure Gauge—(Optional)
E—Engine Water Temperature Gauge
RX15754030,2 –19–25AUG94–1/1
Replace Bulbs SCV Set-Up Panel (SUP)

–UN–09MAY94
NOTE: The SCV Set-up panel (A) is not repairable.
Bulbs are one-piece, twist lock.

RW60015
Remove back cover and replace display bulbs as

necessary.
A—Set-up Panel
RX15754030,3A –19–05JUN95–1/1

110906
PN=230
Replace Corner Post Display and Bulbs

–UN–09MAY94
NOTE: The corner post display is not repairable.
Bulbs are one-piece, twist lock.
RW60016
Pull to remove corner post display (A) from the corner
post.
Replace five bulbs as necessary. A—Corner Post Display
40
30
5
RX15754030,4 –19–23AUG94–1/1
Replace Steering Column Module Bulbs
NOTE: Bulbs are one-piece, twist lock.
Remove four screws (A).
–UN–09MAY94
Replace bulbs as necessary.
A—Screws
RW60017
RX15754030,5 –19–23AUG96–1/1

110906
PN=231
Replace Steering Column Module
IMPORTANT: Be careful during cover removal not to

break tabs (C).
Remove air louvers (A) and air control knob.
Remove right and left cowl covers.
Put steering wheel column in the vertical position and

remove two screws (D).
Pull outward on lower sides of bottom cover to release

tabs (C).
Remove bottom cover.

40
30
6 Pull outward on sides of top cover to remove cover from
ether aid switch and ignition switch.
A—Air Louvers
B—Air Control Knob
–UN–21OCT97
C—Tabs
D—Screws
RW60439
–UN–21OCT97
RW60438
Continued on next page RX15754030,4A –19–04SEP96–1/4

110906
PN=232
Remove parts (A—F) to remove steering wheel.
Remove snap ring (G) from steering shaft.
A—Emblem
B—Nut
–UN–14APR94
C—Special Washers
D—Knob
E—Large Nut
F—Retainer
RW25101
G—Snap Ring
40
30
7
RX15754030,4A –19–04SEP96–2/4
Remove wire ties (A) and disconnect connector (B).
Remove retainer ring from ether aid switch (C) and move
to one side.
Remove retainer ring from ignition switch (right side of

steering column) and move to one side.
Remove cap screws (D) and module (E).
A—Wire Ties
B—Electrical Connector
C—Ether Aid Switch
D—Cap Screws (3 used)
E—Module
–UN–28MAY96
RW25429

110906
PN=233
Remove steering wheel.
NOTE: When parts (A), (B), and (C) fail, the complete
module should be replaced. Bulbs (D) can be
replaced.
Reassemble in the reverse order.
Tighten steering wheel nut.
Specification
Steering Wheel Nut—Torque ......................................................... 32 N•m
(25 lb-ft)
A—Flash-to-Pass Switch
B—Turn and Horn Switches
40 C—Circuit Board
30 D—Bulbs
8
–UN–01OCT01
RXA0057420
RX15754030,4A –19–04SEP96–4/4

110906
PN=234
Replace Control Units—9000 Series
NOTE: Record engine hours on the cover of the new

CCU being installed, before replacing the CCU
(B). Enter hours when calibrating the new CCU.
Disconnect battery ground (—).
–UN–24APR96
Remove green panel on back of cab.
Disconnect electrical connectors from control unit(s).
RW60268
Remove control unit(s) mounting screws.
Disassemble control unit being replaced.

A—HCU/SCU (Hitch/SCV Control Unit)
40
Install in reverse order and calibrate the control unit. A—SCo/LHP (4th and 5th SCV)
30
B—CCU (Central Control Unit)
9
FOR CALIBRATION AND TEST PROCEDURES SEE C—ECU (Engine Control Unit)
APPROPRIATE SECTION IN OPERATION AND TEST MANUAL
HCU .................................................................................... Section 245
SCU .................................................................................... Section 245
SCo .................................................................................... Section 245
CCU .................................................................................... Section 245
ECU .................................................................................... Section 245
NOTE: When any ECUs are returned to the factory, all

the ECU codes on the corner post display must
be recorded and returned with the ECU. This
provides better diagnosis of returned ECUs.
RX16234030,2 –19–19SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=235
Replace Control Units—9020 Series
NOTE: Record engine hours on the cover of the new

CCU being installed, before replacing the CCU
(B). Enter hours when calibrating the new CCU.
–UN–09OCT01
Disconnect battery ground (—).
Remove green panel on back of cab.
RXA0057620
Disconnect electrical connectors from control unit(s).
Remove control unit(s) mounting screws.
Disassemble control unit being replaced. A—HCU/SCU (Hitch/SCV Control Unit)

A—SCo/LHP (4th and 5th SCV)
40 B—CCU (Central Control Unit)
30 Install in reverse order and calibrate the control unit.
C—ECU (Engine Control Unit)
10 D—PCU (Powershift Control Unit)
FOR CALIBRATION AND TEST PROCEDURES SEE
APPROPRIATE SECTION IN OPERATION AND TEST MANUAL
HCU .................................................................................... Section 245
SCU .................................................................................... Section 245
SCo .................................................................................... Section 245
CCU .................................................................................... Section 245
ECU .................................................................................... Section 245
NOTE: When any ECUs are returned to the factory, all

the ECU codes on the corner post display must
be recorded and returned with the ECU. This
provides better diagnosis of returned ECUs.
OUOD008,000000D –19–09OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=236
Replace EEPROM1 In Control Units
IMPORTANT: Upgrading an EEPROM successfully to

a control unit requires special
procedures and correct tools.
–UN–14NOV97
EEPROM and control unit components
must be protected from static electrical
discharge. Avoid touching electronic
components.
RW60455
Antistatic wrist straps are
recommended to ground the inserter
and extractor. A—Inserter
B—Extractor
Put the control unit on a metal-topped workbench which is
40
grounded. 30
11
Remove new EEPROM from packaging just prior to
installation.
NOTE: Inserter (A) and extractor (B) are part of JDG1067

(also available at Radio Shack Cat. No. 276-1581)
IC Inserter & Extractor Set.
Tools are used to update control units.
1
EEPROM—Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
AG,OUOD008,374 –19–27OCT99–1/1

110906
PN=237
Remove EEPROM
1. Remove control unit from tractor.
2. Remove four special screws from control unit case.
NOTE: Slots in the corners of the control unit are

provided to separate the two piece case.
–UN–14NOV97
3. Carefully separate the two halves of the control unit.
4. Inspect the inside of the control unit for moisture. If any
RW60450
water is found, the unit should be discarded.
5. Locate EEPROM (A) on printed circuit board.

40
30 6. Carefully cut tie band (B) and discard.
12
NOTE: Use of the extraction tool decreases the chances
of damaging the socket, or socket pins.
7. Pull upward and remove EEPROM from socket using

extractor tool (C). Be careful not to bend pins on
EEPROM.
–UN–14NOV97
8. Examine the EEPROM socket on the circuit board for
damage or corrosion.
RW60451
A—EEPROM
B—Tie Band
C—Extractor Tool
AG,OUOD008,375 –19–31AUG04–1/1

110906
PN=238
Replace Power Shift Controller—9000 PST
Remove right console side covers.
Disconnect the harness from controller.
Remove mounting screws and remove controller (A).
Calibrate controller. (See OPERATION AND TEST TM—

Section 240.)
A—Controller
–UN–06JUN96
40
30
13
RW60304
RX16234030,3 –19–09SEP96–1/1
Replace Engine Cam Speed Sensor
NOTE: The engine speed sensor (A) is located on the

right side of the engine.
Disconnect sensor harness and remove sensor (A).
–UN–24APR96
A—Engine Speed Sensor
RW60240
Dual-Rail Engine
–UN–23JUL99
RW77245
Single-Rail Engine
RX16234030,4 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=239
Replace Engine Crank Speed Sensor—9000

Series
NOTE: The engine crank speed sensor is located on the

front right side of the engine for 9100 and front
left side for 9200—9400.
–UN–24APR96
Disconnect sensor harness connector.
Remove sensor (A) or (B).
RW60241
A—Crank Speed Sensor
9200—9400
B—Crank Speed Sensor
40
30
14
–UN–24APR96
RW60242
9100
RX16234030,5 –19–06MAR96–1/1
Replace Engine Crank Speed Sensor—9020

Series
NOTE: The engine crank speed sensor is located on the

right rear side of the engine for 9120 and front left
–UN–15OCT01
side for 9220—9620.
RXA0057741
Remove sensor (A) or (B).
A—Crank Speed Sensor 9220—9620

B—Crank Speed Sensor
–UN–12OCT01
RXA0057697
9120
RX16234030,5CONV1 –19–03MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=240
Replace Engine Coolant Temperature

Sensors
NOTE: The engine coolant temperature sensors (A) and

(B) are located in the thermostat housing, on the
top right side of the engine.
Tractors with the Lucas engine controller have two

coolant temperature sensors; one for the
controller and one for the temperature gauge.
Tractors with the John Deere engine controller

have one coolant temperature sensor for the
temperature gauge.
–UN–24APR96
Disconnect sensor harness connector. 40
30
Remove coolant sensor (A) or (B). 15
RW60244
Install replacement sensor.
A—Coolant Sensors (Lucas Engine Controller)

B—Coolant Sensor (John Deere Engine Controller)
–UN–24APR96
RW60245
RX16234030,11 –19–18SEP96–1/1
Replace Fuel Level Sensor
NOTE: The fuel level sensor is located on top of the right

fuel tank.
Disconnect ground wire (A) and sensor wire (B).

–UN–24APR96
Remove mounting screws and fuel sensor.
Install replacement sensor unit with new gasket.

RW60274
Calibrate fuel level sensor with CCU. (See OPERATION

AND TEST TM—Section 240.)
A—Ground Wire
B—Sensor Wire
RX16234030,17 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=241
Replace Fuel Temperature Sensor
See Electronic Fuel Injection Systems—CTM68.
RX16234030,18 –19–17SEP96–1/1
Replace Air Filter Restriction Sensor
NOTE: The air filter restriction sensor (A) is located on

the right side of the engine in the air intake tube.
–UN–24APR96
Remove sensor (A).
40
30 Install replacement sensor.
RW60243
16
A—Air Filter Restriction Sensor
RX16234030,7 –19–18SEP96–1/1
Replace Manifold Air Intake Temperature

Sensor (MAT)—9200, 9300, and 9400—
Dual-Rail Engine
NOTE: The air intake temperature sensor (A) is located

on the left side of the engine on the bottom side
of the intake manifold.
Disconnect sensor harness and remove sensor (A).
A—Air Intake Temperature Sensor

–UN–26APR96
RW60282
RX16234030,8 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=242
Remove, Inspect, and Adjust Clutch Position

Sensor
Remove instrument panel cover and cowl for access to

potentiometer.
–UN–13MAY96
Disconnect link (B).
Disconnect sensor harness (A).
RW60264
Remove potentiometer mounting cap screws.
A—Sensor Harness
B—Link
40
30
17
RX16234030,24 –19–18SEP96–1/4
NOTE: Potentiometer (A) is serviceable as a unit.
Remove screws (E).
Replace O-rings (B).
–UN–23MAY96
Remove snap ring (C) to remove arm (D).
A—Potentiometer
B—O-Rings
RW60289
C—Snap Ring
D—Arm
E—Screws
RX16234030,24 –19–18SEP96–2/4
Check the resistance between the outside terminals (A)

using an ohmmeter.
Specification
Potentiometer—Total Resistance ................................. 4000—6000 Ohms
–UN–06DEC88
A—Terminals
RW15134

110906
PN=243
Assemble potentiometer on support plate as shown.

Temporarily install screws (E) so position of the
potentiometer can be adjusted.
Install assembly to control support.
–UN–13MAY96
Adjust the position of the potentiometer so voltage
between the yellow wire (POS) and the orange wire
(NEG) is:
RW60263
Clutch Potentiometer—Specification
(Clutch Up)—Voltage..................................................................... 3.5 volts
(Clutch Down)—Voltage ................................................................ 1.5 volts
A—Link
B—Arm
40 C—Cap Screw
30 D—Spacer
18 E—Screws
–UN–28MAY96
RW60298
RX16234030,24 –19–18SEP96–4/4

110906
PN=244
Replace Transmission Input and Output

Speed Sensor—9000 PST
Input Sensor
NOTE: Input sensor (A) is located on the top left rear side
–UN–15DEC88
of the transmission.
Remove protective bracket.
RW15072
Disconnect sensor harness and remove sensor.
NOTE: Be sure thread-locking compound is cleaned off

sensors (A) and (B) before reinstallation.
NOTE: Make sure a gear tooth is aligned with hole before 40

installing input sensor (A). 30
19
Apply PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium
–UN–19JUN96
Strength) to threads of sensor.
Install sensor (A) until sensor contacts the gear tooth.
RW60316
Loosen sensor 1/4 turn and tighten the lock nut.
Specification
Output Sensor Lock Nut—Torque .................................................. 34 N•m A—Input Sensor
(25 lb-ft) B—Output Sensor
Connect sensor harness.
Install protective bracket.
Output Sensor
NOTE: Output sensor (B) is located near the output shaft

on the rear of the transmission.
Remove protective bracket.
Disconnect sensor harness and remove sensor.

Strength) to threads of sensor.
Install sensor (B) until sensor contacts the output shaft.

110906
PN=245
Loosen sensor 1/4 turn and tighten the lock nut.
Specification
Input Sensor Lock Nut—Torque .................................................... 32 N•m
(25 lb-ft)
Install protective bracket.
RX16234030,1A –19–08NOV05–2/2
Replace Transmission Oil Temperature

40 Sensor—9000 PST
30
20
NOTE: The transmission oil temperature sensor (A) is
located on the rear of the transmission, near the
bottom.
–UN–19JUN96
When the sensor is removed, oil will drain from
transmission.
RW60313
Disconnect sensor harness.
Remove sensor (A), retain oil with thumb.

A—Transmission Oil Temperature Sensor
Install replacement sensor with O-ring.
RX16234030,2A –19–17DEC96–1/1
Replace Transmission Filter Restriction

Sensor—9000 PST
NOTE: The transmission filter restriction sensor (A) is

located in the filter housing at the rear of the
transmission.
–UN–31MAY96
See Operation and Test TM—Sections 240 and

270 for sensor test procedures.
RW60300
Disconnect harness connector and remove the oil

restriction sensor (A).
Install in reverse order. A—Transmission Filter Restriction Sensor
RX16234030,29 –19–09DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=246
Replace Transmission Lube Oil Pressure

Sensor—9000 PST
NOTE: The transmission lube oil pressure sensor (A) is

located on the filter housing on the rear of the
transmission.
–UN–31MAY96
RW60303
A—Transmission Lube Oil Pressure Sensor
40
30
21
RX16234030,32 –19–09DEC96–1/1
Replace Transmission Lube Oil Pressure

Sensor—MST
NOTE: The transmission lube oil pressure sensor (A) is

located on the transmission control valve.
–UN–31MAY96
RW60302
A—Transmission Lube Oil Pressure Sensor
RX16234030,31 –19–09DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=247
Replace Transmission Oil Filter Restriction

Sensor—MST
NOTE: The transmission filter restriction sensor (A) is

located in the filter housing in front of the
transmission. Access is from under the tractor.
–UN–31MAY96
RW60301
Disconnect harness connector and remove the oil filter
A—Transmission Filter Restriction Sensor
40
30
22
RX16234030,30 –19–09DEC96–1/1
Replace Axle Lube Filter Restriction

Sensor—9000 PST
NOTE: The axle lube filter restriction sensor (A) is located

on the inside left front side frame, on the base of
the filter housing.
–UN–14AUG96
Remove restriction sensor (A).
RW60323
Install in the reverse order.
A—Filter Restriction Sensor
RX16234030,4A –19–17DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=248
Replace Axle Lube Pressure Sensor—9000

PST
NOTE: The axle lube pressure sensor (A) is located on

the axle lube pump.
–UN–12NOV96
Disconnect the sensor harness.
Remove axle lube pressure sensor (A).
RW60329
Install new sensor and connect sensor harness.
A—Axle Lube Pressure Sensor
40
30
23
RX16234030,37 –19–09DEC96–1/1
Replace Axle Lube Pressure Sensor—9020

PST
NOTE: The axle lube pressure sensor (A) is located on

upper rear of front axle.
–UN–15OCT01
Disconnect the switch harness.
RXA0057740
Install new sensor and connect senor harness.
OUOD008,000000B –19–09OCT01–1/1
Replace Axle Lube Pressure Sensor—MST
Disconnect the sensor harness.

–UN–16SEP96
Install new sensor and connect sensor harness.

RW60306
RX16234030,36 –19–09DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=249
Replace Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
NOTE: The hydraulic oil temperature sensor (A) is

located on the bottom side of the oil reservoir.
Hydraulic oil does not need to be drained from the

reservoir prior to removing the hydraulic oil
temperature sensor.
–UN–24APR96
Remove oil temperature sensor (A).
RW60259
Connect sensor harness and tie band harness as
40
30 necessary.
A—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
24
RX16234030,12 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=250
Replace Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Level

Sensor
IMPORTANT: Drain plug (A) for the hydraulic oil

reservoir, is located on the oil filter
housing under the engine.
–UN–24APR96
Remove drain plug (A) and drain oil from reservoir.
RW60258
Loosen hose clamp (C) and remove level sensor.
IMPORTANT: When installing replacement level

sensor, make sure the flat surface (B) is
pointing up. The rounded part of the 40
switch should be on the bottom side. 30
25
Apply UN6032 Sealant to sensor.
–UN–24APR96
Fill reservoir with appropriate oil.
RW60257
A—Drain Plug
B—Flat Surface
C—Hose Clamp
–UN–12NOV96
RW60330
RX16234030,23 –19–12NOV96–1/1

110906
PN=251
Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction

Sensor
NOTE: The hydraulic oil filter restriction sensor (A) is

located in the hydraulic oil filter housing, located
on the front right side of the front differential.
–UN–24APR96
RW60235
Disconnect harness connector and remove the oil filter
A—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Sensor
40
30
26
RX16234030,28 –19–18SEP96–1/1
Replace Wheel Speed Sensor—MST
NOTE: The wheel seed sensor (A) is serviced as a unit.

(See Operation and Test TM—Section 240.)
Disconnect connector harness.
–UN–24APR96
Loosen cap screw (B) and remove sensor (A).
NOTE: O-rings are available as service parts.
RW60234
A—Wheel Speed Sensor

B—Cap Screw
RX16234030,3A –19–17DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=252
Replace Radar Sensor
NOTE: The radar sensor is located on the inside of the

left side frame, below the engine.
–UN–24APR96
Remove mounting screw and remove the sensor (A).
Calibrate the sensor. (See OPERATION AND TEST TM—
RW60279
Section 240.)
A—Sensor
40
30
27
RX16234030,20 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=253
Replace Hitch Position Sensor
Disconnect harness from sensor.
Remove linkage (B).
Remove two cap screws (A) and remove sensor and

bracket assembly.
Remove two nuts (D).
Remove sensor (C).
IMPORTANT: DO NOT forcibly rotate sensor arm.
–UN–24APR96
Doing so will damage the sensor.
40
30 Install sensor (C) to bracket. Rotate sensor
28 counterclockwise until mounting holes are aligned.
RW60246
Install two machine screws and nuts (D).
NOTE: Removing hitch position sensor or rod will require

hitch recalibration. (See Operation and Test TM—
Section 270.)
A—Cap Screws
B—Linkage
C—Sensor
D—Nuts
–UN–26APR96
RW60283
RX16234030,19 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=254
Remove, Install, and Adjust Draft Sensor
40
30
29
–UN–07JUN96
RW60305
A—Main Wiring Harness D—Bracket G—Rod J—Adjusting Screw
B—Sensor E—Support H—Turnbuckle K—Bracket
C—Lubrication Fitting F—Lever I—Shim
Disconnect battery ground cable. Attach adjusting rod assembly turnbuckle (H) to
bracket (K).
Loosen adjusting screw (J) and jam nut holding shim
(I). Install adjusting rod and lever assembly to left bracket
using one 3/8 in. x 1- 7/16 in. flathead pin and cotter
Remove retaining cap screws from brackets (D). pin.
Remove cap screws attaching support (E) to bracket Tighten adjusting screw (J) to 20 N•m (177 lb-in.).
(D). Lock the jam nut before top cap screws are tightened.
Disconnect sensor (B) from wiring harness (A). Connect battery ground cable.
Remove and install draft-sensing adjustment rod (G) Connect DFRW65 Tap-Out Harness to main harness
and lever assembly (F). (A) and sensor harness (B).
Continued on next page RX16234030,33 –19–09DEC96–1/2

110906
PN=255
NOTE: (A) is the ground and (B) is the output on NOTE: Voltage may change when turnbuckle jam nuts
DFRW65 Harness. are tightened.
Install two lead wires into DFRW65 Harness connector Tighten all rod and turnbuckle nuts.
leads marked (A) and (B). Attach voltmeter to lead
wires. Check voltage and repeat adjustment procedure if
necessary.
Turn the key to the ON position.
Fill potentiometer with multipurpose grease.
IMPORTANT: Overtightening turnbuckle can
damage sensor housing. Calibrate the hitch. (See OPERATION AND TEST
TM—Section 270.)
Adjust draft sensor by turning turnbuckle (H) until
1.9-2.1 volts is obtained.
40
30
30
RX16234030,33 –19–09DEC96–2/2
CLIMATRAK Wire Harness and Component Identification
C
D
F
–UN–02MAY00
RW77398
H G
A—Outlet Duct Sensor D—Controller F—Water Valve Sensor H—Fresh Air Sensor
B—Relay E—Cab Air Sensor G—Evaporator Temperature
C—Motor Driver Sensor
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OUOD008,0000033 –19–15SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=256
Replace Outlet Duct Temperature Sensor
NOTE: The Outlet Duct Temperature Sensor is located

behind the seat inside the cab, on the front side of
the CLIMATRAK assembly.
–UN–14APR00
Remove rear upholstery panel inside the cab.
Disconnect wire harness connector and remove sensor

(A).
RW77385
A—Outlet Duct Temperature Sensor
40
30
31
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OUOD008,810 –19–13APR00–1/1
Replace Cab Temperature Sensor
NOTE: The Cab Temperature Sensor is located behind

the seat inside the cab, on the front side of the
CLIMATRAK assembly.
–UN–14APR00
1. Remove rear upholstery panel inside the cab.
2. Disconnect wire harness connector and remove sensor

(A).
RW77386
3. Install in reverse order.
A—Cab Temperature Sensor
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OUOD008,811 –19–26AUG04–1/1

110906
PN=257
Replace Fresh Air Temperature Sensor
NOTE: The Fresh Air Temperature Sensor is located

behind the seat inside the cab, below the filter (A).
1. Remove filter (A).
–UN–19APR00
2. Disconnect wire harness connector and remove sensor
(B).
RW77394
A—Filter
B—Fresh Air Temperature Sensor
40
30
32
–UN–14APR00
RW77388
AG,OUOD008,812 –19–26AUG04–1/1
Replace Evaporator Temperature Sensor
NOTE: The Evaporator Temperature Sensor is located

behind the seat inside the cab, behind the filter
(A).
–UN–19APR00
1. Remove filter (A).
2. Disconnect wire harness connector (B) and remove

sensor (C).
RW77394
A—Filter
B—Connector
C—Evaporator Temperature Sensor
–UN–14APR00
RW77387
AG,OUOD008,813 –19–26AUG04–1/1

110906
PN=258
Group 35
Armrest Control
Armrest Test Procedures
Armrest control test procedures. (See OPERATION AND

TEST TM—Section 240.)
RX15754035,1 –19–25AUG94–1/1
40
35
1

110906
PN=259
Armrest Control
Exploded View—Armrest Control—9000 Series
40
35
2
–UN–24APR96
RW60254

110906
PN=260
Armrest Control
1—Cab Harness 12—Armrest Control Unit 19—4-Way Hitch Lever to ACU 30—Hitch Control Sensor
2—Armrest Body (ACU) 20—6-Way Hitch Control 31—Hitch Raise Limit Control
3—Armrest Control Harness 13—Shifter Control Circuit Harness to ACU Sensor and Rate of Drop
4—PTO Connector (Not Used) Board 21—1, 2, & 3 SCV Harness Sensor
5—4th & 5th SCV Harness 14—Cover 22—1st SCV Lever 32—Transmission Control
6—5th SCV Lever 15—12-Way Armrest Harness 23—2nd SCV Lever (PST)
7—Cover 5th SCV Lever to ACU 24—3rd SCV Lever 33—Hi-Lo Control (MST)
8—4th SCV Lever 16—10-Way 1, 2, & 3 SCV 25—Armrest Control Cover 34—Neutral Start Switch
9—Front PTO Connector (Not Harness to ACU 26—Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker 35—Neutral Start Switch
Used) 17—6-Way 4 & 5 SCV Harness Switch Connector
10—Connector Neutral Start to ACU 27—Blanks 36—Engine Speed Control
Switch (PST) 18—4-Way Throttle Lever to 28—Hitch Load/Depth Control 37—4-Way Hitch Up/Down
11—ACU Connector ACU 29—Hitch Control Assembly Rocker Switch to ACU
40
35
3
RX16234035,1 –19–18SEP96–2/2

110906
PN=261
Armrest Control
Exploded View—Armrest Control—9020 Series
9
7
5 6 12
4 8
10 11
13
3 14
1
40 16
35 15
4
17
18
25
24 23 22 21
20
19
26 27
32
31 33
30
28 29
34
35
–UN–20SEP01
36
RXA0057250
Continued on next page OUOD008,000003D –19–20SEP01–1/2

110906
PN=262
Armrest Control
1—Transmission Control 13—Hitch Control Sensor 22—6-Way 4 & 5 SCV Harness 29—Shifter Control Circuit
2—Armrest Control Cover 14—5th SCV Lever (Optional) to ACU Board
3—1, 2, & 3 SCV Harness 15—4th & 5th SCV Harness 23—4-Way Throttle Lever to 30—ACU Connector
4—1st SCV Lever 16—Hitch Raise Limit Control ACU 31—Connector Neutral Start
5—2nd SCV Lever Sensor and Rate of Drop 24—4-Way Hitch Lever to ACU Switch (Not Used)
6—3rd SCV Lever Sensor 25—6-Way Hitch Control 32—Front PTO Connector (Not
7—4th SCV Lever 17—Load/Depth Control Harness to ACU Used)
8—Sequence Switch (IMS) 18—Engine Speed Control 26—12-Way Armrest Harness 33—PTO Connector
9—Automatic Powershift 19—Shifter Control Circuit to ACU 34—Armrest Control Harness
Resume Switch Board 27—Armrest Control Unit 35—Armrest Body
10—Hitch Raise/Lower Switch 20—4-Way Hitch Up/Down (ACU) 36—Cab Harness
11—Blank Rocker Switch to ACU 28—Cover
12—Hitch Control Assembly 21—10-Way 1, 2, & 3 SCV
Harness to ACU
40
35
5
OUOD008,000003D –19–20SEP01–2/2
Replace Armrest Control Assembly
Disconnect armrest control harness (A) from main

harness.
Remove four cap screws (B) to remove armrest control
–UN–09MAY94
from seat.
A—Armrest Control Harness

B—Cap Screws
RW60004
–UN–09MAY94
RW60005

110906
PN=263
Armrest Control
Remove three screws (A) and screw (B).
Disconnect three connectors (C) and remove top cover to

access the armrest controls.
–UN–09MAY94
A—Screws
B—Screw
C—Connectors
RW60006
40
35
6
–UN–09MAY94
RW60007
–UN–09MAY94
RW60008
RX15754035,2A –19–18SEP96–2/2

110906
PN=264
Armrest Control
Replace Armrest Control Unit (ACU)
Remove armrest control assembly from the seat. (See

REPLACE ARMREST CONTROL ASSEMBLY in this
group.)
Remove top cover from armrest control.
IMPORTANT: The armrest ACU circuit board is very

susceptible to damage from static.
Boards should be handled in a
static-free environment. Handle only the
edges of the circuit board. Bending the
circuit board will cause damage to
chips and circuits.
–UN–27JUL94
40
NOTE: The transmission shifter control assembly (A) 35
must be removed with the ACU. 7
RW60110
Remove the engine speed control assembly when
removing the transmission control assembly.
The circuit board (C) from the transmission shifter

control and the ACU (B) are one assembly.
Disconnect harnesses from the ACU.
Remove the transmission shifter assembly (A) and the

ACU printed circuit board (B) from armrest cover.
Remove the circuit board from the shifter assembly.
Install replacement parts in reverse order.
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to pinch wires during

assembly of armrest cover to armrest
body.
Calibrate the armrest control. (See OPERATION AND

TEST TM—Section 245, Group ACU.)
A—Shifter Control Assembly

B—ACU
–UN–27JUL94
C—Circuit Board
RW60111
RX16234035,7 –19–07SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=265
Armrest Control
Replace Armrest Controls—9000 Series
NOTE: When removing the transmission control

assembly, remove the engine speed control
assembly at the same time.
The hitch command sensors (J), (K), and (L) are

serviced as a kit.
See Remove Armrest Control Assembly in this group, to

access controls.
Replace controls as necessary.

TEST TM—Section 240.)
40
35
8 A—Engine Speed Control
B—Transmission Control
C—Hitch Raise/Lower Rocker Switch
D—SCV Control Lever #1
E—SCV Control Lever #2
F—SCV Control Lever #3
G—Hitch Control Assembly
H—SCV Control Lever #4
–UN–24APR96
I—SCV Control Lever #5
J—Rate of Drop Sensor (Hitch)
K—Raise Limit Sensor (Hitch)
L—Load/Depth Sensor (Hitch)
RW60269
RX16234035,5 –19–03APR96–1/1

110906
PN=266
Armrest Control
Replace Armrest Controls—9020 Series
NOTE: When removing the transmission control

assembly, remove the engine speed control
assembly at the same time.
The hitch command sensors (I), (J), and (K) are

serviced as a kit.
See Replace Armrest Control Assembly in this group, to
–UN–20SEP01
access controls.
Replace controls as necessary.
RXA0057249
TEST TM1982—Section 245, Group ACU.)
40
35
9
A—Engine Speed Control
B—Sequence Switch (IMS)
C—Gearshift Lever
D—SCV 1
E—SCV 2
F—SCV 3
G—SCV 4
H—Automatic Powershift Resume Switch (APS)
I—Hitch Control
J—SCV 5 (Optional)
K—Hitch Rate of Drop
L—Hitch Height Limit
M—Hitch Load/Depth Control
N—Hitch Raise/Lower Switch
OUOD008,000003E –19–21SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=267
Armrest Control
Exploded View—Engine Speed Control
40
35
10
–UN–22JUN94
RW60010
1—Knob 5—Special Washer 9—Nut 13—Gear

2—Control Lever 6—Bracket 10—Cap Screw 14—Cap Screw
3—Special Washer 7—Washer 11—Washer 15—Cap Screw
4—Friction Washer 8—Spring 12—Sensor
See Replace Armrest Controls in this group, to access Tighten nut (9) until friction spring (8) height is 5.0—
the engine speed control assembly. 5.5 mm (0.20—0.22 in.).
RX15754035,7A –19–05JUN95–1/1

110906
PN=268
Armrest Control
Exploded View—Transmission Control—PST
40
35
11
–UN–26AUG96
RW60326
1—Circuit Board Cover 7—Knob 13—Pivot Pin 19—Spring (Shift

2—Shift Lever Guide 8—Shift Lever 14—Plastic Cover Lever Return)
3—Spring 9—E-Clip 15—Screws 20—Neutral Start Switch
4—Circuit Board 10—Washer 16—Spring (Lateral Return) 21—E-Clip
5—Transmission Control 11—Spring (Lateral Detent) 17—Shift Lever Pivot 22—Sector Centering Spring
Bracket 12—Pin 18—E-Clip 23—Special Screw
6—Selector
NOTE: The circuit board is attached by a ribbon cable See Replace Armrest Controls in this group, to access
to the ACU circuit board. These must be the transmission control selector.
replaced as one unit.
RX16234035,4 –19–17DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=269
Armrest Control
Exploded View—Hi-Lo Clutch Control—MST
40
35
12
–UN–22JUL99
RW77232
1—Special Screws 6—Selector 11—Special Screws 15—Control Bracket

2—Cover 7—Knob 12—Shift Lever Pivot 16—E-Clip
3—Shift Lever Guide 8—Shift Lever 13—E-Clip 17—Screw
4—Circuit Board 9—Pivot Pin 14—Spring 18—Spring
5—Screw 10—Plastic Cover

110906
PN=270
Armrest Control
NOTE: The circuit board is attached by a ribbon cable See Replace Armrest Controls in this group, to access
to the ACU circuit board. These must be the transmission control selector.
replaced as one unit.
RX16234035,1A –19–17DEC96–2/2
Replace Hitch Control
NOTE: The hitch control (A) is located on the armrest

control.
See Remove Armrest Control Assembly in this group, to
–UN–24APR96
access hitch control assembly.
Disconnect hitch control harness from armrest control 40

harness. 35
RW60270
13
Remove mounting cap screws from the hitch control.
Test and replace control assembly if necessary. (See A—Hitch Control Assembly
OPERATION AND TEST TM—Section 270.)
RX16234035,6 –19–17SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=271
Armrest Control
Exploded View—SCV Control Lever
40
35
14
H
I
D
E
–UN–02DEC05
G F
RXA0085139
RXA0085139
Continued on next page RX15754035,9 –19–22NOV05–1/2

110906
PN=272
Armrest Control
A—Control Lever D—Mounting Screw G—Spring I—Potentiometer

B—Tab E—Arm H—Spring J—Locking Tab
C—Housing F—Spring
NOTE: Potentiometer (I) snaps together with housing 6. Assemble in reverse order using the following
(C) for assembly and disassembly. Use care special instructions:
when removing to prevent damage to
potentiometer and housing.
IMPORTANT: Spring must be installed with correct
1. Disengage locking tabs (J) and remove orientation. Spring leg with two
potentiometer (I) from housing (C). bends must be installed toward
housing (C). If spring is installed
2. Separate housing (C) at tab (B). Remove control backwards, spring will rub housing.
lever (A) through top of housing.
• Install spring (H) as shown.
3. Remove spring (H). • Install potentiometer. Ensure that guide pin on
potentiometer arm is seated in slot of control 40
4. Remove spring (G). lever. 35
15
• Operate control lever in each direction to verify
5. Remove spring (F) and arm (E). proper assembly.
RX15754035,9 –19–22NOV05–2/2

110906
PN=273
Armrest Control
40
35
16

110906
PN=274
Group 40
Implement and Accessory Connectors
Replace Seven-Terminal Outlet Socket
Remove socket from mounting bracket.
Slide the rubber boot back and disconnect wires by

loosening setscrews.
–UN–20MAY96
Attach wires to socket and tighten setscrews. Be sure
wires are attached to correct terminals.
RW60286
Check power to the outlet socket terminals. Terminal 1 (A)
is ground.
NORTH AMERICAN
Terminal Function
1 Ground
2 Flood Light 40
3 Left Turn 40
4 Accessory 1
5 Right Turn
–UN–03APR89
6 Tail Light
7 Accessory
A—Ground
RW15082
RX16234040,1 –19–03MAY04–1/1
TOUCHSET Depth Control Connector
NOTE: The TOUCHSET depth control connector (A) is

located at the rear of the cab in the area of the
controllers.
–UN–29MAR00
Remove green panel at rear of cab to access the
TOUCHSET depth control connector (A).
RW77373
A—TOUCHSET Depth Control Connector
TOUCHSET is a trademark of Deere & Company RX16234040,2 –19–30NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=275
Implement and Accessory Connectors
Diagnostic/Program
NOTE: Connector (A) is located inside the right console,

behind the load center fuses and relays.
A—Connector
–UN–20MAY96
40
40
2
RW60287
RX16234040,3 –19–18SEP96–1/1
ECU Diagnostic Connector
NOTE: The ECU diagnostic connector (A) is located at

the rear of the cab in the area of the controllers.
Remove green panel at rear of cab to access the ECU
–UN–13APR00
diagnostic connector (A).
A—ECU Diagnostic Connector
RW77384
RX16234040,4 –19–17SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=276
Group 45
Convenience and Accessory Components
Replace Circulation Blower Motor
NOTE: The circulation blower motor is located in the air

quality system (HVAC/CLIMATRAK) module
behind the seat at the rear of the cab.
–UN–20MAY96
Remove outer green panel on the back of the cab.
Remove 11 cap screws from the top and sides of large

black panel (A).
RW60288
NOTE: Holes at the bottom of the black panel are slotted
to aid panel (A) removal.
Loosen five cap screws at the bottom of panel (A).

40
Lift panel (A) up to access the blower motor. 45
1
Disconnect blower motor connector (B).
Remove two right side cap screws (D) and loosen one left
side cap screw (E).
IMPORTANT: When rotating HVAC/CLIMATRAK

assembly outward to remove the blower
motor, be careful not to damage A/C
–UN–20MAY94
line and fittings.
Rotate HVAC module outward, so blower motor can be

removed.
RW60080
Remove four blower motor cap screws and blower motor
(C).
Inspect the dust seal for panel (A). Replace the seal if
worn.
Install parts in reverse order.
–UN–20MAY94
A—Panel
B—Blower Motor Connector
C—Blower Motor
D—Cap Screws
RW60082
E—Cap Screw
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company RX16234045,1 –19–20MAY96–1/1

110906
PN=277
Replace Pressurizer Blower Motor
NOTE: The pressurizer blower motor is located on the

right side of the cab.
Blower motor is a single-speed motor and is not

repairable.
Remove right green side panel from cab.
Remove duct (B).
Disconnect blower motor harness.

40
45 Remove motor (C).
2
Check foam sealing gasket between motor and filter
–UN–24APR96
canister. Replace gasket if damaged.
Install replacement motor.
RW60280
A—Hose
B—Duct
C—Motor
RX16234045,2 –19–26AUG96–1/1

110906
PN=278
Replace Wiper Motors
40
45
3
–UN–20MAY94
RW60086
A—Connector C—Wiper Motor E—Mounting Bracket G—Washer
B—Ground (-) Wire D—Cap Screw F—Nut
IMPORTANT: Sliding the roof back too far can Remove cover (G) and three wiper mounting cap
damage antenna connections. screws (D).
NOTE: Wiper motor is not repairable. Remove nut and washer (F).
Slide the green roof back to access the wiper motor Remove wiper motor (C).
Disconnect wiper connector (A). Install wiper motor in reverse order.
RX15754045,3 –19–25AUG94–1/1

110906
PN=279
Replace Windshield Washer Pumps
NOTE: Washer pumps and reservoir (A) are located on

the battery box on top of the right fuel tank.
Remove washer bottle reservoir (A).
–UN–24APR96
Disconnect harness from pumps.
• White Wire #239 Rear Washer Pump
RW60247
• Gray Wire #238 Front Washer Pump
Remove pump (B) or (C).

40
45 A—Reservoir Bottle
4 B—Rear Washer Pump
C—Front Washer Pump
–UN–06JUN94
RW60100
RX16234045,3 –19–18SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=280
Remove Radio and Speakers—Style A
Remove four radio bezel screws.
Lower radio down and disconnect connector (A) and

antenna (B).
Remove radio using special tool (D).
NOTE: Radio removal tools (D) are supplied with

replacement radios from Delco.
–UN–09MAY95
Install special tool (D) and push radio out the front of the
radio bezel.
NOTE: See Ground Point Locations in Group 10 for radio
RW60167
40
ground point. 45
5
Remove speaker cover and four mounting screws.
Lower the speaker and disconnect connector (C).
Install replacement speaker.
–UN–09MAY95
A—Connector
B—Antenna
C—Connector
D—Special Tool
RW60168
OUO6046,0001B25 –19–24JUL03–1/1

110906
PN=281
Remove Radio and Speaker—Style B
Remove screws (A).
Lower radio down and disconnect two connectors and

antenna.
–UN–12DEC02
NOTE: Radio removal tools (OTC No. 7575) are supplied
with replacement radios from Delco.
N61382
Install special tool (B) and push radio out the front of the
radio bezel.
A—Screw (4 used)
B—Tool
40
45
6
–UN–11FEB02
N59463
OUO6046,0001B26 –19–24JUL03–1/2
Remove screws (A) and support molding (C).
NOTE: Radio needs to be removed to lower headliner

completely.
Lower headliner (B) to access speakers.
–UN–11DEC02
Remove four screws holding speaker to cab roof.
Raise the speaker slightly and remove.

N61380
Disconnect connector.
Install replacement speaker. A—Screw (26 used)

B—Headliner
C—Support Molding (5 used)
Assemble in reverse order.
OUO6046,0001B26 –19–24JUL03–2/2

110906
PN=282
Section 50
18-Speed Power Shift Transmission (9020)
Contents
Page

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-00-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-00-2
Power Shift Transmission
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-00-3
Install In Rollover Stand Bracket . . . . . . . . . .50-00-9
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-00-12
Check Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-00-13
Group 05—In Tractor Repair

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-1 50
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-2
Filter Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-2
Input and Output Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-5
Repair Internal Park Brake (S.N. 011408— ). . .50-05-8
Input and Output Shaft Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-9
Group 10—Transmission Repair

Repair 18-Speed Power Shift Transmission . . .50-10-1

Transmission Cleanup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-15-2
Group 20—Clutch Control

Repair Clutch Pedal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-20-1

110906
PN=1
Contents
50

110906
PN=2
Group 00
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,0000089 –19–20AUG01–1/3
RW25560 –UN–29AUG96
Special Mounting Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG19
Remove and install components
OURX956,0000089 –19–20AUG01–2/3
50
Transmission Mounting Adapter Set . . . . . . . . . JT05887 00
1
Install transmission to rollover stand during repair
–UN–20AUG96
RW25487
OURX956,0000089 –19–20AUG01–3/3
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Retain transmission mount cap
PM38622 (Canadian) Strength) screws.
242 (LOCTITE)
Number Name Use
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Seals contacting surfaces.

PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corporation OURX956,000008A –19–08NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=285
Specifications
Rear Transmission Mount-to-Frame Torque 350 N•m

Front Transmission Mount-to-Frame Torque 350 N•m

Transmission Drive Shaft-to-Engine Torque 210 N•m

Coupler Cap Screws (155 lb-ft)
Transmission Drive Torque 150 N•m

Shaft-to-Transmission Yoke Cap (110 lb-ft)
Screws
Transmission-to-Gudgeon Drive Torque 150 N•m

Shaft Cap Screws (110 lb-ft)
Transmission-to-PTO Clutch Drive Torque 150 N•m

50 Shaft Cap Screws (110 lb-ft)
00
2
Transmission-to-Front Axle Drive Torque 150 N•m
Transmission-to-Rear Axle Drive Torque 150 N•m

Hydraulic Pump-to-Transmission Cap Torque 225 N•m

Screws (166 lb-ft)
OURX956,000008B –19–20AUG01–1/1

110906
PN=286
Remove Power Shift Transmission
Remove cab. (See REMOVE CAB in Section 90, Group

00.)
–UN–28FEB01
Drain hydraulic reservoir at plug (A). (See DRAIN AND
FILL HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR in Section 70, Group 05.)
NOTE: Transmission holds over 45 L (12 gal). Plan a
RXA0052028
proper drain procedure to avoid spills.
Drain transmission into separate pan from hydraulic

reservoir oil.
Remove transmission drain plug (B).
A—Hydraulic Reservoir Drain Plug

B—Transmission Drain Plug
–UN–05SEP01
50
RXA0056758
00
3
OUO6046,0001B4C –19–08SEP03–1/10
Disconnect and plug hoses (A).
Disconnect sensor (B).
Loosen hose clamp (C) from reservoir.
–UN–17JUL96
A—Hoses
B—Sensor
C—Hose Clamp
RW50247A
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B4C –19–08SEP03–2/10

110906
PN=287
Loosen hose clamp (A).
A—Hose
–UN–17JUL96
B—Sensor
RW50246A
–UN–21NOV96
50
00
RW50322A
4
OUO6046,0001B4C –19–08SEP03–3/10
Remove mounting cap screw (B).
Remove steering hose clamp from front support of
–UN–17SEP01
reservoir support bracket.
A—Hoses
B—Mounting Cap Screw
RXA0057082

110906
PN=288
Remove step (A).
Remove cap screws from reservoir support brackets at

locations (B).
–UN–17SEP01
Remove reservoir (C).
Remove air cleaner pipe (D).
RXA0057083
A—Step
B—Reservoir Support Locations
C—Reservoir
D—Air Cleaner Pipe
–UN–17SEP01
50
RXA0057086
00
5
OUO6046,0001B4C –19–08SEP03–5/10
Remove U-bolt (A) from around drive shaft.
NOTE: Reservoir support bracket location must be

marked to avoid hood and striker plate
misalignment.
–UN–17SEP01
Remove cap screws (D) and carefully remove reservoir
support bracket (B).
RXA0057087
Remove drive shaft (C).
Remove battery cable clamps (E) and relocate out of the

way.
A—U-Bolt
B—Reservoir Support
C—Drive Shaft
E—Battery Cable Clamps (2 used)

110906
PN=289
Disconnect hydraulic hoses (A). Cap and plug to prevent

contamination.
Remove front axle drive shaft (B).
–UN–17SEP01
Disconnect hydraulic hose (C). Cap and plug to prevent
contamination.
Remove nuts from lower transmission mounts (D).
RXA0057089
A—Hydraulic Hoses
B—Front Axle Drive Shaft
C—Hydraulic Hose
D—Lower Transmission Mounts
OUO6046,0001B4C –19–08SEP03–7/10
50
00 NOTE: Hydraulic lines do not need to be disconnected
6 from hydraulic pump assemblies to remove
transmission.
CAUTION: Pump assembly is heavy. Use proper
–UN–28OCT02
lifting equipment to support pump. Failure to do
so may result in injury.
RXA0063496
Remove four hydraulic pump mounting cap screws (A).
Support with strap (B) and attach strap to lifting device.
Position pump assemblies as far forward as possible.
A—Hydraulic Pump Mounting Cap Screws (4 used)

B—Lifting Strap
–UN–28OCT02
RXA0063497

110906
PN=290
Disconnect rear axle drive shaft (A) from transmission.
Remove transmission fill tube (B) from transmission.
Disconnect and plug hoses (C).
–UN–17SEP01
Disconnect harness connector (D) from transmission.
For tractors (S.N. 011408— ), perform the following
RXA0057101
step:
Disconnect park brake sensor, park brake solenoid 1 and

park brake solenoid 2. (See TRANSMISSION HARNESS
ROUTING AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION—9020
Series w/PST (S.N. 011408— ) in Section 40.)
For tractors WITH PTO, perform the following steps:
–UN–17SEP01
Remove PTO clutch drive shaft.
Disconnect PTO clutch hoses from transmission.

50
RXA0057102
00
A—Drive Shaft 7
B—Transmission Fill Tube
C—Hoses
D—Transmission Harness Connector

110906
PN=291
For ALL tractors, perform the following steps:
Attach 3 lift brackets (A) to transmission as shown using

M12 x 80 mm 10.9 grade cap screws.
–UN–17SEP01
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Use only
hardware specified to attach to transmission.
Failure to do so may allow the transmission to
RXA0057104
fall.
Attach a chain to lifting device and support transmission.
Attach chain to transmission at position (A).
Remove transmission mount cap screw (C).
Lift transmission slightly, remove cap screws (D), and
–UN–17SEP01
remove left rear transmission mount (B) from
transmission.
Remove two oil cooler hoses (E) from transmission. Cap

50
RXA0057105
00 and plug to prevent contamination.
8
Remove right rear transmission mount from transmission.
Carefully remove transmission making sure all wiring A—JDG19 Lift Brackets
harnesses and hoses are clear of transmission. B—Transmission Mount
C—Transmission Mount Cap Screw
D—Cap Screws
E—Oil Cooler Hoses
OUO6046,0001B4C –19–08SEP03–10/10

110906
PN=292
Install Transmission to Rollover Stand

Bracket
Install adapter to engine rollover stand. (See INSTALL

ADAPTER TO ENGINE ROLLOVER STAND in CTM168.)
Install transmission mounting bracket to engine mounting

adapter. (See INSTALL TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
BRACKET in CTM168.)
Rotate the transmission mounting bracket to the vertical

position.
–UN–26FEB01
50
00
9
RXA0051531
Continued on next page OURX956,000008D –19–20AUG01–1/3

110906
PN=293
Position transmission with right side in mounting bracket

as shown.
Install bracket-to-transmission cap screws (A) and tighten.
Specification
Bracket-to-Transmission Cap
Screws—Torque ........................................................................... 475 N•m
(350 lb-ft)
A—Bracket-to-Transmission Cap Screws
50
00
10
–UN–26FEB01
RXA0051526
Continued on next page OURX956,000008D –19–20AUG01–2/3

110906
PN=294
Install bottom bracket-to-transmission cap screws (A) and

tighten.
Specification
Bottom Bracket-to-Transmission
Cap Screws (A)—Torque ............................................................. 240 N•m
(175 lb-ft)
Install outer bracket (B) to top bracket (C) and install cap
screws (D) and (E) and tighten.
Specification
Outer Bracket-to-Top Bracket
Cap Screws (D)—Torque ............................................................. 550 N•m
(400 lb-ft)
Outer Bracket-to-Transmission
Cap Screws (E)—Torque ............................................................. 475 N•m
(350 lb-ft)
A—Bottom Bracket-to-Transmission Cap Screws

B—Top/Outer Bracket
–UN–27FEB01
C—Top Bracket
D—Outer Bracket-to-Top Bracket Cap Screws
E—Outer Bracket-to-Transmission Cap Screws 50
F—Lift Chains 00
G—Lifting Brackets 11
RXA0051525
OURX956,000008D –19–20AUG01–3/3

110906
PN=295
Install Power Shift Transmission
Remove transmission from engine rotation stand.
Install transmission carefully so hoses and wiring

harnesses are not damaged.
Install oil cooler hoses to transmission.
–UN–17SEP01
Install rear transmission mounts to transmission
Rear Transmission Mount-To-Transmission—Specification
RXA0057125
Cap Screw—Torque ..................................................................... 275 N•m
(203 lb-ft)

Strength) to transmission mount-to-frame cap screws.
Tighten front and rear transmission mount-to-frame cap

screws.
Transmission Mount-To-Frame—Specification
50 Cap Screw—Torque ..................................................................... 350 N•m
00 (258 lb-ft)
12
IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump crankcase must be

filled with hydraulic oil prior to startup
to prevent pump damage.
Fill hydraulic pump crankcase. (See FILL HYDRAULIC

PUMP CRANKCASE in this Section 70, Group 00.)
Tighten hydraulic pump-to-transmission case cap screws.
Hydraulic Pump-To-Transmission Case—Specification

(166 lb-ft)
Tighten transmission drive shaft-to-engine coupler cap

screws.
Transmission Drive Shaft-To-Engine Coupler—Specification

(155 lb-ft)
Tighten transmission drive shaft-to-transmission yoke cap

screws.
Tighten transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft cap screws.
Continued on next page OURX956,000008E –19–01DEC05–1/2

110906
PN=296
Tighten transmission-to-PTO clutch drive shaft cap

screws.
Tighten transmission yoke-to-axle drive shaft (front and

rear axle) cap screws.
Drive Shaft—Specification
(110 lb-ft)
Align reservoir support bracket with location marks on

frame and install reservoir.
Install cab. (See INSTALL CAB in Section 90, Group 00.)
Fill axle lube pump with clean hydraulic oil.

Check and fill transmission oil level. (See CHECK

TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL in this group.)
50
00
13
OURX956,000008E –19–01DEC05–2/2
Check Transmission Oil Level
Run engine at 2100 rpm, with transmission in PARK for at

least 5 minutes (or longer with cold oil).
–UN–05SEP01
Stop engine and allow the oil level to stabilize in the sight
gauge (A) for at least 5 minutes. Recheck level and fill as
necessary.
RXA0056766
Add clean hydraulic oil through fill tube (B) if the oil level
is below center mark. Repeat checking procedure. Drain
oil from the transmission until level is between the marks
if the oil level is above top mark. Repeat checking
procedure. A—Sight Gauge
B—Fill Tube
NOTE: Oil may have a milky or foamy appearance while

tractor is running and after the tractor is shut off.
This condition is normal.
Oil level in the sight gauge may appear low while

tractor is running. This condition is normal.
OURX956,0000090 –19–20AUG01–1/1

110906
PN=297
50
00
14

110906
PN=298
Group 05
In Tractor Repair
NOTE: Order tools from the U.S. SERVICEGARD or RECOMMENDED TOOLS, as noted, are suggested to
SERVICEGARD or European Tool Catalogs.
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,00000EF –19–19SEP01–1/4
RW25383 –UN–02APR96
Yoke Holding Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG924
Remove and install yokes
OURX956,00000EF –19–19SEP01–2/4
RW25381 –UN–14JUN95
50
Bearing Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG926 05
1
Install input and output shaft oil seals. Use with JDG1487
Seal Installer Plate.
OURX956,00000EF –19–19SEP01–3/4
RW25388 –UN–15JUN95
Seal Installer Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1487
Install input and output shaft seals. Use with JDG926

Bearing Installer.
OURX956,00000EF –19–19SEP01–4/4
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Retains sensor.

242 (LOCTITE)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corporation OURX956,00000F0 –19–08NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=299
In Tractor Repair
Specifications
Filter Relief Valve Housing-to-Cover Torque 50 N•m

Input Yoke-to-Shaft Cap Screw Torque 435 N•m

(320 lb-ft)
Drive Shaft-to-Engine Coupler Cap Torque 210 N•m

Screw (155 lb-ft)
Transmission Input and Output Drive Torque 150 N•m

Shaft Cap Screw (110 lb-ft)
OURX956,00000F1 –19–19SEP01–1/1
50
05
Remove Filter Relief Valve
2
NOTE: The filter head assembly is not a service item.
The following information is for cleaning only.
Remove cap (A).
A—Filter Relief Valve Cap
–UN–30NOV00
YZ1987
OURX956,00000F2 –19–19SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=300
In Tractor Repair
Disassemble and Assemble Filter Relief

Valve
Remove and discard cap O-ring (A).
Remove spring (B).
Remove spool (C)
Install new cap O-ring.
–UN–26JAN01
Assemble in reverse order and tighten cap.
A—O-Ring
YZ1988A
B—Spring
C—Spool
OUO6046,0001B75 –19–24SEP03–1/1
50
Remove, Repair, and Install Filter Relief 05
Valve Housing 3
Remove oil filter inlet tube.
Remove filter head retaining cap screws (4 used).
–UN–22JAN01
YZ3174
Continued on next page OURX956,00000F4 –19–19SEP01–1/3

110906
PN=301
In Tractor Repair
Lubricate new O-rings (A) with transmission fluid and

install to relief valve housing.
A—Relief Valve Housing O-Rings
–UN–31JAN01
YZ1989A
OURX956,00000F4 –19–19SEP01–2/3
50
05 Position relief valve housing to rear housing and install
4 and tighten retaining cap screws.
Specification
Relief Valve Housing Cap
Screw-to-Rear Housing—Torque ................................................... 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft)
Install oil filter inlet tube.
Connect sensor lead.
–UN–30NOV00
YZ3006
OURX956,00000F4 –19–19SEP01–3/3

110906
PN=302
In Tractor Repair
Remove and Install Input and Output Yokes
For Input Yoke, perform the following steps:
Remove hydraulic oil reservoir. (See REMOVE AND
–UN–02OCT01
INSTALL HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR in Section 70,
Group 00.)
Remove U-bolt (B) and cap screws (A).
RXA0057344
Remove reservoir support bracket (C).
Remove input shaft (D) to access input yoke. (Input Shaft) Photo With Cab Removed for Clarity
NOTE: All yokes are installed and removed in the same

manner.
–UN–02OCT01
Remove PTO shields (E).
Remove PTO output shaft (F) to access PTO output yoke. 50

05
RXA0057336
5
For Output Yokes, perform the following step:
NOTE: Front and rear output yokes are installed and

PTO Output Shaft
removed in the same manner.
Remove output shaft (G) to access output yoke.
A—Cap Screws (3 used)

B—U-Bolt
–UN–02OCT01
C—Reservoir Support Bracket
D—Input Shaft
E—PTO Shields
F—PTO Output Shaft
G—Output Shaft
RXA0057335
Rear Output Shaft
Continued on next page OURX956,00000F8 –19–08NOV05–1/4

110906
PN=303
In Tractor Repair
Install JDG924 Yoke Holding Tool (A) to yoke (B) using

yoke cap screws (C).
Remove yoke retaining cap screw.
–UN–26FEB01
A—Yoke Holding Tool
B—Yoke
C—Cap Screws
RXA0051503
Remove Rear Output Yoke
OURX956,00000F8 –19–08NOV05–2/4
50
05 NOTE: Degrease cap screw threads and input shaft
6 tapped hole threads using a non-petroleum based
solvent.
Install yoke (A) to input shaft.
–UN–05FEB01
Strength) to cap screw threads.
RXA0051502
Install O-ring (B), washer (C), and cap screw (D).
A—Yoke
B—O-Ring Install Rear Output Yoke
C—Washer
D—Yoke Retaining Cap Screw
Continued on next page OURX956,00000F8 –19–08NOV05–3/4

110906
PN=304
In Tractor Repair
Install JDG924 Yoke Holding Tool to the yoke to prevent

the yoke from rotating while tightening.
Tighten cap screw.
–UN–26FEB01
Specification
Input Yoke-to-Shaft Cap Screw—
Torque .......................................................................................... 435 N•m
(320 lb-ft)
RXA0051524
screws.
Specification Tighten Rear Output Yoke Cap Screw

Drive Shaft-to-Engine Coupler
(155 lb-ft)
Tighten transmission input and output drive shaft cap

screws.
Specification
Transmission Input and Output
Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Torque .................................................. 150 N•m 50
(110 lb-ft) 05
7
OURX956,00000F8 –19–08NOV05–4/4

110906
PN=305
In Tractor Repair
Repair Internal Park Brake (S.N. 011408— )
CAUTION: Personal injury can occur when

removing park brake components which are
under pressure. The park brake pressure
–UN–04AUG03
system may be under pressure if one of the two
park brake valves stick open, even with the
engine off. When diagnosing the park brake
system, always attach a pressure gauge to the
RXA0069642
park brake pressure port before removing any
park brake component.
IMPORTANT: The brake cover is under belleville A—Oil Filter

spring pressure. All brake cover cap B—Yoke Assembly
screws (C) must be removed in C—Cap Screw (7 used)
sequence. Failure to remove in
sequence will result in damage to
internal park brake cover and cap
screws. Turn cap screws no more than
one complete turn at a time before
moving to the next cap screw. Keep all
50
05 cap screws evenly engaged.
8
Connect pressure gauge to park brake pressure port.
(See PARK BRAKE PRESSURE in PARK BRAKE
SYSTEM TEST [011408—] in TM1972, Section 260.)
Drain transmission fluid.
Remove rear output drive shaft.
Remove yoke assembly (B).
Remove oil filter (A).
Repair internal park brake. (See REMOVE REAR

HOUSING WITH INTERNAL PARK BRAKE in CTM168.)
OUO6046,0001B27 –19–01DEC05–1/1

110906
PN=306
In Tractor Repair
Replace Input and Output Shaft Seals
NOTE: All shaft oil seals are removed and installed in the
same manner.
–UN–05FEB01
Disconnect driveline.
Remove yoke. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL YOKE in

this group.)
RXA0051500
Remove and discard old oil seal.
Position new oil seal (A) in bearing retainer bore. Replace Input Shaft Oil Seal
A—Oil Seal
Install JDG1487 Seal Installer Plate (B). B—Seal Installer Plate
C—Bearing Installer
Position the JDG926 Bearing Installer (C) in the bore of
the seal installer plate.
50
05
9
OURX956,00000F6 –19–19SEP01–1/2
Force the seal into the bearing retainer until the seal
bottoms on the bearing retainer oil seal flange.
Install yoke. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL YOKES in this

group.)
–UN–05FEB01
Connect driveline.
A—Seal Installer Plate
RXA0051501
B—Bearing Installer
Install Input Shaft Oil Seal
OURX956,00000F6 –19–19SEP01–2/2

110906
PN=307
In Tractor Repair
50
05
10

110906
PN=308
Group 10
Transmission Repair
Repair 18-Speed PST
Refer to CTM for repair information.
–UN–06DEC96
RW50283A
OURX078,0000002 –19–03OCT01–1/1
50
10
1

110906
PN=309
Transmission Repair
50
10
2

110906
PN=310
Group 15
Transmission Cleanup
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OURX078,175 –19–12JUL99–1/2
Portable Filter Caddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT057461, 2
Clean hydraulic system oil
–UN–17MAY95
50
1
May be fabricated—Contact DTAC or Branch Office for alternate 15
fabricated flusher (DFRW117) 1
RW25352
2
Used with two JT05679 12-foot Hoses
AG,OURX078,175 –19–12JUL99–2/2

110906
PN=311
Perform Transmission Cleanup
IMPORTANT: Cleanup of transmission oil is needed

when the transmission system oil has
been contaminated. This will help
prevent failures in transmission system
components.
This procedure is not a substitute for

careful cleaning of parts and cavities
during repair. Badly contaminated oil
should not be used.
1. Obtain a JT05746 Filter Caddy.
2. During major repair, hand wash all parts and

components. Clean as much foreign material as
possible from transmission case before assembly.
3. After assembly of transmission, pump approximately
–UN–15DEC88
50 L (13 gal) oil from filter caddy into a container. Put
50 container under transmission drain plug port. Remove
15 plug.
2
RW15639
4. Put suction hose in container and output hose in
transmission filler neck. Operate filter caddy for
25 minutes for oil to pass through filter.
5. Install drain plug. Use filtered oil from transfer tank to

fill transmission.
6. Install a NEW filter and operate tractor for 100 hours

after repair. After 100 hours of operation remove the
old filter and install a NEW filter.
AG,OURX078,177 –19–12JUL99–1/1

110906
PN=312
Group 20
Clutch Control
Repair Clutch Pedal Assembly
1. Remove front console (A).
2. Remove air duct (B).
A—Front Console
B—Front Air Duct
–UN–15OCT01
RXA0057738
50
20
1
–UN–15OCT01
RXA0057742
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FB1 –19–13DEC05–1/3

110906
PN=313
Clutch Control
50
20
2
–UN–02DEC05
RXA0085228

110906
PN=314
Clutch Control
1—Cap Screw 11—Nut 20—Shaft 30—Shaft

2—Washer 12—Return Spring 21—Link 31—O-Ring
3—Bearing 13—Arm 22—Snap Ring 32—Support
4—Clutch Pedal 14—Cap Screw 23—Nut 33—O-Ring
5—Nut 15—Up/Down Switch 24—Spacer 34—Lock Washer
6—Washer Assembly 25—Clutch Position Sensor 35—Nut
7—Cap Screw 16—Bushing 26—Support 36—Screw
8—Bearing 17—Link 27—Cap Screw 37—Plate (Later Models)
9—Bushing 18—Cap Screw 28—Lock Washer 38—Bracket (Later Models)
10—Snap Ring 19—Bracket (Early Models) 29—Cap Screw
3. Disassemble clutch assembly. Replace components ADJUST CLUTCH POSITION SENSOR in

as necessary. Section 40, Group 30.)
4. Assemble in reverse order using the following IMPORTANT: Make sure the open ends of pedal
special instructions: return spring (12) face toward rear of
cab.
• If up/down switch assembly (15) has been
replaced, calibrate switches. (See CTM 280, • Install pedal return spring (12).
Group 35.)
• If clutch position sensor (25) has been replaced,
adjust sensor. (See REMOVE, INSPECT, and
50
20
3
OUO1073,0001FB1 –19–13DEC05–3/3

110906
PN=315
Clutch Control
50
20
4

110906
PN=316
Section 52
12-Speed Power Shift Transmission (9000)
Contents
Page Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-30-5

Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-1 Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-30-7
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-3 Group 35—Upper 7-Inch Clutch Assembly
Power Shift Transmission Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-35-1
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-35-2
Install In Engine Rotation Stand. . . . . . . . . . .52-00-9 Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views . . . . . . . .52-35-3
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-10 Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-35-5
Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-11 Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-35-8
Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-13
Group 40—Compound Shaft Assembly
Group 05—Clutch Control Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-40-1
Clutch Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-05-1 Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views . . . . . . . .52-40-2
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-40-3
Group 10—Transmission Oil Filter Relief Valve Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-40-4
Housing and Oil Pump
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-1 Group 45—9-Inch Clutch Assembly
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-2 Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-45-1 52
Filter Relief Valve Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-45-1
Oil Distribution Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-4 Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views . . . . . . . .52-45-2
Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-6 Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-45-4
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-45-6
Group 15—Transmission Pressure Regulating
Valve Group 50—Front and Rear Housings
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-15-1 Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-15-2 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-2
Pressure Regulating Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-15-2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-3
Disassemble Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-4
Group 20—On-Off and Modulating Shift Solenoids Remove and Install Shafts and Clutches . . . . . .52-50-6
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-1 Front and Rear Housing Repair. . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-10
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-1 Assemble Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-13
Replace Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-2 Clutch Shaft End Play Adjustment. . . . . . . . . .52-50-13
Modulating Shift Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-2 Shaft Oil Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-23
On-Off Shift Valve Solenoids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-4 Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-25
Speed Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-26
Group 25—8-Inch Clutch Assembly
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-25-1 Group 55—Transmission Cleanup
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-25-1 Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .52-55-1
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views . . . . . . . .52-25-2 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-55-1
Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-25-4 Transmission Cleanup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-55-2
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-25-6
Group 30—Lower 7-Inch Clutch Assembly

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-30-2
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views . . . . . . . .52-30-3

110906
PN=1
Contents
52

110906
PN=2
Group 00
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OUOD004,623 –19–07MAR00–1/5
RW25402 –UN–08APR96
Hydraulic Reservoir Siphon Tube . . . . . . . . . DFRW1161
Drain hydraulic reservoir
1
AG,OUOD004,623 –19–07MAR00–2/5
52
RW80285 –UN–07DEC99 00
1
Alignment Tool Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1327
Align transmission and PTO drive shafts
AG,OUOD004,623 –19–07MAR00–3/5
–UN–17MAY95
1
May be fabricated—Contact DTAC or Branch Office for alternate
fabricated flusher (DFRW117).
RW25352
2
Continued on next page AG,OUOD004,623 –19–07MAR00–4/5

110906
PN=319
Transmission Mounting Adapter Set . . . . . . . . . JT05887
–UN–20AUG96
RW25487
AG,OUOD004,623 –19–07MAR00–5/5
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Seals contacting surfaces.

PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. AG,OUOD004,624 –19–07NOV05–1/1

52
00
2

110906
PN=320
Specifications
Rear Transmission Mount-to-Frame Torque 350 N•m


Transmission Drive Shaft-to-Engine Torque 210 N•m

Coupler Cap Screws (155 lb-ft)

Screws

Transmission-to-PTO Clutch Drive Torque 150 N•m



52
Shaft Cap Screws (110 lb-ft) 00
3
Screws (166 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD004,625 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=321
Remove Power Shift Transmission

00.)
Drain hydraulic reservoir. (See DRAIN AND FILL
–UN–30JUL96
Remove remaining oil from reservoir through reservoir fill

neck using DFRW116 Siphon Tube attached to JT05746
RW50224A
Filter Caddy/Transmission-Hydraulic Flusher.
Drain transmission into separate pan from hydraulic

reservoir oil. A—Bracket
B—Cap Screw
Remove bracket (A) and put surge tank on top of engine. C—Cap Screw
NOTE: Do not remove cap screw (B). Doing this will

require adjustment of the hood and striker pin.
Remove cap screw (C).
AG,OUOD004,626 –19–07MAR00–1/9
52
00
4
–UN–17JUL96
A—Hoses
B—Sensor
C—Hose Clamp
RW50247A

110906
PN=322
Remove front axle drive shaft (A).
Disconnect and plug hoses and line (B).
Disconnect and plug two hoses from bottom of axle lube

pump.
Plug all pump ports and fittings.
Disconnect axle lube pressure sensor located on bottom

of axle lube pump.
A—Drive Shaft
–UN–21NOV96
B—Hoses and Lines
RW50320A
AG,OUOD004,626 –19–07MAR00–3/9
52
00
5
Disconnect sensor (B) located on front of hydraulic oil

reservoir.
–UN–21NOV96
A—Hose
B—Sensor
RW50321A
–UN–21NOV96
RW50322A

110906
PN=323
Remove cap screws (B) and carefully remove reservoir.
Plug inlet manifold located on top of charge pump.
A—Hoses
B—Cap Screws
–UN–21NOV96
RW50323A
AG,OUOD004,626 –19–07MAR00–5/9
Remove step (A).

52 Remove tie band securing steering valve hoses to

00 reservoir support.
6
Mark location of reservoir support bracket in relation to

frame at locations (B).
–UN–21NOV96
misalignment.
Remove cap screws at locations (B) and (C) and carefully
RW50324A
remove reservoir support bracket.
A—Step
B—Support Locations
C—Front Support Locations

110906
PN=324
Remove drive shaft guard and remove transmission drive

shaft (A).
Disconnect and plug hoses (B).
Plug all pump ports.

lifting equipment for pump removal. Failure to
do so may result in injury.
Support pump assemblies with strap (C) and attach strap

to lifting device.
Remove two pump mounting cap screws (D) and carefully

remove pump assemblies as a unit.
NOTE: Hydraulic pump assembly is sealed to

transmission using Threadlock and Sealer and
–UN–21NOV96
may need to be pried from transmission.
Remove cap screws (E) and move hoses and lines to the
right.
RW50325A
A—Transmission Drive Shaft 52
B—Hydraulic Hoses 00
C—Lifting Strap 7
D—Hydraulic Pump Mounting Cap Screws
E—Hydraulic Line Clamps Retaining Cap Screws

110906
PN=325
Remove tie band (B).
Disconnect and plug hoses (C).
Disconnect all solenoid and sensor connectors and

remove harness tie bands.
Remove PTO clutch drive shaft.
Disconnect PTO clutch hoses from transmission.
A—Drive Shaft
B—Tie Band
C—Hoses
–UN–21NOV96
RW50326A
AG,OUOD004,626 –19–07MAR00–8/9
52
00
8
Attach chain to transmission lift bracket (A).
Remove front transmission mounts from frame.
Remove rear transmission mounts from frame.
IMPORTANT: Some tractors will, or should have,

shims under transmission mounts. The
front and rear mounts will have different
shim thicknesses and should not be
mixed. If shims are present, mark them
for reassembly.
–UN–21NOV96
Carefully remove transmission making sure all wiring

harnesses and hoses are clear of transmission.
RW50220A
A—Bracket
AG,OUOD004,626 –19–07MAR00–9/9

110906
PN=326
Install Transmission on Engine Rotation

Stand
Remove rubber sound barrier from transmission.
Install JT05887 Transmission Adapter Set on D05223ST

Engine Rotation Stand. Do not tighten mounting hardware.
CAUTION: Do not attach hoist to upper adapter

bracket. Lifting the transmission with this
bracket can cause the transmission to fall and
cause serious bodily injury.
Use only the hardware specified to mount

transmission in rotation stand. Failure to do so
may allow the transmission to fall and cause
serious bodily injury.
Attach hoist to transmission lift bracket furnished with

transmission.
–UN–18DEC91
Install transmission on engine rotation stand, using three
5/8-11 UNC x 1-5/8 in. cap screws at holes (A).
RW19563
Tighten adapter bracket-to-engine rotation stand cap
screws.
52
A—Cap Screw Holes 00
9
AG,OUOD004,627 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=327
Install Power Shift Transmission
Remove transmission from engine rotation stand. Tighten transmission drive shaft-to-engine coupler cap
screws.
harnesses are not damaged. Transmission Drive Shaft-To-Engine Coupler—Specification
Cap Screw—Torque .............................................................. 210 N•m
(155 lb-ft)
IMPORTANT: If shims were installed previous to
repair they must be put back in their
Tighten transmission drive shaft-to-transmission yoke
correct locations during assembly. If
cap screws.
shims were NOT present, the tractor
serial number should be checked.
Tighten transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft cap
See table in Shim Transmission, this
screws.
group.
Tighten front and rear transmission mount-to-frame
screws.
cap screws.
Transmission Mount-To-Frame—Specification Tighten transmission yoke-to-axle drive shaft (front and

Cap Screw—Torque .............................................................. 350 N•m rear axle) cap screws.
(258 lb-ft)
Drive Shaft—Specification
(110 lb-ft)
filled with hydraulic oil prior to
startup to prevent pump damage.
frame.
52 PUMP CRANKCASE in this Section 70, Group 00.)
00 Fill axle lube pump with clean hydraulic oil.
10
Clean pump assembly mounting surfaces and apply
PM38657 High-Flex Form-in-Place Gasket.
Tighten hydraulic pump-to-transmission case cap
Check and fill transmission oil level. (See CHECK
screws.
TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL in this group.)
Hydraulic Pump-To-Transmission Case—Specification
(166 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD004,628 –19–01DEC05–1/1

110906
PN=328
Shim Transmission
Check tractor serial number with chart to verify that tractor

needs shims.
Model Number Needs Shims Shims Factory Shims Not

Installed Required
9100 ( -20979) (20980-30086) (30087- )
9200 ( -20981) (20982-30089) (30090- )
9300 ( -20968) (20969-30091) (30092- )
9400 ( -20969) (20970-30084) (30085- )
–UN–28MAR00
IMPORTANT: Removing both front and rear
transmission mounts at the same time
can cause transmission to shift,
RW78440
possibly causing damage and injury.
Remove both front transmission mount cap screws and

nuts (A).
Using a suitable jack, lift transmission just enough to slip

one 3 mm shim (R168301) between rubber isolator (B)
and transmission mount (C).
Lower transmission.
Install and retighten cap screws to fully seat the isolators

(B).
52
–UN–28MAR00
00
Transmission Mount-to-Frame—Specification
11
Cap Screws—Torque ................................................................... 350 N•m
(258 lb-ft)
Remove both rear transmission mount cap screws and
RW78441
nuts (D).
Using a suitable jack lift transmission just enough to slip

A—Transmission Mount Cap Screws (Front)
one 2.3 mm shim (R168302) between rubber isolator (F) B—Rubber Isolators (Front)
and transmission mount (E). C—Front Transmission Mounts
D—Transmission Mount Cap Screws (Rear)
Install and retighten cap screws to fully seat the isolators E—Transmission Mounts (Rear)
F—Rubber Isolators (Rear)
(F).
G—Transmission-To-Gudgeon Drive Shaft
Remove transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft (G).

110906
PN=329
Check Transmission-to-Gudgeon Drive Shaft

Alignment
IMPORTANT: Tractor must be positioned as straight

as possible to perform the following
test.
NOTE: JDG1327-51 Adapters (C) must be used on

9300-9400 tractors.
–UN–07DEC99
Install JDG1327-11 Adjustable Alignment Tool (A) to
gudgeon yoke and tighten cap screws. Turn adjustable
bushing in as far as possible to gain clearance to install
RW80287
JDG1327-21 Non-Adjustable Alignment Tool.
Install JDG1327-2 Non-Adjustable Alignment Tool on

transmission yoke and tighten cap screws.
Turn adjustable bushing out until it either contacts or goes

over pointer of Non-Adjustable Alignment Tool.
NOTE: IF adjustable bushing contacts or misses pointer,

the gudgeon will have to be shimmed. (For
shimming procedure, see Replace Hinge Pins and
Bushings in Section 95, Group 05.)
–UN–07DEC99
Remove tools and reinstall driveline.
52
00
12 Drive Shaft—Specification
RW80286
(110 lb-ft)
A—JDG1327-1 Adjustable Alignment Tool

B—JDG1327-2 Non-Adjustable Alignment Tool
C—JDG1327-5 Adapter
1
Part of JDG1327 Alignment Tool Set
AG,OUOD004,703 –19–28MAR00–2/2

110906
PN=330
Run engine for at least 5 minutes at 2100 rpm, with

transmission in NEUTRAL and hand brake engaged,
before driving the tractor. Stop engine and allow the oil
level to stabilize in the sight gauge (A) for at least 5
–UN–26AUG96
minutes. Recheck level and fill as necessary.
NOTE: The oil level may stabilize at a higher level when

oil temperature is warm. This is normal.
RW56142
Oil with a milky or foamy appearance, while
engine is running and after the engine is stopped,
is normal. A—Sight Gauge
AG,OUOD004,629 –19–07MAR00–1/1
52
00
13

110906
PN=331
52
00
14

110906
PN=332
Group 05
Clutch Control
Repair Clutch Pedal
Remove cowl covers (A).
A—Cowl Covers
–UN–03SEP96
RW36056
AG,OUOD004,630 –19–07MAR00–1/3
52
05
1
Remove front air duct (A).
A—Air Duct
–UN–27NOV96
RW36081

110906
PN=333
Clutch Control
–UN–27NOV96
52
RW36082
05
2
Exploded View—Clutch Pedal Parts
A—Pedal-to-Support Cap G—Bushing M—Pedal Return Spring S—Sensor Support

Screw H—Ball Bearing N—Shaft T—O-Ring
B—Washer I—Clutch Operating Arm O—Link U—Sensor Support
C—Ball Bearing J—Chain Link P—Clip V—O-Ring
D—Clutch Pedal K—Clutch On/Off Switch Q—Spacer W—Lock Washer
E—Nut L—Clutch Switch Bracket R—Clutch Position Sensor X—Sensor Shaft with Arm
F—Arm-to-Support Cap Screw
Remove, disassemble, and replace parts as necessary Adjust the potentiometer if clutch position sensor is
and assemble and install in reverse order. replaced. (See REMOVE, INSPECT, AND ADJUST
CLUTCH POSITION SENSOR in Section 40, Group
IMPORTANT: Make sure the open ends of the 30.)
pedal return spring face to the rear
of the cab. Install air duct and cowl covers.
Adjust switch position if clutch on/off switch is

replaced. (See REPLACE CLUTCH ON/OFF SWITCH
in Section 40, Group 25.)
AG,OUOD004,630 –19–07MAR00–3/3

110906
PN=334
Group 10
Transmission Oil Filter Relief Valve Housing and Oil Pump
RW25602 –UN–05DEC96
1-1/16 in. Service Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D05247ST
Remove and install On-Off solenoids
AG,OUOD004,631 –19–07MAR00–2/4
RW25539 –UN–28AUG96
1
WEATHER PACK Extraction Tool . . . . . . . . JDG364
Remove wires from connectors
52
10
1
WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric
1
Included in JT07195A Electrical Repair Kit
AG,OUOD004,631 –19–07MAR00–3/4
RW78437 –UN–23MAR00
1
Snap Ring Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1257
Install Tru-Arc snap ring in top shaft oil manifold of PST

transmission
1
Recommended Tool
AG,OUOD004,631 –19–07MAR00–4/4

110906
PN=335
Specifications
Oil Pump Body Torque 36 N•m

(27 lb-ft)
Oil Pump-to-Transmission Torque 88 N•m

(65 lb-ft)
Filter Relief Valve Torque 48 N•m

Housing-to-Bracket (35 lb-ft)
Oil Distribution Manifold Valve Spring Free Length 44.5 mm

(1.8 in.)
Test Length 23.6 mm at 166—202 N
(0.90 in. at 37—45.5 lb force)
AG,OUOD004,632 –19–07MAR00–1/1
Remove and Install Transmission Filter Relief

Valve Housing
Remove oil filter (F).
52 Disconnect hydraulic lines (A—C) and electrical

10
connectors (D) and (E).
2
Remove filter housing (G) from bracket (H).
Install relief valve housing and tighten cap screws.
Filter Relief Valve Housing-to-Bracket—Specification

(35 lb-ft)
Connect hydraulic hoses and electrical connectors.
Install oil filter.

–UN–27NOV96
A—Filter Inlet Line

B—Filter Outlet Line
C—Drain Line
D—Filter Restriction Sensor Connector
E—Pressure Sensor Connector
RW36078
F—Oil Filter
G—Filter Relief Valve Housing
H—Bracket
AG,OUOD004,633 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=336
Disassemble and Assemble Filter Relief

Valve Housing
NOTE: Housing is not repairable.
Remove sensor (A) if necessary.
–UN–27NOV96
A—Sensor
RW36079
AG,OUOD004,634 –19–07MAR00–1/2
Inspect parts for wear or damage.
Replace parts (C—E).
A—Adapter
B—Bypass Valve
–UN–09APR90
C—Backup Ring
D—O-Ring
E—O-Ring
F—Pressure Sensor
RW18088
AG,OUOD004,634 –19–07MAR00–2/2
52
10
3

110906
PN=337
Repair Oil Distribution Manifold
–UN–27MAR00
52
10
4
RW78435
–UN–27MAR00
–UN–27MAR00
RW78438
RW78439

110906
PN=338
A—Oil Distribution Manifold F—Valve (2 used) K—Yoke P—Cap Screw

B—Filter Screen (2 used) G—Spring (2 used) L—O-Ring Q—Connector
C—On-Off Solenoid (2 used) H—Gasket M—Cap Screws R—Wire
D—O-Rings I—Cap (Without PTO) N—Shim S—JDG1257 Snap Ring Rods
E—Snap Ring (2 used) J—Seal O—Retaining Washer
NOTE: Manifold is located on the top rear of the Remove and inspect filter screens (B). Replace as
transmission. necessary.
Disconnect On-Off solenoid wire connector (Q). Install valve (F) in bore as shown with spring (G).
Place snap ring (E) in rod ends of JDG1257 Snap
For Tractor with PTO, do the following steps: Ring Rods (S) and push wire down to collapse snap
ring.
Remove cap screws (P), retainer (O), shims (N), and
O-ring (L). Pull yoke (K) off shaft while holding O-ring Install snap ring and tool into bore while holding valve
(L). down with a screwdriver. With snap ring and valve
down past groove carefully pull up on wire (R) while
Remove seal (J) if necessary. holding tool in place to release snap ring. Carefully
release valve pressure and see that snap ring engages
Install seal (J) in oil manifold using a 74 mm or groove.
2-15/16 in. driver disk and a 66 mm or 2-5/8 in. pilot
disk. Install new O-rings (D) on solenoid valves according to
chart below, and install valves in manifold.
Clean housing area around manifold to keep debris
from entering transmission. O-Ring Placement Chart
Part Color Number

Remove cap screws (M) from manifold (A) and remove Number Code of Dots Location
manifold. R98803 Blue 2 Next to nut, very top of 52
threads 10
Disconnect wire pins from harness connector using R98804 Red 2 Top O-ring on plastic, 5
JDG364 Weather Pack Extraction Tool. bottom of threads
R98805 Gold 1 Center O-ring on plastic
valve
Remove On-Off solenoids (C) from manifold (A) using R98806 Gold 2 Bottom of plastic valve
a D05247ST Service Wrench.
Replace gasket (H) if manifold has been removed from
Remove snap ring (E) while holding down on valve (F) transmission.
to overcome spring pressure.
Inspect and replace parts (E—G) as necessary.
Specification
New Spring—Free Length ..................................................... 44.5 mm
(1.8 in.)
Test Length ................................................... 23.6 mm at 166—202 N
(0.90 in. at 37—45.5 lb force)
AG,OUOD004,635 –19–07MAR00–2/2

110906
PN=339
Remove, Inspect, and Install Oil Pump
Remove oil pump (A).
A—Oil Pump
–UN–27NOV96
RW36088
AG,OUOD004,636 –19–07MAR00–1/3
Remove pump coupler (A) and adapter (B).
A—Pump Coupler
B—Adapter
–UN–27NOV96
RW36089
AG,OUOD004,636 –19–07MAR00–2/3
52
10
6
Remove spacer (A) and four Socket-head screws to
separate pump.
NOTE: Bushings in housings are not replaceable.
Inspect pump gears and shafts and replace as necessary.
–UN–24FEB89
Assemble pump housings and tighten socket-head
screws. Make sure pump shaft turns easily.
Pump Housing—Specification RW13366

(27 lb-ft)
A—Spacer
Install coupler, adapter, and pump to transmission and
tighten cap screws.
Pump-To-Transmission—Specification
(65 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD004,636 –19–07MAR00–3/3

110906
PN=340
Group 15
Transmission Pressure Regulating Valve
RW25602 –UN–05DEC96
AG,OUOD004,637 –19–07MAR00–2/3
RW25539 –UN–28AUG96
1
WEATHER PACK Extraction Tool . . . . . . . . .JDG364
52
15
1
1
AG,OUOD004,637 –19–07MAR00–3/3

110906
PN=341
Specifications
Valve Housing-to-Transmission Torque 36 N•m

(27 lb-ft)
Valve Housing Cover Torque 20 N•m

(180 lb-in.)
Pressure Regulating Valve Pressure Setting 1480 kPa (14.8 bar)

(215 psi)
Pressure Regulator Valve
Inner Spring Free Length 75 mm

(2.9 in.)
Test Length 56 mm at 180—200 N
(2.20 in. at 40.4—44.8 lb force)
Outer Spring Free Length 84 mm

(3.3 in.)
(2.20 in. at 67.6—75 lb force)
Lube Regulator Valve Spring Free Length 84 mm

52
15 (3.3 in.)
2 Test Length 64 mm at 190—238 N
(2.50 in. at 42.6—53.6 lb force)
AG,OUOD004,638 –19–07MAR00–1/1
Remove, Inspect, and Install Pressure

Regulating Valve
Remove cover (A) from valve housing.

–UN–24FEB89
A—Cover
RW13367

110906
PN=342
Remove eight socket-head screws and remove valve

housing.
Remove cap from valve housing.
Remove valves (A) and (B).
–UN–24FEB89
NOTE: The On-Off solenoids are not repairable.
Remove the On-Off solenoid using a D05247ST Service
RW13368
Wrench.
Remove all gasket material from both sides of valve.
Clean and inspect all parts.
Specification
New Spring (C)—Free Length ........................................................ 75 mm
(2.9 in.)
–UN–27NOV96
Test Length............................................................. 56 mm at 180—200 N
(2.20 in. at 40.4—44.8 lb force)
New Spring (D)—Free Length ........................................................ 84 mm
(3.3 in.)
RW36080
(2.20 in. at 67.6—75 lb force)
New Spring (E)—Free Length ......................................................... 84 mm
(3.3 in.)
(2.50 in. at 42.6—53.6 lb force) A—Pressure Regulator Valve
B—Lube Regulator Valve 52
C—Pressure Regulator Valve Inner Spring 15
Check pressure after valve has been assembled. 3
D—Pressure Regulator Valve Outer Spring
E—Lube Regulator Valve Spring
Add or deduct shims to get specified main pressure. Each
shim equals 35—48 kPa (0.35—0.48 bar) (5—7 psi).
Specification
Pressure Setting—Pressure ....................................... 1480 kPa (14.8 bar)
(215 psi)
Install new gaskets.
Install valve housing and tighten socket-head screws.
Valve Housing—Specification
Socket-Head Screws—Torque ....................................................... 36 N•m
(27 lb-ft)
Install valve housing cover and tighten cap screws.
Valve Housing Cover—Specification

Socket-Head Screws—Torque ....................................................... 20 N•m
(15 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD004,639 –19–07MAR00–2/2

110906
PN=343
52
15
4

110906
PN=344
Group 20
On-Off and Modulating Shift Solenoids
RW25602 –UN–05DEC96
AG,OUOD004,640 –19–07MAR00–2/3
RW25539 –UN–28AUG96
1
WEATHER PACK Extraction Tool . . . . . . . . .JDG364
52
20
1
1
AG,OUOD004,640 –19–07MAR00–3/3
Specifications
Solenoid Operating Pressure 1280—1410 kPa (12.8—14.1 bar)

(185—205 psi)
AG,OUOD004,641 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=345
Replace Solenoids
NOTE: The power shift transmission uses two different

types of solenoids—On-Off shift solenoids (A) and
modulating shift solenoids (B). The solenoids are
not repairable. When a modulating shift solenoid
–UN–24FEB89
requires replacement, the whole unit has to be
replaced.
RW13370
A—On-Off Shift Solenoids
B—Modulating Shift Solenoids
AG,OUOD004,642 –19–07MAR00–1/1
Remove and Replace Modulating Shift Valves
IMPORTANT: Removal of the individual valves from

the modulating shift valve assembly will
destroy the correct adjustment.
52 Modulating shift valve assemblies are
–UN–24FEB89
20 not repairable.
2
Remove five cap screws (A) to remove modulating shift

valve assembly.
RW13437
Remove old gasket material from transmission case.
Install new gasket and a new modulating shift valve A—Cap Screws
assembly.
AG,OUOD004,644 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=346
Clean and Inspect Modulating Shift Valves
IMPORTANT: DO NOT disassemble valves.

Inspection, cleaning, and operational
checks of the valves is required after a
clutch failure. The valve must be
replaced if the valve passages can not
be cleaned.
Remove the valve assembly from the transmission noting

the valve location.
Remove the O-ring (A) and inlet screen (B).
Flush any debris from the inlet screen and oil passages
using clean solvent. Replace the screen if necessary.
Inspect the valve for any burrs that could cause valve
malfunction.
–UN–15JAN93
Install the valve assembly to the original location on the
transmission.
A—O-Ring
RW22281
B—Inlet Screen
52
20
3
AG,OUOD004,643 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=347
Remove and Replace On-Off Shift Valve

Solenoids
Separate the harness connector.
Remove On-Off shift solenoids (A) using a D05247ST
–UN–24FEB89
Service Wrench.
NOTE: Use JDG364 Extraction Tool to remove and install

On-Off solenoid wiring leads from harness
RW13436
connector.
Remove the wiring leads from the good solenoid if one of

A—On-Off Shift Solenoids
the input shaft rear end cap On-Off solenoids is faulty.
Remove faulty solenoid with harness connector.
Install new solenoid with harness connector and install

wiring leads from good solenoid into connector.
AG,OUOD004,645 –19–07MAR00–1/1
52
20
4

110906
PN=348
Group 25
8-Inch Clutch Assembly
RW25572 –UN–05DEC96
PST Clutch Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW131
Hold clutch plates and disks in position during assembly
1
AG,OUOD004,646 –19–07MAR00–2/3
52
25
1
Power Shift Transmission Repair Kit . . . . . . . . JDG-PST
Repair power shift transmission
–UN–23OCT89
RW17420
AG,OUOD004,646 –19–07MAR00–3/3
Specifications
Clutch Disk
New Thickness 3.02—3.15 mm

(0.119—0.124 in.)
Minimum Acceptable Thickness 2.97 mm

(0.117 in.)
AG,OUOD004,647 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=349
Cross-Sectional View—8-Inch Clutch Assembly
–UN–27NOV96
RW36083
1—Clutch Shaft 9—Roller Bearing (2 used) 17—Piston Housing 24—Packing Ring (2 used)
52 2—Sealing Ring Carrier 10—Rear Gear and Drive 18—Piston Anti-Rotation Pin 25—Pin
25 3—Sealing Ring (4 used) Assembly (1 Each Piston) 26—OD Piston Packing Ring
2 4—Bearing (2 used) 11—Needle Thrust Bearing 19—Dump Valve Sleeve (2 used)
5—Spacer (2 used) (4 used) (2 used) 27—Clutch Piston (2 used)
6—Snap Ring (2 used) 12—Snap Ring (2 used) 20—Spring (2 used) 28—Snap Ring (2 used)
7—Thrust Washer (Silver) 13—Clutch Hub (2 used) 21—Snap Ring (2 used) 29—Front Gear and Drive Ring
(4 used) 14—Clutch Disk (18 used) 22—Dump Valve Stem (2 used) Assembly
8—Thrust Washer (Black) 15—Clutch Plate (18 used) 23—Dump Valve (2 used) 30—Roller Bearing
(4 used) 16—Spring Retainer Assembly
(2 used)
AG,OUOD004,648 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=350
Exploded View—8-Inch Clutch Assembly
52
25
3
–UN–13MAR90
RW13318
AG,OUOD004,649 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=351
Disassemble and Inspect 8-Inch Clutch
1. Remove 8-inch clutch shaft assembly. (See REMOVE

AND INSTALL 8-INCH CLUTCH SHAFT ASSEMBLY
in Group 50.)
NOTE: Refer to 8-Inch Clutch Assembly—Cross-Sectional

View and Exploded View during disassembly
steps.
–UN–07APR00
2. Remove four sealing rings from rear of clutch shaft
assembly.
3. Install a knife-edge puller under roller bearing. Install
RW78445
appropriate legs in puller. Remove roller bearing and
sealing ring carrier using a push-puller set and
hydraulic jack.
For REAR clutch, perform Steps 4—15.
4. Remove spacer (C) and snap ring.
5. Remove two thrust washers and needle thrust bearing.
–UN–24FEB89
6. Remove gear and drive ring assembly (D).
7. Remove roller bearing.
RW13380
52
25
4 NOTE: There are two rear roller bearings and one front
roller bearing in the gear and drive ring
assemblies. A—Sealing Ring Carrier
B—Tapered Roller Bearing
C—Spacer
8. Remove thrust washers and needle thrust bearings. D—Gear

110906
PN=352
9. Put assembly in press and apply load to clutch hub.
10. Remove snap ring, remove assembly from press and

lift off clutch hub.
11. Remove and inspect clutch disks and separator

plates. Replace as necessary.
Specification
Clutch Disk—New.............................................................. 3.02—3.15 mm
(0.119—0.124 in.)
Minimum Acceptable Thickness ................................................... 2.97 mm
(0.117 in.)
NOTE: There are ten disks and separator plates on the

rear clutch and eight on the front.
–UN–07NOV90
RW18608
AG,OUOD004,650 –19–07MAR00–2/5
52
25
5
12. Remove piston and spring retainer assembly by
applying compressed air to holes (A) in shaft. Try
each hole until piston lifts upward.
13. Remove packing rings from OD and ID of piston.
–UN–27NOV96
A—Holes
RW36090
AG,OUOD004,650 –19–07MAR00–3/5
NOTE: There are two dump valve assemblies in the

piston housing.
14. Depress dump valve (A) to remove snap ring. Dump

valve is under spring pressure.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Dump Valve
RW13383

110906
PN=353
15. Remove dump valve components.
For FRONT clutch, perform Steps 16—18.
16. Turn over the remainder of 8-inch clutch assembly.
–UN–07NOV90
17. Install a knife-edge puller under front bearing. Install
appropriate legs in puller to remove front roller
bearing using a push-puller set and hydraulic jack.
RW18606
18. Repeat Steps 4—13.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT disassemble piston housing

assembly from shaft. If damage has A—Sleeve
B—Valve
occurred to the shaft/piston housing
C—Spring
assembly, the complete assembly must D—Piston
be replaced.
19. Clean and inspect all parts. Make sure all oil
passages are clean.
AG,OUOD004,650 –19–07MAR00–5/5
52
25
6
Assemble 8-Inch Clutch
IMPORTANT: All oil seals, gaskets, O-rings, lock 1. Install dump valve components into piston housing.
plates, packing, seal rings, snap Push valve into housing until snap ring can be
rings, and damaged shims must be installed.
replaced during transmission repair.
2. Lubricate and install piston packing rings to OD and
DO NOT clean clutch disks in ID of clutch piston. Install piston with spring retainer
solvent. Soak new disks in assembly into piston housing. Make sure piston is
transmission oil one hour before aligned with anti-rotation pin.
assembling.

110906
PN=354
3. Alternately install disks and separator plates on the

clutch hub. A disk must be next to the hub and a steel
separator plate must be next to the piston.
4. Install two DFRW13 PST Clutch Clips, 180 degrees

apart, to hold disks and plates onto hub.
–UN–24FEB89
5. Install the clamped plates and hub onto shaft
assembly.
RW13385
6. Put assembly in press and compress clutch hub until
snap ring can be installed. Remove the clutch clips and
remove assembly from press.
IMPORTANT: Make sure larger OD (darker) thrust

washer is installed and is contacting
the roller bearing in the drive gear
assemblies.
7. Install thrust washer with smaller OD. Install needle

thrust bearing and thrust washer with larger OD
(darker) on shaft assembly.
8. Align teeth of disks and install gear and drive ring

assembly. Move assembly back and forth with slight
upward pressure to aid installation.
52
9. Install bearing into bore of gear and drive ring 25
assembly. 7
NOTE: There is one roller bearing in the front and two

roller bearings in the rear gear and drive ring
assemblies.
10. Install thrust washer with larger OD (darker) into gear

and drive ring assembly. Install needle thrust bearing
and thrust washer with smaller OD.
11. Install snap ring and spacer. Make sure spacer ring is
positioned so the snap ring is in the recess of the
spacer.

110906
PN=355
CAUTION: Heat parts in bearing heater at not

more than 137°C (275°F) for no longer than 30
minutes.
Plan a safe handling procedure to avoid burns.
12. Heat tapered roller bearing.
NOTE: JDG652-1 is part of JDG-PST Power Shift

Transmission Service Kit.
13. Install bearing. Seat bearing, after cooling, using a

JDG652-11 Bearing Installer and a press to apply
45 kN (5 tons) of force.
14. Turn assembly over to assemble remainder of shaft

assembly.
16. Heat piston ring carrier and install on shaft. After

cooling, seat carrier using JDG652-11 Bearing Installer
and a press to apply 45 kN (5 tons) of force.
17. Install 8-inch clutch shaft assembly. (See REMOVE

AND INSTALL 8-INCH CLUTCH SHAFT ASSEMBLY
52 in Group 50.)
25
8
1
Included in JDG-PST Power Shift Transmission Repair Kit
AG,OUOD004,651 –19–07MAR00–3/3

110906
PN=356
Group 30
Lower 7-Inch Clutch Assembly
RW25572 –UN–05DEC96
1
AG,OUOD004,652 –19–07MAR00–2/3
52
30
1
–UN–23OCT89
RW17420
AG,OUOD004,652 –19–07MAR00–3/3

110906
PN=357
Specifications
Clutch Piston-to-Separator Plate Clearance 1.3—2.0 mm

(0.050—0.080 in.)
Front Gear and Drive Ring Assembly Bearing End Play 0.05—0.08 mm
(0.002—0.003 in.)
Clutch Disks

(0.119—0.124 in.)

(0.117 in.)
AG,OUOD004,653 –19–07MAR00–1/1
52
30
2

110906
PN=358
Cross-Sectional View—Lower 7-Inch Clutch Assembly
–UN–27NOV96
RW36084
1—Clutch Shaft 9—Needle Bearing 16—Pin 23—Front Gear and Drive Ring
2—Sealing Ring (4 used) 10—Thrust Washer (Silver) 17—Piston (2 used) Assembly
3—Roller Bearing (2 used) 11—Snap Ring (2 used) 18—Clutch Disk (10 used) 24—Drive Ring Assembly 52
4—Snap Ring 12—Piston Sealing Ring 19—Clutch Plate (10 used) Bearing Cup (2 used) 30
5—Needle Thrust Bearing (2 used) (Selected Number of 25—Shim Pack 3
(2 used) 13—OD Piston Packing Ring Coned and Flat) 26—Bearing Cone (2 used)
6—Thrust Washer (Black) (2 used) 20—Snap Ring (2 used) 27—Spacer
(2 used) 14—Piston Housing Assembly 21—Ball Dump Valve (2 used) 28—Snap Ring
7—Input Driven Gear 15—Piston Anti-Rotation Pin 22—Piston Return Spring
8—Rear Gear and Drive Ring (2 used) (24 used)
Assembly
AG,OUOD004,654 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=359
Exploded View—Lower 7-Inch Clutch Assembly
52
30
4
–UN–20NOV92
RW22246
AG,OUOD004,655 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=360
Disassemble and Inspect Lower 7-Inch Clutch
1. Remove lower 7-inch clutch shaft assembly. (See threaded holes provided in the gear. Remove the
REMOVE AND INSTALL LOWER 7-INCH CLUTCH snap ring from the shaft assembly.
SHAFT ASSEMBLY in Group 50.)
4. Remove the thrust washer and needle thrust
NOTE: Refer to Lower 7-Inch Clutch Assembly— bearing.
Cross-Sectional View and Exploded View
during disassembly steps. For REAR clutch, perform Steps 5—12.
2. Remove four sealing rings from rear of clutch shaft 5. Remove the rear gear and drive ring assembly and
assembly. roller bearing.
3. Remove the input driven gear and the roller bearing 6. Remove two thrust washers and needle thrust
using a push-puller set with appropriate legs and bearing.
hydraulic jack. Screw the puller legs into the
52
30
5

110906
PN=361
8. Remove snap ring, remove assembly from press, and

9. Remove and inspect clutch disks and separator plates.

Replace as necessary.
Specification
(0.119—0.124 in.)
(0.117 in.)
10. Remove piston springs.
11. Remove piston by applying compressed air to holes

in shaft. Try each hole until piston lifts upward.
12. Remove OD piston packing ring from piston and

piston sealing ring from shaft assembly.
–UN–07NOV90
13. Remove the front roller bearing using a knife-edge
RW18608
puller, a push-puller set, and a hydraulic jack.
52 14. Remove snap ring and spacer ring.

30
6 NOTE: The front gear and drive ring assembly roller
bearings are a slip fit to the shaft assembly. If
necessary, use puller tools to remove
components.
15. Remove front gear and drive ring assembly.
16. Remove roller bearing. Remove front cup and shims

from front gear and drive ring assembly, if necessary.
17. Remove front cup and shims from front gear and
drive ring assembly, if necessary.
18. Remove roller bearing from shaft assembly.

110906
PN=362

assembly from shaft. If damage has
assembly, the complete assembly must
be replaced.
passages are clean.
AG,OUOD004,656 –19–07MAR00–3/4
21. Inspect dump valve balls (A) in both piston housings

to be sure they seat properly with pressure applied
and unseat when pressure is relieved.
A—Dump Valve Balls
–UN–07NOV90
RW18609
AG,OUOD004,656 –19–07MAR00–4/4
52
30
7
Assemble Lower 7-Inch Clutch
IMPORTANT: All oil seals, gaskets, O-rings, lock Make sure larger OD (darker) thrust
plates, packings, seal rings, snap washer is installed and is contacting
rings, and damaged shims must be the roller bearing in the drive gear
replaced during transmission repair. assemblies.
DO NOT clean clutch disks in 1. Lubricate and install piston sealing ring to shaft
solvent. Soak new disks in assembly. Be sure ring is free to rotate on shaft.
transmission oil one hour before
assembling. 2. Lubricate and install packing to clutch piston.

110906
PN=363
IMPORTANT: There are coned and flat steel separator

plates. A total of 5 steel plates is to be
selected to obtain 1.3—2.0 mm (0.050—
0.080 in.) clearance between completely
disengaged piston and first steel
separator plate after assembly. A
–UN–07NOV90
starting point of two (2) coned and
three (3) flat plates must be used with a
flat plate against the piston.
RW18610
clutch hub. A disk must be next to the hub and a FLAT
steel separator plate must be next to the piston.
AG,OUOD004,657 –19–07MAR00–2/8
4. Install two DFRW13 PST Clutch Clips, 180° apart, to

hold disks and plates onto hub.
5. Install piston springs into the bores in clutch hub.
52
–UN–07NOV90
30
8
RW18611
AG,OUOD004,657 –19–07MAR00–3/8
6. Install the clutch piston onto the clutch hub. Install the
piston anti-rotation pins into the piston housing.
–UN–07NOV90
RW18612

110906
PN=364
7. Hold the clamped plates and hub together with the

piston and install the parts onto the shaft while aligning
the anti-rotation pins with the bores in the piston. Use
flat of screwdriver or flat bar to press the clutch piston
into the piston housing taking care not to damage the
piston packing ring.
–UN–07NOV90
snap ring can be installed. Remove the clutch clips.
RW18613
52
30
9

110906
PN=365
9. Remove assembly from press and place on bench with

clutch hub down. Make sure disks and plates fall
against the clutch hub.
10. Check the clearance between the clutch piston and

the steel separator plate using two feeler gauges 180°
–UN–07NOV90
apart. Clearance must be as specified.
Clutch Piston-to-Separator Plate—Specification

—Clearance ........................................................................... 1.3—2.0 mm
RW18614
(0.050—0.080 in.)
If the clearance is less than 1.3 mm (0.050 in.), substitute

one or more flat steel plates for an equal number of coned
steel plates to increase the clearance. If the clearance is
greater than 2.0 mm (0.080 in.), substitute one or more
coned plates for an equal number of flat plates to reduce
the clearance.
11. Disassemble and repeat Steps 3—10 until correct

clearance is obtained.
12. Repeat Steps 1—11 for the other clutch.
13. Install bearing cups in front gear and drive ring

assembly WITHOUT shims under the front bearing
cup.
52
30 14. Put shaft assembly front end up.
10
15. Install thrust washer and roller bearing on shaft.
16. Align disks and install front gear and drive ring
assembly and roller bearing.
17. Rotate gear assembly in each direction several times,

to seat bearing, while pushing down on bearing.
18. Install spacer and snap ring.

110906
PN=366
19. Measure and record the distance from top of roller

bearing to end of clutch shaft (A).
20. Force the gear assembly upward so the spacer (B) is

tight against the snap ring (C) and the snap ring is
pushed to the top of the ring groove. Measure and
–UN–07NOV90
record the distance from top of roller bearing to end
of clutch shaft.
21. Subtract the measurement in Step 20 from the
RW18617
measurement in Step 19, then subtract 0.08 mm
(0.003 in.) from that figure. The result is the shim
pack for correct bearing end play.
A—Bearing Depth Measurement
Front Gear and Drive Ring Assembly—Specification B—Spacer
—End Play......................................................................... 0.05—0.08 mm C—Snap Ring
(0.002—0.003 in.)
22. Remove snap ring, spacer, front gear, and drive ring
assembly from shaft assembly.
23. Remove front roller bearing and cup from gear and
drive ring assembly.
24. Install shim pack, as determined in Step 21 and front

bearing cup.
25. Repeat Steps 17—21 to verify that the correct bearing 52

end play was achieved. 30
11
26. Repeat the checking procedure until proper bearing

end play is obtained.
CAUTION: Heat bearing in bearing heater at not

more than 137°C (275°F) for no longer than 30
minutes.
27. Heat front roller bearing.

110906
PN=367
NOTE: JDG652-3 is part of JDG-PST Power Shift

28. Install bearing. Seat bearing after cooling using a

JDG652-31 Bearing Installer and a press to apply 45
kN (5 tons) of force.
29. Turn assembly over to assemble rear of shaft

assembly.

31. Align teeth of disks and install rear gear and drive
ring assembly.
32. Install bearing into bore of rear gear and drive ring
assembly.
33. Install thrust washer with larger OD (darker) into rear

gear and drive ring assembly. Install needle thrust
bearing.
34. Install snap ring on shaft.
35. Heat input driven gear and roller bearing using a safe
52
30 handling procedure.
12
36. Install heated gear to shaft. Seat gear using a
kN (10 ton) of force after cooling.
37. Install heated roller bearing. Seat bearing, after

cooling, using a JDG652-31 Bearing Installer and a
press to apply 45 kN (5 ton) of force.
38. Install lower 7-inch clutch shaft assembly. (See

REMOVE AND INSTALL LOWER 7-INCH CLUTCH
1
AG,OUOD004,657 –19–07MAR00–8/8

110906
PN=368
Group 35
Upper 7-Inch Clutch Assembly
RW25572 –UN–05DEC96
1
AG,OUOD004,658 –19–07MAR00–2/3
52
35
1
–UN–23OCT89
RW17420
AG,OUOD004,658 –19–07MAR00–3/3

110906
PN=369
Specifications
Clutch Piston-to-Separator Plate Clearance 1.3—2.0 mm

(0.050—0.080 in.)
Front Gear and Drive Ring Assembly Bearing End Play 0.05—0.08 mm
(0.002—0.003 in.)
Clutch Disks

(0.119—0.124 in.)

(0.117 in.)
AG,OUOD004,659 –19–07MAR00–1/1
52
35
2

110906
PN=370
Cross-Sectional View—Upper 7-Inch Clutch Assembly
–UN–27NOV96
RW36085
1—Clutch Shaft 10—Thrust Washer (Silver) 20—Piston Sealing Ring 27—Dump Valve Sleeve 52
2—Sealing Ring (4 used) (3 used) (2 used) (2 used) 35
3—Roller Bearing (2 used) 11—Snap Ring (2 used) 21—Piston Sealing Ring 28—Shim 3
4—Snap Ring 12—Clutch Hub (2 used) (2 used) 29—Compression Spring
5—Input Driver Gear 13—Clutch Disk (5 used) 22—Clutch Plate (5 used) (2 used)
6—Needle Thrust Bearing 14—Clutch Plate (5 used) (Selected Number of 30—Dump Valve (2 used)
(4 used) 15—OD Piston Packing Ring Coned and Flat) 31—Piston Return Spring
7—Thrust Washer (Black) 16—Piston Anti-Rotation Pin 23—Clutch Disk (5 used) (24 used)
(4 used) (2 used) 24—Snap Ring (2 used) 32—Front Gear and Drive Ring
8—Roller Bearing 17—Pin 25—Snap Ring (2 used) Assembly
9—Rear Gear and Drive Ring 18—Piston Housing Assembly 26—Dump Valve Stem (2 used) 33—Roller Bearing
Assembly 19—Piston (2 used)
AG,OUOD004,660 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=371
Exploded View—Upper 7-Inch Clutch Assembly
52
35
4
–UN–20NOV92
RW22248
AG,OUOD004,661 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=372
Disassemble and Inspect Upper 7-Inch Clutch
1. Remove upper 7-inch clutch shaft assembly. (See gear. Use a push-puller set and a hydraulic jack.
REMOVE AND INSTALL UPPER 7-INCH CLUTCH Remove the snap ring from the shaft assembly.
4. Remove the thrust washer and needle thrust
NOTE: Refer to Upper 7-Inch Clutch Assembly— bearing.
Cross-Sectional View and Exploded View
during disassembly steps. For REAR clutch, perform Steps 5—12.
2. Remove four sealing rings from rear of clutch shaft 5. Remove the rear gear and drive ring assembly and
assembly. roller bearing.
3. Remove the input driven gear and the roller 6. Remove two thrust washers and needle thrust
bearing. Thread appropriate legs into puller holes in bearing.
52
35
5

110906
PN=373
7. Put assembly in press and apply force to clutch hub.
8. Remove snap ring, remove assembly from press, and

9. Remove and inspect clutch disks and separator plates.

Specification
(0.119—0.124 in.)
(0.120 in.)
10. Remove piston springs.
11. Remove piston by applying compressed air to holes

in shaft. Try each hole until piston lifts upward.
12. Remove OD piston packing ring from piston, piston

sealing ring from shaft assembly, and piston sealing
–UN–07NOV90
ring from piston housing.
RW18608
13. Remove the front roller bearing and front gear and
drive ring. Thread appropriate legs into puller holes in
52 gear. Use a push-puller set and a hydraulic jack.
35
6 IMPORTANT: The front thrust washers and needle
thrust bearing will be destroyed by the
disassembly procedure. Replace with
NEW parts.
14. Remove the roller bearing, thrust washers, and

needle thrust bearing from the front gear and drive
ring assembly.
15. Remove roller bearing, thrust washers, and needle

thrust bearing from shaft assembly.

110906
PN=374

be replaced.
passages are clean.
AG,OUOD004,662 –19–07MAR00–3/5
18. Inspect dump valves in both piston housings to make

sure valves correctly unseat with pressure applied
and seat when pressure is relieved.
NOTE: There are two "S" type dump valve assemblies in

the piston housing.
–UN–24FEB89
IMPORTANT: The cracking pressure required to open
this type of valve is critical and was
adjusted at the factory.
RW13383
If the valve is removed, measure the
shim pack and install with the same 52
size shim pack to have the correct A—Dump Valve 35
pressure. 7
19. Remove the dump valve (A), if necessary, by

depressing the valve and removing snap ring.
AG,OUOD004,662 –19–07MAR00–4/5
20. Clean dump valve parts (A—E) if necessary.
A—Retaining Ring
B—Sleeve
C—Shims
D—Spring
–UN–16NOV92
E—Valve Stem
F—Valve Piston
RW22266
AG,OUOD004,662 –19–07MAR00–5/5

110906
PN=375
Assemble Upper 7-Inch Clutch
IMPORTANT: All oil seals, gaskets, O-rings, lock 1. Install dump valve components into piston housing
plates, packings, seal rings, snap using the same size shim pack that was removed.
rings, and damaged shims must be Push valve into housing until snap ring can be
replaced during transmission repair. installed.
DO NOT clean clutch disks in NOTE: There are two dump valves in the piston
solvent. Soak new disks in housing.
transmission oil one hour before
assembling. 2. Lubricate and install piston sealing ring to shaft
assembly. Be sure ring is able to rotate on the
Make sure larger OD (darker) thrust shaft. Lubricate and install packing to clutch piston.
washer is installed and is contacting
the roller bearing in the drive gear
assemblies.
AG,OUOD004,663 –19–07MAR00–1/6
IMPORTANT: Coned and flat steel separator plates

are used only on the FRONT upper
7-inch clutch shaft assembly. A total of
5 steel plates is to be selected to obtain
1.3—2.0 mm (0.050—0.080 in.) clearance
52 between completely disengaged piston
–UN–07NOV90
35 and first steel separator plate after
8
assembly. A starting point of two (2)
coned and three (3) flat plates should
be used with a flat plate against the
RW18610
piston.

clutch hub. A disk must be next to the hub and a FLAT
steel separator plate must be next to the piston.

hold disks and plates onto hub. –UN–07NOV90
5. Install piston springs into the bores in clutch hub (12

each).
RW18611

110906
PN=376
6. Install the clutch piston onto the clutch hub, aligning

the springs with the bores in the clutch piston.
–UN–07NOV90
RW18612
AG,OUOD004,663 –19–07MAR00–3/6
7. Install the anti-rotation pins into the piston housing.

Hold the clamped plates and hub together with the
piston and install the parts onto the shaft while aligning
the pins with the bores in the piston. Use flat of
screwdriver or flat bar to press the clutch piston into
the piston housing taking care not to damage the
–UN–07NOV90
piston packing ring.

snap ring can be installed. Remove the clutch clips.
RW18613
52
35
9

110906
PN=377
9. Remove assembly from press and place on bench with

clutch hub down. Make sure disks and plates fall
against the clutch hub.
10. Check the clearance between the clutch piston and

the steel separator plate using two feeler gauges 180°
–UN–07NOV90
apart. Clearance must be between 1.3—2.0 mm
(0.050—0.080 in.).
If the clearance is less than 1.3 mm (0.050 in.),
RW18614
substitute one or more flat steel plates for an equal
number of cone steel plates to increase the
clearance. If the clearance is greater than 2.0 mm
(0.080 in.), substitute one or more coned plates for an
equal number of flat plates to reduce the clearance.
11. Disassemble and repeat Steps 3—10 until correct

clearance is obtained.

13. Align teeth of disks and install front gear and drive
ring assembly.
14. Install bearing into bore of front gear and drive ring
52
35 assembly.
10
IMPORTANT: Use NEW thrust washers and needle
thrust bearing.
15. Install thrust washer with larger OD (darker) into front

bearing and thrust washer with smaller OD.
CAUTION: Heat bearing in oven at not more

than 137°C (275°F) for no longer than 30
minutes.
16. Heat front roller bearing.

110906
PN=378

18. Turn assembly over to assemble rear of shaft

assembly.
NOTE: The upper 7-inch clutch shaft rear clutch steel

separator plates are all the same and are octagon
shaped on the OD.

21. Align teeth of disks and install rear gear and drive
ring assembly.
22. Install bearing into bore of rear gear and drive ring
assembly.
23. Install thrust washer with larger OD (darker) into rear

bearing.
52
24. Install snap ring on shaft. 35
11
25. Heat input driven gear and roller bearing using a safe
handling procedure.
26. Install heated gear to shaft. Seat gear using a

JDG652-21 Bearing Installer and press to apply 90 kN
(10 ton) of force after cooling.
27. Install heated roller bearing. Seat bearing after

cooling using a JDG652-31 Bearing Installer and a
press to apply 45 kN (5 ton) of force.
28. Install upper 7-inch clutch shaft assembly. (See

REMOVE AND INSTALL 7-INCH CLUTCH SHAFT
ASSEMBLY in Group 50.)
1
Included in JDG-PST Power Shift Transmission Service Kit.
AG,OUOD004,663 –19–07MAR00–6/6

110906
PN=379
52
35
12

110906
PN=380
Group 40
Compound Shaft Assembly
–UN–23OCT89
RW17420
AG,OUOD004,664 –19–07MAR00–2/2
52
40
1

110906
PN=381
Cross-Sectional View—Compound Shaft Assembly
–UN–02DEC96
RW36086
52
40
2 A—Driven Gear C—Compound Shaft E—Roller Bearing (2 used) F—Front Compound Shaft
B—Low Driver Gear D—Snap Ring (4 used) Gear
AG,OUOD004,665 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=382
Exploded View—Compound Shaft Assembly
–UN–24FEB89
RW13319
52
40
3
AG,OUOD004,666 –19–07MAR00–1/1
Disassemble Compound Shaft
1. Remove compound shaft assembly from 4. Support the assembly in a press on the rear face of
transmission. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL the front compound shaft gear. Press the shaft out
COMPOUND SHAFT ASSEMBLY in Group 50.) of the gear.
NOTE: Refer to Compound Shaft Assembly 5. Install a knife-edge puller under rear bearing. Install
Cross-Sectional View and Exploded View appropriate legs in puller to remove bearing using a
during disassembly steps. push-puller set and a hydraulic jack.
2. Install a knife-edge puller under front bearing. Install 6. Remove outboard snap ring.
appropriate legs in puller to remove bearing using a
push-puller set and a hydraulic jack. 7. Support the assembly in a press on the low driver
gear and press the shaft out of the rear gears.
3. Remove outboard snap ring.
AG,OUOD004,667 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=383
Assemble Compound Shaft
1. Install inboard snap rings if removed. Plan a safe handling procedure to avoid
burns.
2. Support the low driver gear in a press and press
the shaft into the gear, seating the gear against the 7. Heat the two roller bearings.
snap ring.
8. Install roller bearings. Seat bearings after cooling
3. Support the driven gear in a press and press the using a JDG652-31 Bearing Installer and a press to
shaft assembly into the gear, seating the gear apply 45 kN (5 ton) of force.
against the low driver gear.
9. Install compound shaft assembly. (See REMOVE
4. Install the outboard snap ring. AND INSTALL COMPOUND SHAFT ASSEMBLY in
Group 50.)
5. Support the front compound shaft gear in a press
and press the shaft assembly into the gear, seating 10. Assemble transmission. (See ASSEMBLE
the gear against the snap ring. TRANSMISSION in Group 50.)
6. Install the outboard snap ring.
CAUTION: Heat bearing in bearing heater at

no more than 137°C (275°F) for no longer
than 30 minutes.
52
40
4
1
Included in JDG-PST Power Shift Transmission Service Kit.
AG,OUOD004,668 –19–07MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=384
Group 45
RW25572 –UN–05DEC96
1
AG,OUOD004,669 –19–08MAR00–2/3
52
45
1
–UN–23OCT89
RW17420
AG,OUOD004,669 –19–08MAR00–3/3
Specifications
Clutch Disk

(0.119—0.124 in.)

(0.117 in.)
AG,OUOD004,670 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=385
Cross-Sectional View—9-Inch Clutch Assembly
–UN–27NOV96
52
45
2
RW36087
1—Clutch Shaft 9—Roller Bearing (2 used) 17—OD Piston Packing Ring 26—Piston Housing Assembly
2—Sealing Ring (4 used) 10—Snap Ring (2 used) (2 used) 27—Dual Fill Ball Dump Valve
3—Roller Bearing (2 used) 11—Clutch Hub (2 used) 18—Snap Ring 28—Pin
4—Input Driver Gear 12—Piston Sealing Ring 19—Dump Valve Stem 29—Clutch Piston (2 used)
5—Snap Ring (2 used) (2 used) 20—Dump Valve Sleeve 30—Piston Sealing Ring
6—Thrust Washer (Silver) 13—Rear Gear and Drive Ring 21—Shim (2 used)
(3 used) Assembly 22—Compression Spring 31—Front Gear and Driver
7—Needle Thrust Bearing 14—Spring Retainer Assembly 23—Dump Valve Ring Assembly
(3 used) (2 used) 24—Snap Ring (2 used) 32—Driver Gear
8—Thrust Washer (Black) 15—Clutch Plate (13 used) 25—Piston Anti-Rotation Pin
(3 used) 16—Clutch Disk (13 used) (2 used)
AG,OUOD004,671 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=386
Exploded View—9-Inch Clutch Assembly
52
45
3
–UN–20NOV92
RW22250
AG,OUOD004,672 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=387
Disassemble and Inspect 9-Inch Clutch
1. Remove the 9-inch clutch shaft assembly. (See For REAR clutch, perform Steps 4—16.
REMOVE AND INSTALL 9-INCH CLUTCH SHAFT
ASSEMBLY in Group 50.) 4. Remove snap ring from shaft.
NOTE: Refer to 9-Inch Clutch Assembly— 5. Remove two thrust washers and needle thrust
Cross-Sectional View and Exploded View bearing.
during disassembly steps.
6. Remove gear and drive ring assembly.
2. Remove four sealing rings from rear of clutch shaft
assembly. 7. Remove roller bearing.
3. Install a knife-edge puller under step in input driver 8. Remove two thrust washers and needle thrust
gear. Install appropriate legs in puller to remove bearing.
gear and roller bearing using a push-puller set and
hydraulic jack.
AG,OUOD004,673 –19–08MAR00–1/6
52
45
4
10. Remove snap ring and remove assembly from press.

Lift clutch hub from assembly.
11. Remove and inspect clutch disks and separator

plates. Replace as necessary.
Specification
(0.140—0.145 in.)
(0.135 in.)
NOTE: There are eight disks and separator plates on rear

clutch and five disks and plates on the front.
–UN–07NOV90
RW18608

110906
PN=388
12. Remove spring retainer assembly from piston.

Remove piston by applying compressed air to holes
(A) in shaft. Try each hole until piston lifts upward.
13. Remove OD piston packing ring from piston, piston

sealing ring from shaft, and piston sealing ring from
–UN–27NOV96
piston housing.
A—Holes
RW36090
AG,OUOD004,673 –19–08MAR00–3/6
NOTE: There are two dump valve assemblies in the

piston housing. One is a dual-fill ball dump valve
and one is a "S" type dump valve.
14. Depress dump valve (A) to remove snap ring. Dump

valve is under spring pressure.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Dump Valve
RW13383
AG,OUOD004,673 –19–08MAR00–4/6
52
45
5
15. Remove dump valve components.
A—Retaining Ring
B—Sleeve
C—Shims
D—Spring
–UN–16NOV92
E—Valve Stem
F—Valve Piston
RW22266

110906
PN=389
16. Inspect dual fill ball dump valve (A) to be sure valve
seats correctly with pressure applied and unseats
when pressure is relieved.
–UN–07NOV90
17. Turn over the remainder of 9-inch clutch assembly.
18. Thread appropriate legs into output gear. Remove

front roller bearing and gear using a push-puller set
RW18607
and a hydraulic jack.
19. Remove snap ring, needle thrust bearing and thrust

washer. A—Dump Valve

be replaced.
passages are clean.
52
45
6
AG,OUOD004,673 –19–08MAR00–6/6
Assemble 9-Inch Clutch
IMPORTANT: All oil seals, gaskets, O-rings, lock the roller bearing in the drive gear
plates, packings, seal rings, snap assemblies.
rings, and damaged shims must be
placed during transmission repair. 1. Install dump valve components into piston housing.
Push valve into housing until snap ring can be
DO NOT clean clutch disks in installed.
solvent. Soak new disks in
transmission oil for one hour before 2. Lubricate and install sealing ring to shaft assembly.
assembling. Lubricate and install packing to OD of clutch piston.
Install piston into piston housing making sure piston
Make sure larger OD (darker) thrust is aligned with anti-rotation pin. Install the piston
washer is installed and is contacting spring retainer assembly onto clutch piston.

110906
PN=390

clutch hub. A disk must be next to the hub and a steel
separator plate must be next to the piston.

hold disks and plates onto hub.
–UN–24FEB89
5. Install the clamped plates and hub onto shaft
assembly. Make sure the piston return springs are
aligned with the bores in the clutch hub on the front
RW13385
clutch.

snap ring can be installed. Remove the clutch clips and
remove assembly from press.

8. Align teeth of disks and install gear and drive ring

assembly.
9. Install bearing into bore of gear and drive ring

assembly.
10. Install thrust washer with larger OD (darker) into gear

52
and drive ring assembly. Install needle thrust bearing. 45
7
11. Install snap ring.
CAUTION: Heat parts in oven at not more than

137°C (275°F) for no longer than 30 minutes.
12. Heat driver gear and tapered roller bearing.
NOTE: JDG652-1 and JDG652-2 are part of JDG-PST

Power Shift Transmission Service Kit.
13. Install output driver gear. Seat gear after cooling

using a JDG652-21 Bearing Installer and a press to
apply 90 kN (10 ton) of force.
1
Included in JDG-PST Power Shift Transmission Service Kit

110906
PN=391

15. Turn assembly over to assemble rest of shaft

assembly.
16. Repeat Steps 2—12 for other clutch.
17. Install input driver gear. Seat gear after cooling using
a JDG652-21 Bearing Installer and a press to apply
180 kN (20 ton) of force.
18. Install bearing, seat bearing after cooling using a

kN (5 ton) of force.
19. Install 9-inch shaft assembly. (See REMOVE AND

INSTALL 9-INCH CLUTCH SHAFT ASSEMBLY in
Group 50.)
1
Included in JDG-PST Power Shift Transmission Service Kit
AG,OUOD004,674 –19–08MAR00–3/3
52
45
8

110906
PN=392
Group 50
Front and Rear Housings
–UN–23OCT89
RW17420
AG,OUOD004,675 –19–08MAR00–2/3
52
50
1
–UN–20AUG96
RW25487
AG,OUOD004,675 –19–08MAR00–3/3

110906
PN=393
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Seal front and rear housing.
PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
PM37509 (U.S.) Clean and Cure Primer Prepare sealing surfaces of front and
PM38611 (Canadian) rear housings.
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Lock input yoke retaining cap screw.
242 (LOCTITE)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp.

LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corporation AG,OUOD004,676 –19–11NOV05–1/1
52
50
2

110906
PN=394
Specifications
Bearing Retainer-to-Transmission Torque 36 N•m

Cap Screw (27 lb-ft)
Front Housing-to-Rear Housing Cap Torque 90 N•m

Screw (65 lb-ft)
Front Output and Input Yoke Cap Torque 319 N•m

Screw 235 lb-ft)
Rear Output Yoke Cap Screw Torque 37 N•m

(27 lb-ft)
8-Inch Clutch Oil Baffle Cap Screw Torque 122 N•m

(90 lb-ft)
7-Inch Upper Shaft Oil Supply Cover Torque 36 N•m

7-Inch Lower Shaft End-Cap Screw Torque 36 N•m

(27 lb-ft)
Compound Shaft Bearing Retainer Torque 50 N•m

52
50
9-Inch Clutch Shaft Bearing Retainer Torque 36 N•m 3
Housing Cap Screw (27 lb-ft)
8-Inch Clutch Shaft Output Bearing Torque 36 N•m

Quill Cap Screw (27 lb-ft)
Input Shaft Bearing Retainer Cap Torque 36 N•m

Screw (27 lb-ft)
Engine Coupler Drive Shaft Cap Torque 210 N•m

Screw (155 lb-ft)
Front Output Drive Shaft Cap Screw Torque 210 N•m

(155 lb-ft)
Speed Sensor Lock Nut Torque 6 N•m

(54 lb-in.)
Continued on next page OUO6046,00021B8 –19–24APR06–1/2

110906
PN=395
Yokes End Play 0.05—0.15 mm

(0.002—0.006 in.)
Clutch Shafts End Play 0.10—0.20 mm

(0.004—0.008 in.)
OUO6046,00021B8 –19–24APR06–2/2
Disassemble Transmission
Remove transmission. (See COMPONENT REMOVAL

AND INSTALLATION in Group 00.)
Install transmission on engine repair stand using JT05887
–UN–24FEB89
Attaching Brackets.
RW13377
AG,OUOD004,679 –19–08MAR00–1/7
52
50
4
Remove oil pump. (See REMOVE, REPAIR, AND
INSTALL OIL PUMP in Group 10.)
Remove end cap (A), gasket, and shims.
–UN–24FEB89
A—End Cap
RW13371
AG,OUOD004,679 –19–08MAR00–2/7
Remove pressure regulating valve housing. (See

REMOVE, INSPECT, AND INSTALL PRESSURE
REGULATING VALVE in Group 15.)
Remove socket-head cap screws to remove plate.

–UN–24FEB89
RW13372

110906
PN=396
Remove bearing retainer and shims from rear of

compound shaft.
–UN–24FEB89
RW13373
AG,OUOD004,679 –19–08MAR00–4/7
Remove yoke retaining cap screws, washers, shims, and

yokes.
–UN–24FEB89
RW13374
AG,OUOD004,679 –19–08MAR00–5/7
52
50
5
Remove oil supply cover and shims from rear of upper
7-inch clutch shaft.
Remove bearing retainers and shims from rear of 9-inch

and 8-inch clutch shafts.
–UN–24FEB89
Remove modulating shift solenoids. (See REMOVE AND
REPLACE MODULATING SHIFT VALVES in Group 20.)
RW13375
AG,OUOD004,679 –19–08MAR00–6/7
Rotate transmission so the rear side is up. Remove cap

screws securing rear housing to front housing.
Separate housing using three of the cap screws in

threaded holes.
–UN–24FEB89
Lift rear housing from front housing as level as possible to

avoid damage to shafts.
RW13376
AG,OUOD004,679 –19–08MAR00–7/7

110906
PN=397
Remove and Install All Shafts
IMPORTANT: End play for ALL shafts must be

adjusted if the transmission housings
are separated.
AG,OUOD004,680 –19–08MAR00–1/1
Remove and Install Upper 7-Inch Clutch

Shaft Assembly
Separate transmission front and rear housings. (See

DISASSEMBLE TRANSMISSION in this group.)
–UN–24FEB89
Remove shaft assembly using the JDG656-11 and
JDG656-31 Lifting Bails.
Install shaft assembly in reverse order of removal.
RW13424
Assemble transmission front and rear housings and adjust
52 shaft end play. (See ADJUST CLUTCH SHAFT END
50 PLAY in this group.)
6
1
AG,OUOD004,681 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=398
Remove and Install Lower 7-Inch Clutch

Shaft Assembly

–UN–11JUN90
Hold upper 7-inch clutch shaft assembly away from lower
7-inch clutch assembly.
Remove lower shaft assembly using the JDG6561 and
RW14025
Install lower shaft assembly in reverse order of removal.

shaft end play. (See ADJUST CLUTCH SHAFT END
PLAY in this group.)
1
AG,OUOD004,682 –19–08MAR00–1/1
52
50
7
Remove and Install Compound Shaft
Assembly

–UN–24FEB89
Remove upper and lower 7-inch clutch shaft assemblies.
Hold the compound shaft away from the 9-inch clutch

shaft assembly and remove shaft assembly using a
RW13425
JDG6571 Special Eyebolt screwed into end of the shaft.
Install compound shaft in reverse order of removal.

1
AG,OUOD004,683 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=399
Remove and Install 8-Inch Clutch Shaft

Assembly

–UN–24FEB89
Remove two oil baffle cap screws from front housing.
Remove the shaft assembly with oil baffle, using a

JDG6571 Special Eyebolt and a JDG6551 Lifting Adapter
RW13378
Kit.
Install the shaft assembly in reverse order of removal.
Tighten oil baffle cap screws.
8-Inch Clutch Oil Baffle—Specification

(90 lb-ft)

52
50
8
1
AG,OUOD004,684 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=400
Remove and Install 9-Inch Clutch Shaft

Assembly

–UN–24FEB89
Remove upper and lower 7-inch clutch shaft assemblies
and compound shaft assembly.
Remove 8-inch clutch shaft assembly.
RW13425
Remove shaft assembly using the JDG6561 and
Install 9-inch clutch shaft assembly in reverse order of

removal.

1
AG,OUOD004,685 –19–08MAR00–1/1
52
50
9

110906
PN=401
Disassemble and Assemble Front and Rear

Housings
IMPORTANT: Front and rear transmission housings

are a matched set. If either housing
requires replacement, both housings
–UN–27NOV96
must be replaced with a new matched
set.
For FRONT housing, perform Steps 1—5.
RW36091
1. Remove front output shaft bearing retainer (A) and
replace oil seal (B) as required. Install seal using a 100
mm or 3-15/16 in. driver disk and a 76 mm or 3 in. A—Retainer
B—Seal
pilot disk.
2. Install and tighten bearing retainer cap screws.
Bearing Retainer-to-Transmission—Specification
(27 lb-ft)
3. Remove and install bearing cups as required.
4. Replace spring pin on oil baffle for 8-inch clutch

assembly, only if necessary.
52
50
10
Continued on next page AG,OUOD004,686 –19–11NOV05–1/3

110906
PN=402
5. Install input yoke shaft seal to correct depth by using

JDG6531 Oil Seal Installer (A) on yoke.
For REAR housing, perform Steps 6—10.
6. Remove and install bearing cups as required.
–UN–27NOV96
IMPORTANT: DO NOT remove the rolled-in oil tubes
unless damaged. Installation of the new
tubes requires the use of a special tube
RW36092
rolling tool.
7. Remove and install clamped suction screen as

required. A—JDG653 Oil Seal Installer
1
52
50
11

110906
PN=403
For tractors with PTO, perform Step 8.
8. Install seal (A) in oil collector using a 74 mm or

2-15/16 in. driver disk and a 66 mm or 2-5/8 in. pilot
disk.
–UN–15JAN93
9. Remove the output speed pickup sensor from the rear
bearing retainer.
10. Install seal (B) in bearing retainer using a 100 mm or
RW22666
3-15/16 in. driver disk and a 76 mm or 3 in. pilot disk.
For BOTH housings, perform Steps 11—14.
11. Remove old plastic gasket from housing surfaces.
12. Clean adjoining surfaces to remove all oil residue.

Test for clean surface by applying a few drops of cool
water to the surfaces. The surface is sufficiently clean
–UN–15JAN93
if the water covers the surface in a film. If the water
puddles or beads, repeat cleaning to remove oil
residue.
RW22667
13. Apply PM37509 Clean and Cure Primer to both
housing surfaces and allow primer to dry.
14. Apply 1.5 mm (1/16 in.) bead of PM38657 High Flex A—Seal
52 B—Seal
50 Form-in-Place Gasket to front housing surface, inside
12 of the cap screw holes.
IMPORTANT: No oil leakage is permissible. If any

leakage is present, the housings must
be separated and cleaned. After
housings are assembled, the sealant
must be cured for eight hours before
filling transmission with oil.
AG,OUOD004,686 –19–11NOV05–3/3

110906
PN=404
Assemble Transmission
Assemble front and rear housing components, install shaft

assemblies, and clean and seal front and rear housings.
(See DISASSEMBLE AND ASSEMBLE FRONT AND
REAR HOUSINGS in this group.)
–UN–24FEB89
Install rear housing to front housing by aligning the two
dowel pins.
RW13376
Install front-to-rear housing cap screws without moving
housings. Tighten cap screws.
Front Housing-to-Rear Housing—Specification

Cap screw—Torque........................................................................ 90 N•m
(65 lb-ft)
IMPORTANT: No oil leakage is permissible. If any

leakage is present the housings must
be separated, cleaned, and resealed.
Cure sealant for eight hours before filling transmission

with oil.
Adjust end play of all shaft assemblies. (See ADJUST

CLUTCH SHAFT END PLAY in this group.)
Install modulating shift solenoids. (See REMOVE AND 52

REPLACE MODULATING SHIFT VALVES in Group 20.) 50
13
Install transmission. (See COMPONENT REMOVAL AND

INSTALLATION in Group 00.)
AG,OUOD004,687 –19–08MAR00–1/1
Adjust Clutch Shaft End Play
IMPORTANT: Shaft end play must be adjusted with

the shafts in a vertical position.
NOTE: Essential tools required for adjusting the end play

of the shafts are part of JDG-PST Power Shift
AG,OUOD004,688 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=405
Adjust Upper 7-Inch Clutch Shaft End Play
1. Rotate transmission so the rear side is up.
2. Measure and record width of JDG654-21 Bearing

Adjustment Fixture (A).
–UN–24FEB89
3. Measure and record bearing retainer pilot protrusion
(B) on oil supply cover.
RW13411
A—JDG654-2 Bearing Adjustment Fixture
B—Bearing Retainer Pilot
1
AG,OUOD004,689 –19–08MAR00–1/3
4. Install gasket, JDG654-21 and JDG654-11 over the

upper 7-inch clutch shaft. Install four cap screws to
JDG654-1 and tighten.
7-Inch Upper Shaft Oil Supply Cover—Specification

52 Cap Screw—Torque ....................................................................... 36 N•m
–UN–24FEB89
50 (27 lb-ft)
14
5. Install dial indicator with base on a machined surface
and the indicator extension on inner race of bearing.
RW13412
6. Rotate clutch shaft several times in each direction.
Mark the spot where the dial indicator extension is
resting on the bearing. Zero the dial indicator.
1

110906
PN=406
NOTE: JDG655 and JDG657 are part of JDG-PST Power

Shift Transmission Service Kit.
7. Connect clutch shaft to hoist and scale using a

JDG6551 Lifting Adapter Kit and a JDG6571 Special
Eyebolt.
–UN–24FEB89
8. Apply 1225 N (275 lb) of lift and rotate clutch shaft
several times in each direction being careful not to
bump indicator.
RW13413
9. Stop shaft on the previously marked spot and read
shaft end play.
10. Adjust end play to specification by adding or removing

shims.
Clutch Shaft—Specification
—End Play......................................................................... 0.10—0.20 mm
(0.004—0.008 in.)
11. Install shims and recheck end play with bearing

adjustment tools. Adjust shim pack to compensate for
the difference in the JDG654-2 Bearing Adjustment
Fixture and the oil supply cover measured in Steps 2
and 3.
12. Install four sealing rings to clutch shaft. 52

50
15
13. Remove bearing adjustment tools.
14. Install oil supply cover and tighten six cap screws.
7-Inch Upper Shaft Oil Supply Cover—Specification

(27 lb-ft)
15. Install input yoke. Install output yoke (if equipped with
PTO). (See INSTALL INPUT AND FRONT OUTPUT
YOKES in this group.)
1
AG,OUOD004,689 –19–08MAR00–3/3

110906
PN=407
Adjust Lower 7-Inch Clutch Shaft End Play
NOTE: JDG654 and JDG656 are part of JDG-PST Power

Shift Transmission Service Kit.
–UN–24FEB89
2. Measure and record width of the JDG654-21 Bearing
Adjustment Fixture.
RW13414
3. Measure and record bearing retainer pilot protrusion on
end cap.
4. Install gasket, JDG654-2 and JDG654-11 over the

lower 7-inch clutch shaft. Install four cap screws to the
7-Inch Lower Shaft End Cap—Specification

(27 lb-ft)

and the indicator extension on inner race of bearing.

resting on the bearing. Zero the indicator.
52
50 7. Connect clutch shaft to hoist and scale using the
16
JDG656-1 and JDG656-4 Lifting Bails.

bump indicator.

shaft end play.

shims.
Specification
Clutch Shaft—End Play ..................................................... 0.10—0.20 mm
(0.004—0.008 in.)
1

110906
PN=408

Fixture and the end cap measured in Steps 2 and 3.
13. Install four sealing rings to clutch shaft.
14. Install end cap and tighten cap screws.
7-Inch Lower End Cap—Specification

(27 lb-ft)
15. Install oil pump. (See REMOVE, REPAIR, AND

INSTALL OIL PUMP in Group 10.)
AG,OUOD004,690 –19–08MAR00–2/2
52
50
17

110906
PN=409
Adjust Compound Shaft End Play

Adjustment Fixture.
–UN–24FEB89
shaft retaining cap.
3. Rotate transmission assembly so the rear side is up.

Install gasket, JDG654-3, and JDG654-11 over the
RW13415
compound shaft bearing. Install four cap screws to the
JDG654-1 Fixture and tighten to 50 N•m (38 lb-ft).

and the indicator extension on the inner race of
bearing.

6. Connect shaft to hoist and scale using a JDG6571

Special Eyebolt.
7. Apply 1225 N (275 lb) of lift and rotate shaft several

times in each direction being careful not to bump
indicator.
52
50
18 8. Stop shaft on the previously marked spot and read
shaft end play.

shims.
Specification
(0.004—0.008 in.)

Fixture and the bearing retainer pilot on the bearing
cap measured in Steps 1 and 2.
1

110906
PN=410
12. Install bearing retaining cap four cap screws and

tighten.
Compound Shaft Bearing Retainer—Specification

(38 lb-ft)
13. Install gasket and pressure regulator valve plate.
14. Install pressure regulating valve. (See REMOVE,

INSPECT, AND INSTALL PRESSURE REGULATING
VALVE in Group 15.)
AG,OUOD004,691 –19–08MAR00–2/2
52
50
19

110906
PN=411
Adjust 9-Inch Clutch Shaft End Play

Adjustment

Adjustment Fixture.
–UN–24FEB89
bearing retainer housing.
3. Rotate transmission assembly so the rear side is up.
RW13416
Install gasket, JDG654-4, and JDG654-11 over the
9-inch clutch shaft. Install four cap screws and tighten
to 36 N•m (27 lb-ft).

bearing.

6. Connect clutch shaft to hoist and scale using the

JDG656-1 and JDG656-31 Lifting Bails.

52 several times in each direction being careful not to
50 bump indicator.
20
shaft end play.

shims.
Specification
(0.004—0.008 in.)

Fixture and the bearing retainer housing measured in
Steps 1 and 2.
1

110906
PN=412
13. Install bearing retainer housing and tighten cap

screws.
Bearing Retainer-to-Transmission—Specification
(27 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD004,692 –19–08MAR00–2/2
52
50
21

110906
PN=413
Adjust 8-Inch Clutch Shaft End Play

Adjustment Fixture.
–UN–24FEB89
output bearing quill.
RW13417
4. Install gasket, JDG654-5, and JDG654-11 over the
8-inch clutch shaft. Install four cap screws to the
8-Inch Clutch Shaft Output Bearing Quill—Specification

(27 lb-ft)

bearing.

7. Connect shaft to hoist and scale using a JDG6551

52 Lifting Adapter Kit and a JDG6571 Special Eyebolt.
50
22
bump indicator.

shaft end play.

shims.
Specification
(0.004—0.008 in.)
1

110906
PN=414

Fixture and the output bearing quill measured in
Steps 2 and 3.
14. Install output bearing quill and tighten cap screws.
8-Inch Clutch Shaft Output Bearing Quill—Specification

(27 lb-ft)
15. Install output yokes. (See INSTALL INPUT AND

OUTPUT YOKES in this group.)
16. Install speed sensor. (See ADJUST SPEED

SENSORS in this group.)
17. Install sensor guard.
AG,OUOD004,693 –19–08MAR00–2/2
52
50
23
Replace Front Output Shaft Oil Seal
1. Remove drive shaft.
2. Remove yoke.
–UN–27NOV96
3. Remove output shaft bearing retainer (A) and replace
oil seal (B) as required, using a 76 mm or 3-15/16 in.
driver disk and a 100 mm or 3 in. pilot disk.
RW36091
4. Install and tighten bearing retainer cap screws.
Output Bearing Quill—Specification

Cap Screw—Torque ....................................................................... 36 N•m A—Retainer
(27 lb-ft) B—Seal
5. Install yoke. (See INSTALL INPUT AND FRONT

6. Install drive shaft. Tighten cap screws.
Engine Coupler Drive Shaft—Specification

(155 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD004,694 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=415
Replace Input Shaft Oil Seal
1. Remove drive shaft.
2. Remove input shaft yoke.
–UN–27NOV96
3. Remove oil seal.
4. Install yoke seal to correct depth by using JDG6531 Oil

Seal Installer (A) on yoke.
RW36092
Input Shaft oil seal—Specification
Seal Depth—Installed (Below
Finished Surface) .............................................................................. 9 mm
A—JDG653 Oil Seal Installer
(0.36 in.)
5. Install yoke. (See INSTALL INPUT AND FRONT

6. Install drive shaft and tighten cap screws.
Specification
Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Torque .................................................. 210 N•m
(155 lb-ft)
52
50
24
1
AG,OUOD004,695 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=416
Install Input and Front Output Yokes
1. Install yoke retaining washer and cap screw without

O-ring or shims. Tighten cap screw to 319 N•m (235
lb-ft).
–UN–24FEB89
2. Remove cap screw and retaining washer.
3. Measure distance from surface (A) on the yoke where

retainer washer seats and end of shaft (B).
RW13343
4. Establish a shim pack allowing 0.10 mm (0.004 in.)
gap between surface (A) and (B) with (B) being below
(A).
5. Thoroughly clean and degrease the threads in the

shafts and the yoke-to-shaft cap screws.
For INPUT YOKE, perform Step 6.
–UN–24FEB89
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the correct cap screw is
installed, the threads are thoroughly
cleaned, and Threadlock and Sealer is
RW13342
applied to the cap screw threads.
6. Apply PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium

Strength) to the cap screw threads. A—Yoke Surface
B—Shaft Surface 52
50
For BOTH YOKES, perform Step 7. 25
7. Install O-ring, shims and retaining washer. Install cap

screw and tighten.
Front Output and Input Yokes—Specification

235 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD004,696 –19–08NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=417
Install Rear Output Yoke
Turn front output yoke until yoke is vertical. Install rear

output yoke in the same vertical position as the front
output yoke.
Follow the procedures for installing the front output yokes.

Tighten the three yoke retaining cap screws. (See
INSTALL INPUT AND FRONT OUTPUT YOKES in this
group.)
Rear Output Yoke—Specification

(27 lb-ft)
OUO6046,00021B7 –19–24APR06–1/1
Adjust Speed Sensors
Line up a gear tooth with the center line of the speed

sensor hole.
52 Screw in the sensor until sensor contacts the gear tooth.

50
26
Back out sensor 1/4 turn.
Tighten sensor lock nut.
Specification
Speed Sensor Lock Nut—Torque .................................................... 6 N•m
(54 lb-in.)
AG,OUOD004,698 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=418
Group 55
Portable Filter Caddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT057461
Clean hydraulic system oil2
–UN–17MAY95
1
May be fabricated—See Section 99 (DFRW117)
RW25352
2
AG,OUOD004,699 –19–08MAR00–2/2
52
55
1
Other Material
Number Name Use
RE43231 (U.S.) Cleanup Filter Filtering transmission system during

the first 50 hours of operation after
repair
AG,OUOD004,700 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=419

components.

should not be used.

3. After assembly of transmission, pump approximately 50
–UN–15DEC88
L (13 gal) oil from filter caddy into a container. Put
container under transmission drain plug port. Remove
plug.
RW15639
transmission filler neck. Operate filter caddy for 25
minutes for oil to pass through filter.
52
55
2 5. Install drain plug. Use filtered oil from transfer tank to
fill transmission.
AG,OUOD004,701 –19–08MAR00–1/1

110906
PN=420
Section 55
Mechanical Shift Transmission (MST)
Contents
Page Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation Group 20—Transmission Front Cover

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-2 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-20-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-20-2
Mechanical Shift Transmission Transmission Front Cover
Remove from Tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-4 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-20-3
Install In Engine Rotation Stand. . . . . . . . . . .55-00-8 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-20-6
Install in Tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-10 Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-20-10
Shim Transmission to Tractor Frame (9000
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-13 Group 25—Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake (24-Speed)
Transmission/Axle Oil Fill—All MST & Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-1
9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-15 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-1
Mechanical Shift Transmission Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-2
Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-16 Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake
Cross Sectional View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-3
Group 05—Transmission Oil Filter Relief Valve Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-4
Housing Remove Clutch and Brake Pack . . . . . . . . . .55-25-5
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-05-1 Repair Clutch and brake Assembly . . . . . . . .55-25-6
Filter Relief Valve Housing Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-13
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-05-1
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-05-2 Group 30—Hi-Lo Planetary (24-Speed)
Group 10—Transmission Control Valve Housing Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-1 55
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-1 Hi-Lo Planetary
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-1 Cross Sectional View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-2 Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-3
Clutch Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-4 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-3
Clutch Operating Cable Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-4
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-6 Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-6
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-8
Transmission Control Valve Group 35—Spacer Housing (24-Speed)
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-9 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-35-1
Cross Sectional View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-10 Repair Spacer Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-35-1
Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-11
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-12 Group 40—Traction Clutch
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-17 Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-1
Group 15—Transmission Pump Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-1 Traction Clutch Assembly
Transmission Pump Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-3
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-1 Cross Sectional View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-4
Exploded View (12 Speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-4 Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-5
Exploded View (24 Speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-5 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-6
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-6
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-7 Continued on next page

110906
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
Traction Clutch Manifold Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-5

Remove and Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-11 Remove, Disassemble, Assemble, and
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-12 Install Upper Shift Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-9
Install Traction Clutch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-12 Remove, Disassemble, and Assemble
Shifter Bell Crank Components . . . . . . . . . .55-55-12
Group 45—Transmission Gear Drives Install Bell Crank Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-15
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-1 Remove, Disassemble, Assemble, and
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-2 Install Lower Shift Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-16
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-3 Adjust Lower Shift Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-18
Cross Sectional View - Case, Gears and Adjust Neutral Lockout Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-19
Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-5
Remove Transmission Top Shaft, Upper
Countershaft, Lower Countershaft, and Output
Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-6
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—
Top Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-8
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—Upper
Countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-9
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—Lower
Countershaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-10
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—
Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-11
Disassemble and Inspect Shafts . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-12
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble
Drive/Shift Collar (12-Speed) . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-13
Disassemble and Inspect Synchronizer . . . . . .55-45-13
Assemble Synchronizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-16
Assemble Lower Countershaft. . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-18
Assemble Upper Countershaft. . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-18
Disassemble and Assemble Park Pawl
55
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-18
Shifter Cams
Exploded Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-20
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-21
Adjust Neutral Start and Reverse Switches . . .55-45-25
Disassemble and Assemble Shifter Fork . . . . .55-45-28
Remove and Install Front Case Parts . . . . . . .55-45-29
Remove and Install Reverse Idler Gear. . . . . .55-45-29
Install Transmission Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-31
Install Rear Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-32
Adjust Shaft End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-34
Install Yoke Seals and Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-37

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-50-1
Transmission Cleanup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-50-2
Group 55—Shift Levers and Linkage

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-1
Shift Lever Control Assembly
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-2
Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-4

110906
PN=2
Group 00
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,0000120 –19–01OCT01–1/6
RW25402 –UN–08APR96
Drain hydraulic reservoir
1
OURX956,0000120 –19–01OCT01–2/6
RW80285 –UN–07DEC99
Alignment Tool Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1327
Align transmission and PTO drive shafts

55
00
OURX956,0000120 –19–01OCT01–3/6
1
RW25560 –UN–29AUG96
OURX956,0000120 –19–01OCT01–4/6

–UN–17MAY95
1
fabricated flusher (DFRW117)
RW25352
2
Continued on next page OURX956,0000120 –19–01OCT01–5/6

110906
PN=423
–UN–20AUG96
RW25487
OURX956,0000120 –19–01OCT01–6/6
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Seal joints.

PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. OURX956,0000121 –19–07NOV05–1/1
55
00
2

110906
PN=424
Specifications
Front Transmission Torque 275 N•m

Mount-to-Transmission Case Cap (203 lb-ft)
Screws
Rear Transmission Torque 275 N•m

Mount-to-Transmission Case Cap (203 lb-ft)
Screws

Transmission Drive Shaft-to-Engine

Coupler Cap Screws
9100, 9120 Torque 126 N•m

(92 lb-ft)
9200—9620 Torque 210 N•m

(155 lb-ft)

Screws

Transmission-to-PTO Clutch Drive Torque 150 N•m 55

Shaft Cap Screws (110 lb-ft) 00
3



Screws (166 lb-ft)
OURX956,0000122 –19–03MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=425
Remove Mechanical Shift Transmission
Remove hydraulic reservoir. (See REMOVE AND

INSTALL HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR in Section 70, Group
00.)
–UN–03SEP96
00.)
Remove hose (A) and drain transmission.
RW50229A
Remove front axle drive shaft.
A—Hose
OURX956,0000123 –19–30MAR04–1/8
Remove transmission drive shaft guard from front support

of reservoir support bracket.


adjustment.
–UN–17JUL96
Mark location of reservoir support bracket in relation to
55
00 frame.
4
Remove cap screws (A) and carefully remove reservoir
RW50228A
support bracket.
A—Cap Screws
Continued on next page OURX956,0000123 –19–30MAR04–2/8

110906
PN=426
Remove transmission drive shaft (A).
Disconnect and plug hoses and lines (B) from all pumps.
Plug top port of hydraulic pump.
NOTE: There are four wiring connectors on a 24-Speed

transmission and three on a 12-Speed
transmission.
Disconnect sensor connectors from front of transmission

while under tractor.
A—Transmission Drive Shaft

B—Hoses and Lines
–UN–17JUL96
RW50230A
OURX956,0000123 –19–30MAR04–3/8

55
00
Support pump assembly with straps and attach straps to
5
lifting device.
NOTE: Pump assembly is fastened to transmission with

Threadlock and Sealer. Pump assembly may
–UN–17JUL96
need to be pried from transmission.
Remove two pump mounting cap screws (A) and carefully

remove pump assembly as a unit.
RW50231A
A—Pump Mounting Cap Screws

110906
PN=427
Disconnect and plug hoses (B).
Remove transmission fill tube (C).
Disconnect neutral start switch harness located on right

side of transmission.
Disconnect the front axle oil return hose from the right
side of transmission.
–UN–17JUL96
Disconnect hose clamp (D) from transmission.
RW50250A
Remove PTO clutch drive shaft shield (E).
Disconnect PTO clutch drive shaft (F) from transmission.
Disconnect and plug PTO clutch vent hose (G).
A—Rear Axle Drive Shaft

B—Hoses
C—Transmission Fill Tube
D—Hose Clamp
E—PTO Clutch Drive Shaft Shield.
F—PTO Clutch Drive Shaft
G—PTO Clutch Vent Hose
55
00
OURX956,0000123 –19–30MAR04–5/8
6
Remove cap screws (A), pull bracket and hoses to left

side of tractor, and tie in position.
Pull harness (B) to top of left side frame.
Remove plate (C).
Route battery cables to left side of tractor.
A—Cap Screws
–UN–17JUL96
B—Harness
C—Plate
RW50239A

110906
PN=428
Attach JDG19 Lift Brackets (A) and chains to

transmission.
IMPORTANT: Do not route strap over Hi-Lo solenoid

on 24-Speed MST.
Route strap (B) under front nose of transmission.
Attach straps and chains to lifting device and support

transmission.
Remove front transmission mounts from transmission
–UN–17JUL96
case and frame.
Remove rear transmission mount cap screws from

transmission.
RW50233A
A—JDG19 Lift Brackets
B—Lift Strap
OURX956,0000123 –19–30MAR04–7/8
IMPORTANT: Some 9000 Series tractors will, or

should have, shims under transmission
mounts. The front and rear mounts will
have different shim thicknesses and 55
should not be mixed. If shims are 00
present, mark them for reassembly. 7
–UN–17JUL96
Carefully move transmission to the right and disconnect
hoses (A) and PTO clutch hoses (B), if equipped, from
transmission control valve housing.
Carefully remove transmission making sure all wiring RW50234A

harnesses and hoses are clear of transmission.
A—Hoses
B—PTO Clutch Hoses
OURX956,0000123 –19–30MAR04–8/8

110906
PN=429
Install Transmission on Engine Rotation

Stand
1. Remove bracket (A) from JT05887 Transmission

Adapter Set upper bracket.
–UN–18DEC91
2. Install transmission front mounts (B) and set
transmission on floor.
RW19564
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Use only
hardware specified to mount transmission in
rotation stand. Failure to do so may allow the
transmission to fall.
3. Remove strap from transmission and install upper

bracket using two M12 x 30 mm cap screws (C).
4. Install chains so transmission is level when raised.
5. Remove transmission front mounts.
A—PST Bracket
B—Front Mounts
C—Cap Screws
–UN–17JUL96
RW50238A
55
00
8

110906
PN=430
6. Install JT05887 Transmission Adapter Set lower

bracket on transmission using two M16 x 40 cap
screws in holes (A). Fasten upper and lower brackets
to engine rotation stand.
A—Cap Screws
–UN–17JUL96
RW50237A
OURX956,0000124 –19–05OCT06–2/2
55
00
9

110906
PN=431
Install Mechanical Shift Transmission
Remove transmission from engine rotation stand.
Install transmission front mounts (A).
Set transmission on floor.
Remove lower bracket and upper bracket (B).
Attach chains and strap on transmission so transmission

is level when raised.
Install front transmission mounts (A).
IMPORTANT: If shims were installed previous to
–UN–17JUL96
repair they must be put back in their
correct locations during assembly. If
shims were NOT present on 9000 Series
tractors, the tractor serial number
RW50238B
should be checked. (See SHIM
TRANSMISSION in this group.)
NOTE: Install hoses to transmission control valve before A—Front Mounts

transmission is completely lowered. B—Upper Bracket

harnesses are not damaged.
Tighten front transmission mount-to-frame cap screws.
Tighten front and rear transmission mount-to-transmission

55 case cap screws.
00
10 Front Transmission Mount-To-Frame Cap Screw—Specification
—Torque ...................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
Transmission Mount-To-Transmission Case Cap Screw—

Specification
—Torque ....................................................................................... 275 N•m
(203 lb-ft)


PUMP CRANKCASE in this Section 70, Group 00.)
Continued on next page OURX956,0000125 –19–01DEC05–1/3

110906
PN=432
Clean pump assembly mounting surfaces and apply

PM38657 High-Flex Form-In-Place Gasket.
Tighten hydraulic pump-to-transmission case cap screws.
Tighten transmission drive shaft-to-transmission yoke cap

screws.
Tighten transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft cap screws.
Tighten transmission yoke-to-axle drive shaft (front and

rear axle) cap screws.

screws.
Hydraulic Pump-To-Transmission Case Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ...................................................................................... 225 N•m
(166 lb-ft)
Transmission Drive Shaft-To-Transmission Yoke Cap Screw—

Specification
—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
Transmission-To-Gudgeon Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
Transmission Yoke-To-Axle Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
Transmission-To-PTO Clutch Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
55
(110 lb-ft)
00
11
frame.

screws to the following specifications:
Transmission Drive Shaft-To-Engine Coupler Cap Screw—

Specification
9100, 9120—Torque .................................................................... 126 N•m
(92 lb-ft)
9200—9620—Torque ................................................................... 210 N•m
(155 lb-ft)
Continued on next page OURX956,0000125 –19–01DEC05–2/3

110906
PN=433
IMPORTANT: Inspect hydraulic pump case drain hose

with pump installed. Case drain hose
should not be kinked between pump A
and reservoir. If case drain hose is
kinked, attempt to relieve kink in hose
by orienting pump end of hose
differently. If kink in hose can not be
removed, trim reservoir end of hose
slightly until kink in hose has been B
removed. Hose may be trimmed up to
–UN–30NOV05
20 mm (0.78 in.). C
Inspect hydraulic pump case drain hose (B) between

pump (C) and reservoir (A).
RXA0085216
Check and fill transmission oil level. (See CHECK A—Reservoir

TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL in this group.) B—Case Drain Hose
C—Hydraulic Pump
OURX956,0000125 –19–01DEC05–3/3
55
00
12

110906
PN=434
Shim Transmission—9000 Series
IMPORTANT: 9020 Series tractors do not need

transmission shims.
Check tractor serial number with chart to verify that tractor

needs shims.
Model Number Needs shims Shims Factory Shims Not

Installed Required
9100 ( -20979) (20980-30086) (30087- )
–UN–12APR00
9200 ( -20981) (20982-30089) (30090- )
9300 ( -20968) (20969-30091) (30092- )
9400 ( -20969) (20970-30084) (30085- )
IMPORTANT: Removing both front and rear
RW78446
transmission mounts at the same time
can cause transmission to shift,
possibly causing damage and injury.
Remove both front transmission mount cap screws and

nuts (A).
Using a suitable jack, lift transmission just enough to slip

one 3 mm shim (R168301) between rubber isolator (B)
and transmission mount (C).
Lower transmission.
–UN–12APR00
(B).
Transmission Mount-to-Frame Cap Screw—Specification
RW78447
—Torque ....................................................................................... 350 N•m
55
(258 lb-ft)
00
13
Remove both rear transmission mount cap screws and A—Transmission Mount Cap Screws (Front)
nuts (D). B—Rubber Isolators (Front)
C—Front Transmission Mounts
Using a suitable jack lift transmission just enough to slip D—Transmission Mount Cap Screws (Rear)
E—Transmission Mounts (Rear)
one 2.3 mm shim (R168302) between rubber isolator (F) F—Rubber Isolators (Rear)
and transmission mount (E). G—Transmission-To-Gudgeon Drive Shaft

(F).
Remove transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft (G).

110906
PN=435
Check Transmission-to-Gudgeon Drive Shaft

Alignment
IMPORTANT: Tractor must be positioned as straight

as possible to perform the following
test.
NOTE: JDG1327-51 Adapters (C) must be used on

9300-9400 tractors.
–UN–07DEC99
Install JDG1327-11 Adjustable Alignment Tool (A) to
gudgeon yoke and tighten cap screws. Turn adjustable
bushing in as far as possible to gain clearance to install
RW80287
JDG1327-21 Non-Adjustable Alignment Tool.
Install JDG1327-2 Non-Adjustable Alignment Tool on

transmission yoke and tighten cap screws.
Turn adjustable bushing out until it either contacts or goes

over pointer of Non-Adjustable Alignment Tool.
NOTE: IF adjustable bushing contacts or misses pointer,

the gudgeon will have to be shimmed. (For
shimming procedure, see Replace Hinge Pins and
Bushings in Section 95, Group 05.)
–UN–07DEC99
Remove tools and reinstall driveline.
Transmission-to-Gudgeon Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Specification
RW80286
—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
55 A—JDG1327-1 Adjustable Alignment Tool

00 B—JDG1327-2 Non-Adjustable Alignment Tool
14 C—JDG1327-5 Adapter
1
Part of JDG1327 Alignment Tool Set
OURX956,0000126 –19–30MAR04–2/2

110906
PN=436
Transmission/Axle Oil Fill—All MST & 9020

PST
1. Remove axle plugs (A) and (B).
–UN–03MAR04
2. Fill transmission until oil level is between marks (C) on
sight glass.
RXA0073785
3. Put transmission in PARK position and operate engine
at 900 rpm to pump oil to axles. Stop engine when oil
is at mark (D).
Front Axle
4. Add fluid until level is again between marks (C).
5. Repeat steps until oil flows from open ports (A) and
(B).
6. Install plugs.
–UN–04MAR04
7. Operate engine at 2100 rpm, with transmission in
PARK, for five minutes.
RXA0073786
8. Stop engine and allow oil level to stabilize in sight
gauge for 5 minutes.
Rear Axle
9. Check oil level and fill as necessary.
A—Front Axle Plug

B—Rear Axle Plug
C—Full Oil Level Marks
D—Low Oil Level Mark
55
00
15
–UN–03MAR04
RXA0073784
MST Transmission Shown

OURX985,0000025 –19–28APR06–1/1

110906
PN=437
Run engine at 2100 rpm, with transmission in PARK for at

least 5 minutes (or longer with cold oil) to fill axles and
return oil from the axles to the transmission.
–UN–23AUG96
Stop engine and allow the oil level to stabilize in the sight
necessary.
RW56159
Add clean hydraulic oil if the oil level is below center
mark. Repeat checking procedure. Drain oil from the
transmission until level is between the marks if the oil
level is above top mark. Repeat checking procedure. A—Sight Gauge

Oil level in the sight gauge may appear low while

tractor is running. This condition is normal.
Stopping tractor and running engine returns oil
from the axles.
OURX956,0000127 –19–01OCT01–1/1
55
00
16

110906
PN=438
Group 05
Transmission Oil Filter Relief Valve Housing
Specifications
Filter Relief Valve Housing-to-Cover Torque 55 N•m

AG,OURX078,588 –19–24APR00–1/1
Remove Filter Relief Valve Housing
Remove oil filter.
Disconnect filter restriction sensor electrical connector (A).
–UN–12AUG96
Remove control valve housing-to-filter housing line (B).
Remove four screws (C) and remove housing.
RW35961
Remove and install filter restriction sensor (D), as
necessary.
Clean gasket surface on cover and housing.
NOTE: Housing is not repairable.
A—Sensor Electrical Connector 55

B—Control Valve Housing-to-Filter Housing Line
–UN–13AUG96
05
C—Housing-to-Front Cover Screws (4 used) 1
D—Filter Restriction Sensor
RW36005
AG,OURX078,589 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=439
Transmission Oil Filter Relief Valve Housing
Install Filter Relief Valve Housing
Install new gasket and housing onto cover and tighten

four screws (C).
Filter Relief Valve Housing-to-Cover—Specification
–UN–13AUG96
(40 lb-ft)
Connect control valve housing-to-filter housing line (B).
RW35962
Install filter restriction sensor and connect sensor lead (A).
A—Sensor Lead
B—Line
C—Cap Screw
AG,OURX078,590 –19–30MAR04–1/1
55
05
2

110906
PN=440
Group 10
Transmission Control Valve Housing
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OURX078,591 –19–24APR00–1/2
RW17445 –UN–16NOV89
Box-End Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG669
Remove and install transmission pressure sensor
AG,OURX078,591 –19–24APR00–2/2
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37397 (U.S.) Pipe Sealant with TEFLON Seal pipe plug threads.
PM38613 (Canadian)
592 (LOCTITE)
55
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corporation
10
TEFLON is a trademark of Du Pont Co. AG,OURX078,592 –19–07NOV05–1/1
1

110906
PN=441
Specifications
Transmission Control Valve Torque 25 N•m

Housing-to-Case Cap Screw (221 lb-in.)
Clutch Pedal-to-Support Cap Screw Torque 35 N•m

(26 lb-ft)
Clutch Pedal Arm-to-Support Cap Torque 35 N•m

Screw (26 lb-ft)
Clutch Valve OD 15.840—15.856 mm

(0.6236—0.6243 in.)
Bore ID 15.881—15.907 mm
(0.6252—0.6263 in.)
Engagement Override Valve OD 13.916—13.932 mm

(0.5479—0.5485 in.)
Bore ID 13.987—14.013 mm
(0.5507—0.5517)
Clutch Lube Valve OD 17.399—17.425 mm

(0.6850—0.6860 in.)
Bore ID 17.469—17.495 mm
(0.6878—0.6888 in.)
Pressure Regulating Valve OD 15.821—15.837 mm

(0.6229—0.6235 in.)
Pressure Regulating Valve Bore ID 15.862—15.888 mm

55 (0.6245—0.6255 in.)
10
2
Lube Relief Valve OD 22.212—22.236 mm
(0.8745—0.8755 in.)
Bore ID 22.288—22.314 mm
(0.8775—0.8785 in.)
Clutch Valve Springs
Outer (Longer) Free Length 56 mm

(2.20 in.)
(1.85 in. at 45—53 lb force)
Continued on next page AG,OURX078,593 –19–24APR00–1/2

110906
PN=442
Inner (Shorter) Free Length 54 mm

(2.13 in.)
(1.54 in. at 25—30 lb force)
Lube Relief Valve Spring Free Length 52 mm

(2.05 in.)
(1.54 in. at 4.5—5.5 lb force)
Pressure Regulating Valve Spring Free Length 126 mm

(4.96 in.)
(3.94 in. at 69—85 lb force)
Clutch Lube Valve Spring Free Length 48 mm

(1.88 in.)
Test Length (30 mm at 55—67 N
(1.18 in. at 12.5—15.0 lb force)
Engagement Override Valve Spring Free Length 41 mm

(1.61 in.)
(1.10 in. at 6.7—8.3 lb force)
55
10
AG,OURX078,593 –19–24APR00–2/2
3

110906
PN=443
Repair Clutch Pedal
Remove front air duct.
A—Cowl Covers
–UN–03SEP96
RW36056
9000 Shown
AG,OURX078,594 –19–24APR00–1/3
Remove cotter pin (A) and washer (B).
Disengage cable from clutch operating arm (C).

55
10 Remove cap screw (D) and (E) to remove clutch pedal
4 assembly.
A—Cable Retaining Cotter Pin

B—Washer
C—Clutch Operating Arm
D—Clutch Pedal-to-Support Cap Screw –UN–30AUG96
E—Clutch Arm-to-Support Cap Screw
RW36053

110906
PN=444
Remove, disassemble, and replace parts as necessary.
Assemble and install in reverse order.
Clutch Pedal-to-Support—Specification
(26 lb-ft)
Clutch Pedal Arm-to-Support—Specification

(26 lb-ft)
Adjust clutch cable. (See ADJUST CLUTCH CABLE in

this group.)
Install air duct and cowl covers.
A—Pedal-to-Support Cap Screw

B—Ball Bearing
C—Clutch Pedal
D—Arm-to-Support Cap Screw
E—Clutch Operating Arm
–UN–29AUG96
F—Bushing
G—Ball Bearing
H—Chain Link
I—Clutch Cable
RW36028
J—Cable Retaining Clip
K—Washer
L—Cotter Pin
M—Rubber Grommet Clutch Pedal Parts—Exploded View
N—Cap Screw (2 used)
O—Cable Bracket
55
10
5
AG,OURX078,594 –19–24APR00–3/3

110906
PN=445
Remove and Install Clutch Operating Cable
Remove front air duct.
Remove floor mat.
A—Cowl Covers
–UN–03SEP96
RW36056
9000 Shown
AG,OURX078,595 –19–30MAR04–1/3
Remove upper floor plate (A).
Remove floor duct (B).

55
10 Remove cotter pin (C) and washer (D).
6
Remove cable retaining clip (E).
Disengage cable from clutch operating arm (F) and cable

bracket (G).
Remove rubber grommet from cab floor.
A—Upper Floor Plate

B—Floor Air Duct
C—Cotter Pin
D—Washer
E—Cable Retaining Clip
–UN–30AUG96
F—Clutch Operating Arm

G—Cable Bracket
RW36054
Continued on next page AG,OURX078,595 –19–30MAR04–2/3

110906
PN=446
Remove cotter pin (A) and remove pin (B).
Remove clamp (C) from bracket and remove cable from

clamp.
Remove cable down through cab floor.
Install cable in reverse order routing the cable to inboard

side of hydraulic transmission hose and attenuator inlet
–UN–03SEP96
hose.
Adjust clutch cable. (See ADJUST CLUTCH CABLE in

this group.)
RW36055
Install air duct and cowl covers.
A—Cotter Pin
B—Pin
C—Cable Clamp
AG,OURX078,595 –19–30MAR04–3/3
55
10
7

110906
PN=447
Adjust Clutch Cable
Check that the groove in the cable is in alignment with

curved groove in clamp (A) and clamp-to-bracket cap
screws are tight.
NOTE: Steering console cowl covers or front air duct do

not need to be removed to position the clutch
–UN–03SEP96
pedal to the return position.
Remove cotter pin (B) and remove pin (C).
RW36052
Position the clutch pedal in the return position (D) against
the console support.
Loosen jam nut (E) and adjust yoke (F) until yoke hole
lines up with hole in arm of clutch valve operating
arm (G).
Install pin (C).
Operate clutch pedal to ensure stops (H) and (I) on clutch

valve operating arm are contacting stop (J) on control
valve housing in both depressed and return positions.
Readjust yoke if contact is NOT made in both positions.
Install cotter pin (B) and tighten jam nut (E).
A—Cable Retaining Clamp

B—Cotter Pin
–UN–03SEP96
C—Yoke-to-Control Arm Pin
D—Clutch Pedal Return Position
55 E—Jam Nut
10 F—Yoke
G—Clutch Valve Operating Arm
RW36051
8
H—Operating Arm Return Stop
I—Operating Arm Depressed Stop
J—Control Valve Housing Stop
AG,OURX078,596 –19–24APR00–1/1

110906
PN=448
Remove Transmission Control Valve Housing
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Relieve pressure before disconnecting
hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections
before applying pressure. Keep hands and body
away from pinholes and nozzles which eject
fluids under high pressure. Use a piece of
cardboard or paper to search for leaks. Do not
use your hand.
If ANY fluid is injected into the skin, it must be

surgically removed within a few hours by a
doctor familiar with this type injury or gangrene
may result.
–UN–03MAR99
Relieve hydraulic pressure by stopping engine and
operating all hydraulic control valves.
Remove and cap cooler lines (A) and filter line (D).
RW36913
Remove and cap PTO clutch valve lines (E).
Remove clutch valve spring (C). Remove lube pressure

A—Oil Cooler Lines
sensor (B) using JDG669 Box-End Adapter. B—Lube Oil Pressure Sensor
C—Clutch Valve Spring
Remove 20 cap screws to remove control valve housing. D—Oil Filter Line
E—PTO Clutch Valve Lines
55
10
AG,OURX078,597 –19–30MAR04–1/1
9

110906
PN=449
Cross-Sectional View—Transmission Control Valve
–UN–24FEB89
55
10
10
RW13798
A—Plug E—Pin J—Pin O—Headed Pin

B—O-Ring F—Lube Relief Valve K—Link P—Spring
C—Spring G—Spring L—Inner Arm Q—Pressure Regulating Valve
D—Clutch Lube Reduction H—Spring M—Clutch Valve R—Shims
Valve I—Engagement Override Valve N—Spring S—Spring
AG,OURX078,598 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=450
Exploded View—Transmission Control Valve
55
10
11
–UN–03SEP96
RW35964
A—Plug E—Valve Housing J—Pin O—Oil Seal

B—O-Ring F—Lube Relief Valve K—Link P—Operating Shaft
C—Spring G—Shims L—Inner Arm Q—Operating Arm
D—Clutch Lube Reduction H—Pressure Regulating Valve M—Clutch Valve R—Gasket
Valve I—Engagement Override Valve N—Needle Bearing S—Washer
AG,OURX078,599 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=451

Push pin (A) out to remove operating arm (B).
Pull inner arm and shaft (C) out the back of valve
–UN–24FEB89
housing.
A—Pin
RW14449
B—Operating Arm
C—Shaft
AG,OURX078,600 –19–30NOV05–1/11
Remove plug (A).
Push link (B) into valve (against spring pressure) to

remove pin (C) and remove clutch valve.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Plug
B—Link
C—Pin
RW14450
55
10
Continued on next page AG,OURX078,600 –19–30NOV05–2/11
12

110906
PN=452
Inspect clutch valve springs (A) and (B).
Clutch Valve Springs—Specification

Outer Spring—Free Length ............................................................. 56 mm
(2.20 in.)
Outer Spring—Test Length .................................... 47 mm at 201—307 N
(1.85 in. at 45—53 lb force)
–UN–24FEB89
Inner Spring—Free Length .............................................................. 54 mm
(2.13 in.)
Inner Spring—Test Length ..................................... 39 mm at 113—133 N
(1.54 in. at 25—30 lb force)
RW14451
Inspect valve (C) OD and valve bore ID for damage or
wear.
A—Outer Spring
Clutch Valve—Specification B—Inner Spring
Valve—OD ................................................................. 15.840—15.856 mm C—Valve
(0.6236—0.6243 in.)
Valve Bore—ID .......................................................... 15.881—15.907 mm
(0.6252—0.6263 in.)
NOTE: Inner spring is shorter and must be installed first.
Install valve.
AG,OURX078,600 –19–30NOV05–3/11
Remove plug (B) to remove engagement override valve

(A) and spring (D).
Inspect valve OD and bore ID for damage or wear. 55

10
Engagement Override Valve—Specification 13
–UN–24FEB89
Valve—OD ................................................................. 13.916—13.932 mm
(0.5479—0.5485 in.)
Valve Bore—ID .......................................................... 13.987—14.013 mm
(0.5507—0.5517 in.)
RW14452
Engagement Override Valve Spring—Specification
New Spring—Free Length ............................................................... 41 mm
(1.61 in.)
Test Length................................................................. 28 mm at 30—37 N A—Engagement Override Valve
(1.10 in. at 6.7—8.3 lb force) B—Plug
C—O-Ring
Replace O-ring (C) on plug. D—Spring

110906
PN=453
Remove plug (A) to remove clutch lube reduction valve

spring (B) and valve (C).
Clutch Lube Valve Spring—Specification

(1.88 in.)
–UN–24FEB89
Test Length................................................................. 30 mm at 55—67 N
(1.18 in. at 12.5—15.0 lb force)
Clutch Lube Valve—Specification

Valve—OD ................................................................. 17.399—17.425 mm
RW14453
(0.6850—0.6860 in.)
Valve Bore—ID .......................................................... 17.469—17.495 mm
(0.6878—0.6888 in.)
A—Plug
Inspect valve OD and bore ID for damage or wear. B—Spring
C—Clutch Lube Reduction Valve
Replace O-ring (D) on plug. D—O-Ring
AG,OURX078,600 –19–30NOV05–5/11
Remove plug (E), pressure regulating valve (C), shim (B),

and spring (A).
Inspect valve OD and bore ID for damage or wear.
Pressure Regulating Valve Spring—Specification
–UN–16MAR90
New Spring—Free Length ............................................................. 126 mm
(4.96 in.)
Test Length........................................................... 100 mm at 308—376 N
(3.94 in. at 69—85 lb force)
RW14454
Pressure Regulating Valve—Specification
55
Valve—OD ................................................................. 15.821—15.834 mm
10
(0.6229—0.6235 in.)
14
Valve Bore—ID .......................................................... 15.862—15.888 mm A—Spring
(0.6245—0.6255 in.) B—Shim
C—Pressure Regulating Valve
Replace O-ring (D) on plug. D—O-Ring
E—Plug

110906
PN=454
Pull retaining pin (A) out, to remove lube relief valve (B)
and spring (C).
Inspect valve OD and bore ID for damage or wear.
Lube Relief Valve Spring—Specification
–UN–24FEB89
(2.05 in.)
(1.54 in. at 4.5—5.5 lb force)
RW14455
Lube Relief Valve—Specification
Valve—OD ................................................................. 22.212—22.238 mm
(0.8745—0.8755 in.)
Valve Bore—ID .......................................................... 22.288—22.314 mm A—Retaining Pin
(0.8775—0.8785 in.) B—Lube Relief Valve
C—Spring
Install spring (C), valve (B), and retaining pin (A).
AG,OURX078,600 –19–30NOV05–7/11
Install seal (A), using a 44 mm or 1-3/4 in. driver disk and

a 19 mm or 3/4 in. pilot disk, with sealing lip toward inside
of housing, flush with finished surface.
Coat sealing lip with clean hydraulic oil.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Seal
RW14456
55
10
AG,OURX078,600 –19–30NOV05–8/11
15
Install roller bearing (A) flush with finished surface on

inside of housing using a 27 mm or 1-1/16 in. driver disk
and a 19 mm or 3/4 in. pilot disk.
Lubricate roller bearing with clean hydraulic oil. –UN–24FEB89
A—Bearing
RW14457

110906
PN=455
NOTE: Pin is a slip fit.
Install pin (A) making sure pin stays in position during

installation of the valve housing assembly.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Pin
RW14458
AG,OURX078,600 –19–30NOV05–10/11
NOTE: Hi-Lo control oil port (C) is plugged on 12-Speed

MST.
Check all oil ports and passages for contamination.
Coat threads of orifice (E) (also Hi-Lo control oil port
–UN–24FEB89
plug (C) on 12-Speed MST) with PM37397 Pipe Sealant
with TEFLON before installing.
RW14459
A—Clutch Valve Sump
B—Clutch Valve Arm Sump
C—Hi-Lo Control Oil
D—Clutch Engagement Pressure
E—Transmission Lube Orifice
F—Clutch Lube
G—Lube Relief Valve Sump
55
10
16

110906
PN=456
Install Transmission Control Valve
Install transmission control valve assembly (A) and tighten

cap screws.
Transmission Control Valve Housing-to-Case—Specification

(221 lb-in.)
IMPORTANT: Spacer (C) must be in place to act as

clutch valve arm stop and bracket (D)
must be positioned as illustrated.
–UN–03MAR99
Install lube pressure sensor (E) and spring (B).
A—Housing
RW36914
B—Spring
C—Spacer
D—Bracket
E—Sensor
AG,OURX078,601 –19–24APR00–1/1
55
10
17

110906
PN=457
55
10
18

110906
PN=458
Group 15
Transmission Pump
Specifications
Pump Manifold-to-Pump Body Cap Torque 25 N•m

Screw (221 lb-in.)
Bearing Quill-to-Front Cover Cap Torque 90 N•m

Screw (66 lb-ft)
Pump-to-Front Cover Cap Screw Torque 90 N•m

(66 lb-ft)
Idler Gear Shaft OD 19.46 mm

(0.766 in.)
Idler Gear Bushing ID 19.095—19.121 mm

(0.7518—0.7528 in.)
Quill Bearing Race Bore ID 110.005—110.045 mm

(4.3309—4.3325 in.)
AG,OURX078,602 –19–24APR00–1/1
Remove Transmission Pump
Remove pump assembly. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

PUMPS in Section 70, Group 00.) 55
15
IMPORTANT: Pump drive gear may or may not come 1
off with the quill. Be aware gear is free
to slip off the quill. Be careful not to
lose small drive pin in drive gear.
Remove cap screws (A) to remove quill (B). Use two of

the cap screws as jack screws (C) to aid quill removal. –UN–03MAR99
A—Cap Screws
B—Quill
RW36881
C—Threaded Jack Screw Holes

110906
PN=459
Transmission Pump
Remove pump drive gear (A) making sure small drive pin
in end of drive gear stays in position.
Remove cap screws (B) to remove pump (C).
NOTE: Pump manifold, transmission filter, and filter relief

valve housing should be removed and cleaned or
replaced if transmission pump shows evidence of
contamination.
–UN–13AUG96
A—Pump Drive Gear
B—Cap Screws
C—Pump
RW35966
–UN–13AUG96
RW35967
55
15
AG,OURX078,603 –19–30MAR04–2/2
2

110906
PN=460
Transmission Pump
Cross-Sectional View—Transmission Pump and Bearing Quill (12-Speed)
55
15
–UN–19AUG96
RW35968
3
A—Dowel Pin G—Quill L—Pump Manifold-to-Body P—Packing (2 used)

B—Pump Manifold H—Snap Ring Cap Screw (2 used) Q—Drive Pin
C—Pump Body I—Pump Drive Shaft M—Bearing R—Drive Gear
D—Driven Gear J—Pump Manifold-to-Body N—Idler Gear S—Bearing
E—O-Ring Cap Screw (2 used) O—Shaft T—Front Cover
F—Cap Screw K—Pump-to-Front Cover Cap
Screw (2 used)
AG,OURX078,604 –19–24APR00–1/1

110906
PN=461
Transmission Pump
Exploded View—Transmission Pump and Bearing Quill (12-Speed)
55
15
4
–UN–19AUG96
RW35969
A—Packing (2 used) G—Pump Body K—Bearing P—Bearing

B—Pump Manifold H—Pump Manifold-to-Body L—Drive Pin Q—O-Ring
C—Idler Gear Cap Screw (2 used) M—Driven Gear R—O-Ring
D—Drive Gear I—Pump-to-Front Cover Cap N—Pump Drive Shaft S—Quill
E—Shaft Screw (2 used) O—Snap Ring
F—Dowel Pin J—Pump Manifold-to-Body
Cap Screw (2 used)
AG,OURX078,605 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=462
Transmission Pump
Cross-Sectional View—Transmission Pump and Bearing Quill (24-Speed)
–UN–16AUG96
RW35970
55
15
5
A—Pump Manifold G—Quill L—Pump Manifold-to-Body P—Packing (2 used)

B—Dowel Pin H—Snap Ring Cap Screw (2 used) Q—Drive Pin
C—Pump Body I—Pump Drive Shaft M—Bearing R—Drive Gear
D—Driven Gear J—Pump Manifold-to-Body N—Idler Gear S—Bearing
E—O-Ring Cap Screw (2 used) O—Shaft T—Front Cover
F—Cap Screw K—Pump-to-Front Cover Cap
Screw (2 used)
AG,OURX078,606 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=463
Transmission Pump

Transmission Pump
Remove cap screws (A) to separate pump body halves.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Cap Screws
RW14439
AG,OURX078,607 –19–30MAR04–1/5
Inspect pump manifold (B) and idler gear shaft (A) for
excessive wear or damage. A smooth, even wear pattern
is normal, but wear detectable with a fingernail is
excessive.
Idler Gear Shaft—Specification
–UN–24FEB89
Shaft—OD .................................................................................. 19.46 mm
(0.766 in.)
Inspect pump body (not shown) for excessive wear or
RW14440
damage.
A—Shaft
B—Pump Manifold
55
15
AG,OURX078,607 –19–30MAR04–2/5
6
NOTE: Bushing and gear are serviced as an assembly.
Inspect ID of bushing (A) in idler gear.
Pump Idler Gear—Specification

Bushing—ID............................................................... 19.095—19.121 mm
–UN–24FEB89
(0.7518—0.7528 in.)
A—Bushing
RW14441

110906
PN=464
Transmission Pump
Coat teeth of both gears with grease before assembly.

Install gears with "This Side Out" facing out.
–UN–24FEB89
RW14442
AG,OURX078,607 –19–30MAR04–4/5
Assemble pump gears and housings and tighten cap

screws (A).
Manifold-to-Pump Body—Specification
(221 lb-in.)
–UN–24FEB89
A—Cap Screws
RW14439
AG,OURX078,607 –19–30MAR04–5/5
Install Transmission Pump
Install packings (A). Use a light coat of grease to hold

packings in position when installing pump. 55
15
7
–UN–13AUG96
A—Packings
RW35971
AG,OURX078,608 –19–24APR00–1/7
Position transmission pump (A) on front cover.
Install and tighten cap screws (B).
Pump-to-Front Cover—Specification
–UN–13AUG96
(66 lb-ft)
A—Transmission Pump
B—Cap Screws
RW35972

110906
PN=465
Transmission Pump
Inspect drive gear bearings and gear for excessive wear

or damage.
IMPORTANT: Remove bearings only if replacement is

required.
–UN–24FEB89
Remove bearings (A) and (B), if necessary.
Install bearings applying force to inside of race. Press

bearing until bearing bottoms against shoulder of gear.
RW14445
Lubricate bearings with clean hydraulic oil before installing
the gear.
A—Bearing
B—Bearing
AG,OURX078,608 –19–24APR00–3/7
Inspect bearing race bore (A) in quill.
Bearing Race—Specification
Bore—ID ................................................................ 110.005—110.045 mm
(4.3309—4.3325 in.)
–UN–13AUG96
For 12-Speed MST, perform the following step:
Install packing (B) and (C). Packing must not be installed

in oil trough between packing.
RW35973
55 For 24-Speed MST, perform the following step:
15
8 12-Speed MST
Install packing (C).
A— Bearing Race Bore

B—Packing
C—Packing
–UN–13AUG96
RW35974
24-Speed MST

110906
PN=466
Transmission Pump
For all tractors, perform the following steps:
IMPORTANT: Check to make sure drive pin (A) is in

end of drive gear shaft when
assembling gear to oil pump.
–UN–13AUG96
Install pump drive gear into oil pump. Make sure small
drive pin (A) in end of drive gear shaft aligns correctly with
the slot in center bore of oil pump.
RW35975
A—Drive Pin
AG,OURX078,608 –19–24APR00–5/7
Install drive gear assembly (A) into the transmission

making sure the drive pin is still in position in end of drive
gear shaft.
A—Drive Gear Assembly
–UN–13AUG96
55
15
9
RW35966

110906
PN=467
Transmission Pump
Install quill (A) and tighten cap screws (B).
Bearing Quill-to-Front Cover—Specification

(66 lb-ft)
Install pump assembly. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

PUMPS in Section 70, Group 00.)
A—Quill
B—Cap Screws
–UN–03MAR99
RW36884
AG,OURX078,608 –19–24APR00–7/7
55
15
10

110906
PN=468
Group 20
Transmission Front Cover
RW25560 –UN–29AUG96
AG,OURX078,609 –19–24APR00–2/6
RW25488 –UN–20AUG96
1
Transmission Cover Removal Bracket . . . . . . . JDG744A
Remove and install front cover on 24-speed MST
1 55
RECOMMENDED TOOL
20
AG,OURX078,609 –19–24APR00–3/6
1
RW25381 –UN–14JUN95
Bearing Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG926
Install bearings
AG,OURX078,609 –19–24APR00–4/6
RW25388 –UN–15JUN95
Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG938
Install input shaft yoke oil seal

110906
PN=469
RW25380 –UN–23MAY95
1
Driver Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDT35
Install seals and bearing cups
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OURX078,609 –19–24APR00–6/6
Other Material
Number Name Use

PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corporation AG,OURX078,610 –19–07NOV05–1/1
Specifications

55
20 Front Bearing Retaining Cap Screw Torque 50 N•m
2 (37 lb-ft)
Bearing Support Plate-to-Front Cover Torque 70 N•m

(12-Speed MST) Cap Screw (52 lb-ft)
Cover-to-Front Case Cap Screw Torque 90 N•m

(66 lb-ft)
Bearing Quill-to-Front Cover Cap Torque 90 N•m

Screw (66 lb-ft)
Pump-to-Front Cover Cap Screw Torque 90 N•m

(66 lb-ft)
AG,OURX078,611 –19–24APR00–1/1

110906
PN=470
Remove Transmission Front Cover
NOTE: The front cover can be removed without removing

the transmission.
Remove cab. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL CAB in

Section 90, Group 00.)
Remove pump assembly. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

Remove transmission drive shaft. (See REMOVE ENGINE
–UN–03MAR99
COUPLER AND DRIVE SHAFTS in Section 56, Groups
05 and 10.)
Remove transmission oil filter relief valve housing. (See
RW36881
REMOVE FILTER RELIEF VALVE HOUSING in Group
05.)
A—Cap Screws
IMPORTANT: Pump drive gear may or may not come B—Quill
off with the quill. Be aware gear is free C—Jack Screw Holes
to slip off the quill if gear is removed
with quill.
Remove cap screws (A) to remove quill (B). Use two of

the cap screws as jack screws (C) to aid quill removal.
55
20
AG,OURX078,612 –19–30MAR04–1/4
3
Remove pump drive gear (A) making sure small drive pin
in end of drive gear shaft stays in position.
A—Pump Drive Gear

–UN–13AUG96
RW35966

110906
PN=471
Remove front cover cap screws (A).
A—Cap Screws
–UN–13AUG96
RW36007
55
20
4

110906
PN=472
Remove yoke (A).
Remove front cover cap screws (B).
NOTE: Guide pins can be made from two cap screws

M12 x 254 mm.
Install guide pins in two of the front cover cap screw

holes.
Loosen front cover using two jack screw holes (C).
–UN–13AUG96
CAUTION: The spacer housing, behind front
cover on 24-Speed, is not attached to the
transmission case except by dowel pins. Use
caution when removing the front cover since
RW36008
the spacer could fall from the transmission.
NOTE: Yoke does NOT have to be removed on 12-Speed

MST to remove front cover.
Yoke MUST be removed when removing the front

cover on 24-Speed MST.
Install JDG744A Transmission Front Cover Removal

Tool (D).
NOTE: Washer (F) is removed when the front seal or

pump drive input gear is removed.
–UN–13AUG96
Remove seal (E) and washer (F).
55
NOTE: If transmission is removed from tractor and 20
RW36009
mounted in rollover stand, remove cover by 5
attaching hoist using JDG19 Lifting Bracket at
center point of front cover.
Remove cover.
A—Yoke
B—Front Cover Mounting Cap Screw
C—Jack Screw Hole
D—JDG744A Transmission Front Cover Removal Tool
E—Seal
–UN–12FEB92
F—Washer
RW20709
In Rollover Stand
AG,OURX078,612 –19–30MAR04–4/4

110906
PN=473
Remove, Inspect, and Install Front Cover

Parts
Remove transmission pump drive gear by removing cap
–UN–12AUG96
screws (A) and bearing support plate (B).
IMPORTANT: Input yoke must be removed to remove

pump drive input gear assembly. Yoke
RW36013
seal MUST be replaced, if yoke is
removed.
A—Cap Screw
B—Bearing Support Plate
AG,OURX078,613 –19–30MAR04–1/9
For ALL transmissions, perform the following steps:
Remove cap screws (A) to remove gear assembly (B).
A—Cap Screws
B—Gear Assembly
–UN–12AUG96
RW36011
55
20
12-Speed MST
6
–UN–12AUG96
RW36010
24-Speed MST

110906
PN=474
For 12-Speed MST, perform the following steps:
Remove snap ring (A).
Press shaft (B) from gear and rear bearing (C).
–UN–12AUG96
A—Snap Ring
B—Shaft
C—Bearing
RW36012
AG,OURX078,613 –19–30MAR04–3/9
Remove front bearing (A), if necessary, using a knife-edge

puller and a press.
Assemble pump drive gear assembly in reverse order.
–UN–12AUG96
A—Bearing
RW36014
AG,OURX078,613 –19–30MAR04–4/9
Remove front bearing (A), if necessary, using a knife-edge

puller. 55
20
IMPORTANT: The shielded side of the bearing must 7
–UN–12FEB92
face the input shaft gear.
Press bearing on gear using a 76 mm or 3 in. driver disk.
RW20711
Install bearing until it bottoms against shoulder.
A—Bearing

110906
PN=475
For ALL transmissions, perform the following step:
Inspect oil trough (A) and holes (B) for contamination.
A—Oil Trough
B—Hole
–UN–12FEB92
RW18773
AG,OURX078,613 –19–30MAR04–6/9
Check front bearing lube hole (A) for contamination.
For ALL transmissions, perform the following steps:
–UN–12FEB92
Remove input yoke seal (B).
Install new seal, sealing lip away from driver, flush with
outer surface using a JDT35 Driver Disk 121 mm (4-3/4
RW20723
in.) and a 58 mm or 2-5/16 in. pilot disk.
12-Speed MST
A—Lube Hole
B—Seal
55
20
8

110906
PN=476
Install pump drive input gear assembly (B).
Install and tighten bearing retaining cap screws (A).
Front Bearing-to-Cover—Specification
Retaining Cap Screw—Torque ...................................................... 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft)
A—Cap Screws
B—Input Gear Assembly
–UN–12AUG96
RW36010
24-Speed MST
–UN–12AUG96
RW36011
12-Speed MST
55
20
AG,OURX078,613 –19–30MAR04–8/9
9
Install bearing support plate (B).
Install and tighten cap screws (A). –UN–12AUG96
Bearing Support Plate-to-Front Cover —Specification

(52 lb-ft)
RW36013
A—Cap Screws
B—Bearing Support Plate
AG,OURX078,613 –19–30MAR04–9/9

110906
PN=477
Install Transmission Front Cover
IMPORTANT: All joints with sealant must be fastened

together within one hour after sealant
application to avoid leakage.
Apply a thin even coat of PM38657 High Flex

Form-in-Place Gasket to one of the sealing surfaces. DO
NOT use PM38656 Plastic Gasket.
NOTE: Install washer (F) in the cover before installing
–UN–13AUG96
seal (E).
Install washer (F).
RW36009
Install seal (E) using JDG926 Bearing Installer and
JDG938 Seal Installer Plate.
Remove jack screws from holes (C).
Install the front cover using two guide pins and JDG744A
Transmission Front Cover Removal Tool (D).
NOTE: If transmission is removed from tractor and

mounted in rollover stand, install cover by
attaching hoist using JDG19 Lifting Bracket at
center point of front cover.
Install cover.
–UN–13AUG96
55 Cover-to-Front Case—Specification
20 Cap Screw—Torque ....................................................................... 90 N•m
RW36008
10 (66 lb-ft)
Remove tools.
Install yoke (A).

A—Yoke
B—Front Cover Mounting Cap Screws
C—Jack Screw Holes
D—JDG744A Transmission Front Cover Removal Tool
E—Seal
–UN–12FEB92
F—Washer
RW20709
In Rollover Stand

110906
PN=478
IMPORTANT: Check to make sure drive pin on pump

drive gear shaft is installed correctly
into the oil pump.
Install the drive pin into the pump drive gear shaft.
Install the pump drive gear (A).
A—Pump Drive Gear
–UN–13AUG96
RW35966
55
20
11

110906
PN=479
Clean the lube annulus and install both O-rings in position

on quill.
Install O-ring in position on quill.
For ALL transmission, perform the following steps:
Install pump drive gear quill (A).
–UN–03MAR99
Bearing Quill-to-Front Cover—Specification
RW36884
(66 lb-ft)
Clean oil filter housing mounting surfaces. A—Quill

B—Cap Screws
Install oil filter housing. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL
FILTER RELIEF VALVE HOUSING in Group 05.)
Install transmission drive shaft. (See REMOVE ENGINE

COUPLER AND DRIVE SHAFTS in Section 56, Groups
05 and 10.)
Install pump assembly. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

Install cab. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL CAB in Section

90, Group 00.)
55
20
12
AG,OURX078,614 –19–07NOV05–3/3

110906
PN=480
Group 25
Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake (24-Speed)
RW25560 –UN–29AUG96
AG,OURX078,632 –19–24APR00–2/5
RW19938 –UN–19MAY92
Bearing Race Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG740
Install bearing race on clutch drum
AG,OURX078,632 –19–24APR00–3/5
RW20982 –UN–02FEB99
Install bearing in Hi-Lo clutch and brake assembly

55
25
AG,OURX078,632 –19–24APR00–4/5
1
RW17424 –UN–23OCT89
Spring Washer Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDT24A
Remove and install clutch spring washers
AG,OURX078,632 –19–24APR00–5/5
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM38613 (Canadian)
592 (LOCTITE)


110906
PN=481
Specifications
Clutch Drum Cover-to-Clutch Drum Torque 25 N•m

Cap Screw (221 lb-in.)
Brake Piston Housing-to-Brake Torque 50 N•m

Piston Cover Cap Screw (37 lb-ft)
Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake-to-Spacer Torque 50 N•m

Housing Cap Screw (37 lb-ft)
Brake Plate Thickness 2.97—3.13 mm

(0.117—0.123 in.)
Flatness 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
Brake Disk Thickness 4.37—4.53 mm

(0.172—0.178 in.)
Return Plate Thickness 15.62—15.98 mm

(0.615—0.629 in.)
Flatness 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
Clutch Plate Thickness 4.70—4.86 mm

(0.185—0.191 in.)
Clutch Disk Thickness 2.84—3.00 mm

(0.112—0.118 in.)
55 Clutch Drum Bushings Location Below Finished Surface 33.5 mm

25 (1.32 in.)
2
Brake Piston Housing-to-Spacer Protrusion 13.5 mm

Housing Dowel Pins (0.53 in.)
AG,OURX078,617 –19–24APR00–1/1

110906
PN=482
Cross-Sectional View—Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake
55
25
3
–UN–29MAR99
RW36962
A—Dowel Pin J—Clutch Drum S—Plate BB—Snap Ring

B—Packing K—Packing T—Disks CC—Retaining Ring
C—Spring Washer L—Spring Washer U—Plate DD—Clutch Piston
D—Packing M—Sealing Rings V—Cap Screw EE—Dowel Pin
E—Anti-Rotation Pin N—Thrust Washer W—Plate FF—Packing
F—Cover O—Disks X—Thrust Washer GG—Brake Piston
G—Roller Bearing P—Return Plate Y—Clutch Cover HH—Housing
H—Snap Ring Q—Plugs Z—Thrust Washer II—Cap Screw
I—Roller Bearing Race R—Cap Screw AA—Clutch Hub
AG,OURX078,618 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=483
Exploded View—Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake
–UN–29MAR99
55
25
4
RW36963
A—Dowel Pin I—Roller Bearing Race R—Spacer AA—Clutch Hub
B—Packing J—Clutch Drum S—Plate BB—Snap Ring
C—Spring Washer K—Packing T—Disks CC—Retaining Ring
D—Packing L—Spring Washer U—Plate DD—Clutch Piston
E—Anti-Rotation Pin (Not M—Sealing Rings V—Cap Screw EE—Dowel Pin (Not Shown)
Illustrated) N—Thrust Washer W—Plate FF—Packing
F—Cover O—Disks X—Thrust Washer GG—Brake Piston
G—Roller Bearing P—Return Plate Y—Clutch Cover HH—Housing
H—Snap Ring Q—Plugs Z—Thrust Washer II—Cap Screw
AG,OURX078,619 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=484
Remove Clutch and Brake Pack
NOTE: The clutch and brake pack can be removed

without removing the transmission.
Remove transmission front cover. (See REMOVE

TRANSMISSION FRONT COVER in Group 20.)
Remove three of the four cap screws (A).
–UN–13AUG96
Remove spacer ring (B) from the input shaft.
A—Cap Screws
RW35977
B—Spacer Ring
AG,OURX078,620 –19–30MAR04–1/2
CAUTION: Hi-Lo clutch and brake pack

assembly is heavy. Use proper lifting equipment
to prevent injury.
NOTE: Remove the heads of two M10 x 65 mm cap

screws to use as guide pins.
Install guide pins (A) across from each other. Remove the
remaining cap screw. Slide brake pack forward and install
a JDG19 Lift Bracket (B).
55
–UN–13AUG96
Attach a hoist to the lift bracket. 25
5
Remove the brake pack.
RW35978
A—Guide Pins
B—Lift Bracket
AG,OURX078,620 –19–30MAR04–2/2

110906
PN=485
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Hi-Lo

Clutch and Brake Assembly
Remove cap screws (A) to remove brake piston

housing (B) from brake piston housing cover (C).
–UN–24FEB89
A—Cap Screws
B—Brake Piston Housing
C—Cover
RW13854
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–1/19
Remove brake piston (B) and inspect piston and packing.

Coat packing with clean hydraulic oil and install on piston.
Check oil lead hole (C) in housing for contamination.
Press dowel pins (A) until pins bottom on pin pressed in
–UN–24FEB89
from opposite side.
A—Dowel Pins
B—Brake Piston
RW13855
C—Oil Lead Hole
55
25
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–2/19
6
Coat threads of all plugs (A) with PM37397 Pipe Sealant

with TEFLON.
A—Plugs
–UN–24FEB89
RW13856
TEFLON is a trademark of Du Pont Co. Continued on next page AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–3/19

110906
PN=486
Align any of the four pads (C) on the brake piston (B) with
the "V" (A) stamped on the brake piston housings when
installing the piston.
A—“V” Mark
B—Brake Piston
–UN–25FEB99
C—Pads
RW36896
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–4/19
Remove cap screws (B) to remove clutch cover (A).
Remove brake disks (E), plates (C), and piston return

plate (D).
–UN–24FEB89
A—Clutch Cover
B—Cap Screws
C—Plate
D—Return Plate
E—Disk
RW13858
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–5/19
Inspect brake plates (A) and disks (B). Facing material on

plates must not chip, flake, or scratch easily with a
fingernail. Check thickness of each plate and disk.
55
Brake Plate and Disk—Specification 25
Plate—Thickness .............................................................. 2.97—3.13 mm 7
–UN–24FEB89
(0.117—0.123 in.)
Disk—Thickness ................................................................ 4.37—4.53 mm
(0.172—0.178 in.)
Plate—Flatness ............................................................................ 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
A—Separator Plates RW13859

B—Brake Disks

110906
PN=487
Inspect piston return plate for unusual or excessive wear,

or damage.
Check flatness of plate across area (A).
Piston Return Plate—Specification
–UN–24FEB89
Plate—Thickness ........................................................... 15.62—15.98 mm
(0.615—0.629 in.)
Plate—Flatness ............................................................................ 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
RW13860
A—Flatness Check Area
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–7/19
Remove brake piston return springs (A), clutch disks (B),

plates (D), hub (C), and thrust washer (E).
Inspect clutch plates and disks. Facing material on plates

must not chip, flake, or scratch easily with a fingernail.
Check thickness of each plate and disk.
–UN–24FEB89
Brake Piston Clutch Disk and Plate—Specification
Plate—Thickness ............................................................... 4.70—4.86 mm
(0.185—0.191 in.)
RW13861
55 (0.112—0.118 in.)
25
8 Inspect clutch hub splines, thrust washer, and contact
area for unusual or excessive wear or damage.
Remove clutch drum from brake piston housing cover.
A—Brake Piston Return Springs

–UN–24FEB89
B—Disk
C—Clutch Hub
D—Plate
E—Thrust Washer
RW13862

110906
PN=488
Inspect thrust washer (A) and thrust washer contact

surfaces. Inspect sealing ring seating area (B) in brake
piston housing cover. Sealing ring wear pattern should be
smooth, even, and unbroken. Oil lead passage (C) must
be open and clean.
–UN–12FEB92
A—Thrust Washer
B—Sealing Ring Seating Area
C—Oil Lead Passage
RW20713
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–9/19
Inspect roller bearing (A) for wear or damage. If

necessary, remove toward the end OPPOSITE the sealing
ring surface.
Install new roller bearing (A) from the end OPPOSITE the
sealing ring surface (B) using the C3 side of a JDG741
–UN–12FEB92
Bearing Installer (C). Installed depth (D) from front surface
(OPPOSITE sealing ring surface end), is 7.5 mm
(0.30 in.).
RW20714A
A—Roller Bearing
B—Sealing Ring Surface
C—JDG741 Bearing Installer
D—Bearing Depth
55
–UN–16NOV92
25
9
RW20715A

110906
PN=489
Compress clutch drum piston return springs (C) using a

JDT24A Spring Washer Compressor (A). Push retaining
ring (B) down enough to remove snap ring. Carefully
release tension to remove spring washers and clutch
piston.
–UN–24FEB89
Inspect piston for unusual or excessive wear or damage.
Replace clutch piston packing. Coat with clean hydraulic

oil after installation.
RW13863
A—JDT24A Spring Washer Compressor
B—Retaining Ring
C—Springs
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–11/19
NOTE: Anti-rotation pin (A) and dowel pins (B) are

serviced as part of the clutch drum.
Inspect clutch drum for wear or damage and replace as

necessary.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Anti-Rotation Pin
B—Dowel Pins
RW13864
55
25
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–12/19
10
Remove and inspect clutch piston drum sealing rings (A)

and grooves. Also inspect sealing ring seating area in
brake piston housing cover.
NOTE: Sealing rings have a butt joint.

–UN–16NOV92
Install sealing rings with joint ends 180° apart. Coat

sealing rings with clean hydraulic oil before installing drum
into brake piston housing cover.
RW20716
Inspect roller bearing race (B) for wear and damage.

Remove if necessary. Remove snap ring (C) to remove
bearing race.
A—Sealing Rings
B—Roller Bearing Race
Install new bearing race tight against shoulder using
C—Snap Ring
JDG740 Bearing Race Installer. Install the snap ring.

110906
PN=490
Install clutch piston into clutch drum.
Install spring washers (C) and retaining ring (B).
Compress springs using a JDT24A Spring Washer

Compressor (A) enough to install snap ring. Carefully
–UN–24FEB89
release tension making sure the snap ring is seated
correctly in the retaining ring.
RW13863
A—JDT24A Spring Washer Compressor
B—Retaining Ring
C—Spring Washers
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–14/19
Check to make sure clutch drum-to-brake piston housing

cover thrust washer (A) is correctly positioned.
A—Thrust Washer
–UN–12FEB92
RW20718
55
25
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–15/19
11
Set brake piston housing cover on wooden blocks.
Install clutch drum into brake piston housing.
Install clutch hub (C), clutch disks (B), and clutch

separator plates (D).
–UN–24FEB89
Install brake piston return springs (A).
Install hub-to-clutch cover thrust washer (E).

RW13861
A—Brake Piston Return Springs

B—Clutch Disk
C—Clutch Hub
D—Clutch Disk Separator Plate
E—Thrust Washer

110906
PN=491
Install piston return plate (A), brake disks (B), separator

plate (C), and clutch cover (D).
A—Piston Return Plate

B—Brake Disks
C—Disk Separator Plate
D—Clutch Cover
–UN–12FEB92
RW20719
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–17/19
Center all four tangs of brake disks (C) in clutch drum

slots (B) before tightening cap screws (A). Tighten clutch
drum cover cap screws.
Clutch Drum Cover-to-Clutch Drum—Specification

–UN–24FEB89
(221 lb-in.)
A—Cap Screws
B—Clutch Drum Slots
RW13869
C—Brake Disks
55
25
12

110906
PN=492
IMPORTANT: Dowel pins (A) must protrude 13.5 mm

(0.53 in.).
Align brake piston housing (B) and cover (D) making sure
oil passage holes are aligned. Tighten cover cap
screws (C).
–UN–24FEB89
Brake Piston Housing-to-Brake Piston Cover—Specification
(37 lb-ft)
RW13870
A—Dowel Pin
B—Brake Housing
C—Cap Screws
D—Cover
AG,OURX078,621 –19–07NOV05–19/19
Install Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake Assembly
CAUTION: Hi-Lo clutch and brake assembly is

heavy. Use proper lifting equipment to prevent
injury.
IMPORTANT: Time the planet pinions before installing

the clutch and brake pack assembly.
Attach JDG19 Lift Bracket (A) to housing.

55
–UN–13AUG96
NOTE: Remove the heads of two M10 x 65 mm cap 25
13
screws to use as guide pins.
Install guide pins (B) across from each other and install
RW35979
clutch and brake assembly on guide pins.
Install the lower cap screw (C) loosely and remove the
JDG19 Bracket. A—JDG19 Lift Bracket
B—Guide Pins
C—Lower Cap Screw

110906
PN=493
Install cap screw (A) at top and bottom of assembly and

slide assembly into position on planetary gears. Remove
guide pins and install remaining cap screws (B) and
tighten.
Hi-Lo Clutch and Brake-to-Spacer Housing—Specification

(37 lb-ft)
Install spacer ring (C) tight against shoulder on input
–UN–13AUG96
shaft.
Install transmission front cover. (See INSTALL

TRANSMISSION FRONT COVER in Group 20.)
RW35980
A—Cap Screw
B—Remaining Cap Screws
C—Spacer Ring
AG,OURX078,622 –19–24APR00–2/2
55
25
14

110906
PN=494
Group 30
Hi-Lo Planetary (24-Speed)
RW17425 –UN–23OCT89
Planetary Timing Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG651
Timing of planetary pinions during assembly
AG,OURX078,623 –19–24APR00–2/2
Specifications
Retainer Plate-to-Carrier Cap Screw Torque 10 N•m

(89 lb-in.)
Planet Pinion Parts
Planet Pinion Shaft OD 23.218—23.228 mm

(0.9141—0.9148 in.)
55
30
Planet Pinion ID 29.592—29.608 mm 1
(1.1650—1.1656 in.)
Spacer Thickness 4.35—4.51 mm

(0.171—0.178 in.)
Carrier Shaft OD 53.944—53.970 mm

(2.1238—2.1248 in.)
AG,OURX078,624 –19–24APR00–1/1

110906
PN=495
Cross-Sectional View—Hi-Lo Planetary
–UN–16AUG96
RW35981
A—Planet Pinion Carrier E—Planet Pinion (3 used) H—Strap (3 used) L—Snap Ring
B—Input Shaft F—Planet Pinion Shaft I—Cap Screw (6 used) M—Snap Ring
C—Shaft Key (2 used) (3 used) J—Thrust Washer (6 used) N—Bearing
D—Spacer (3 used) G—Pin (3 used) K—Roller Bearing (156 used) O—Spacer
55
30
AG,OURX078,625 –19–30MAR04–1/1
2

110906
PN=496
Exploded View—Hi-Lo Planetary
–UN–19AUG96
RW35982
A—Planet Pinion Carrier E—Planet Pinion (3 used) H—Strap (3 used) L—Snap Ring
B—Input Shaft F—Planet Pinion Shaft I—Cap Screw (6 used) M—Snap Ring
C—Shaft Key (2 used) (3 used) J—Thrust Washer (6 used) N—Bearing
D—Spacer (3 used) G—Pin (3 used) K—Roller Bearing (156 used) O—Spacer
55
30
AG,OURX078,626 –19–30MAR04–1/1
3
Remove Hi-Lo Planetary Assembly
NOTE: The Hi-Lo planetary can be removed without

removing the transmission.
Remove Hi-Lo clutch and brake assembly. (See REMOVE

–UN–12AUG96
HI-LO CLUTCH AND BRAKE in Group 25.)
Remove Hi-Lo planetary assembly (A) from the traction

clutch.
RW35983
A—Hi-Lo Planetary Assembly
AG,OURX078,627 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=497
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Hi-Lo

Planetary
Remove cap screws (A), retaining plate (D), and pin (B),
to remove shaft (C) and pinion (E) with bearings, thrust
washers, and spacer.
–UN–24FEB89
Repeat procedure for other planetary gears.
RW13874
A—Cap Screws
B—Pin
C—Shaft
D—Retaining Plate
E—Planet Pinion
AG,OURX078,628 –19–30MAR04–1/6
Inspect parts for unusual or excessive wear or damage.
Planet Pinion Parts—Specification

Planet Pinion Shaft—OD ........................................... 23.218—23.228 mm
(0.9141—0.9148 in.)
Planet Pinion—ID ...................................................... 29.592—29.608 mm
(1.1650—1.1656 in.)
–UN–24FEB89
Spacer—Thickness........................................................... 4.35—4.51 mm
0.171—0.178 in.)
A—Planet Pinion Shaft
RW13875
B—Planet Pinion
55
C—Bearing Spacer
30
4

110906
PN=498
Remove snap ring (C) to remove bearing (D).
Remove snap ring (A) and remove input shaft (B) from
planetary carrier using a press and a 93 mm or
3-11/16 in. driver disk. Use a 76 mm or 3 in. pilot disk with
the driver disk, if the roller bearing is removed.
–UN–24FEB89
Inspect snap ring on front end of shaft and replace as
necessary.
RW14413
A—Snap Ring
B—Input Shaft
C—Snap Ring
D—Bearing
AG,OURX078,628 –19–30MAR04–3/6
Inspect planetary input shaft for unusual or excessive

wear or damage.
Check to make sure all oil passages are open and clean.
Install input shaft into planetary carrier using a press on
–UN–12FEB92
the small end. Make sure the shaft keys are installed.
Install the shaft retaining snap ring.
RW20721
Install the rear bearing, (if removed), using a press and a
55
93 mm or 3-11/16 in. driver disk and a 33 mm or 1-5/16 30
in. pilot disk. Install bearing to bottom of bore. 5
Install bearing retaining snap ring.
AG,OURX078,628 –19–30MAR04–4/6
Assemble each planet pinion assembly using grease to

hold bearings in the gear.
Tighten retainer plate cap screws (A).
Retainer Plate-to-Carrier—Specification
–UN–24FEB89

(89 lb-in.)
A—Cap Screws
RW14412

110906
PN=499
Turn each gear (A) so the stamped number aligns with

the number stamped on the carrier (B).
Instal JDG651 Planetary Timing Tool (C) to hold the

planet pinion gears in time during installation.
A—Pinion Gear
B—Carrier
C—JDG651 Planetary Timing Tool
–UN–16NOV92
RW20722
AG,OURX078,628 –19–30MAR04–6/6
Install Hi-Lo Planetary Assembly
Install planetary assembly with JDG651 Timing Tool (A).

55
30 Make sure planetary pinions are in full mesh with traction
6 clutch cover gear.
–UN–13AUG96
Remove JDG651 Timing Tool and verify the planet
pinions remain timed.
Install Hi-Lo clutch and brake assembly. (See INSTALL RW35984
HI-LO CLUTCH AND BRAKE ASSEMBLY in Group 25.)
A—JDG651 Timing Tool
AG,OURX078,629 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=500
Group 35
Spacer Housing (24-Speed)
Other Material
Number Name Use

PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corporation AG,OURX078,630 –19–07NOV05–1/1
Remove, Inspect, and Install Spacer Housing

and Parts
NOTE: The spacer housing can be removed without

removing the transmission.
–UN–13AUG96
Remove Hi-Lo clutch and brake assembly. (See REMOVE
RW35985
CAUTION: Spacer housing is heavy. Use proper
lifting equipment to prevent injury.
Position transmission so traction clutch cannot A—Jack Screw Hole Tab

slip off manifold. The traction clutch assembly
is not retained with the spacer housing.
Break loose spacer housing-to-front case joint using a

jack screw in threaded hole in tab (A). 55
35
1

110906
PN=501
Lift spacer housing off front case using a chain hoist.
–UN–13AUG96
RW35986
AG,OURX078,631 –19–07NOV05–2/6
Remove nut (A) to remove Hi-Lo solenoid (B).
Remove valve retainer cap screws (C) and remove

solenoid valve.
–UN–16AUG96
A—Nut
B—Solenoid
C—Valve Retainer Cap Screws
RW35987
55
35
AG,OURX078,631 –19–07NOV05–3/6
2
NOTE: Valve is serviced as an assembly.
Replace O-rings (A).
Clean valve (C) by flushing with clean solvent.

–UN–19AUG96
Test solenoid (B). (See Operation and Test TM— Section

240.)
RW35988
A—O-Rings
B—Solenoid
C—Valve

110906
PN=502
Clean both mounting surfaces of spacer housing. Make

sure lube hole (A) and Hi-Lo engagement oil hole (B) are
open and clean.
Check to make sure packings (C) are correctly positioned.
–UN–12AUG96
A—Lube Hole
B—Engagement Oil Hole
C—Packing
RW35989
–UN–13AUG96
RW35990
AG,OURX078,631 –19–07NOV05–5/6
NOTE: To ensure proper sealing of the joint, do not install

spacer housing until all other components and
front cover are ready to be installed.
55
The joint must be tightened to final torque 35
specification within 60 minutes of sealant 3
–UN–13AUG96
application.
Clean spacer housing mounting surface on front case.
RW35991
Apply an even coat of PM38657 High Flex Form-in-Place
Gasket to one of the adjoining surfaces and install the
spacer housing.
Install Hi-Lo planetary assembly. (See INSTALL HI-LO

PLANETARY in Group 25.)
Install Hi-Lo clutch and brake assembly. (See INSTALL

AG,OURX078,631 –19–07NOV05–6/6

110906
PN=503
55
35
4

110906
PN=504
Group 40
Traction Clutch
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
Driver Disk (5-3/8 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG9331
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OURX078,633 –19–24APR00–2/3
RW25380 –UN–23MAY95
Driver Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDT351

55
40
1
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OURX078,633 –19–24APR00–3/3
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM38613 (Canadian)
592 (LOCTITE)


110906
PN=505
Traction Clutch
Specifications
Clutch Cover-to-Clutch Drum Cap Torque 70 N•m

Screw (52 lb-ft)
Clutch Manifold-to-Front Case Cap Torque 90 N•m

Screw (66 lb-ft)
Clutch Plate Thickness 6.87—7.13 mm

(0.270—0.280 in.)
Flatness 0.30 mm
(0.012 in.)
Clutch Disk Thickness 3.48—3.64 mm

(0.137—0.143 in.)
Return Plate Thickness 6.87—7.13 mm

(0.270—0.280 in.)
Flatness 0.30 mm
(0.012 in.)
Piston Check Valve Spring (New) Free Length 16.5 mm

(0.65 in.)
Test Length 8 mm at 3.9—4.7 N
(0.31 in. at 0.9—1.1 lb force)
Piston Return Spring (New) Free Length 89 mm

(3.50 in.)
(2.91 in. at 67—106 lb force)
55
40
2
AG,OURX078,635 –19–24APR00–1/1

110906
PN=506
Traction Clutch
Remove Traction Clutch Assembly
NOTE: The traction clutch can be removed with the

transmission in tractor.
Remove front cover. (See REMOVE TRANSMISSION

FRONT COVER in Group 20.)
–UN–13AUG96
Remove clutch and brake pack. (See REMOVE CLUTCH
AND BRAKE PACK in Group 25.)
RW35992
Remove spacer housing. (See REMOVE, INSPECT, AND
INSTALL SPACER HOUSING AND PARTS in Group 35.)
AG,OURX078,636 –19–30MAR04–1/2
Remove Hi-Lo planetary. (See REMOVE HI-LO

PLANETARY ASSEMBLY in Group 30.)
–UN–13AUG96
CAUTION: Traction clutch assembly is heavy.
Use proper lifting equipment to prevent injury.
RW35993
Remove clutch from transmission drive shaft using a hoist 55
and chain or strap. 40
3
AG,OURX078,636 –19–30MAR04–2/2

110906
PN=507
Traction Clutch
Cross-Sectional View—Traction Clutch
55
40
4
–UN–02FEB99
RW13244
A—Return Spring G—Plate M—Packing R—Steel Ball

B—Pin H—Cap Screw N—Return Plate S—Snap Ring (12-Speed)
C—Cover (24-Speed) I—Drum O—Bearing T—Seal (12-Speed)
D—Thrust Washer (24-Speed) J—Packing P—Snap Ring and Washer U—Bearing (12-Speed)
E—Disk K—Anti-Rotation Pin Q—Spring V—Cover (12-Speed)
F—Hub L—Piston
NOTE: Bearing (U) is a press fit and is used only on

the 12-Speed MST.
AG,OURX078,637 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=508
Traction Clutch
Exploded View—Traction Clutch
–UN–02APR90
RW14417
A—Return Spring F—Hub L—Piston Q—Spring
B—Pin G—Plate (6 used) M—Packing R—Steel Ball
C—Cover H—Cap Screw N—Return Plate S—Snap Ring (12-Speed)
D—Thrust Washer (24-Speed) I—Drum O—Bearing T—Seal (12-Speed) 55
(Not Illustrated) J—Packing P—Snap Ring and Washer U—Bearing (12-Speed) 40
E—Disk (7 used) K—Anti-Rotation Pin 5
AG,OURX078,638 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=509
Traction Clutch

Traction Clutch
NOTE: Gear is not part of cover on 12-Speed MST. The

12-Speed transmission clutch cover will have a
seal, snap ring, and ball bearing not found on the
–UN–24FEB89
cover of the 24-Speed MST.
Remove cap screws (A) to remove clutch cover (B).
RW14418
A—Cap Screws
B—Clutch Cover
24-Speed Traction Clutch
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–1/13
Remove springs (A), pins (B), plates (C), and disks (D).
A—Springs
B—Pins
C—Plates
D—Disks
–UN–24FEB89
RW14419
55
40
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–2/13
6
Remove clutch hub (A) and piston with packing (B).
A—Clutch Hub
B—Piston
–UN–24FEB89
RW14420

110906
PN=510
Traction Clutch
Remove retaining ring (B) to disassemble check valves in

piston (A).
Check parts for unusual or excessive wear or damage.
Piston Check Valve—Specification
–UN–24FEB89
New Spring—Free Length ............................................................ 16.5 mm
(0.65 in.)
New Spring—Test Length .......................................... 8 mm at 3.9—4.7 N
(0.3 in. at 0.9—1.1 lb force)
RW14421
A—Piston
B—Retaining Ring
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–4/13
IMPORTANT: Do not remove bearing (A) unless

requiring replacement. A new bearing
will have to be installed if bearing is
removed.
Install new bearing using JDG933 Driver Disk and an 87
–UN–24FEB89
mm or 3-7/16 in. pilot disk.
Install bearing tight against bottom shoulder.
RW14422
A—Bearing 55
40
7

110906
PN=511
Traction Clutch
Inspect spring (A) and pin (B). Pin must not be bent or
show excessive side wear from spring coils.
Clutch Piston—Specification
New Return Spring—Free Length ................................................... 89 mm
(3.50 in.)
–UN–24FEB89
New Return Spring—Test Length .......................... 74 mm at 387—473 N
(2.91 in. at 87—106 lb force)
A—Spring
RW14423
B—Pin
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–6/13
Inspect plates (A) and disks (B). Facing material on plates

must not chip, flake or scratch easily with a fingernail.
Check thickness of each plate and disk. Check plates for
flatness across area (C).
Clutch Plate and Disk—Specification
–UN–24FEB89
(0.270—0.280 in.)
Plate—Flatness .............................................................................. 0.3 mm
(0.012 in.)
RW14424
(0.137—0.143 in.)
55
40
8 A—Plate
B—Disk
C—Flatness Area

110906
PN=512
Traction Clutch
Inspect piston return plate (A) for excessive or unusual

wear or damage. Check its thickness and flatness across
area (B).
Clutch Piston Return Plate—Specification

–UN–24FEB89
(0.270—0.280 in.)
Plate—Flatness .............................................................................. 0.3 mm
(0.012 in.)
RW14425
A—Return Plate
B—Flatness Area
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–8/13
Inspect clutch cover (A) for excessive or unusual wear or

damage. Check flatness of disk mating area (B).
Clutch Cover—Specification
Cover—Flatness ............................................................................. 0.3 mm
(0.012 in.)
–UN–24FEB89
A—Clutch Cover
B—Disk Mating Area
RW14426
55
40
24-Speed Traction Clutch Cover
9
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–9/13
Inspect clutch hub splines and oil lube holes. Oil lube
holes must be open and clean. Splines must not show
unusual or excessive wear or damage.
–UN–03MAR99
RW36888

110906
PN=513
Traction Clutch
Coat both piston packings with clean hydraulic oil before

installing the piston.
Align piston and pin during piston installation using a light

center punch mark (A) next to the anti-rotation pin.
–UN–24FEB89
Install piston return plate against piston and alternately
install remaining disks and plates.
RW14428
A—Mark
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–11/13
Install oil seal (B) in cover, on 12-Speed MST, using a

71 mm or 2-13/16 in. driver disk and a 49 mm or 1-15/16
in. pilot disk. Sealing lip should be away from the driver.
Install seal tight against bottom of bore.
–UN–24FEB89
Coat sealing lip with clean hydraulic oil. Make sure snap
ring (A) is seated in groove.
RW14429
A—Snap Ring
B—Oil Seal
12-Speed Traction Clutch Cover
55
40
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–12/13
10
Install pins (C), springs (D), cover (A), and tighten cap
screws (B).
Clutch Cover-to-Drum—Specification
(52 lb-ft)
–UN–24FEB89
Check thrust washer (E) for correct position.
A—Clutch Cover
RW14430
B—Cap Screws
C—Pins
D—Springs
24-Speed Traction Clutch
E—Thrust Washer
AG,OURX078,639 –19–30MAR04–13/13

110906
PN=514
Traction Clutch
Remove and Inspect Traction Clutch

Manifold
IMPORTANT: Manifold cone and cup must be

replaced if manifold is replaced.
Transmission must be removed to set
–UN–24FEB89
shaft end play.
Remove cap screws (A) to remove manifold.
RW14432
A—Cap Screws
AG,OURX078,640 –19–07NOV05–1/3
Remove cup (B), only if necessary, using a two-jaw puller

and slide hammer. Use notches cast into the manifold.
Install bearing cup tight against bottom of bore using

JDT35 Driver Disk.
–UN–24FEB89
Coat all plugs (C) with PM37397 Pipe Sealant with
TEFLON before installing.
Replace packings (A) before installing the manifold.
RW14433
55
A—Packings 40
B—Cup 11
C—Plug

110906
PN=515
Traction Clutch
Install sleeve (B) 4 mm (0.16 in.) below finished surface of

manifold using a 61 mm or 2-7/16 in. driver disk and a
47 mm or 1-7/8 in. pilot disk.
Inspect sealing rings (A) and sealing grooves. Also

inspect sealing ring seating area in the traction clutch
–UN–24FEB89
drum. Sealing ring wear pattern should be smooth, even,
and unbroken. Oil lead holes must be open and clean.
Sealing ring ends must be correctly connected. Coat with
RW14434
clean hydraulic oil before installing the traction clutch.
A—Sealing Rings
B—Sleeve
AG,OURX078,640 –19–07NOV05–3/3
Install Traction Clutch Manifold
Install clutch manifold and tighten cap screws (A).
Clutch Manifold-to-Front Case—Specification

–UN–24FEB89
(66 lb-ft)
A—Cap Screws
RW14432
55
40
AG,OURX078,641 –19–30MAR04–1/1
12
Install Traction Clutch Assembly
Lubricate sealing rings on traction clutch manifold with

clean hydraulic oil. –UN–13AUG96
CAUTION: Traction clutch assembly is heavy.

Use proper lifting equipment to prevent injury.
Carefully install clutch onto transmission drive shaft, using

RW35993
a hoist and chain or strap so sealing rings on manifold are

not damaged.
Install Hi-Lo planetary. (See INSTALL HI-LO PLANETARY

ASSEMBLY in Group 30.)

110906
PN=516
Traction Clutch
Install clutch and brake pack. (See INSTALL CLUTCH

AND BRAKE PACK in Group 25.)
Install spacer housing. (See REMOVE, INSPECT, AND

INSTALL SPACER HOUSING in Group 35.)
–UN–13AUG96
Install front cover. (See INSTALL TRANSMISSION
FRONT COVER in Group 20.)
RW35992
AG,OURX078,642 –19–24APR00–2/2
55
40
13

110906
PN=517
Traction Clutch
55
40
14

110906
PN=518
Group 45
Transmission Gear Drives
RW25381 –UN–14JUN95
Install bearing
AG,OURX078,643 –19–24APR00–2/5
RW25388 –UN–15JUN95
Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG938
Install input shaft yoke oil seal
AG,OURX078,643 –19–24APR00–3/5
RW25380 –UN–23MAY95
Driver Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDT351

55
45
1
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OURX078,643 –19–24APR00–4/5

–UN–20AUG96
RW25487
AG,OURX078,643 –19–24APR00–5/5

110906
PN=519
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Lock threads.

242 (LOCTITE)
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Seal front to rear case.
PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
PM37397 (U.S.) Pipe Sealant with TEFLON Seal contacting surfaces.

PM38613 (Canadian)
592 (LOCTITE)

55
45
2

110906
PN=520
Specifications
Upper Countershaft Bearing Retainer Torque 90 N•m

Shifter Cam-to-Shifter Cam Shaft Nut Torque 74 N•m

(55 lb-ft)
Neutral Start Switch Torque 25 N•m

(221 lb-in.)
Reverse Idler Gear Shaft-to-Rear Torque 310 N•m

Case Cap Screw (228 lb-ft)
Baffle-to-Front Case Cap Screws Torque 50 N•m

(37 lb-ft)
Rear Case-to-Front Case Cap Torque 224 N•m

Screws (165 lb-ft)
Transmission Shaft Quills-to-Rear Torque 50 N•m

Case Cap Screws (37 lb-ft)
Input/Output Shaft Yoke Cap Screw Torque 434 N•m

(320 lb-ft)
Top Shaft & Lower Countershaft OD 75.933—75.959 mm

(2.9895—2.9905 in.)
Synchronizer Special Plate Flatness 0.25 mm

(0.010 in.) 55
45
3
Synchronizer Standard Plate Flatness 0.18 mm
(0.007 in.)
Synchronizer Disk Flatness 0.28 mm

(0.011 in.)
Park Pawl Assembly
Shaft OD 50.937—50.963 mm
(2.0054—2.0064 in.)
Bore ID 51.01—51.11 mm
(2.0083—2.0122 in.)

110906
PN=521
Engagement Roller Shaft OD 12.60—12.65 mm

(0.495—0.497 in.)
Engagement Roller ID 12.70—12.80 mm

0.500—0.504 in.)
Shifter Rail OD 24.936—25.000 mm

(0.9817—0.9843 in.)
Reverse Idler Shaft OD 54.947—54.973 mm

(2.1633—2.1643 in.)
Reverse Idler Bearing Cone ID 54.985—55.000 mm

(2.1648—2.1654 in.)
Reverse Idler Gear ID 89.928—89.954 mm

(3.5405—3.5415 in.)
Reverse Idler Bearing Cup OD 89.985—90.000 mm

(3.5425—3.5433 in.)
Transmission Shaft End Play (See Text for Procedure)
Park Pawl Spring Free Length 42.5 mm

(1.67 in.)
(0.71 in. at 26—32 lb force)
Shifter Cam Detent Spring Free Length 63.5 mm

55 (2.50 in.)
45 Test Length 43.7 mm at 90—111 N
4
(1.72 in. at 20—24 lb force)
AG,OURX078,645 –19–24APR00–2/2

110906
PN=522
Cross-Sectional View—Transmission Gear Drives
55
45
5
–UN–17OCT89
RW13809
24-Speed
A—Rear Case D—Front Case H—Front Range Shifter L—Rear Drive Yoke
B—Low and Reverse Speed E—Clutch Manifold I—Lower Countershaft M—Rear Range Shifter
Shifter F—Top Shaft Assembly Assembly N—PTO Shaft Quill (If
C—Medium and High Speed G—Upper Countershaft J—Front Drive Yoke Equipped)
Shifter Assembly K—Output Shaft
AG,OURX078,646 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=523
Remove Transmission Top Shaft, Upper

Countershaft, Lower Countershaft, and
Output Shaft
Remove transmission from tractor and install in D05223ST

Engine Rotation Stand using JT05887 Transmission
–UN–24FEB89
Adapter Set. (See REMOVE MECHANICAL SHIFT
TRANSMISSION in Group 00.)
RW14463
Remove lube fitting (A) and transmission speed magnetic
pickup (B) from front of transmission.
A—Lube Fitting
B—Magnetic Pickup
AG,OURX078,647 –19–30MAR04–1/4
Remove PTO yoke and shaft (if equipped) and output

shaft rear yoke (D).
Remove bearing cap for each shaft (A), (B), (C), and (E).
–UN–24FEB89
A—Top Shaft Quill
B—Upper Countershaft Quill
C—Lower Countershaft Quill
D—Output Shaft Rear Yoke
E—Output Shaft Quill
RW14464
55
45
6

110906
PN=524
Remove 18 rear-to-front case cap screws. Use one in

each corner, with flat stock as illustrated, to open
front-to-rear case joint.
CAUTION: Rear case is heavy. Use proper
–UN–24FEB89
lifting equipment to prevent injury.
Slowly lift rear cover off front cover using a chain hoist
and strap. Lift cover off straight to avoid damaging shifter
RW14465
rails.
–UN–24FEB89
RW14466
AG,OURX078,647 –19–30MAR04–3/4
Remove lube line (F) and baffle (C).
Remove four shifter rails (A).

55
NOTE: Remove top shaft rear shifter (speed shifter) fork 45
(H) to ease removal of top shaft. The shifter fork 7
–UN–24FEB89
will be removable when the cam follower rollers
are out of the cam tracks.
Remove the top shaft (G), upper countershaft (E), lower
RW14467
countershaft (D), and output shaft (B) using a chain hoist
and straps.
NOTE: Tipping the upper countershaft to the outside will A—Shifter Rails
B—Output Shaft
help in removing the top shaft. C—Baffle
D—Lower Countershaft
E—Upper Countershaft
F—Lube Line
G—Top Shaft
H—Speed Shifter Fork
AG,OURX078,647 –19–30MAR04–4/4

110906
PN=525
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—Top Shaft
55
45
8
–UN–24FEB89
RW13246
A—Bearing Cone E—Shaft I—Gear (27 Teeth) L—Snap Ring

B—Snap Ring F—Gear (31 Teeth) J—Gear with Washer M—Plug (Without PTO)
C—Bearing Cone G—Synchronizer Assembly (21 Teeth) N—Spring Pin (Without PTO)
D—Snap Ring H—Gear (36 Teeth) K—Thrust Washer
AG,OURX078,648 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=526
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—Upper Countershaft
55
45
–UN–24FEB89
9
RW13247
A—Shaft with Gear D—Gear (33 Teeth) G—Cap Screw I—Spacer
B—Gear (37 Teeth) E—Bearing Cone H—Shaft Key J—Bearing Cone
C—Gear (28 Teeth) F—Retainer
AG,OURX078,649 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=527
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—Lower Countershaft
55
45
10
–UN–17OCT89
RW13248
A—Bearing Cone E—Gear (38 Teeth) G—Bearing Cone K—Shaft

B—Gear (47 Teeth) F—Gear with Washer (24 H—Snap Rings L—Drive Collar
C—Synchronizer Assembly Teeth) (Washer on I—Snap Rings M—Shift Collar
D—Gear (34 Teeth) 24-Speed) J—Snap Ring
NOTE: The 24-Speed and 12-Speed lower assemblies (C) are replaced by drive collar (L)
countershafts are similar except synchronizer and shift collar (M) on 12-Speed.
AG,OURX078,650 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=528
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—Output Shaft
–UN–24FEB89
RW13804
55
45
11
A—Spacer C—Shaft E—Gear (46 Teeth) F—Bearing Cone
B—Bearing Cone D—Shaft Keys
AG,OURX078,651 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=529
Disassemble and Inspect Shafts
Disassemble in order shown in cutaway and exploded

views of each shaft.
NOTE: Bearing cones on top shaft and lower countershaft
–UN–24FEB89
are retained by a snap ring. Bearing cones on
shafts are a press fit.
NOTE: Position puller between synchronizer drum and
RW14468
shift collar (B) as shown. DO NOT tighten the
puller against the synchronizer ring (C).
Remove bearing cones using a knife-edge puller (A).
A—Knife-Edge Puller
B—Shift Collar
C—Synchronizer Ring
–UN–12MAR99
RW36900
Shafts with Synchronizers
AG,OURX078,652 –19–30MAR04–1/2
Inspect top shaft and bottom countershaft for unusual or

excessive wear or damage. All lubrication holes must be
open and clean. Check shaft OD.
55
45 Top Shaft and Lower Countershaft—Specification
12 Shaft—OD ................................................................. 75.933—75.959 mm
–UN–24FEB89
(2.9895—2.9905 in.)
NOTE: Top shaft and lower countershaft OD are identical.
RW14470
Top Shaft
AG,OURX078,652 –19–30MAR04–2/2

110906
PN=530

Drive/Shift Collar (12-Speed)
12-Speed MST—Lower Countershaft
Separate drive and shift collars and inspect.
–UN–16AUG96
RW36003
AG,OURX078,653 –19–30MAR04–1/2
Install drive/shift collar on shaft with snap ring (A) in snap

ring recess (B).
A—Snap Ring
B—Recess
–UN–13AUG96
55
45
13
RW36004
AG,OURX078,653 –19–30MAR04–2/2
Disassemble and Inspect Synchronizer
NOTE: All synchronizer assemblies are identical but

synchronizer hubs are not symmetrical. Snap ring
notches of hubs must face each other when
installed.
–UN–24FEB89
Remove drum (A)

RW14471
A—Drum

110906
PN=531
Remove synchronizer plate with facing (A).
Remove three disks (B) and two plates (C) from each
side.
–UN–13AUG96
A—Synchronizer Plate (With Facing)
B—Disks
C—Plates
RW35994
AG,OURX078,654 –19–30MAR04–2/7
Remove three springs (A) and remove synchronizer ring

(B).
A—Springs
B—Synchronizer Ring
–UN–13AUG96
RW35995
AG,OURX078,654 –19–30MAR04–3/7
NOTE: Detent parts (B) will be thrust away from drum (C)
as the shift collar (A) is removed.
55 Slowly remove shift collar (A) so detent inserts, detent

45 cones, and detent springs (B) will not be lost.
14
–UN–24FEB89
A—Shift Collar
B—Detent Springs
C—Drum
RW14473
AG,OURX078,654 –19–30MAR04–4/7
Inspect drum for unusual or excessive wear in plate

contact area (A). Drum teeth (B) must not show unusual
or excessive wear or damage.
A—Plate Contact Area

B—Drum Teeth
–UN–13AUG96
RW35996

110906
PN=532
Check facing (A) on synchronizer plate with facing, for

chipped, scratched or excessively worn surface.
NOTE: There are no grooves in facing on synchronizer

plate.
–UN–24FEB89
Check opposite side (B) of synchronizer plate for even
wear pattern. Surface should not be excessively worn.
Check flatness of plates.
RW14475
Synchronizer Plate—Specification
Plate (With Facing)—Flatness...................................................... 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
Plate (Without Facing)—Flatness................................................. 0.18 mm
(0.007 in.)
A—Facing
B—Opposite Side
–UN–24FEB89
RW14476
AG,OURX078,654 –19–30MAR04–6/7
Inspect disk facings for chips, scratches, or excessive

wear (grooves not visible).
Check flatness of disk. 55

45
Synchronizer Disk—Specification 15
–UN–24FEB89
Disk—Flatness.............................................................................. 0.28 mm
(0.011 in.)
RW14477
AG,OURX078,654 –19–30MAR04–7/7

110906
PN=533
Assemble Synchronizer
Install synchronizer detent cone (C) and spring (D) in

holes in hub (E).
Install shift collar (A) with detent inserts (B) on hub with
–UN–24FEB89
cones so cones are centered in inserts.
A—Shift Collar
B—Detent Insert
RW14478
C—Detent Cone
D—Detent Spring
E—Hub
AG,OURX078,655 –19–30MAR04–1/5
Install a synchronizer ring (C) on each side of hub so tabs

(A) are located between the detent cones (B).
A—Tabs
B—Detent Cones
C—Synchronizer Ring
–UN–24FEB89
RW14479
55
45
AG,OURX078,655 –19–30MAR04–2/5
16
Install release springs (A) to hold synchronizer rings

together.
A—Springs
–UN–24FEB89
RW14480

110906
PN=534
NOTE: Synchronizer plates with facing on one side, must

be installed (one on each side of synchronizer)
with the facing toward the drum.
Install synchronizer plate that has facing on one side, with

the facing toward the drum.
–UN–13AUG96
Install disk on plate with facing and a plate next.
Alternately install remaining disks and plates.
RW35998
Align the plate tangs (A).
Repeat the procedure for the other drum. A—Plate Tangs
AG,OURX078,655 –19–30MAR04–4/5
Install drum (A) with plates and disks on each side of

synchronizer making sure the drums are positioned
correctly on the synchronizer.
Install synchronizer assembly on shaft with snap ring

recess (B) in each hub facing each other.
–UN–13AUG96
A—Drum
B—Snap Ring Recess
RW36002
55
45
17
–UN–18APR00
RW36901
B B
AG,OURX078,655 –19–30MAR04–5/5

110906
PN=535
Assemble Lower Countershaft
Install parts onto shaft.
Press bearing cones onto shaft and select the thickest

snap ring (A) that will fit properly in the shaft groove. (See
–UN–19MAR90
parts catalog.)
A—Snap Ring
RW18074
AG,OURX078,656 –19–30MAR04–1/1
Assemble Upper Countershaft
Install parts onto shaft.
Install upper countershaft front bearing retaining plate (A)

and tighten cap screw (B).
–UN–24FEB89
Upper Countershaft Bearing Retaining Plate—Specification
(66 lb-ft)
RW14484
A—Retaining Plate
B—Cap Screw
55
45
AG,OURX078,657 –19–30MAR04–1/1
18
Disassemble and Assemble Park Pawl

Assembly
Remove snap ring (A) to remove park pawl with roller.

–UN–24FEB89
A—Snap Ring
RW14613

110906
PN=536
–UN–16NOV92
RW22243
Park Pawl Assembly
A—Shaft C—Engagement Roller E—Snap Ring G—Spring

B—Setscrew D—O-Ring F—Roller Shaft H—Park Pawl
Disassemble parts as necessary and inspect park pawl Engagement Roller—ID .......................................... 12.70—12.80 mm
(0.500—0.504 in.)
shaft OD, park pawl bore ID, engagement roller shaft
OD, roller ID, and spring.
Install park pawl shaft using a new O-ring (D).
Park Pawl Assembly—Specification
Shaft—OD........................................................... 50.937—50.963 mm Retain shaft (A) using roller shaft (F) and setscrew (B).
(2.0054—2.0064 in.) Apply a light coat of PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer
Bore—ID ............................................................. 51.010—51.110 mm (Medium Strength) to threads of setscrew.
(2.0083—2.0122 in.)
55
Engagement Roller Shaft—OD .............................. 12.60—12.65 mm
Install park pawl assembly. 45
(0.495—0.497 in.)
19
AG,OURX078,658 –19–10NOV05–2/2

110906
PN=537
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views—Shifter Cams
–UN–24FEB89
RW14616
Speed Shifter Shaft
A—Cam E—Seal I—O-Ring M—Retainer

B—Arm F—Shaft Key J—Neutral Start Switch N—Steel Ball
55 C—Rear Case G—Plug K—Shims O—Lock Nut
45 D—Needle Bearing H—Spring L—Follower P—Shaft
20
NOTE: Parts are identical for range shifter shaft. Needle bearings (D) are press fit.
AG,OURX078,659 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=538
Remove and Install Shifter Cams
NOTE: Shifter cam shaft-to-shifter cam joint is a tapered

spline joint. Shaft may need to be tapped out of
the cam using a soft steel rod.
–UN–13APR04
IMPORTANT: Shifter cam shaft arms (A) and (D) are
not interchangeable. Tag each arm as
"range" (lower countershaft) or "speed"
RXA0074284
(top shaft) before being removed from
the case or respective shaft. Shifter
cam shafts are interchangeable.
Remove shifter cam detent parts. Remove nut (C) to

remove shifter cams (B) and (E).
A—Speed Shifter Arm

B—Speed Shifter Cam
C—Lock Nut
–UN–24FEB89
D—Range Shifter Arm
E—Range Shifter Cam
RW14618
AG,OURX078,660 –19–07NOV05–1/5
Install inner bearing (A) flush with inner surface of case

using a 36 mm or 1-7/16 in. driver disk and a 20 mm or
13/16 in. pilot disk. Lubricate with clean hydraulic oil.
55
Install outer bearing (B) flush with bottom of counterbore 45
in outer surface of case using a 36 mm or 1-7/16 in. driver 21
–UN–24FEB89
disk and a 20 mm or 13/16 in. pilot disk. Lubricate with
clean hydraulic oil.
Coat OD of seal (C) with PM37397 Pipe Sealant with
RW14619
TEFLON. Install with sealing lips away from driver, flush
with outer surface of case using a 44 mm or 1-3/4 in.
driver disk and a 20 mm or 13/16 in. pilot disk. Coat
sealing lip with clean hydraulic oil. A—Inner Bearing
B—Outer Bearing
C—Seal

110906
PN=539
Alignment mark (A) is in line with key slot (B). B
A—Alignment Mark
B—Key Slot
–UN–13APR04
A
RXA0074285
55
45
22

110906
PN=540
IMPORTANT: Shifter cams and shafts MUST be

properly aligned.
Alignment marks (A) on shifter cams MUST align with

marks and key slot (B) on shafts.
A
A—Alignment Mark
B—Key Slot
–UN–13APR04
RXA0074287
Speed Shifter Cam
55
B 45
23
–UN–13APR04
RXA0074286
Range Shifter Cam

110906
PN=541
NOTE: Installation procedures are same for range shifter

and speed shifter cams.
Install shifter cam onto shifter cam shaft so "V" marks on

each align. Tighten nut (A).
Specification
Shifter Cam-to-Shifter Cam Nut—
Torque ............................................................................................ 75 N•m
(55 lb-ft)
Install arm (B) on correct shaft so there is a 0.05—0.10

mm (0.002—0.004 in.) gap between the arm and the case
wall with the shaft and cam held against the case.
Check detent spring (C) for excessive wear or damage.
Specification
Shifter Cam Detent Spring—Free
Length ........................................................................................... 63.5 mm
(2.50 in.)
Test Length............................................................ 43.7 mm at 90—111 N
–UN–24FEB89
(1.72 in. at 20—24 lb force)
Adjust neutral start switch (D) after the transmission is

installed and shift linkage connected. (See ADJUST
RW13811
NEUTRAL START SWITCH in this group.)
Speed Shifter Cam
A—Lock Nut
B—Arm
C—Spring
D—Neutral Start Switch
55
45
AG,OURX078,660 –19–07NOV05–5/5
24

110906
PN=542
Adjust Neutral Start and Reverse Switches
IMPORTANT: When installing a new switch, follow the

instructions provided in switch kit.
–UN–22AUG02
1. Remove neutral start switch (D) or reverse switch (E)
and shims (B). Leave switch pin (C) in place.
2. Clean switch bore prior to assembly.
RXA0062155
3. Position shifter cam in:
• Neutral— if adjusted.
• Reverse— if adjusted.
A—Switch
B—Shim Washers
C—Switch Pin
D—Start Switch
E—Reverse Switch
–UN–13AUG96
RW35999
55
45
OURX985,00000DE –19–16AUG02–1/5
25
4. Use RE37996 Neutral Start Switch Adjusting Gauge.
5. Press inner pin (A) until no gap exists at pin

indicator (B).
A—Adjusting Gauge Inner Pin

–UN–20JUL99
B—Pin Indicator
RW37247
Continued on next page OURX985,00000DE –19–16AUG02–2/5

110906
PN=543
6. Place gauge (A) in switch bore and press until gauge

rests on spotface (B).
A—Neutral Start Switch Adjusting Gauge

B—Transmission Case Spotface
–UN–19JUL99
RW37248
–UN–19JUL99
RW37249
55
45
OURX985,00000DE –19–16AUG02–3/5
26
7. Remove gauge and determine number of shims (A)

that will easily fit into gap (B). DO NOT force shims
into gap.
A—Shims
B—Measured Gap
–UN–19JUL99
RW37250
Continued on next page OURX985,00000DE –19–16AUG02–4/5

110906
PN=544
8. Remove shims (B) from gauge and place on

switch (A).
IMPORTANT: Make sure switch pin (C) is installed in

switch bore.
–UN–19JUL99
9. Install switch with shims and tighten to specification.
Reverse/Neutral Switches—Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 25 N•m
RW37251
(221 lb-in.)
10. Repeat adjustment procedure for other switch.
11. Cycle the shifter cam to make sure:
• Neutral start switch closes ONLY in neutral.

• Reverse switch closes ONLY in reverse.
12. After transmission is installed in tractor and all

connections are made, cycle shift mechanism to
make sure switches function as noted in previous
step.
A—Switch
–UN–13AUG96
B—Shims
C—Switch Pin
RW35999
55
45
OURX985,00000DE –19–16AUG02–5/5
27

110906
PN=545
Disassemble and Assemble Shifter Fork
12-Speed Top Shaft: 24-Speed Top Shaft: 24-Speed

Lower Countershaft:
Inspect clips (A) for unusual or excessive wear. (Remove

and replace as necessary.)
Inspect bearings (B) for excessive wear. Replace as

necessary by removing bearings using a 25 mm or 1 in.
driver disk and a 22 mm or 7/8 in. pilot disk.
–UN–13AUG96
Install new bearing flush with outer surface of fork using a
31 mm or 1-1/4 in. driver disk and a 22 mm or 7/8 in. pilot
disk. Lubricate each bearing with clean oil.
RW36000
Inspect cam follower (C) for excessive wear. Replace as
necessary by pushing the cam follower out of the fork
through access hole (D).
A—Shifter Fork Wear Clip
Install new cam follower by pressing pin into shifter. B—Needle Roller Bearings
C—Cam Follower
D—Cam Follower Removal Access Hole
Check shifter fork rail for even wear. Replace rail if wear
is unusual or excessive, or if rail is bent.
Shifter Rail —Specification

Rail—OD.................................................................... 24.936—25.000 mm
(0.9817—0.9843 in.)
55
45
AG,OURX078,662 –19–30MAR04–1/2
28
12-Speed Lower Countershaft
Inspect shifter for excessive wear.
Inspect cam follower (A) for excessive wear. Replace as

necessary by pushing cam follower pin out of the fork
–UN–13AUG96
through access hole (B).
Install new cam follower by installing roller on pin and

pressing pin into shifter.
RW36001
Roller must rotate freely.
A—Cam Follower
B—Access Hole
AG,OURX078,662 –19–30MAR04–2/2

110906
PN=546
Remove and Install Front Case Parts
Remove bearing cups in front case if necessary.
Install upper countershaft bearing cup using a 111 mm or

4-3/8 in. driver disk.
–UN–24FEB89
Install lower countershaft and output shaft bearing cups
using JDT35 Driver Disk.
RW14622
Install cups so cup bottoms in the bore. Bearing cups in
front case are press fit.
Coat lube line connectors (A) with PM37397 Pipe Sealant A—Lube Line Connectors
with TEFLON and install.
Remove and Install Reverse Idler Gear
Remove cap screw (C) and remove reverse idler gear

shaft (B) and gear (A) with cups.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Gear
B—Gear Shaft
C—Cap Screw
RW14623
55
45
29

110906
PN=547
NOTE: Bearing cones (E) are a slip fit. Cups (A) are a
press fit.
Remove cups (A) from gear (F), if necessary. Install new

cups tight against snap ring (D) using a 90 mm or
3-1/2 in. driver disk.
Inspect thrust washer (G) and replace as necessary.
NOTE: Lubricate bearing cones with clean hydraulic oil

before installing the reverse idler gear assembly.
Check OD of shaft (B) and ID of cones (E) for scoring or

galling.
Reverse Idler Gear—Specification

Shaft—OD ................................................................. 54.947—54.973 mm
(2.1633—2.1643 in.)
Bearing Cone—ID ..................................................... 54.985—55.000 mm
(2.1648—2.1654 in.)
Gear—ID.................................................................... 89.928—89.954 mm
–UN–24FEB89
(3.5405—3.5415 in.)
Bearing Cup—OD...................................................... 89.985—90.000 mm
(3.5425—3.5433 in.)
IMPORTANT: Special cap screw threads are coated
RW13308
and should be replaced if coating is
worn off.
Inspect special cap screw for coating wear on threads. A—Bearing Cups
B—Shaft
Replace as required. Tighten special cap screw (C). C—Cap Screw
D—Snap Ring
Specification E—Bearing Cones
Idler Gear Shaft-to-Rear Case F—Reverse Idler Gear
55 Cap Screw—Torque ..................................................................... 310 N•m G—Thrust Washer
45 (228 lb-ft)
30
AG,OURX078,664 –19–30MAR04–2/2

110906
PN=548
Install Transmission Shafts
–UN–03FEB99
RW78209
A—Front Speed Synchronizer C—Rear Range Synchronizer D—Park Pawl E—Front Range Synchronizer
Shifter Shifter Shifter
B—Rear Speed Synchronizer
Shifter
IMPORTANT: Hold shafts vertically during Install front (A) and rear (B) speed synchronizer shifter
installation using a double strap forks after the top countershaft and top shaft are
arrangement to prevent damage to installed. 55
the bearing cones. 45
31
Install front and rear range synchronizer shifter

forks (C) and (E) (without shifter rails installed), after
output shaft and bottom countershaft are installed.
AG,OURX078,665 –19–24APR00–1/2
Install spacer (A) with small diameter against race of

output shaft rear bearing cone.
A—Spacer
–UN–24FEB89
RW14625
AG,OURX078,665 –19–24APR00–2/2

110906
PN=549
Install Rear Case
Install baffle (A) and tighten cap screws (B).
Baffle-to-Front Case—Specification
–UN–24FEB89
(37 lb-ft)
Install lube line (C) positioned approximately as shown.
RW14626
A—Baffle
B—Cap Screws
C—Lube Line
AG,OURX078,666 –19–07NOV05–1/3
Clean adjoining surfaces of front and rear case joint with a

non-petroleum based solvent.
Apply an even coat of PM38657 High Flex Form-in-Place

Gasket to only one surface.
–UN–24FEB89
Guide lube line into position using a long cap screw with
head removed (A), placed in the lube line through the plug
hole (B).
RW14628
NOTE: Keep rear case level to help with reverse idler
55
45 gear mesh and to keep shifter rails and lube line
32 correctly aligned.
Slowly lower rear case into position.
A—Cap Screw
B—Hole –UN–24FEB89
RW14627

110906
PN=550
Install and tighten cap screws (A).
Rear Case-to-Front Case—Specification

(165 lb-ft)
–UN–24FEB89
A—Cap Screws
RW14629
AG,OURX078,666 –19–07NOV05–3/3
55
45
33

110906
PN=551
Adjust Shaft End Play
IMPORTANT: O-rings and shims must NOT be

installed on quills during adjustment
procedure. Bearing quills must fit
loosely in the housing (without O-ring
–UN–24FEB89
packing) and cap screws must thread
easily into the housing. Clean quills and
cap screw threads if necessary before
starting adjustment procedure.
RW14630
Adjust each shaft individually. Other
three shafts must have end play (cap Top Shaft
screws and quills loose) when
measurements are taken.
Shaft end play adjustment must be

done with shafts in vertical position.
NOTE: End play adjustment procedure is identical for all

four shafts.
1. Tighten all three cap screws to 11 N•m (97 lb-in.) until

the torque stabilizes on all cap screws.
2. Rotate the shaft two times.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 except tighten cap screws to

23 N•m (204 lb-in.).
4. Tighten all three cap screws to 34 N•m (25 lb-ft) until

the torque stabilizes. Do NOT rotate the shaft.
55
45 5. Remove cap screws and quill. The bearing cup MUST
34
be loose. Remove cup if cup is not loose and repeat
procedure.
6. Install the quill and cap screws and continue the

procedure.
NOTE: Tightening the cap screws until the torque

stabilizes, is NOT necessary for the remaining
procedures.
7. Tighten each of the three cap screws to 1 N•m (9

lb-in.).
8. Rotate the shaft three times.

110906
PN=552
9. Repeat Steps 7 and 8 except tighten the cap screws to

2 N•m (18 lb-in.).
10. Tighten all three caps screws to 3 N•m (27 lb-in.). Do

NOT rotate the shaft.
AG,OURX078,667 –19–24APR00–2/5
IMPORTANT: The gap MUST be measured at each of

the cap screws.
11. Measure the gap at each of the three cap screws and
compute the average.
–UN–24FEB89
NOTE: Shims must always be measured individually due
to slight variations in thickness.
12. Add shim thickness of either 0.152 mm (0.006 in.) or
RW14631
0.178 mm (0.007 in.) to the average, to determine the
size of the shim pack required. (See table below.)
Shaft Shim Thickness to Add to Average

Top Shaft 0.18 mm (0.007 in.)
Upper Countershaft 0.18 mm (0.007 in.)
Lower Countershaft 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
Output Shaft 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)
55
45
35

110906
PN=553
13. Remove quill and install O-ring and calculated shim

pack.
14. Install top shaft quill (A) with the cast word "TOP" up.
IMPORTANT: Other three shafts must have end play
–UN–24FEB89
(cap screws and quill loose) when
adjusting any one of the four
transmission shafts.
RW14632
15. Adjust end play on each of three remaining shafts
using Steps 1 through 14.
A—Quill
AG,OURX078,667 –19–24APR00–4/5
16. Install upper countershaft, lower countershaft and

output shaft quills. The indexing of cast slots (A) is
not critical.
17. Tighten cap screws on each quill to final torque ONLY

AFTER end play on all four shafts has been adjusted.
–UN–24FEB89
Transmission Shaft Bearing Quills—Specification
(37 lb-ft)
RW14633
55 18. Install transmission in tractor. (See REMOVE AND
45 INSTALL MECHANICAL SHIFT TRANSMISSION in
36
Group 00.) A—Cast Slots
AG,OURX078,667 –19–24APR00–5/5

110906
PN=554
Install Yoke Seals and Yokes
IMPORTANT: DO NOT apply excessive sealant to the

seal OD. An excessive amount may
interfere with the seal.
–UN–25FEB99
Apply a light coat of PM38657 High Flex Form-in-Place
Gasket to the OD of all the seals (input shaft and both
output shaft seals).
RW36905
Install seal (A), with sealing lip away from the driver, using
JDG926 Bearing Cone Installer and JDG938 Seal Installer
Plate. Outer surface of seal must be flush to within Input Shaft Seal
0.5 mm (0.02 in.) below the surface of the housing.
A—Seal
–UN–25FEB99
RW36906
Output Shaft Seal
AG,OURX078,668 –19–08NOV05–1/3
Coat ID of seal and OD of yoke with clean hydraulic oil

and install yoke (A).
Install O-ring (B). No part of the O-ring should protrude 55

out of the groove. 45
37
–UN–24FEB89
A—Yoke
B—O-Ring
RW14635

110906
PN=555
Install special washer (B). Degrease cap screw threads

and tapped hole threads in output shaft (each end) and
input shaft using a non-petroleum based solvent. Coat
threads of cap screw (A) with PM37477 Thread Lock and
Sealer (Medium Strength).
–UN–22SEP89
Yoke-to-Shaft Retainer—Specification
(320 lb-ft)
RW14636
A—Cap Screw
B—Special Washer
AG,OURX078,668 –19–08NOV05–3/3
55
45
38

110906
PN=556
Group 50
–UN–17MAY95
1
fabricated flusher (DFRW117).
RW25352
2
Other Material
Number Name Use

55
RE43231 (U.S.) Cleanup Filter Filtering transmission system during 50
the first 50 hours of operation after 1
repair
RX16235050,1A –19–11DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=557

components.

should not be used.

3. After assembly of transmission, pump approximately 50
–UN–15DEC88
L (13 gal) oil from filter caddy into a container. Put
container under transmission drain plug port. Remove
plug.
RW15639
transmission filler neck. Operate filter caddy for 25
minutes for oil to pass through filter.
5. Install drain plug. Use filtered oil from transfer tank to

fill transmission.
6. Install an RE43231 Cleanup Filter and operate tractor

55 for 50 hours after repair. After 50 hours of operation,
50 remove the cleanup filter and install specified filter.
2
RX16235050,2A –19–17DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=558
Group 55
Shift Levers and Linkage
Specifications
Speed Shifter
Arm Bushing ID 22.250—22.276 mm

(0.8760—0.8770 in.)
Upper Shifter Rod Preset Length 647 mm

(25.5 in.)
Lower Shifter Rod Preset Length 368 mm

(14.5 in.)
Range Shifter
New Spring Free Length 21 mm

(0.8 in.)
(0.70 in. at 126—154 lb force)
Arm Bushing ID 22.250—22.276 mm

(0.8760—0.8770 in.)
Upper Shifter Rod Preset Length 660 mm

(26 in.)
Lower Shifter Rod Preset Length 558.5 mm

(22 in.)
55
Lock-out Latch 55
1
Rod Length 117 mm

(4.6 in.)
Rod Allowable Gap 1—3 mm

(0.04—0.12 in.)
Inboard Bracket Cap Screw Torque 40 N•m

(30 lb-ft)
OURX956,0000128 –19–30NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=559
Remove and Install Shift Lever Control

Assembly
Remove front cover (A) and screws underneath.
Remove special machine screws (B) from top of console.
–UN–28JUL99
Drill out rivets (C) with small drill bit being careful not to
go too deep.
RW78310
Remove top (D) and bottom console (E).
A—Front cover
B—Machine Screws
C—Rivets
D—Upper Console
E—Lower Console
OURX956,0000129 –19–30MAR04–1/4
Remove load center front bracket (A).
A—Bracket
55
55
2
–UN–29AUG96
RW36032

110906
PN=560
Remove glass on right side of cab.
Remove bracket (A).
A—Bracket
–UN–29AUG96
RW36033
OURX956,0000129 –19–30MAR04–3/4
NOTE: Make note of orientation of rod ball joints so

correct installation is ensured.
Disconnect shift linkage at speed selector arm (A) and

range shifter arm (B).
Disconnect PTO clutch operating cable at yoke (C) and

bracket (D).
Disconnect wiring harness connector (E).
Remove shift lever control assembly cap screws (F) and

remove control assembly.
Install shift lever control assembly in reverse order of

removal.
A—Speed Selector Arm Linkage 55
–UN–29AUG96
B—Range Selector Arm Linkage 55
C—PTO Clutch Operating Cable Yoke 3
D—PTO Clutch Operating Cable Bracket
E—Wiring Harness Connector
F—Shift Lever Control Assembly Retaining Cap
RW36034
Screw (5 used)
OURX956,0000129 –19–30MAR04–4/4

110906
PN=561
Exploded View—Shifter Lever Control Assembly Components
55
55
–UN–29AUG96
4
RW36029
A—Inner Support H—Facing Washer O—Pivot Pin T—Reverse Lockout Plate

B—Bushing I—Washer P—Spring U—Yoke
C—Thrust Washer J—Spring Q—Range Selector Bell Crank V—Bushing
D—Facing Washer K—Washer Arm W—Cap Screw
E—Speed Selector Bell Crank L—Cotter Pin R—Shift Guide Plate X—Washer
Arm M—Bushing S—Reverse Lockout Y—Spring
F—Pivot Pin N—Facing Washer Adjustment Rod Z—Support
G—Selector Lever
OURX956,000012A –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=562
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Shift

Lever Control Assembly
Remove shift lever control assembly. (See REMOVE AND

INSTALL SHIFT LEVER CONTROL ASSEMBLY in this
group.)
–UN–29AUG96
Remove cap screws (A).
Remove cap screw (B) and washer (C).
RW36035
Remove the support.
A—Cap Screws
B—Cap Screw
C—Washer
Continued on next page OURX956,000012B –19–30MAR04–1/10
55
55
5

110906
PN=563
Remove cotter pin (A) and washers (B).
Remove thrust washers (C) and facing washer (D).
Remove knob from shift lever and remove shift lever and
arm from support.
Remove spring (E), washer (F), and pivot pin (G).
Remove speed shift lever (H) and facing washer (I) from
arm (J).
Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
–UN–29AUG96
Install bushing (K).
Center the bushing in the bore.
RW36036
Specification
Speed Shifter Arm Bushing—ID................................ 22.250—22.276 mm
(0.8760—0.8770 in.)
Assemble speed shift lever and arm in reverse order of

disassembly.
A—Cotter Pin
B—Washer
–UN–29AUG96
C—Thrust Washer
D—Facing Washer
E—Spring
F—Washer
RW36037
G—Pivot Pin
H—Speed Shift Lever
I—Facing Washer
55
J—Speed Shifter Arm
55
K—Bushing
6
OURX956,000012B –19–30MAR04–2/10
Remove cotter pin (C) to disconnect lock out latch rod (A)
from range selector lever arm (B).
Remove range selector lever arm for disassembly.

–UN–22SEP89
A—Latch Rod
B—Arm
C—Cotter Pin
RW14644

110906
PN=564
Compress spring (B), using large adjustable joint pliers, so

cotter pin (A) can be removed and range lever and arm
disassembled.
A—Cotter Pin
B—Spring
–UN–24FEB89
RW14645
OURX956,000012B –19–30MAR04–4/10
Replace parts as necessary. Use a new cotter pin when

assembling parts.
Inspect spring (A).
Specification
–UN–24FEB89
(0.8 in.)
Test Length.......................................................... 17.5 mm at 560—685 N
(0.70 in. at 126—154 lb force)
RW14646
A—Spring
55
55
OURX956,000012B –19–30MAR04–5/10
7
Install bushing (A).
Center the bushing in the bore.
Specification
Range Shifter Arm Bushing—ID ............................... 22.250—22.276 mm
–UN–24FEB89
(0.8760—0.8770 in.)
Assemble range lever and arm in reverse order of

disassembly.
RW14647
A—Bushing

110906
PN=565
Remove nut (A) to remove lock-out latch and rod (B).
Inspect bushing under lock latch and replace as

necessary.
Specification
–UN–24FEB89
Lock-Out Latch Rod—Length (C) ................................................. 117 mm
(4.6 in.)
A—Nut
RW14648
B—Rod
C—Rod Length Dimension
OURX956,000012B –19–30MAR04–7/10
Put spacer (A) on support.
Install lock-out latch (B) with rod and range shifter arm
and lever assembly (C).
Install facing washer on support shaft against shifter arm.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Spacer
B—Latch
C—Lever Assembly
RW14649
55
55
OURX956,000012B –19–30MAR04–8/10
8
Install speed selector lever and arm assembly (A).
Install facing washer (B) and thrust washer(s) (C).
A—Arm Assembly
B—Facing Washer
C—Thrust Washer
–UN–29AUG96
RW36038

110906
PN=566
Install inner support with bushing.
Install washer (C) and cap screw (B).
Install cap screws (A).
–UN–29AUG96
Install shift lever control assembly. (See REMOVE AND
INSTALL SHIFT LEVER CONTROL ASSEMBLY in this
group.)
RW36035
A—Cap Screws
B—Cap Screw
C—Washer
OURX956,000012B –19–30MAR04–10/10
Remove, Disassemble, Assemble, and Install

Upper Shift Rods
Remove window from right-hand side of cab.
Remove access panel (A) from shift console.
Disconnect speed shift rod ball joint (B) or range shift rod
ball joint (C) as necessary.
Remove boot-to-cab floor cap screws for speed rod (D) or 55

range rod (E). 55
9
A—Access Panel
B—Upper Speed Shift Rod Ball Joint
C—Upper Range Shift Rod Ball Joint
D—Speed Shift Rod Boot Cap Screws
E—Range Shift Rod Boot Cap Screws
–UN–11MAR99
RW78233
Continued on next page OURX956,000012C –19–30MAR04–1/3

110906
PN=567
Disconnect speed selector upper rod (A) or range selector

upper rod (B) from bell crank arm, as necessary at lower
right rear corner of cab.
Remove the rod assembly upward through the cab floor.
–UN–29AUG96
A—Speed Selector Upper Rod
B—Range Selector Upper Rod
RW36039
Continued on next page OURX956,000012C –19–30MAR04–2/3
55
55
10

110906
PN=568
–UN–29AUG96
55
55
11
Exploded View—Upper Shifter Rods RW36030
A—Shift Rod Boot C—Speed Selector Upper Rod E—Range Selector Upper Rod F—Nut
B—Ball Joint D—Shift Rod Boot Bushing Assembly G—Jam Nut
Inspect, disassemble, and replace parts as necessary. Range Shifter —Specification

Rod—Preset Length ............................................................... 660 mm
(26 in.)
Assemble rods to preset length measured from centers
of ball joint attaching studs (B).
Assemble and install parts in reverse order.
Speed Shifter —Specification
Rod—Preset Length ............................................................... 647 mm
(25.5 in.)
OURX956,000012C –19–30MAR04–3/3

110906
PN=569
Remove, Disassemble, and Assemble Shifter

Bell Crank Components
Remove cab floor mat.
Remove upper floor plate and lower floor plate (A).
A—Lower Floor Plate
–UN–03JUL96
RW50222A
OURX956,000012D –19–30MAR04–1/4
Remove two bell crank inner bracket cap screws (A).
A—Cap Screws
–UN–10JUL96
55
55
12
RW50223A
Continued on next page OURX956,000012D –19–30MAR04–2/4

110906
PN=570
NOTE: Make note of orientation of rod ball joints so

Disconnect speed selector lower rod (A) and range

selector lower rod (B) from bell crank arms at lower right
rear corner of cab.
–UN–29AUG96
Disconnect speed selector upper rod (C) and range
selector upper rod (D) from bell crank arms.
RW36041
Remove control support-to-bell crank outer bracket cap

screws (E).
Remove bell crank assembly (F) and inner and outer

brackets from tractor.
–UN–29AUG96
A—Speed Selector Lower Rod
B—Range Selector Lower Rod
C—Speed Selector Upper Rod
D—Range Selector Upper Rod
E—Control Support-to-Bell Crank Outer Bracket Cap
RW36042
Screw (2 used)
F—Bell Crank Assembly
55
55
Continued on next page OURX956,000012D –19–30MAR04–3/4
13

110906
PN=571
–UN–29AUG96
RW36030A
55
55
Exploded View—Bell Crank Assembly
14
A—Inner Bracket D—Range Selector Bell Crank F—Needle Bearing With Seal H—Bell Crank Shaft
B—Self-Aligning Bushing E—Washer G—Speed Selector Bell Crank I—Outer Bracket
C—Spring Pin
Inspect, disassemble, and assemble bell crank Push self-aligning bushing (B) into bushing retainer of
components as necessary. inner and outer bracket until bushing is seated in the
bore.
Install needle bearings with seals (F) flush with ends of
speed selector bell crank (G) with seal to the outside.
OURX956,000012D –19–30MAR04–4/4

110906
PN=572
Install Bell Crank Assembly
Position the bell crank assembly with outboard and

inboard brackets under the cab.
Position the inboard bell crank bracket to the transmission

and install cap screws (A). Do not tighten.
Position the outboard bell crank bracket to the cab floor

and install and tighten cap screws (B).
–UN–10JUL96
A—Cap Screws
B—Cap Screws
RW50223A
–UN–02FEB99
RW78208
55
55
OURX956,000012E –19–30MAR04–1/3
15
Push the bell crank assembly toward the outboard bracket

(B) using the inboard bracket (A).
Hold the bell crank assembly in the outward position.
Move the inboard bracket (A) toward the center of the

tractor to provide a gap (C) of 2—4 mm (0.08—0.16 in.).
Tighten the inboard bracket cap screws.
Bell Crank—Specification
–UN–29AUG96
Inboard Cap Screw—Torque.......................................................... 40 N•m

(30 lb-ft)
A—Inboard Bracket
RW36043
B—Outboard Bracket
C—Gap
Continued on next page OURX956,000012E –19–30MAR04–2/3

110906
PN=573
Connect the upper and lower selector rods to the bell

crank arms. Make sure the orientation of the ball joints on
the rods are the same as before disconnecting.

–UN–29AUG96
C—Speed Selector Upper Rod
D—Range Selector Upper Rod
RW36048
OURX956,000012E –19–30MAR04–3/3
Remove, Disassemble, Assemble, and Install

Lower Shift Rods
NOTE: Make note of orientation of ball joints and rods so

–UN–29AUG96
Disconnect rods from bell crank arms (A) and/or (B).
Disconnect rods from transmission shift arms (C) and/or

(D) on right side of tractor between transmission and side
RW36049
frame.

C—Range Selector Shift Arm
D—Speed Selector Shift Arm
55
55
16
–UN–29AUG96
RW36050
Continued on next page OURX956,000012F –19–30MAR04–1/2

110906
PN=574
Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
Assemble rods to preset length measured from center of

locking pin hole in yoke to center of ball joint attaching
stud (A).
Range Selector—Specification
Rod—Preset Length ................................................................... 558.5 mm
(22 in.)
Speed Selector—Specification
Rod—Preset Length ...................................................................... 368 mm
(14.5 in.)
Assemble and install rods in reverse order making sure

ball joints and rods are correctly oriented.
Proceed to adjust lower shift rods.
A—Ball Joint
B—Nut
C—Jam Nut
D—Range Selector Rod
E—Speed Selector Rod
F—Yoke
G—Locking Pin
–UN–29AUG96
RW36030B
55
55
OURX956,000012F –19–30MAR04–2/2
17

110906
PN=575
Adjust Lower Shift Rods
Disconnect lower speed rod (A) and lower range rod (B)
from bell crank assembly (C).
Put speed selector lever in second speed and against the

number two step of shift guide plate.
Move speed shifter arm (D) into second speed detent (E).
Adjust upper and lower rod ball joints, until upper ball joint
fits into bell crank arm.
Put range selector lever in "B" range and hold in notch of

shift guide plate.
Move range shift arm (F) into “B” range detent (G).
Adjust rod upper and lower ball joints, until ball joint fits
into bell crank arm (C).
–UN–26JUL99
Lock all ball joints to rod using jam nuts.
Tighten all locking nuts at the bell crank arms.
RW78311
A—Lower Speed Rod
B—Lower Range Rod
C—Bell Crank Assembly
D—Speed Shifter Arm
E—Second Speed Detent
F—Range Shifter Arm
G—“B” Range Detent
55
55
18
OURX956,0000130 –19–30MAR04–1/1

110906
PN=576
Adjust Neutral Lockout Plate
1. Put range selector lever in "A" range.
2. Put speed selector lever in first speed.
3. Adjust the length of rod (D) to obtain a gap (A)

between the lockout plate lower tab (B) and speed
selector lever arm counterweight (C).
Specification
Rod—Allowable Gap .................................................................... 1—3 mm
(0.040—0.120 in.)
A—Tab-to-Counterweight Gap
B—Tab
C—Counterweight
D—Rod
–UN–29AUG96
RW36045
OURX956,0000131 –19–01OCT01–1/1
55
55
19

110906
PN=577
55
55
20

110906
PN=578
Section 56
Drive Systems
Contents
Page

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-00-2
PTO Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-00-2
PTO-to-Transmission Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . .56-00-5
PTO Drop Box Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-00-6
Group 05—Engine Coupler

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-05-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-05-1
Engine Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-05-1
Group 10—Drive Shafts

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-10-1
Inspect and Replace Universal Joints . . . . . . . .56-10-1
Group 15—PTO Clutch

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-15-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-15-2
Cross-Sectional and Exploded Views . . . . . . . .56-15-3
Disassemble and Assemble PTO Clutch . . . . . .56-15-7
Group 20—PTO Clutch Valve and Linkage

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-1
PTO Clutch Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-2
PTO Clutch Lever and Operating Cable . . . . . .56-20-4
Adjust PTO Clutch Operating Cable . . . . . . . . .56-20-8
56
Group 25—PTO Drop Box

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-25-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-25-2
PTO Drop Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-25-3

110906
PN=1
Contents
56

110906
PN=2
Group 00
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OUOD008,155 –19–22JAN99–1/4
RW25523 –UN–20AUG96
Torque Multiplier Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT057061
Install major components
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OUOD008,155 –19–22JAN99–2/4
RW25467 –UN–20AUG96
PTO Clutch Housing Lifting Fixture . . . . . . . . . JDG10061
Remove and install PTO clutch housing assembly
56
00
1 1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OUOD008,155 –19–22JAN99–3/4
RW80248 –UN–10SEP99
Alignment Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1327
Align transmission and PTO drive shaft
AG,OUOD008,155 –19–22JAN99–4/4

110906
PN=581
Specifications
PTO Drop Box Input Drive Shaft Cap Torque 150 N•m
Screws (110 lb-ft)
Stabilizer Links or Draft Link Support Torque 620 N•m

PTO Clutch Mounting Cap Screws Torque 125 N•m

(92 lb-ft)
PTO Clutch Input Shaft Cap Screws Torque 150 N•m

(110 lb-ft)
PTO Clutch Output Drive Shaft Cap Torque 150 N•m

Screws (110 lb-ft)
PTO Drop Box-to-Frame Cap Screws Torque 436 N•m

(320 lb-ft)
Center Link Bracket-to-Frame Cap Torque 620 N•m

Screws (458 lb-ft)
PTO Drop Box Input Drive Shaft Cap Torque 150 N•m
Screws (110 lb-ft)
Transmission Mounting Cap Screws Torque 350 N•m

(258 lb-ft)
PTO Clutch Retaining Nuts Torque 125 N•m

(96 lb-ft)
56
00
2
AG,OUOD008,156 –19–22JAN99–1/1
Remove and Install PTO Clutch
Remove step (A).

–UN–02AUG96
Move hoses and wiring harnesses to the right side of

gudgeon.
RW50275A
A—Step

110906
PN=582
Disconnect PTO clutch control cable (A).
Disconnect hoses (B).
Remove output drive shaft shield.
Disconnect output drive shaft (C) and input drive shaft

from PTO clutch.
Disconnect PTO clutch return hose on lower, rear of

clutch.
–UN–02AUG96
Disconnect PTO clutch vent hose on upper, front of
clutch.
RW50276A
A—PTO Clutch Control Cable
B—Hoses
C—Output Drive Shaft
56
00
3

110906
PN=583
Install JDG1006 PTO Clutch Housing Lifting Fixture (A) on

PTO clutch.
Attach hoist and remove PTO clutch retaining nuts.
Carefully remove clutch.
Install PTO clutch retaining nuts.
–UN–02AUG96
PTO Clutch—Specification
Retaining Nut—Torque ................................................................. 125 N•m
(92 lb-ft)
RW50277A
Check PTO to transmission alignment. (See
PTO-TO-TRANSMISSION ALIGNMENT in this group.)
Install PTO clutch input and output drive shaft cap screws.
A—PTO Clutch Housing Lifting Fixture
Input Shaft—Specification
(110 lb-ft)
Output Drive Shaft—Specification

(110 lb-ft)
Check oil level. (See CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL

LEVEL in Sections 50 for 9020 PST, 52 for 9000 PST, or
55 for MST; Group 00.)
RX16235600,13 –19–19SEP96–3/3
56
00
4

110906
PN=584
PTO-to-Transmission Alignment
Using JDG1327 Alignment Tool install adjustable pointer

tool (A) in the PTO yoke and the fixed pointer tool (B) in
the transmission yoke.
Unscrew threaded bushing in adjustable pointer toward

the fixed pointer, and check to see if the hole in end of
threaded bushing will telescope over end of other pointer.
–UN–14JUL99
Hole in end of adjustable pointer must be able to
telescope over end of fixed pointer. If needed, 3 options
are available to provide adjustment to achieve alignment:
RW80209
• Transmission mounting bolts can be loosened and
transmission repositioned to provide horizontal
adjustment.
• Nuts on PTO clutch studs can be loosened and PTO A—Adjustable Pointer Tool
repositioned to provide horizontal and vertical B—Fixed Pointer Tool
adjustment.
• Gudgeon shims can be redistributed. (See REPLACE
HINGE PINS AND BUSHINGS in Section 95, Group
05.)
Tighten all cap screws and reverify alignment.
Transmission Mounting Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 350 N•m
(258 lb-ft)
PTO Clutch Nut—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 125 N•m
(96 lb-ft)
56
00
5
AG,OUOD008,815 –19–19APR00–1/1

110906
PN=585
Remove and Install PTO Drop Box Assembly
For tractors WITH HITCH, perform the following steps:
Remove hitch quick coupler.
Remove Hitch-SCV valve stack. (See REMOVE AND

INSTALL HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK in Section 70,
Group 25 for 9000, or Group 30 for 9020.)
Attach hoist to center link bracket and remove cap screws

(A) and bracket.
–UN–09AUG96
A—Cap Screws
RW50279A
56
00
6

110906
PN=586
Drain PTO drop box housing by disconnecting hose on

bottom, front of PTO drop box housing.
Disconnect and plug hose (A).
–UN–09AUG96
Remove drive shaft shield and drive shaft.
Remove PTO drop box assembly
RW50278A
Install PTO drop box.
PTO Drop Box-to-Frame Cap Screw—Specification A—Hose

—Torque ....................................................................................... 436 N•m
(320 lb-ft)
Install center link bracket-to-frame cap screws.
Center Link Bracket-to-Frame Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 620 N•m
(458 lb-ft)
Install PTO drop box input drive shaft.
PTO Drop Box Input Drive Shaft Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
Check oil level. (See CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL

LEVEL in Sections 50 for 9020 PST or 55 for MST, Group
00. On 9000 PST, see Check Axle Oil Level in Section
57, Group 00.)
56
00
7
RX16235600,16 –19–19SEP96–2/2

110906
PN=587
56
00
8

110906
PN=588
Group 05
Engine Coupler
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Retain cap screws
242 (LOCTITE)
Specifications
Coupler-to-Flywheel Cap Screws Torque 100 N•m

(74 lb-ft)
Drive Shaft-to-Coupler Cap Screws Torque 210 N•m

(155 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD008,158 –19–22JAN99–1/1
Replace Engine Coupler
Raise hood.
Remove cap screws (A) to disconnect drive shaft from

engine coupler.
–UN–30JUL96
A—Cap Screws
56
RW50261A
05
1

110906
PN=589
Engine Coupler
Remove engine coupler to flywheel cap screws. Use two

of the removed cap screws in threaded holes (A) to force
coupler off the flywheel.
IMPORTANT: If using existing cap screws, apply

PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer
–UN–24FEB89
(Medium Strength) to cap screws. If cap
screws have been removed more than
twice it is recommended new cap
screws be used.
RW13407
Install new coupler onto flywheel.
Coupler-to-Flywheel Cap Screws—Specification A—Threaded Hole

—Torque ....................................................................................... 100 N•m
(74 lb-ft)
Install drive shaft onto coupler.
Drive Shaft-to-Coupler Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 210 N•m
(155 lb-ft)
RX16235605,2 –19–08NOV05–2/2
56
05
2

110906
PN=590
Group 10
Drive Shafts
Specifications
Universal Joint-to-Driveline Cap Torque 150 N•m

Screws (110 lb-ft)
Driveline Cap Screws Torque 150 N•m

(110 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD008,159 –19–22JAN99–1/1
Inspect and Replace Universal Joints
Remove drive shaft.
Remove cap screws (A) to remove universal joint from

driveline.
–UN–24FEB89
A—Cap Screws
RW13348
RX16235610,2 –19–19SEP96–1/2
NOTE: Before separating driveline yokes, mark each

yoke in order to maintain correct orientation during
reassembly.
Unscrew collar (A) to separate drivelines.
–UN–24FEB89
Inspect universal joint for discoloration and replace as
necessary.
Slide drivelines together and tighten collar (A). 56
RW13408
10
1
Install universal joint onto driveline.
Universal Joint-to-Driveline Cap Screws—Specification A—Collar

—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
Install driveline on tractor.
Driveline Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
RX16235610,2 –19–19SEP96–2/2

110906
PN=591
Drive Shafts
56
10
2

110906
PN=592
Group 15
PTO Clutch
RW25560 –UN–29AUG96
AG,OUOD008,161 –19–22JAN99–2/4
RW18069 –UN–05JAN90
Seal Installer Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG673
Install seals on PTO clutch and drop box
AG,OUOD008,161 –19–22JAN99–3/4
RW25383 –UN–02APR96
Remove and install yoke retaining nut or cap screw
56
1 15
1
DFRW103
AG,OUOD008,161 –19–22JAN99–4/4
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Yoke retaining cap screw
PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)

110906
PN=593
PTO Clutch
Specifications
Brake-to-Rear Cover Cap Screws Torque 24 N•m

(212 lb-in.)
Clutch Drum Plate Cap Screws Torque 70 N•m

(52 lb-ft)
Clutch Housing-to-Rear Cover Cap Torque 70 N•m

Screws (52 lb-ft)
Yoke Retaining Cap Screw Torque 435 N•m

(320 lb-ft)
Retaining Cap Screw Torque 435 N•m

(320 lb-ft)
Brake Disk Thickness (New) 3.00 mm

(0.118 in.)
Clutch Disk Thickness (New) 3.56 mm

(0.140 in.)
Clutch Drum Spring Free Length 89 mm

(3.5 in.)
(2.91 in. at 87—106 lb force)
Relief Valve Spring Free Length 16.5 mm

(0.6 in.)
(0.31 in. at 0.8—1.0 lb force)
56
15
2
AG,OUOD008,163 –19–22JAN99–1/1

110906
PN=594
PTO Clutch
Cross-Sectional View—PTO Clutch Assembly
–UN–15OCT91
56
15
RW17461
3
A—Yoke F—Spring (12 used) J—Rear Cover N—Sealing Rings

B—Seal G—Clutch Disks (5 used) K—Brake Disks (2 used) O—Brake Piston (3 used)
C—Bearing (3 used) H—Clutch Plates (4 used) L—Separator Plates (2 used) P—Drum
D—Housing I—Clutch Piston M—Retaining Rings (2 used) Q—Hub
E—Pin (12 used)
RX16235615,3 –19–19SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=595
PTO Clutch
Exploded View—PTO Rear Cover and Brake Assembly
–UN–05JAN90
RW17462
A—Rear Cover D—Brake Disks (2 used) G—O-Ring J—Snap Ring
B—Brake Pistons (3 used) E—Retaining Plate H—Yoke K—Bearing
C—Brake Plates F—Washer I—Oil Seal L—Output Shaft
RX16235615,4 –19–06SEP96–1/1
56
15
4

110906
PN=596
PTO Clutch
Exploded View—PTO Clutch Housing and Shaft
–UN–19AUG96
RW36018
A—Needle Bearing E—Clutch Housing I—Snap Ring L—O-Ring
B—Bearing F—Fitting J—Oil Seal M—Washer
C—Input Shaft G—O-Ring K—Yoke N—Yoke Retaining Cap Screw
D—O-Ring Packing H—Bearing
RX16235615,5 –19–06SEP96–1/1
56
15
5

110906
PN=597
PTO Clutch
Exploded View—PTO Clutch Assembly
–UN–05JAN90
RW18056
A—Snap Ring (2 used) F—Spring (12 used) J—Inner Packing N—Clutch Disk (5 used)
B—Washer (2 used) G—Snap Ring K—Hub O—Clutch Backing Plate
C—Spring (2 used) H—Piston L—Clutch Plate P—Clutch Drum
D—Ball (2 used) I—Outer Packing M—Clutch Plate (4 used) Q—Sealing Ring (3 used)
E—Pin (12 used)
56
15
6
RX16235615,6 –19–06SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=598
PTO Clutch
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble PTO

Clutch
Remove PTO clutch assembly from tractor. (See

REMOVE AND INSTALL PTO CLUTCH in Group 00.)
–UN–19AUG96
Install JDG924 (DFRW103) Yoke Holding Tool (A) and
remove cap screw (B), washer, and O-ring.
Remove input yoke (C).
RW36017
Remove the output yoke (D) using the same procedure as
the input yoke.
B—Yoke Retaining Cap Screw
C—Input Yoke
D—Output Yoke
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–1/17
Remove cap screws from rear cover. Use two of the cap
screws in jack screw holes (A) to aid removal of rear
cover.
NOTE: Rear cover may be rotated 180° during

reassembly.
–UN–19AUG96
Put marks (B) on rear cover and housing for alignment
identification.
RW36019
Remove rear cover from PTO clutch housing.
A—Jack Screw Holes

B—Marks
56
15
7

110906
PN=599
PTO Clutch
Remove seal (A).
Inspect bearing (B).
Remove snap ring (C) and remove bearing, if necessary.
–UN–05JAN90
Install bearing using an 88 mm or 3-1/2 in. driver disk and
a 52 mm or 2-1/16 in. pilot disk.
Install snap ring with bevel edge away from bearing.
RW18055
There should be no play between the snap ring and
groove after assembly.
A—Seal
B—Bearing
C—Snap Ring
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–3/17
NOTE: Eliminate the usage of sleeve (C) when installing

the seal with the output shaft in place in the clutch
assembly.
Install seal (A) using a JDG673 Seal Installer Set (B) with
spring side of seal facing away from tool. Internal tapered
–UN–05JAN90
end of sleeve (C) should point away from PTO clutch.
A—Seal
B—Seal Installer Set
RW18070
C—Sleeve
56
15
8
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–4/17
Replace packing (A).
Remove brake retainer plate (B) from rear cover.
A—Packing
B—Brake Retainer Plate
–UN–05JAN90
RW18053

110906
PN=600
PTO Clutch
Inspect brake disks (A), brake plates (B), and retaining

plate (C) for excessive or unusual wear. Facing material
on disks must not chip, flake, or scratch easily with a
fingernail.
Brake Disk—Specification
—Thickness (New) ....................................................................... 3.00 mm
(0.118 in.)
Inspect brake pistons (D). Pistons must slide freely in the

brake piston bores.
Assemble brake to rear cover.
Brake-to-Rear Cover Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 24 N•m
(18 lb-ft)
A—Brake Disks
B—Brake Plates
C—Retaining Plate
–UN–05JAN90
D—Brake Pistons
RW18054
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–6/17
Remove clutch drum assembly from clutch housing.
Inspect splines (A) and gear teeth (B).
Carefully inspect sealing rings (C).
–UN–05JAN90
A—Splines
B—Gear Teeth
C—Sealing Rings
56
RW18057
15
9

110906
PN=601
PTO Clutch
Remove cover from clutch drum.
Inspect springs (A).
Clutch Drum—Specification
Spring—Free Length ....................................................................... 89 mm
–UN–05JAN90
(3.5 in.)
(2.91 in. at 87—106 lb force)
Remove clutch disks and plates.
RW18058
Remove piston (B) from drum.
A—Springs
B—Piston
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–8/17
IMPORTANT: Be sure output shaft is supported since

removing the snap ring will allow the
shaft to fall from the clutch drum.
Remove output shaft (A) by removing snap ring (B). Make

sure shaft is supported below clutch drum.
–UN–15OCT91
Install new special packing (C).
RW18061
A—Output Shaft
B—Snap Ring
C—Special Packing
56
15
10
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–9/17
Inspect output shaft (A) for excessive wear or damage.

Make sure passage holes (B) are open.
Inspect splines on output shaft and in bore of clutch drum.
Install shaft into clutch drum making sure bevel of snap

–UN–05JAN90
ring is away from bearing.
A—Output Shaft
B—Passage Holes
RW18062

110906
PN=602
PTO Clutch
Remove the two relief valves in piston by removing snap

rings (A).
Inspect parts (B—E).
Relief Valve Spring—Specification
–UN–05JAN90
—Free Length............................................................................... 16.5 mm
(0.6 in.)
Test Length................................................................. 8 mm at 3.8—4.7 N
(0.31 in. at 0.8—1.0 lb force)
RW18059
Install relief valves in piston.
Install new special packing (F) in piston.

A—Snap Rings
B—Washer
Install piston in drum. Use clean hydraulic oil and a feeler C—Spring
gauge to aid installation being careful not to cut the D—Ball
special packing. E—Piston
F—Special Packing
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–11/17
Inspect clutch plate (A) and clutch separator plates (B).
Inspect clutch disks (C). Facing material on disks must not

chip, flake, or scratch easily with a fingernail.
Specification
–UN–05JAN90
Clutch Disk—Thickness (New) ..................................................... 3.56 mm
(0.140 in.)
A—Clutch Plate 56
RW18060
B—Clutch Separator Plates 15
C—Clutch Disks 11

110906
PN=603
PTO Clutch
–UN–19AUG96
RW36021
A—Hub C—Inner Bearing E—Oil Seal G—Outer Bearing
B—Needle Bearing D—Input Shaft F—Snap Ring H—PTO Rear Clutch Housing
Remove hub (A) and inspect gear teeth and internal Inspect bearing (C).
splines.
Remove inner bearing (C), only if necessary.
Inspect needle bearing (B) in end of input shaft for
excessive wear or damage. Use a blind-hole puller to To remove inner bearing, remove the seal (E) and
remove bearing from shaft if required. snap ring (F). Press the output shaft (D) and outer
bearing (G) outward from the housing.
Install new needle bearing 5 mm (0.2 in.) below end of
shaft using a 31 mm or 1-1/4 in. driver disk and a 22 Remove the inner bearing (C) from the housing.
56 mm or 7/8 in. pilot disk.
15
12
Remove the outer bearing (G) from the shaft, if
NOTE: Inner bearing (C) is a loose fit in the housing necessary, using a knife-edge puller and a press.
and on the shaft. The outer bearing (G) is a
press fit in the housing and on the shaft.

110906
PN=604
PTO Clutch
Assemble PTO clutch by installing clutch drum (B) onto

rear cover (A). Be careful not to damage seal in rear
cover.
Install hub (C) with deep dish of hub facing up.
Install clutch plate (D) and 12 springs (E).
Install clutch disks (F) alternating with separator plates

(G).
A—Rear Cover
B—Clutch Drum
C—Hub
D—Clutch Plate
E—Springs (12 used)
F—Clutch Disks (5 used)
G—Separator Plates (4 used)
–UN–05JAN90
RW18065
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–14/17
IMPORTANT: Dowel pins (C) must be aligned between

clutch drum plate (A) and clutch drum.
Plate can be damaged during
installation if not correctly aligned.
Install clutch drum plate (A) making sure pins (B) and the
–UN–05JAN90
two dowel pins (C) are correctly aligned.
Install cap screws (D).

56
RW18066
Clutch Drum Plate Cap Screw—Specification 15
—Torque ......................................................................................... 70 N•m 13
(52 lb-ft)
A—Clutch Drum Plate
B—Pins (12 used)
C—Dowel Pin (2 used)

110906
PN=605
PTO Clutch
Install clutch housing (A) to rear cover (C) making sure

identification marks (B) align.
Clutch Housing-to-Rear Cover Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 70 N•m
(52 lb-ft)
–UN–05JAN90
Install front yoke, O-ring, and washer.
Install JDG924 (DFRW103) Yoke Holding Tool to yoke.
RW18067
Install retaining cap screw using PM38657 High Flex
Form-in-Place Gasket.
A—Clutch Housing
Yoke Retaining—Specification B—Identification Marks
Cap Screw—Torque ..................................................................... 435 N•m C—Rear Cover
(320 lb-ft)
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–16/17
IMPORTANT: Grease seal lips before installing yoke.
Install rear yoke (A) with O-ring (B).
Install JDG924 (DFRW103) Yoke Holding Tool to yoke.
–UN–05JAN90
Install washer (C) and retaining cap screw (D) using
PM38657 High Flex Form-in-Place Gasket.
Specification
RW18068
Retaining Cap Screw—Torque .................................................... 435 N•m
(320 lb-ft)
Install PTO clutch assembly in tractor. (See REMOVE A—Yoke

AND INSTALL PTO CLUTCH in Group 00.) B—O-Ring
C—Washer
D—Cap Screw
56
15
14
RX16235615,7 –19–07NOV05–17/17

110906
PN=606
Group 20
PTO Clutch Valve and Linkage
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37397 (U.S.) Pipe Sealant with TEFLON Seal clutch valve operating shaft
PM38613 (Canadian) seal.
592 (LOCTITE)

TEFLON is a trademark of Du Pont Co. RX16235620,1 –19–07NOV05–1/1
Specifications
Valve-to-Housing Cap Screws Torque 25 N•m

(212 lb-in.)
Clutch Control Valve Springs:
Long Control Valve Spring Free Length 59 mm

(2.3 in.)
(1.89 in. at 51—62 lb force)
Short Control Valve Spring Free Length 25 mm

(1.0 in.)
(0.58 in. at 28—31 lb force)
Clutch Lube Valve Springs:
Override Valve Spring Free Length 73 mm

(1.2 in.) 56
Test Length 57 mm at 31—38 N) 20
(2.24 in. at 7—8.5 lb force 1
Lube Valve Inner Spring Free Length 51 mm

(2 in.)
(1.40 in. at 11.7—14.3 lb force)
Lube Valve Outer Spring Free Length 24 mm

(0.9 in.)
(0.76 in. at 27—33 lb force)
AG,OUOD008,165 –19–22JAN99–1/1

110906
PN=607
Remove and Install PTO Clutch Valve
Disconnect clutch operating cable (A).
Disconnect lines (B) and (C).
–UN–19AUG96
Remove clutch valve-to-clutch rear housing cap screws
(D).
Install valve in reverse order.
RW36023
Valve-to-Housing Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 25 N•m
(212 lb-in.)
A—Clutch Operating Cable
B—Pressure Line
Check for proper operation. C—Lube Line
D—Valve Housing-to-Rear Housing Cap Screws
(8 used)
RX16235620,3 –19–19SEP96–1/1
56
20
2

110906
PN=608

Clutch Valve
Remove PTO clutch valve. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

PTO CLUTCH VALVE in this group.)
Remove and inspect valves (A), (F), and (H). Valves

should slide smoothly in valve housing bores.
Inspect springs for excessive wear or damage.
Long Control Valve Spring (B)—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 59 mm
(2.3 in.)
(1.89 in. at 51—62 lb force)
Short Control Valve Spring (C)—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 25 mm
(1.0 in.)
(0.58 in. at 28—31 lb force)
Override Valve Spring (G)—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 73 mm
(1.2 in.)
(2.24 in. at 7—8.5 lb force)
Lube Valve Inner Spring (I)—Specification
–UN–21FEB92
—Free Length.................................................................................. 51 mm
(2 in.)
Test Length.............................................................. 35.6 mm at 52—64 N
(1.40 in. at 11.7—14.3 lb force)
RW19524
Lube Valve Outer Spring (J)—Specification
—Free Length.................................................................................. 24 mm
(0.9 in.)
(0.76 in. at 27—33 lb force) A—Clutch Control Valve
B—Control Valve Spring (Long)
C—Control Valve Spring (Short)
Coat OD of new clutch operating shaft seal (E) with D—Valve Operating Shaft 56
PM37397 Pipe Sealant with TEFLON before assembly. E—Operating Shaft Seal 20
F—Engagement Override Valve 3
Install seal (E) flush to 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) below surface. G—Override Valve Spring
H—Clutch Lube Valve
I—Lube Valve Inner Spring
Install PTO clutch valve. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL J—Lube Valve Outer Spring
PTO CLUTCH VALVE in this group.) K—Lock Piston
TEFLON is a trademark of Du Pont Co. RX16235620,4 –19–07NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=609
Remove and Install PTO Clutch Lever
Remove handle (A).
Disconnect yoke (B), wiring connector (C), and spring (D).
Remove cap screws (E).
Remove clutch lever components.
A—PTO Lever Handle

B—Clutch Operating Cable Yoke
C—Wiring Connector
D—Spring
E—Cap Screw
–UN–30AUG96
RW36057
Mechanical Shift Transmission
56
20
4

110906
PN=610
–UN–29AUG96
RW36027
56
20
5
Exploded View—PTO Clutch Lever
A—Shift Control Support G—Operating Arm M—Nut (2 used) R—Jam Nut

B—Retaining Ring H—Bushing N—Spring S—Clamp
C—Washer I—Switch Mounting Plate O—Clutch Operating Cable T—Rubber Grommet
D—Lever J—Cap Screw (2 used) P—Locking Pin U—Bracket
E—Spring K—Cap Screw (2 used) Q—Yoke V—Cap Screw (2 used)
F—Spring Pin L—Switch
Disassemble, inspect, and replace parts as necessary. Adjust PTO clutch operating cable. (See ADJUST PTO
CLUTCH OPERATING CABLE in this group.)
Assemble and install in reverse order.
RX16235620,1A –19–11DEC96–2/2

110906
PN=611
Replace PTO Clutch Operating Cable
Remove glass from right side of cab.
Remove locking pin (A).
Remove clamp retaining cap screw (B).
Remove clamp (C).
Remove rubber grommet from cab floor.
Remove cable downward from cab.
A—Locking Pin
–UN–30AUG96
B—Retaining Cap Screw
C—Clamp
RW36058
RX16235620,2A –19–11DEC96–1/2
Remove retainer clip (A).
Remove clamp retaining cap screw (B).
Remove clamp (C).
Remove cable forward through gudgeon.
Install cable in reverse order.
–UN–30AUG96
56
20
Adjust clutch cable. (See ADJUST PTO CLUTCH
6
OPERATING CABLE in this group.)
RW36059
A—Retainer Clip
B—Retaining Cap Screw
C—Clamp
RX16235620,2A –19–11DEC96–2/2

110906
PN=612
56
20
7

110906
PN=613
Adjust PTO Clutch Operating Cable
NOTE: Mechanical shift transmission tractor is illustrated.
Adjustment procedures are the same for tractor

with PST.
Remove glass from right side of cab.
Remove locking pin (A).
Remove jam nut (B).
Disengage yoke (C) from arm (D).
Check that groove in cable aligns with retaining cap screw

(E), clamp is correctly located in retaining hole in bracket,
–UN–30AUG96
and cap screw is tight.
NOTE: Note orientation of clutch cable to ensure correct

assembly.
RW36060
Check bracket (F) for tightness on the PTO clutch,
retaining cap screw (G) aligns with groove in cable, clamp
is correctly located with ear (H) of clamp over edge of
bracket, and cap screw is tight.
Position valve operating arm (I) in the disengaged

position. Arm should be fully extended to the rear.
Position clutch operating lever (J) in the disengaged

position and locked. Lever should be all the way back in
–UN–30AUG96
the slot.
Adjust yoke (C) until yoke hole aligns with hole in

operating arm (K).
RW36061
Install locking pin (A).
56
20 A—Locking Pin
8 B—Jam Nut
C—Yoke
D—Operating Arm
E—Cable Clamp Retaining Cap Screw
F—Cable Clamp Bracket
G—Cable Clamp Retaining Cap Screw
H—Clamp Locating Ear
–UN–30AUG96
I—Valve Operating Arm

J—Clutch Operating Lever
K—Hole in Operating Arm Yoke
RW36062

110906
PN=614
Tighten jam nut (B).
Operate the PTO and make sure the PTO engages and
disengages and the lever locks in disengaged position.
RX16235620,3A –19–11DEC96–2/2
56
20
9

110906
PN=615
56
20
10

110906
PN=616
Group 25
PTO Drop Box
RW18069 –UN–05JAN90
Seal Installer Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG673
Install seals on PTO clutch and drop box
AG,OUOD008,166 –19–22JAN99–2/3
RW25380 –UN–23MAY95
1
Driver Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDT35
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OUOD008,166 –19–22JAN99–3/3
Other Material
56
Number Name Use
25
1
PM37509 (U.S.) Clean and Cure Primer Prepare sealing surfaces of PTO
PM38611 (Canadian) drop box housings.
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Input yoke retaining cap screw and
PM38628 (Canadian) seal joints.
17430 (LOCTITE)

110906
PN=617
PTO Drop Box
Specifications
Front PTO Housing-to-Rear Housing Torque 55 N•m

Cap Screws (Grade 8.8) (40 lb-ft)
Front PTO Housing-to-Rear Housing Torque 75 N•m

Cap Screws (Grade 10.9) (55 lb-ft)
Yoke Retaining Cap Screw Torque 435 N•m

(320 lb-ft)
OUO1073,0001F9D –19–02NOV05–1/1
56
25
2

110906
PN=618
PTO Drop Box
Cross-Sectional View—PTO Housing Assembly
56
25
3
–UN–19AUG96
RW36020
A—Yoke E—Input Shaft Oil Seal I—Lower Idler Gear M—Rear Oil Seal
B—Yoke Retaining Cap Screw F—Spacer Washer J—Output Shaft N—Bearing Cup
C—Washer G—Input Gear K—Front Housing Cover O—Bearing Cone
D—Oil Ring H—Upper Idler Gear L—Rear Housing Cover
RX16235625,3 –19–19SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=619
PTO Drop Box

Drop Box
Remove PTO drop box. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

PTO DROP BOX in Group 00.)
–UN–19AUG96
Remove yoke retaining cap screw (A).
Remove washer (B), oil ring, and yoke (C).
RW36025
A—Yoke Retaining Cap Screw
B—Washer
C—Yoke
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001F9E –19–11NOV05–1/4
56
25
4

110906
PN=620
PTO Drop Box
–UN–19AUG96
RW36024
A—Jack Screw Holes C—Bearing Cones E—Input Gear G—Spacer
B—Bearing Cups D—Idler Gears F—Input Gear Splines H—Output Drive Gear
Disassemble PTO drop box housings using two of the Inspect teeth on idler gears (D) and input gear (E) for
cap screws in jack screw holes (A) to aid in separating excessive or uneven wear pattern. Replace as
the housings. required.
Inspect bearing cups (B) and bearing cones (C). Inspect splines (F) on input gear (E) and output gear
Replace bearing cup and cone, as required. (H).
Install new bearing cups using JDT35 Driver Disk Inspect teeth on output drive gear (H) for excessive or
(4-3/4 in.). Install cups against bottom of bore. uneven wear pattern. Replace as required.
56
25
Install new bearing cones on gears or shafts where Inspect spacer (G). 5
applicable, using a 76 mm or 3 in. driver disk and a
press.
Install new bearing cones on shaft (F) using a 68 mm

or 2-11/16 in. ID pipe, 180 mm (7 in.) long.

110906
PN=621
PTO Drop Box
IMPORTANT: Make sure all material is removed from

sealing surface and seal lips if any
coating is scraped off the outside
diameter of the seal during installation.
Install PTO input shaft oil seal (A) into front PTO housing
–UN–05JAN90
using a JDG673 Seal Installation Set (B) with spring side
of seal facing toward housing. Internal tapered end of
sleeve (C) should point AWAY from the input shaft.
RW17457
Coat lips of seal with multipurpose grease before installing
input gear.
NOTE: Eliminate the usage of sleeve (C) when installing

the seal with the input or output shaft in place in
the assembly.
Install PTO output shaft oil seal into rear PTO housing
using same procedure as the input shaft oil seal. Internal
–UN–05JAN90
tapered end of sleeve (C) should point TOWARD the
output shaft.
Coat lips of seal with multipurpose grease before installing
RW18070
output gear.
A—Oil Seal
B—JDG673 Seal Installation Set
C—Sleeve
56
25
6

110906
PN=622
PTO Drop Box
Install gears into rear housing.
Install spacer (A) on input gear.
Apply PM375095 Clean and Cure Primer to sealing

surface (B) on both rear and front housings.
–UN–05JAN90
Apply PM38657 High Flex Form-in-Place Gasket to PTO
rear housing by forming a 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) bead around
housing flange.
RW17458
Assemble front PTO housing to rear housing.
Front PTO Housing-to-Rear Housing Cap Screws (Grade 8.8)— A—Spacer

Specification B—Sealing Surface
—Torque ......................................................................................... 55 N•m
(40 lb-ft)
Front PTO Housing-to-Rear Housing Cap Screws (Grade 10.9)—

Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 75 N•m
(55 lb-ft)
Rotate input or output shaft making sure gears turn

smoothly.
Install input yoke. Coat yoke retaining cap screw with

PM38657 High Flex Form-in-Place Gasket.
Install cap screw.
Yoke Retaining Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 435 N•m
(320 lb-ft)
Install PTO drop box. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL PTO

DROP BOX in Group 00.)
56
25
7
OUO1073,0001F9E –19–11NOV05–4/4

110906
PN=623
PTO Drop Box
56
25
8

110906
PN=624
Section 57
Axles
Contents
Page Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation Group 15—Final Drives

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-00-3 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-4
Front Axle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-00-3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-5
Rear Axle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-00-8 Final Drive Assemblies
Check Axle Oil Level—9000 PST . . . . . . . . . .57-00-12 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-5
Cross-Sectional View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-7
Group 02—Park Brake Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-7
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-02-1 Planet Pinion Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-9
Inspect Park Brake Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-02-1 Axle Housing and Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-10
Adjust Axle Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-14
Group 03—Repair Preparation Install Final Drive Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-19
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-03-1
Remove and Install Park Brake Group 20—Brakes
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-03-2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-20-1
Install Axle Assembly in Repair Stand . . . . . . . .57-03-5 Replace Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-20-1
Group 05—Input Housing

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-3
Replace Vent Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-3
Input Housing/Cover
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-4
Cross-Sectional View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-6
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-6
Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-9
Differential Drive Shaft
Determine Cone Point - 9000 . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-10
Determine Cone Point - 9020 . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-11
Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-14
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-16
Install Input Housing/Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-22
57
Group 10—Differential
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-3
Differential
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-4
Cross-Sectional View - With Lock . . . . . . . . .57-10-6
Cross-Sectional View - Standard . . . . . . . . . .57-10-7
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-8
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-15
Adjust Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-18
Adjust Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-19

110906
PN=1
Contents
57

110906
PN=2
Group 00
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OUO6046,0001B76 –19–25SEP03–1/7
RW18082 –UN–09APR90
Gudgeon Oscillation Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG660B1
Prevent gudgeon oscillation during axle removal
1
JDG660B can be purchased new or modified from JDG660 or
JDG660A. See DFRW169 in Section 99 for instructions to modify tool.
OUO6046,0001B76 –19–25SEP03–2/7
RW25164 –UN–22JUN94
Mounting Guide Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG8821
Install cab and axles on tractor
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL May be fabricated—See Section 99, DFRW92
OUO6046,0001B76 –19–25SEP03–3/7
Axle Transport Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG10831 57

00
1
Aid transport of axle during repair
–UN–13DEC96
RW25607
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B76 –19–25SEP03–4/7

110906
PN=627
Support Stands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT020441
Support tractor during major component removal and

installation
–UN–23OCT96
RW25499
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OUO6046,0001B76 –19–25SEP03–5/7
RW25523 –UN–20AUG96
Torque Multiplier Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT057061
Remove and install axle assembly mounting cap screws
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OUO6046,0001B76 –19–25SEP03–6/7
Universal Support Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT057251
Support tractor during splitting
–UN–16DEC96
RW15663
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OUO6046,0001B76 –19–25SEP03–7/7
57
00
2

110906
PN=628
Specifications
Axle Mounting Cap Screws Torque 1050 N•m

(775 lb-ft)
Drive Shaft Cap Screws Torque 150 N•m

(110 lb-ft)
Drive Shaft Cap Screws Torque 150 N•m

(110 lb-ft)
Stabilizer Links or Draft Link Support Torque 620 N•m

OURX985,0000117 –19–17FEB03–1/1
Remove and Install Front Axle Assembly
Put transmission lever in "PARK" position.
–UN–10DEC96
Drain oil from differential and final drive housings.
A—Battery Ground Cable
RW50327A
57
00
3

110906
PN=629
For 9000 Series PST and European MST tractors,

Disconnect park brake cable from axle.
For ALL 9000 Series and 9020 Series MST tractors,
–UN–13DEC96
perform the following steps:
Disconnect drive shaft from axle.
RW50336A
Disconnect hoses (A), (B), and (C).
Disconnect solenoid connector (D). 9000 Series PST and European MST
A—Brake and Lube Hoses

B—Return Hose
C—Differential Lock Hoses1
D—Differential Lock Solenoid Connector1
–UN–13DEC96
RW50337A
9000 Series PST and European MST
1
Differential lock optional
57
00
4

110906
PN=630
For 9020 Series PST tractors, perform the following

steps:
NOTE: 9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —011407) shown.

Procedure is similar for 9020 Series w/PST (S.N.
–UN–02NOV01
011408— ). Refer to legend for differences.
Disconnect wiring harness connectors (A—E).
RXA0058083
Disconnect hydraulic line connections (F—K).
Disconnect return hose (L).

Left Side
Disconnect drive shaft (M) from front axle yoke.
A—Front Axle Oil Pressure Switch
B—Park Brake Pressure Sensor—9020 Series w/PST
(S.N. —011407)
C—Park Brake #1 Solenoid—9020 Series w/PST
(S.N. —011407)
–UN–17DEC01
D—Park Brake #2 Solenoid—9020 Series w/PST
(S.N. —011407)
E—Differential Lock Solenoid
F—Differential Lock Oil Return
G—Differential Lock Oil Supply
RXA0058084
H—Park Brake Manual Pump Off—9020 Series w/PST
(S.N. —011407)
I—Park Brake Valve Oil Return—9020 Series w/PST
(S.N. —011407) Right Side
J—Park Brake Cylinder Pressure—9020 Series w/PST
(S.N. —011407)
K—Park Brake Valve Pressure—9020 Series w/PST
(S.N. —011407)
L—Axle Oil Return Hose
M—Front Axle Drive Shaft
–UN–02NOV01
RXA0058082
Right Side bottom
57
00
5

110906
PN=631
CAUTION: Oscillation stop (A) must be installed

to prevent oscillation during axle removal.
Failure to do so may result in injury.
Install JDG660B1 Gudgeon Oscillation Stop (A) to keep

rear frame from oscillating.
Install JT02044 Support Stands (B) under each side of
–UN–29JUL96
front frame.
Remove wheels from axle. (See Operator’s Manual for

removal instructions.)
RW50236A
A—Gudgeon Oscillation Stop
B—Support Stands
1
JDG660B can be purchased new or modified from JDG660 or –UN–29JUL96
RW50200A
57
00
6

110906
PN=632
Cover hood to protect hood from hoist and straps.
Attach hoist and straps (A) to each axle shaft.
Tighten straps towards rear of axle.
NOTE: JT05706 Torque Multiplier may be needed to

remove and install cap screws.
Remove axle mounting cap screws.
Carefully remove axle from tractor.
–UN–29JUL96
A—Strap
RW50185A
57
00
7

110906
PN=633
Install one JDG882 Guide Pin (A) on each side of axle

assembly.
Install axle to tractor.
Axle Mounting Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ..................................................................................... 1050 N•m
(775 lb-ft)
Install drive shaft cap screws.
–UN–29JUL96
Specification
Drive Shaft Cap Screws—Torque ................................................ 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
RW50268A
Refill and check oil level. (See CHECK TRANSMISSION
OIL LEVEL in Section 55, Group 00 for MST or Section
50, Group 00 for 9020 PST. For 9000 PST, see CHECK
AXLE OIL LEVEL in this group.) A—Guide Pin
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. Never

operate tractor with a loose rim, wheel, hub or
axle.
IMPORTANT: Keep the outer face of the axle sleeve

flanges even as the bolts are tightened.
Hub breakage or bolt loosening may
occur if sleeves are not tightened
evenly.
Install wheels. (See Operator’s Manual for installation and

wheel tightening instructions.)
OUO6046,0001B57 –19–11SEP03–6/6
57 Remove and Install Rear Axle Assembly

00
8
A—Battery Ground Cable

–UN–10DEC96
RW50327A

110906
PN=634
For tractors WITH HITCH and PTO, perform the

following steps:
Remove draft sensor (A).
Remove quick coupler and draft links.
–UN–06NOV91
Remove draft link supports (B).
Disconnect hoses from front, bottom of PTO drop box and
RW19560
remove fitting.
A—Draft Sensor
B—Draft Link Support
RX16235600,4A –19–16DEC96–2/6
Remove drawbar.
Drain oil from differential and final drive housings.
Remove drawbar support stabilizer links (without hitch).
Disconnect hoses (A).
Remove fill tube (B).
–UN–14DEC96
Disconnect return hose (C) from bottom, front of axle.
Disconnect drive shaft from rear axle yoke.
RW50339A
A—Hoses
B—Fill Tube
C—Return Hose
57
00
9

110906
PN=635
CAUTION: Oscillation stop (B) must be installed

to prevent oscillation during axle removal.
Failure to do so may result in injury.
Install JDG660B1 Gudgeon Oscillation Stop (B) to keep

rear frame from oscillating.
Install JT05725 Universal Support Stand (A) under

gudgeon.
Remove rear wheels. (See Operator’s Manual for removal

instructions.)
A—Universal Support Stand

B—Gudgeon Oscillation Stop
–UN–03SEP96
RW50308A
1
RX16235600,4A –19–16DEC96–4/6
Attach hoist and lifting straps (A) to axle shaft.
Tighten lifting straps towards front of axle.
NOTE: JT05706 Torque Multiplier may be needed to

remove and install cap screws.
Remove axle mounting cap screws.
–UN–29JUL96
Slowly lower axle while carefully rotating input shaft yoke
to rotate input shaft upwards to clear rear frame. RW50183A
NOTE: JDG1083 Axle Transport Cart may be used to

remove axle from under tractor.
57
00 Remove axle from under tractor.
A—Lifting Strap
10

110906
PN=636
Install one JDG882 Guide Pin (A) on each side of axle

assembly.
Install axle to tractor.
–UN–29JUL96
Specification
Axle Mounting Cap Screws—
Torque ........................................................................................ 1050 N•m
(775 lb-ft)
RW50269A
Install drive shaft cap screws.
Specification A—Guide Pin

Drive Shaft Cap Screws—Torque ................................................ 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
Install drawbar support stabilizer links (draft link supports

with hitch). Start all cap screws before tightening either
side.
Stabilizer Links or Draft Link Support—Specification

(460 lb-ft)
Install hitch components in reverse order of disassembly.
Install PTO return hose and fitting.
Refill and check oil level. (See CHECK TRANSMISSION

OIL LEVEL in Section 55, Group 00 for MST or Section
50, Group 00 for 9020 PST. For 9000 PST, see CHECK
AXLE OIL LEVEL in this group.)
Recalibrate draft sensor. (See Operation and Test TM—

Section 270.)
Install wheels. (See Operator’s Manual for installation and

wheel tightening instructions.)
57
00
11
RX16235600,4A –19–16DEC96–6/6

110906
PN=637
Check Axle Oil Level—9000 PST
Check axle oil level (A) with tractor on level ground before
engine startup. Do Not start engine if oil level is not above
daily check mark on sight gauge.
–UN–27AUG96
Add clean hydraulic oil, if oil level is below daily check
mark, until level is at the daily check mark.
NOTE: Axle lube circuit is vented through the hydraulic
RW56270
reservoir; remove hydraulic reservoir cap to aid
axle filling.
Run engine at 2100 rpm, with transmission in A—Axle Oil Level

Park-Neutral, for at least 5 minutes (or longer with cold
oil) to fill axles.
Stop engine and allow oil level to stabilize in the sight

necessary.
Add clean hydraulic oil, if oil level is below daily check

mark, until level is at the daily check mark. Repeat
checking procedure.

RX16235600,8A –19–17DEC96–1/1
57
00
12

110906
PN=638
Group 02
Park Brake
Specifications
Park Brake
Disk Runout (Maximum) 0.25 mm

(0.010 in.)
OUO6046,0001B6A –19–18SEP03–1/1
Inspect Park Brake Disk
For 9000 Series PST and European MST tractors,

–UN–02NOV01
NOTE: To inspect park brake disk with axle installed on
tractor, see Inspect Park Brake Disk in Section
60, Group 25.
RXA0058086
Mount dial indicator (A) as shown. Indicator pointer should
contact disk surface 25 mm (1 in.) from outside edge of
disk.
Rotate front differential input shaft at least one full A—Dial Indicator
revolution.
Park Brake—Specification
Disk—Runout (Maximum) ............................................................ 0.25 mm
(0.010 in.)
57
02
1

110906
PN=639
Park Brake
For 9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —011407), perform the

following steps:
Connect the hose from a portable hydraulic pump to the

manual pump off connector on the park brake valve.
–UN–02NOV01
Apply pressure to the park brake cylinder until cylinder rod
is fully extended.
RXA0058085
Mount dial indicator (A) as shown. Indicator pointer should
contact disk surface 25 mm (1 in.) from outside edge of
disk.
Rotate front differential input shaft at least one full A—Dial Indicator
revolution.
Park Brake—Specification
Disk—Runout (Maximum) ............................................................ 0.38 mm
(0.015 in.)
OUO6046,0001B58 –19–11SEP03–2/2
57
02
2

110906
PN=640
Group 03
Repair Preparation
Essential Tools
RW25383 –UN–02APR96
Prevent yoke from rotating during removal and installation
OURX078,0000022 –19–29OCT01–2/4
Axle Support Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG9271
Support axle assembly, using D05223ST Rollover Stand,

during disassembly, adjustment, and assembly
–UN–17MAY95
RW25374
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OURX078,0000022 –19–29OCT01–3/4
Axle Support Bracket Adapter Set. . . . . . . . . . JDG10051
Support axle assembly during disassembly, adjustment,

and assembly. Used with JDG927 Support Bracket and
D05223ST Rollover Stand –UN–15AUG96
57
03
1
RW25468
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OURX078,0000022 –19–29OCT01–4/4

110906
PN=641
Repair Preparation
Remove and Install Park Brake

Components—9000 PST and European MST
Remove axle from vehicle. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY in Group 00.)
–UN–23MAY96
Remove park brake caliper assembly cap screws (A) and
remove caliper assembly.
Remove brake disk cap screws (B) and remove disk.
RW35840
Inspect brake disk for damage and replace as necessary.
A—Park Brake Caliper Assembly Cap Screws

B—Brake Disk Cap Screws
RX16235630,3 –19–19SEP96–1/3
Install JDG924 Yoke Holding Tool (A), remove flanged

yoke retaining cap screw and washer (B), and remove the
yoke.

B—Yoke Retaining Cap Screw and Washer
–UN–23MAY96
RW35841
57
03
2

110906
PN=642
Repair Preparation
Remove park brake bracket cap screws (A) and remove

bracket.
Specification
–UN–23MAY96
Bracket-to-Cover Cap Screws—
Torque .......................................................................................... 310 N•m
(230 lb-ft)
Yoke Retaining Cap Screw—
Torque .......................................................................................... 435 N•m
RW35842
(320 lb-ft)
Disk-to-Yoke Cap Screws—
Torque .......................................................................................... 101 N•m
(75 lb-ft)
Caliper-to-Bracket Cap Screws— A—Park Brake Bracket Cap Screws
Torque .......................................................................................... 310 N•m
(230 lb-ft)
Check park brake disk runout after installation. (See

INSPECT PARK BRAKE DISK in Group 02.)
RX16235630,3 –19–19SEP96–3/3
57
03
3

110906
PN=643
Repair Preparation
Remove and Install Park Brake

Components——9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —
011407)

FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY in Group 00.)
Disconnect hydraulic hose from park brake cylinder. Use a

portable hydraulic pump to pressurize cylinder until
cylinder rod (B) is fully extended.
Remove cylinder rod clevis-to-caliper arm pin (C).
Remove caliper assembly-to-support cap screws (D) and

remove caliper assembly.
Remove brake disk cap screws (E) and remove disk.
Install JDG924 Yoke Holding Tool to prevent flanged yoke
–UN–02NOV01
from rotating.
Remove yoke retaining cap screw and washer (F) and

remove yoke (G).
RXA0058088
Remove support-to-cover cap screws (H) and remove
support (I) with cylinder and valve.
Right Side
Specification
Support-to-Cover Cap Screws—
Torque .......................................................................................... 310 N•m
(230 lb-ft)
Yoke Retaining Cap Screw—
Torque .......................................................................................... 435 N•m
(320 lb-ft)
Disk-to-Yoke Cap Screws—
Torque .......................................................................................... 101 N•m
(75 lb-ft)
A—Manual Pump Off Connector

B—Park Brake Cylinder Rod
C—Cylinder Rod Clevis-to-Caliper Arm Pin
D—Caliper Assembly-to-Support Cap Screws (2 used)
E—Brake Disk-to-Yoke Cap Screws (8 used)
F—Yoke Retaining Cap Screw and Washer
57 G—Flanged Yoke
03 H—Support-to-Case Cover Cap Screws (4 used)
4 I—Support
–UN–02NOV01
RXA0058090
Left Side

110906
PN=644
Repair Preparation
Check park brake disk runout after installation. (See

INSPECT PARK BRAKE DISK in Group 02.)
OUO6046,0001B59 –19–11SEP03–2/2
Install and Remove Axle Assembly in Repair

Stand
For axles WITHOUT PARK BRAKE and/or WITH

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK, perform the following step:
–UN–03JUN96
FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY or REMOVE AND INSTALL
REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY in Group 00.)
RW35883
Install JDG924 Yoke Holding Tool (A), remove yoke
retaining cap screw and washer (B), and remove yoke.
Axle Without Park Brake
For ALL axles, perform the following steps: A—Yoke Holding Tool
B—Yoke Retaining Cap Screw and Washer
Remove differential lock valve (C) and lines (D) and (E). C—Differential Lock Valve
D—Differential Lock Drain Line
E—Differential Lock Pressure Line
OURX078,000001C –19–27OCT01–1/6
Remove oil return elbow/tube cap screws (A) and remove

elbow.
A—Oil Return Elbow/Tube Cap Screws

–UN–23MAY96
57
03
5
RW35843
Continued on next page OURX078,000001C –19–27OCT01–2/6

110906
PN=645
Repair Preparation
Remove oil return tube differential case plug (A).
For axles WITH PARK BRAKE, perform the following

step:
Remove park brake components. (See REMOVE AND
–UN–23MAY96
INSTALL PARK BRAKE COMPONENTS in this group.)
A—Differential Case Plug
RW35844
OURX078,000001C –19–27OCT01–3/6
Install JDG927 Support Bracket (A) to D05223ST Engine

Rollover Stand.
Install JDG1005 Adapter Disk (B) to the support bracket.
A—Support Bracket
B—Adapter Disk
–UN–23MAY96
RW35845
OURX078,000001C –19–27OCT01–4/6
Install JDG1005 Adapter Stud (A) to the axle assembly

differential case oil return tube opening.
A—Adapter Stud
–UN–03JUN96
57
03
6
RW35884
Continued on next page OURX078,000001C –19–27OCT01–5/6

110906
PN=646
Repair Preparation
Install the axle assembly with adapter into the support

bracket with adapter.
Install and tighten the washer and nut to the adapter stud
(A).
Install cone stands (B) under the axle housings to improve

stability until the final drive assemblies are removed.
Remove axle assembly from repair stand in reverse order.
–UN–28OCT96
Specification
Elbow/Tube Cap Screws—Torque ................................................. 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft)
RW35885
A—Adapter Stud
B—Cone Stands
OURX078,000001C –19–27OCT01–6/6
57
03
7

110906
PN=647
Repair Preparation
57
03
8

110906
PN=648
Group 05
Input Housing
RW25560 –UN–29AUG96
OURX078,0000014 –19–05OCT01–2/7
RG5109 –UN–23AUG88
1
Seal Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG22
Remove input shaft seal
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OURX078,0000014 –19–05OCT01–3/7
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
Driver Disk (140 mm or 5-1/2 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . JDG135
Install input housing oil baffle
OURX078,0000014 –19–05OCT01–4/7
RW25381 –UN–14JUN95
Bearing Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG926 57

05
1
Install input shaft outer bearing and input shaft oil seal

110906
PN=649
Input Housing
Axle Support Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG9271
Support axle assembly, using D05223ST Rollover Stand,

–UN–17MAY95
RW25374
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OURX078,0000014 –19–05OCT01–6/7
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
Install input shaft inner bearing cup into input housing
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OURX078,0000014 –19–05OCT01–7/7
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37509 (U.S.) Clean and Cure Primer Clean surfaces and speed curing.
PM38611 (Canadian)
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-in-Place Gasket Seal joints.

PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
PM38654 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Retain yoke seal.
271 (LOCTITE)
57
05
2
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corporation OURX078,0000015 –19–11NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=650
Input Housing
Specifications
Cover-To-Case Cap Screws Torque 310 N•m

(230 lb-ft)
Oil Baffle Cap Screws Torque 35 N•m

(26 lb-ft)
Vent Tube Fitting Torque 122 N•m

(90 lb-ft)
Vent Tube Torque 15 N•m

(133 lb-in.)
Differential Drive Shaft:
Front Axle End Play 0.025—0.075 mm

(0.001—0.003 in.)
Rear Axle Preload 0.025—0.10 mm

(0.001—0.004 in.)
OURX985,0000118 –19–17FEB03–1/1
Replace Vent Tube
For Rear Axles of 9000 Series Tractors with PST:

–UN–18JUL00
Remove input housing/differential case cover. (See
REMOVE INPUT HOUSING/COVER in this group.)
Remove vent tube fitting and tube (A).

RW80388
A—Vent Tube Fitting and Tube
57
05
3

110906
PN=651
Input Housing
Install vent tube fitting (A) into outside of differential case

and tighten.
Specification
Vent Tube Fitting—Torque ........................................................... 122 N•m
(90 lb-ft)
–UN–18JUL00
On inside of case, install vent tube (B) into bottom of
fitting (A).
Tighten to 15 N•m (133 lb-in.) and continue tightening so
RW80388
the open sides or “V” notch in tube are open to sides of
differential case.
Specification
Vent Tube—Torque ........................................................................ 15 N•m
(133 lb-in.)
Install input housing/cover. (See INSTALL INPUT

HOUSING COVER in this group.)
Install axle to vehicle. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

A—Vent Tube Fitting
–UN–18JUL00
B—Vent Tube
RW80384
OURX078,0000003 –19–04OCT01–2/2
Remove Input Housing/Cover
Install axle assembly in repair stand. (See INSTALL AND

REMOVE AXLE ASSEMBLY IN REPAIR STAND in Group
03.)
–UN–03JUN96
CAUTION: Assembly is heavy. Use proper lifting

57
equipment to avoid personal injury.
05
4
RW35886
Remove 18 cap screws (A).
A—Cab Screws

110906
PN=652
Input Housing
Install JDG19 Lift Brackets and install and turn the cover
cap screws (A) into the cover jack screw holes. Turn the
cap screws until cover is separated from differential case.
Remove cover from differential case.
–UN–23MAY96
A—Cover Cap Screws
RW35846
RX16235630,12 –19–19SEP96–2/3
Install top adapter (A) to JDG927 Axle Support Bracket

and differential case.
Inspect four O-rings (B).
A—Adapter
–UN–16SEP96
B—O-Rings
RW35847
RX16235630,12 –19–19SEP96–3/3
57
05
5

110906
PN=653
Input Housing
Cross-Sectional View—Input Housing/Cover Without Park Brake
–UN–16AUG96
RW35941
A—Cap Screw E—Oil Seal H—Shim Pack K—Bearing Cup
B—Washer F—Bearing Cone I—Input Housing/Cover L—Bearing Cone
C—O-Ring G—Bearing Cup J—Cone Point Shim Pack M—Pinion Shaft
D—Yoke
RX16235630,15 –19–19SEP96–1/1
57 Disassemble Input Housing/Cover

05
6
Remove oil baffles (A).
A—Oil Baffles
–UN–23MAY96
RW35848

110906
PN=654
Input Housing
Remove seal (A) using JDG22 Seal Remover.
A—Seal
–UN–23MAY96
RW35849
RX16235630,18 –19–06SEP96–2/7
Remove bevel pinion shaft (A) using a press.
A—Bevel Pinion Shaft
–UN–23MAY96
RW35850
RX16235630,18 –19–06SEP96–3/7
Remove bearing cone (A) and shim pack (B). Keep shims
in original sequence with bearing cone.
A—Bearing Cone
B—Shim Pack
–UN–23MAY96
RW35851
RX16235630,18 –19–06SEP96–4/7
Inspect bearing and shaft. 57

05
7
Remove bearing (A) from shaft, if necessary.
A—Bearing
–UN–09MAR90
RW17327

110906
PN=655
Input Housing
Remove the front bearing cup (A), if necessary.
A—Front Bearing Cup
–UN–24MAY96
RW35852
RX16235630,18 –19–06SEP96–6/7
Inspect differential drive shaft bearing baffle plate (B)

making sure plate is tightly installed.
Inspect rear bearing cup (A).
Remove rear bearing cup and cone point shims, if
–UN–23MAY96
necessary.
Remove baffle plate (B), if necessary.
RW35853
A—Rear Bearing Cup
B—Baffle Plate
RX16235630,18 –19–06SEP96–7/7
57
05
8

110906
PN=656
Input Housing
Assemble Input Housing/Cover
CAUTION: DO NOT heat oil over 182°C (360°F).

Oil fumes or oil can ignite above 193°C (380°F).
Use a thermometer. Do not allow a flame or
heating element to come in direct contact with
–UN–23FEB89
the oil. Heat the oil in a well ventilated area.
IMPORTANT: The spiral bevel shaft and spiral bevel
T81191
gear must be replaced as a matched
set.
Heat bearing cone to 150°C (300°F) and install on shaft.
–UN–03JUN96
RW35887
RX16235630,25 –19–06SEP96–1/1
57
05
9

110906
PN=657
Input Housing
Determine Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft Cone

Point Shim Pack—9100, 9200, 9300, 9400,
9120, and 9220 Tractors
Record the metric dimension (A) etched or stamped on

the pinion end of shaft.
NOTE: The constant dimension includes nominal housing

dimension, nominal bearing width, and bearing
growth allowance.
CONSTANT DIMENSION
–UN–03JUN96
269.86 mm
Subtract the dimension etched or stamped on the pinion

shaft from the constant dimension to obtain the correct
RW35888
cone point shim pack thickness.
EXAMPLE:
269.86 mm Constant Dimension
A—Dimension
— 268.90 mm Dimension on Pinion Shaft (A)
= 0.96 mm Correct Shim Pack Thickness
NOTE: Shims must always be measured individually due

to slight variations in thickness. Never measure an
entire shim pack.
AG,OUOD008,816 –19–03MAY04–1/1
57
05
10

110906
PN=658
Input Housing
Determine Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft Cone

Point Shim Pack—9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620
Tractors
Note the two stamped letters (A) and (B) on the top
–UN–29NOV01
surface on the right side of the differential case as viewed
from the pinion end.
NOTE: The first stamped letter (A) is the reference to
RXA0057932
determine the distance between center line of
differential case cross bores and the front face of
the differential case.
The second stamped letter (B) is the reference to

determine the amount of error (up or down),
between the center line of the differential case
cross bores and the center line of the pinion shaft.
–UN–29NOV01
If there are NO stamped letters, use nominal
dimension of 254.00 mm (10.00 in.) for the
differential case dimension and zero for the error
dimension.
RW13192C
Determine case dimension reference from Differential
Case Dimension Chart.
Differential Case Dimension Chart

Letter on Case (A) Dimension
A 254.075 mm (10.003 in.)

B 254.050 mm (10.002 in.)
C 254.025 mm (10.001 in.)
D 254.000 mm (10.000 in.)
E 253.975 mm (9.999 in.)
F 253.950 mm (9.998 in.)
G 253.925 mm (9.997 in.)
Determine error dimension reference from Error

Dimension Chart.
–UN–29NOV01
A—Stamped Letter Location on Case
B—Stamped Letter Location on Case
C—Stamped Letter Location on Cover
RW35888B
D—Bearing Cup and Cone Width (Constant

Dimension)
E—Differential Drive Shaft Etched Dimension 57
05
11

110906
PN=659
Input Housing
Error Dimension Chart

Letter on
Dimension
Case (B)
Front Axle Rear Axle
H - 0.180 mm (0.007 in.) + 0.180 mm (0.007 in.)
I - 0.120 mm (0.005 in.) + 0.120 mm (0.005 in.)
J - 0.060 mm (0.002 in.) + 0.060 mm (0.002 in.)
K 0.000 mm (0.000 in.) 0.000 mm (0.000 in.)
L + 0.060 mm (0.002 in.) - 0.060 mm (0.002 in.)
M + 0.120 mm (0.005 in.) - 0.120 mm (0.005 in.)
N + 0.180 mm (0.007 in.) - 0.180 mm (0.007 in.)
Note the stamped letter on the top center (C) of

differential case cover.
NOTE: The stamped letter is the reference to determine

the cup bore depth from the cover face.
If there is NO stamped letter, use nominal

dimension of 70.00 mm (2.756 in.).
Determine case cover dimension reference from

Differential Case Cover Dimension Chart.
Differential Case Cover Dimension Chart

Letter on Cover (C) Dimension
P 70.125 mm (2.761 in.)

Q 70.100 mm (2.760 in.)
R 70.075 mm (2.759 in.)
S 70.050 mm (2.758 in.)
T 70.025 mm (2.757 in.)
U 70.000 mm (2.756 in.)
V 69.975 mm (2.755 in.)
W 69.950 mm (2.754 in.)
X 69.925 mm (2.753 in.)
Y 69.900 mm (2.752 in.)
Z 69.875 mm (2.751 in.)
NOTE: Refer to Cone Point Shim Pack Calculation

Example after Step 6.
1. Record the dimension from the Differential Case

Dimension Chart determined by the letter stamped at
location (A) on the differential case.
2. If there is NOT a stamped letter, skip this step.

57
05
12

110906
PN=660
Input Housing
Add (or subtract) the error dimension from the Error

location (B) on the differential case and whether it is a
front or rear axle.
3. Add the dimension from the Differential Case Cover

location (C) on the differential case cover.
4. Subtract the constant, 54.740 mm (2.1551 in.), which is

the bearing cone with cup nominal width (D) when cup
is pressed into case cover. This constant also includes
a deflection factor.
5. Subtract the dimension (E) etched or stamped on the

pinion end of the differential drive shaft.
6. Total the above items. The result is the correct shim

pack thickness.
Cone Point Shim Pack Calculation Example

(Example is for 9420 Front Axle with Stamped Letters F, I, and Q)
Step 1 + 253.950 mm Differential Case Dimension (A)

Step 2 - 0.120 mm Error Dimension (Could be ± Depending
on Axle Location) (B)
Step 3 + 70.100 mm Differential Case Cover Dimension
Step 4 - 54.740 mm Bearing Width (D) (Includes Growth and
Deflection Factor) (Constant)
Step 5 - 268.90 mm Differential Drive Shaft Etched Dimension
(E)
__________
Step 6 = 0.29 mm Shim Pack Thickness
NOTE: Shims must be measured individually due to slight

variation in thickness. Never measure an entire
shim pack.
OURX078,0000002 –19–15OCT04–3/3
57
05
13

110906
PN=661
Input Housing
Continue Assembly of Input Housing Cover
Clean the OD of the differential drive shaft baffle (A) and

the mating surface.
Apply PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength)
–UN–23MAY96
to the OD of the baffle.
Press baffle into the counterbore behind the pinion end

bearing bore using JDG135 Disk 140 mm (5-1/2 in.).
RW35854
Install rounded edge first and press flush to 0.5 mm (0.02
in.) below the bottom surface of the bearing bore. The
word "TOP" on the baffle should be aligned with the top
(B) of the case cover. A—Drive Shaft Baffle
B—Top of Case Cover
RX16235630,28 –19–08NOV05–1/6
Measure each shim separately to equal the shim pack

required.
–UN–31OCT88
T77781
RX16235630,28 –19–08NOV05–2/6
Install the amount of shims determined in the cone point

adjustment.
Install the bearing cup using JDG932 Disk 162 mm (6-3/8

in.) and press. The cup must be tight against the shims.
–UN–23MAY96
57
05
14
RW35855

110906
PN=662
Input Housing
Install outer bearing cup to bottom of bore using a 104

mm or 4-1/8 in. driver disk.
Make the following adjustments when replacing any of the

bearing cups, bearing cones, ring gear, spiral bevel shaft,
housing/cover, or differential case.
–UN–23MAY96
• Cone Point
• Pinion Shaft
• Preload Differential
RW35856
• Differential Backlash
RX16235630,28 –19–08NOV05–4/6
Assemble the bevel pinion shaft into the differential case

cover.
Install enough shims (A) to provide end play.
–UN–23MAY96
A—Shims
RW35857
RX16235630,28 –19–08NOV05–5/6
Press the bearing cone (A) into position using JDG926

Bearing Installer (B).
Rotate the housing/cover several times in both directions

to roll-in the bearings.
Press the cone onto the shaft again to make sure cone is
fully installed. 57
05
–UN–23MAY96
IMPORTANT: DO NOT install oil seal until drive shaft 15

adjustment has been completed.
RW35858
A—Bearing Cone
RX16235630,28 –19–08NOV05–6/6

110906
PN=663
Input Housing
Adjust Differential Drive Shaft
For Front Axle:
NOTE: Cone point adjustment must be done before

differential drive shaft adjustment.
NOTE: There should be enough outer bearing shims

installed to provide end play.
1. Install washer and retaining cap screw.
2. Measure end play using a dial indicator. Apply upward
–UN–23MAY96
pressure to shaft using a prybar.
3. Make note of the end play reading.
RW35859
4. Remove tools, washer, and cap screw.
5. Remove shaft.
OURX985,00000EA –19–10NOV05–1/12
6. Remove shims equal to the end play reading

MINUS 0.05 mm (0.002 in.).
Differential Drive Shaft—Specification

Front Axle—End Play .................................................... 0.025—0.075 mm
(0.001—0.003 in.)
–UN–23MAY96
NOTE: Removing specified shims will establish the
specified ENDPLAY on the differential driveshaft.
RW35857
7. Assemble differential drive shaft into differential case
cover.
8. Install newly calculated shim pack (A). A—Shim Pack
57
05
16
Continued on next page OURX985,00000EA –19–10NOV05–2/12

110906
PN=664
Input Housing
9. Press bearing cone (A) into position using JDG926

Bearing Installer (B).
10. Rotate housing/cover several times in both directions

to seat the bearings.
11. Press cone onto shaft again to make sure cone is

fully installed.
–UN–23MAY96
12. Check endplay again to verify it is to specification.
Repeat adjustment procedure if end play is not within

specification.
RW35858
A—Bearing Cone
B—JDG926 Bearing Installer
OURX985,00000EA –19–10NOV05–3/12
13. Apply PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (High

Strength) to outside surface of yoke oil seal.
14. Press seal flush with end of cover, using JDG938

Seal Installer Plate (A) and JDG926 Bearing
Installer (B) with spring side of seal facing away from
driver.
–UN–23MAY96
15. Coat seal lips with oil.
A—JDG958 Seal Installer Plate

RW35860
57
05
17

110906
PN=665
Input Housing
NOTE: Install small oil baffle so trough is facing inward.
16. Install oil baffle (A) and cap screws.
17. Tighten cap screws to specification.
–UN–23MAY96
Oil Baffle Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 35 N•m
(26 lb-ft)
RW35848
A—Oil Baffle
OURX985,00000EA –19–10NOV05–5/12
For Rear Axle:
NOTE: Cone point adjustment must be done before

differential drive shaft adjustment.
NOTE: There should be enough outer bearing shims

installed to provide end play.
1. Install washer and retaining cap screw.
2. Measure end play using a dial indicator. Apply upward

pressure to shaft using a prybar.
–UN–23MAY96
3. Make note of end play reading.
RW35859
57
05
18

110906
PN=666
Input Housing
IMPORTANT: Measure rolling drag torque once shaft

is rolling.
4. Measure rolling drag torque using a bending beam

torque wrench. Measure torque after differential drive
shaft is rolling.
5. Make note of measurement. This is the baseline

measurement.
6. Remove tools, washer, and cap screw.
–UN–16SEP96
7. Remove differential drive shaft.
RW36066
OURX985,00000EA –19–10NOV05–7/12
8. Remove shims equal to end play reading

PLUS 0.05 mm (0.002 in.).
Differential Drive Shaft—Specification

Rear Axle—Preload .......................................................... 0.025—0.10 mm
(0.001—0.004 in.)
–UN–23MAY96
NOTE: Removing specified shims will establish specified
preload on differential drive shaft.
RW35857
9. Assemble shaft into differential case cover.
10. Install newly calculated shim pack (A).
A—Shim Pack
57
05
19

110906
PN=667
Input Housing
11. Press the bearing cone (A) into position using

JDG926 Bearing Installer (B).
12. Rotate housing/cover several times in both directions

to seat bearings.
13. Press the cone onto shaft again to make sure cone is
fully installed.
–UN–23MAY96
A—Bearing Cone
RW35858
OURX985,00000EA –19–10NOV05–9/12
IMPORTANT: DO NOT install oil seal until drive shaft

adjustment has been completed.
14. Install retaining cap screw (A).
IMPORTANT: Measure rolling drag torque once shaft

is rolling.
15. Measure rolling drag torque using a bending beam

torque wrench. Measure torque once shaft is rolling.
–UN–16SEP96
16. Rolling drag torque must increase 1.5—5.0 N•m (13—
44 lb-in.) above baseline rolling drag torque.
RW36067
Repeat adjusting procedure if rolling drag is not within
specification.
17. Remove retaining cap screw and washer. A—Retaining Cap Screw
57
05
20

110906
PN=668
Input Housing
18. Apply PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (High

Strength) to outside surface of yoke oil seal.
19. Press seal flush with end of cover, using JDG938

Seal Installer Plate (A) and JDG926 Bearing
Installer (B) with spring side of seal facing away from
driver.
–UN–23MAY96
20. Coat seal lips with oil.
A—Seal Installer Plate

RW35860
OURX985,00000EA –19–10NOV05–11/12
NOTE: Install small oil baffle with trough is facing inward.
21. Install oil baffle (A) and cap screws.
22. Tighten cap screw to specification.
–UN–23MAY96
Oil Baffle Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 35 N•m
(26 lb-ft)
RW35848
A—Oil Baffle
OURX985,00000EA –19–10NOV05–12/12
57
05
21

110906
PN=669
Input Housing
Install Input Housing/Cover
Clean differential case and input quill sealing surfaces.
Remove the support bracket top adapter (A).
–UN–16SEP96
Install four O-rings (B).
IMPORTANT: If overnight curing is not possible,

apply PM37509 Clean and Cure Primer
RW35847
to housing/cover adjoining surface.
Allow joint between cover and case to
cure 30 minutes before adding oil to the
assembly. A—Support Bracket Top Adapter
B—O-Rings
Apply a 3 mm (1/8 in.) bead of PM38657 High Flex
Form-in-Place Gasket to differential surface. Narrow
overlap areas must have a bead of sealant applied. Put a
bead of sealant around all bolt holes.
RX16235630,37 –19–11NOV05–1/2
Install input housing/cover to differential case.
Remove lift brackets and straps.
IMPORTANT: Tighten cap screws to specified torque

beginning with the center two cap
screws, across from each other, and
alternately working toward top and
bottom.
Install and tighten 18 cover-to-case cap screws. –UN–23MAY96
Cover-To-Case Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 310 N•m
(230 lb-ft)
RW35861
57
05
Remove axle assembly from repair stand. (See INSTALL
22
AND REMOVE AXLE ASSEMBLY IN REPAIR STAND, in
Group 03.)
RX16235630,37 –19–11NOV05–2/2

110906
PN=670
Group 10
Differential
RW25335 –UN–21DEC94
Differential Lifting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW71
Remove and install differential housing
1
OURX078,0000009 –19–04OCT01–2/9
RW25150 –UN–22JUN94
Sealing Ring Mandrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG877
Install differential lock sealing rings onto quill
OURX078,0000009 –19–04OCT01–3/9
RW25152 –UN–22JUN94
Sealing Ring Resizing Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG878
Compress differential lock sealing rings on quill
OURX078,0000009 –19–04OCT01–4/9
RW25161 –UN–22JUN94
Differential Bearing Quill Adjustment Tool. . . . .JDG880A1 57

10
1
Remove and install differential housing bearing quills
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL

110906
PN=671
Differential
RW25339 –UN–14JUN95
Backlash Checking Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG923A
Check differential bevel pinion to ring gear backlash
OURX078,0000009 –19–04OCT01–6/9
Axle Support Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG9271
Support axle assembly, using D05223ST Rollover Stand

–UN–17MAY95
RW25374
1
Recommended Tool
OURX078,0000009 –19–04OCT01–7/9
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
Install bearing cup in differential housing
OURX078,0000009 –19–04OCT01–8/9
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
Driver Disk 146 mm (5-3/8 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG9331
Install bearing cup in differential housing
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OURX078,0000009 –19–04OCT01–9/9
57 Other Material
10
2
Number Name Use
TY25687 (U.S.) Paint and Decal Remover Cleaning surfaces and threads.
PM37513 (U.S.) Epoxy Adhesive Retain cap screws.

PM38606 (Canadian)
OURX078,000000A –19–08NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=672
Differential
Specifications
Clutch Disk Thickness (New) 3.2 mm

(0.126 in.)
Pinion Shaft-to-Pinion Hub
Cap Screws Torque 70 N•m

(52 lb-ft)
Housing Cover Cap Screws
Torque 318 N•m

(235 lb-ft)
Ring Gear Backlash 0.15—0.40 mm

(0.005—0.015 in.)
Lock Plate Retaining Cap Screws
Torque 25 N•m
(221 lb-in.)
OURX078,000000B –19–04OCT01–1/1
57
10
3

110906
PN=673
Differential
Remove Differential
Remove input housing/differential case cover. (See

REMOVE INPUT HOUSING/COVER in Group 05.)
Remove final drive assemblies. (See REMOVE FINAL

DRIVE ASSEMBLIES in Group 15.)
Remove brake components. (See REMOVE BRAKE

COMPONENTS in Group 20.)
Install DFRW7 Lifting Tool (A).
Raise differential housing enough to relieve the weight on
–UN–24MAY96
the bearing quills, using an overhead hoist.
A—Lifting Tool
RW35863
RX16235630,45 –19–19SEP96–1/4
Remove quill lock plate retaining cap screw and lock plate
(A), both sides.
A—Retaining Cap Screw
–UN–23MAY96
RW35864
57
10
4

110906
PN=674
Differential
NOTE: Remove non-ring gear side quill first.
Remove both differential bearing quills, using JDG880A

Differential Bearing Quill Adjustment Tool (A), while
supporting the differential with the lifting fixture.
A—Adjustment Tool
–UN–23MAY96
RW35865
RX16235630,45 –19–19SEP96–3/4
Remove the differential using the lifting fixture and a hoist.
–UN–23MAY96
RW35866
RX16235630,45 –19–19SEP96–4/4
57
10
5

110906
PN=675
Differential
Cross-Sectional View—Differential with Differential Lock
–UN–16AUG96
RW35939
57
10
6 A—Lock Plate (2 used) H—O-Ring Packing N—Bevel Pinion Shaft (3 used) S—Differential Case
B—Cap Screw (2 used) I—Piston O—Conical Thrust Washer T—Bevel Gear
C—Bearing Quill J—Cap Screw (12 used) (3 used) U—Bevel Pinion Hub
D—Bearing Cone K—Washer (12 used) P—Thrust Washer (6 used) V—Housing
E—Bearing Cup L—Cover Q—Roller Bearing (54 used) W—Disk (3 used)
F—Sealing Ring (2 used) M—Cap Screw (3 used) R—Bevel Pinion Gear (3 used) X—Separator Plate (3 used)
G—Thrust Washer (2 used)
RX16235630,49 –19–06SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=676
Differential
Cross-Sectional View—Standard Differential
–UN–16AUG96
RW35940
57
10
A—Lock Plate (2 used) F—Thrust Washer (2 used) K—Bevel Pinion Shaft (3 used) O—Bevel Pinion Gear (3 used) 7
B—Cap Screw (2 used) G—Washer (12 used) L—Conical Thrust Washer P—Differential Case
C—Bearing Quill H—Cap Screw (12 used) (3 used) Q—Bevel Gear
D—Bearing Cone I—Cover M—Thrust Washer (6 used) R—Bevel Pinion Hub
E—Bearing Cup J—Cap Screw (3 used) N—Roller Bearing (54 used) S—Housing
RX16235630,50 –19–06SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=677
Differential

Differential
NOTE: Refer to Differential—Cross-Sectional View during

disassembly.
1. Remove differential cover and housing-to-ring gear cap
–UN–12APR94
screws (A).
2. Remove cover by prying in slots (B) between cover

and housing.
RW35241
IMPORTANT: Differential ring gear and pinion shaft
are serviced as a matched set. Be sure
A—Cap Screws
number stamped on ring gear and B—Slots
pinion end of shaft are the same. Adjust
cone point when replacing ring gear
and pinion shaft.
3. Inspect gear teeth on gear set.
4. Remove gear from housing if necessary.
5. Thoroughly clean and degrease housing-to-ring gear

cap screws and ring gear threads using TY25687 Paint
and Decal Remover before installation.
NOTE: Remove heads from two cap screws to be used

as guide pins.
6. Install ring gear on housing using guide pins.
7. Leave guide pins in position until cover and

housing-to-ring gear cap screws are installed.
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–1/19
57
10 CAUTION: High-pressure air can cause piston
8 to move suddenly with great force causing
serious injury.
8. Remove differential lock piston (A) from cover by

–UN–12APR94
applying air to lock piston inlet using an air nozzle.
A—Differential Lock Piston

RW35242
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–2/19

110906
PN=678
Differential
9. Remove differential bevel lock gear (A) with thrust

washer, disks, and separator plates.
Specification
Clutch Disk—Thickness (New) ....................................................... 3.2 mm
(0.126 in.)
–UN–18SEP96
A—Differential Bevel Lock Gear
RW36070
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–3/19
10. Remove pinion shaft retaining cap screw (A).
NOTE: Leave shafts in pinion assemblies.
11. Install a 19M7361 (12 x 50 mm) cap screw (B) into

pinion shaft and use a slide hammer to pull pinion
shafts out only far enough to remove bevel pinion
hub.
A—Pinion Shaft Retaining Cap Screw
–UN–12APR94
B—Cap Screw
RW35246
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–4/19
12. Remove bevel pinion hub (A).
A—Bevel Pinion Hub
–UN–16SEP96
57
10
9
RW36071

110906
PN=679
Differential
13. Push shafts (A) inward into pinion assemblies.

Remove pinion assemblies (B).
A—Shafts
B—Pinion Assemblies
–UN–12APR94
RW35248
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–6/19
14. Remove bevel gear (A) and thrust washer (B).
A—Bevel Gear
B—Thrust Washer
–UN–12APR94
RW35249
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–7/19
15. Remove bearing cups (A) and (B) as necessary.
IMPORTANT: Make sure cups are seated in bottom of

bores.
16. Install new bearing cup (A) in differential housing

using JDG933 Driver Disk 146 mm (5-3/8 in.).
–UN–12APR94
17. Install new bearing cup (B) in cover using JDG932
Driver Disk (162 mm or 6-3/8 in.).
A—Bearing Cup
RW35244
B—Bearing Cup
57
10
10

110906
PN=680
Differential
18. Install bevel gear (A) and thrust washer (B) into
housing.
A—Bevel Gear
B—Thrust Washer
–UN–12APR94
RW35249
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–9/19
19. Coat spherical thrust washers (A) with light clean

grease and install into housing making sure tangs (B)
are positioned in recess.
20. Coat ID of differential bevel pinions with light clean

grease and install needle roller bearings (D).
–UN–12APR94
21. Install needle thrust washers (C) on each side of
needle bearings in pinions.
RW35250
IMPORTANT: Needle thrust washer must be between
needles and spherical thrust washer
and needles and hub.
22. Install pinion shafts into pinion gear assemblies.
A—Spherical Thrust Washer (3 used)

B—Thrust Washer Tangs
C—Needle Thrust Washer (6 used)
–UN–12APR94
D—Needle Bearings (54 used)
RW35251
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–10/19
23. Install pinion assemblies (A), from inside, into 57

spherical thrust washer and push shafts (B) into 10
11
housing for enough to install bevel pinion hub.
A—Pinion Assembly
B—Pinion Shaft
–UN–10JAN00
RW35252

110906
PN=681
Differential
24. Install bevel pinion hub (A).
25. Push pinion shafts (B) into pinion assembly and install
hub.
A—Bevel Pinion Hub
–UN–16SEP96
RW36071
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–12/19
26. Push shafts into hub and install pinion shaft-to-pinion

hub cap screws (A).
Pinion Shaft-to-Pinion Hub—Specification

(52 lb-ft)
–UN–12APR94
27. Strike each shaft with a drift or socket hitting only
shaft after tightening all three cap screws. Retighten
cap screws to 70 N•m (52 lb-ft).
RW35253
A—Pinion Shaft-to-Pinion Hub Cap Screws
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–13/19
28. Install differential bevel lock gear (A) making sure

thrust washer (B) is correctly positioned.
29. Install three disks and three separator plates

alternately, starting with a disk against housing.
A—Differential Bevel Lock Gear

57 B—Thrust Washer
10
12
–UN–05SEP96
RW35621

110906
PN=682
Differential
30. Coat seal lips with oil and install piston (A) into
differential housing cover and apply grease to retain
piston in cover.
A—Piston
–UN–12APR94
RW35242
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–15/19
31. Install differential housing cover.
32. Prepare ring gear and cap screws for assembly:
IMPORTANT: Install NEW cap screws if cap screw

threads cannot be thoroughly cleaned.
a. Thoroughly clean and degrease threads on ring

gear and housing-to-ring gear cap screws using
–UN–10MAR95
TY25687 Paint and Decal Remover.
b. Apply PM37513 Epoxy Adhesive (A) to lower 19

mm (0.75 in.) of cap screw threads.
RW35671
IMPORTANT: Do not exceed 150°C (300°F) when
heating ring gear.
A—Fast Cure Epoxy
c. Heat ring gear in a bearing heater. Install heated
ring gear on housing.
IMPORTANT: Make sure cap screws and ring gear

threads are clean and have no rust.
33. Install cap screws and washers. Tighten to

specification.
Specification
Housing Cover Cap Screws—
Torque .......................................................................................... 318 N•m
(235 lb-ft) 57
10
13

110906
PN=683
Differential
34. Remove bearing cones (A) as necessary.
35. Install new differential bearing cones. Make sure

cones are seated against shoulders.
36. Install bearing cone on non-ring gear side quill using

a 95 mm or 3-3/4 in. driver disk.
–UN–12APR94
37. Heat bearing cone and install onto ring gear side quill
against shoulder. Allow to cool and seat cone using a
brass drift.
RW35245
38. Remove and replace differential lock sealing rings (B).
39. Remove and replace O-ring packings (C).

A—Bearing Cones
B—Sealing Rings
C—O-Ring Packings
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–17/19
40. Install sealing rings onto differential quill using

JDG877 Sealing Ring Loading Tool Set.
a. Install JDG877-2 Mandrel (A) onto quill.
b. Install a sealing ring (B) onto mandrel and fit

bottom sealing ring onto quill using JDG877-1
Pusher (C).
–UN–12APR94
c. Install JDG877-3 Spacer (D) into JDG877-2
Mandrel and install mandrel onto quill.
d. Install a sealing ring onto mandrel and fit top
RW35256
sealing ring onto quill using JDG877-1 Pusher.
A—JDG877-2 Mandrel
B—Sealing Ring
C—JDG877-1 Pusher
D—JDG877-3 Spacer
57
10
14

110906
PN=684
Differential
IMPORTANT: Leave the resizing tool in position until

just before installing quill.
e. Remove sealing ring loading tool and install

JDG878 Sealing Ring Resizing Tool (A).
–UN–12APR94
A—Sealing Ring Resizing Tool
RW35257
OUO1073,0001F9F –19–24APR06–19/19
Install Differential
A
A—Front Axle
B—Rear Axle
C—9000 with MST Transmission and 9020 with MST
and PST Transmissions
D—9000 Tractors with PST Transmissions
C D
D C
–UN–03MAY04
RXA0074625
B
Differential Ring Gear Position - Top View
Continued on next page RX16235630,55 –19–05MAY04–1/4
57
10
15

110906
PN=685
Differential
1. Install DFRW7 Lifting Tool.
2. Install differential housing into the case enough to align

the differential with the quill openings.
–UN–23MAY96
RW35866
RX16235630,55 –19–05MAY04–2/4
3. Install and hand tighten the non-ring gear side quill.

Tighten until the bottom surface of the notches (A) are
2 mm (0.080 in.) above the adjacent machined surface
of the differential case (B).
4. Align any notch (C) with any adjacent tapped hole (D).
5. Remove hoist and lifting tool.
6. Rotate the differential case so the side quill bores are

in a vertical position with the ring gear side of the
differential housing up.
–UN–03JUN96
A—Surface of Notch
B—Surface of Differential Case
C—Notch
RW35891
D—Tapped Hole
57
10
16

110906
PN=686
Differential
7. Lubricate the sealing rings (A) and O-ring packings (B)

and (C).
8. Make sure the plug (D) is solidly in position.
IMPORTANT: Turn the side quill ONLY in a clockwise
–UN–10MAR95
direction.
9. Install and tighten the gear side quill, using JDG880A

Quill Adjustment Tool, until the bottom surface of the
RW35674
notches are flush with the machined surface of the
differential case.
10. Rotate the differential assembly a minimum of six A—Differential Lock Seal Rings
revolutions to seat the bearings. B—O-Ring
C—O-Ring
D—Passageway Plug
in a vertical position with the ring gear side of the
differential housing down.
12. Rotate the differential assembly a minimum of six

revolutions to seat the bearings.
13. Spin the differential assembly by hand while hand

tightening the non-ring gear side quill (opposite gear
side), until the differential stops rotating.
RX16235630,55 –19–05MAY04–4/4
57
10
17

110906
PN=687
Differential
Adjust Differential Preload
Install JDG923A Backlash Adjusting Tool (A) through the

differential housing making sure the ring gear side is
down.
–UN–16AUG96
IMPORTANT: Measure the rolling drag torque once
the differential housing assembly is
rotating.
RW36016
Measure rolling drag torque using a bending beam torque
wrench. Measure the torque once the differential is
rotating.
A—Backlash Adjusting Tool
Make note of the measurement. This is the baseline B—Notch
C—Screw Location
measurement.
Alternately rotate the differential using a bending beam

torque wrench and tighten the non-ring gear side quill in a
clockwise direction one cap screw location at a time until
rolling drag torque increases above the baseline reading
1—2 N•m (9—18 lb-in.).
IMPORTANT: Always stop with a notch (B) and screw

location (C) aligned.
NOTE: If rolling drag torque is too high, loosen the side

quill to zero torque and repeat the procedure.
Tighten the non-ring gear side quill ONE additional screw

location, using the notch that is closest to a screw
location.
Proceed with adjusting differential backlash.
RX16235630,5A –19–28OCT96–1/1
57
10
18

110906
PN=688
Differential
Adjust Differential Backlash
IMPORTANT: Make sure the top adapter is installed

before the differential case assembly is
turned.
–UN–03JUN96
1. Install input housing/differential case cover. (Refer to
Install Input Housing/Cover in this group.) Install the
top adapter to the JDG927 Axle Support Bracket and
the case cover.
RW35892
2. Temporarily install the yoke on the input shaft. Install
the washer and yoke retaining cap screw. Flanged Yoke
–UN–03JUN96
RW35893
Regular Yoke
Continued on next page RX16235630,59 –19–15OCT04–1/4
57
10
19

110906
PN=689
Differential
3. Rotate the differential to the vertical position with the

ring gear side down.
IMPORTANT: Position the dial indicator on the bar at

the correct dimension.
–UN–03JUN96
4. Install cap screws (A) through the input yoke against
the input housing/cover to hold the pinion shaft
stationary. Install a piece of scrap metal (B) to protect
the housing surface.
RW35894
5. Install JDG923A Backlash Checking Tool (C) and a
dial indicator with the bar on the non-ring gear side of Flanged Yoke
the differential housing.
6. Rest the dial indicator pointer (D) against the bar 267
mm (10.5 in.) from the center line of the differential
housing (center line of tool).
7. Rotate the ring gear, noting the backlash while holding
–UN–03JUN96
the pinion shaft stationary. Check the backlash in at
least three locations 120° apart.
Specification
RW35895
Ring Gear—Backlash ........................................................ 0.15—0.30 mm
(0.005—0.012 in.)
Regular Yoke
in a horizontal position.
9. Remove tools.
10. Adjust backlash.
IMPORTANT: Rotate both quills the same amount to

maintain correct preload.
–UN–23MAY96
NOTE: Each notch on the quill equals 0.15 mm
(0.005 in.) of backlash.
When the quills are rotated, count the number of

RW35868
notches, and rotate the opposite quill the same

number of notches.
57 A—Yoke Holding Cap Screw
10 If backlash is high, first rotate the non-ring gear side
B—Protective Metal Plate
20 quill counterclockwise and then the gear side quill C—JDG923A Tool
clockwise. D—Dial Indicator Pointer
Continued on next page RX16235630,59 –19–15OCT04–2/4

110906
PN=690
Differential
If backlash is low, first rotate the gear side quill

counterclockwise and then the non-ring gear side quill
clockwise.
11. Repeat Steps 3—10 until specified backlash is

achieved.
RX16235630,59 –19–15OCT04–3/4
Install the lock plates and retaining cap screws (A).
Specification
Lock Plate Retaining Cap
Screws—Torque ............................................................................. 25 N•m
(221 lb-in.)
–UN–23MAY96
Install brake components. (See INSTALL BRAKE
COMPONENTS in Group 20.)
Install final drive assemblies. (See INSTALL FINAL DRIVE
RW35864
ASSEMBLIES in Group 15.)
Complete the input housing/cover installation procedures.

A—Retaining Cap Screws
(See INSTALL INPUT HOUSING in Group 05.)
RX16235630,59 –19–15OCT04–4/4
57
10
21

110906
PN=691
Differential
57
10
22

110906
PN=692
Group 15
Final Drives
Axle Adjusting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DF10571
Used to remove and install final drive assembly from

support stand and rotate axle housing to measure rolling
drag torque.
–UN–16NOV94
RW25324
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL—"Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Section
99 for instructions to make tool.)
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–2/16
Axle Jacking Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DFRW301
Used to remove axle housing from axle shaft.
–UN–16NOV94
RW25328
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL—"Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See Section
99 for instructions to make tool.)
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–3/16
RW25154 –UN–22JUN94
Axle Outer Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG867 57

15
1
Used to install outer axle oil seal (100 mm axles).
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–4/16
RW25154 –UN–22JUN94
Axle Outer Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG868
Used to install outer axle oil seal (110 mm axles).

110906
PN=693
Final Drives
RW25154 –UN–22JUN94
Axle Outer Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1562-2
Used to install outer axle seal (120 mm axles).
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–6/16
RXA0062350 –UN–06SEP02
Axle Outer Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1662
Used to install RE168641 replacement outer axle oil seal

(100 mm and 110 mm axles).
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–7/16
RXA0062351 –UN–03SEP02
Axle Outer Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1562-1
Used in conjunction with JDG1562-2 to install axle oil seal

on 120 mm axles.
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–8/16
RW25417 –UN–08APR96
1
Planetary Lifting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG890A
Used to remove and install planetary carrier assembly.
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–9/16
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
1
Driver Disk (152 mm or 6 in.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG930
Used to install bearing cup into axle housing.
57
15
2
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL

110906
PN=694
Final Drives
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
1
Driver Disk (178 mm or 7 in.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG931
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–11/16
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–12/16
RW25359 –UN–17MAY95
Driver Disk 197 mm (7-3/4 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1563
Used to install 120 mm axle outer bearing cup.
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–13/16
RW25126 –UN–26MAY94
Lifting Eyebolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT055081
Used to lift axle shafts.
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–14/16
Rear Axle Support Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT072191 57

15
3
Used to support final drive during disassembly and
assembly.
–UN–28OCT96
RW25166
1
DFRW94

110906
PN=695
Final Drives
Rear Axle Support Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG15731
Used to support 120 mm final drive during disassembly

and assembly.
–UN–28OCT96
RW25166
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OUO6046,0001B64 –19–16SEP03–16/16
Other Material
Number Name Use
R72232 (U.S.) Lead Balls To calculate shim pack for rolling

drag
Number Name Use
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Seal differential case.

PM38628 (Canadian)
OURX956,00001E3 –19–08NOV05–1/1
57
15
4

110906
PN=696
Final Drives
Specifications
Axle Housing Cap Screws Torque Turn 230 N•m plus 90 degrees
(170 lb-ft plus 90 degrees)
Pinion Shaft Retaining Shoulder Bolt Torque 18 N•m

Nut (159 lb-in.)
100 mm Axle Diameter (A) 100.83—100.12 mm

(3.940—3.942 in.)

(4.335—4.336 in.)

(4.755—4.756 in.)
Planetary Carrier-to-Axle Shaft Torque (Preliminary) 270 N•m

Special Cap Screw (200 lb-ft)
Planetary Carrier-to-Axle Shaft Torque (Final) 908 N•m

Special Cap Screw (670 lb-ft)
OUO6046,0001B65 –19–16SEP03–1/1
Remove Final Drive Assemblies
Install the axle assembly in the repair stand. (See

INSTALL AND REMOVE AXLE ASSEMBLY IN REPAIR
STAND in Group 03.)
Remove cap screws (A) and remove assembly using a

sling and hoist. 57
15
Remove ring gear (B). 5
–UN–23MAY96
A—Cap Screws
B—Ring Gear
RW35869

110906
PN=697
Final Drives
Inspect ring gear.
A—Ring Gear
–UN–29SEP97
RW35870
RX16235630,62 –19–19SEP96–2/3
Remove and inspect sun pinion shaft (A).
Install sun pinion shaft.
–UN–23MAY96
A—Sun Pinion Shaft
RW35871
RX16235630,62 –19–19SEP96–3/3
57
15
6

110906
PN=698
Final Drives
Cross-Sectional View—Final Drive
–UN–16AUG96
RW35943
A—Sun Pinion Shaft F—Spacer (3 used) L—Lock Plate Q—Bearing Cup
B—Final Drive Gear G—Needle Rollers (204 used) M—Carrier Retaining Washer R—Axle Housing
C—Planet Pinion Carrier H—Nut (3 used) N—End Play Shim Pack S—Axle Shaft
D—Planet Pinion (3 used) I—Shoulder Bolt (3 used) O—Thick Washer T—Oil Seal
E—Planet Pinion Shaft J—Thrust Washer (6 used) P—Bearing Cone U—Spacer
(3 used) K—Cap Screw
RX16235630,66 –19–06SEP96–1/1
Disassemble Final Drive
NOTE: Refer to Final Drive—Cross-Sectional View during

disassembly.
Install DF1057 Axle Adjusting Tool (A) and install the final
drive assembly into the JT07219 (DFRW94) Rear Axle
Support Stand or JDG1573 120 mm Rear Axle Support 57
Stand (B) bolted to the floor. 15
7
Tighten the holding screw (C) into the keyway of the axle.
–UN–23MAY96
A—Axle Adjusting Tool

B—Rear Axle Support Stand
C—Holding Screw
RW35872

110906
PN=699
Final Drives
Remove the O-ring (A) and slightly loosen or tighten the

planet pinion carrier retaining washer-to-axle special cap
screw (B) and remove the lock plate (C) from the screw
head.
Remove the cap screw from the carrier.
–UN–28APR94
A—O-Ring
B—Special Cap Screw
C—Lock Plate
RW35306
OUO6046,0001B66 –19–16SEP03–2/5
Install the JDG890A Planetary Carrier Lifting Tool (A) and

remove the carrier assembly.
A—Planetary Carrier Lifting Tool
–UN–23MAY96
RW35873
OUO6046,0001B66 –19–16SEP03–3/5
Remove the carrier-to-bearing thrust washer (A).
Remove the end play shims (B) and the thick washer (C)
from the end of the axle shaft.
–UN–28APR94
A—Thrust Washer
B—Shims
C—Thick Washer
RW35308
OUO6046,0001B66 –19–16SEP03–4/5
57 Inspect the condition of the lock plate.

15
8
Replace the plate, if plate is bowed.
–UN–28APR94
RW35309
OUO6046,0001B66 –19–16SEP03–5/5

110906
PN=700
Final Drives
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Planet

Pinion Carrier

disassembly and assembly.
–UN–28APR94
Remove the pinion shaft retaining shoulder bolt nut (A).
Remove the shoulder bolt (B).
RW35310
A—Shoulder Bolt Nut
B—Shoulder Bolt
RX15755610,9 –19–19AUG94–1/3
Remove the shaft (G).
Remove the planet pinion assembly and planet pinion

thrust washers (B) from the carrier.
Remove the needle rollers (D) and spacer (C) from the
pinions.
Remove the carrier retaining washer from the carrier.
NOTE: Use a coating of grease to hold the rollers in the

pinions during assembly.
Assemble in reverse order making sure to install the

carrier retaining washer in the carrier before installing the
pinion assemblies.
–UN–28APR94
A—Pinion
B—Thrust Washer
C—Spacer
RW35311
D—Needle Rollers (68 used in each pinion)

E—Pinion Shaft Retaining Shoulder Bolt
F—Nut 57
G—Pinion Shaft 15
9

110906
PN=701
Final Drives
Install the pinion shaft retaining shoulder bolts (B) and

nuts (A).
Specification
Shoulder Bolt Nut—Torque ............................................................ 18 N•m
(159 lb-in.)
–UN–28APR94
A—Shoulder Bolt Nut
B—Shoulder Bolt
RW35310
RX15755610,9 –19–19AUG94–3/3
Remove Axle Housing
Remove planet pinion carrier as previously instructed.
IMPORTANT: Use a disk (A) between head of jack and

axle shaft to avoid damage to end of
shaft. Use a second disk between top of
jack and tool crossbar for added
strength to crossbar.
Press axle shaft through inner bearing using a hydraulic

jack and DFRW30 Axle Jacking Tool (B).
–UN–03JUN96
Remove hydraulic jack, disk, and jacking tool and remove
bearing cone.
RW35897
Remove axle housing from axle shaft using a hoist with a
chain or strap around the axle jacking tool. Be sure
housing is balanced.
A—Disk
B—Axle Jacking Tool
RX16235630,69 –19–06SEP96–1/1
57
15
10

110906
PN=702
Final Drives
Disassemble and Assemble Axle Housing

Remove inner and outer bearing cups using puller tools.
Install outer bearing cup until fully seated in bore using

appropriate driver disk.
–UN–23MAY96
DRIVER DISK
100 mm Axle ......................................... JDG932 (162 mm or 6-3/8 in.)
110 mm Axle ............................................... JDG931 (178 mm or 7 in.)
120 mm Axle .......................................... JDG1563 197 mm (7-3/4 in.)
RW35875
Install inner bearing cup until fully seated in bore using
appropriate driver disk.
DRIVER DISK
100 mm Axle ............................................... JDG930 (152 mm or 6 in.)
110 mm Axle ......................................... JDG932 (162 mm or 6-3/8 in.)
120 mm Axle ............................................. JDG932 162 mm (6-3/8 in.)
OUO6046,0001B67 –19–16SEP03–1/1
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Axle

Shaft

Install JT05508 Lift Eye (A), raise axle shaft from support
stand, and remove outer seal (B).
Inspect axle shaft.
Inspect inner bearing cone adjoining shaft surface.
A—Lift Eye
B—Outer Seal 57
–UN–24APR00
15
11
RW77397

110906
PN=703
Final Drives
Inspect outer bearing cone and spacer.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use a torch to remove axle

bearing cones. Heating to temperatures
as low as 204°C (400°F) will cause
premature axle failure.
Remove outer bearing cone and spacer. Be sure bearing

puller is installed under outer bearing spacer.
–UN–05SEP96
RW35316
OUO6046,0001B68 –19–16SEP03–2/3
–UN–27JUL93
RW22895
A—Diameter A
Inspect axle shaft outer bearing adjoining surface. Install axle shaft in support stand.
Specification Heat axle bearing spacer and outer bearing.

100 mm Axle—Diameter (A) .............................. 100.83—100.12 mm
(3.940—3.942 in.)
Install spacer tight against shoulder on axle and
(4.335—4.336 in.) bearing tight against spacer.
(4.755—4.756 in.)
57
15
12 Replace parts as required.
OUO6046,0001B68 –19–16SEP03–3/3

110906
PN=704
Final Drives
Install Axle Housing
Lift axle housing vertically over axle shaft.
Carefully lower axle housing over shaft.
Tighten the holding screw (A) into the keyway of the axle
shaft.
Turn axle housing three revolutions to seat outer bearing

cone.
–UN–23MAY96
A—Holding Screw
RW35876
RX16235630,72 –19–06SEP96–1/2
IMPORTANT: DO NOT install the bearing cone all the

way into position. This ensures end
play
Heat and install inner bearing cone (A).
–UN–23JAN90
Apply clean lubricating oil and install a new thrust washer
(B) on top of bearing cone when bearing cools.
A—Inner Bearing Cone
R40099
B—Thrust Washer
RX16235630,72 –19–06SEP96–2/2
57
15
13

110906
PN=705
Final Drives
Adjust Axle Bearings
1. Check axle housing on axle shaft to make sure there is

a measurable amount of end play.
2. Install planetary assembly using JDG890A Planetary
–UN–28APR94
Carrier Lifting Tool.
3. Install special cap screw and tighten to specification.
RW35317
Specification
Special Cap Screw—Torque ........................................................ 270 N•m
(200 lb-ft)
4. Turn axle three revolutions to make sure bearing cups

and cones are seated.
5. Loosen special cap screw to zero torque.
6. Check axle housing on axle shaft to make sure there is

no preload on bearings.
OUO6046,0001B69 –19–08NOV06–1/9
7. Install DF1057 Axle Adjusting Tool (A).
8. Measure and record "baseline" rolling drag torque with

special cap screw loose using a bending beam torque
wrench.
A—Axle Adjusting Tool
–UN–23MAY96
RW35877
57
15
14
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B69 –19–08NOV06–2/9

110906
PN=706
Final Drives
NOTE: Baseline rolling drag torque measured should not

exceed 22 N•m (16 lb-ft).
9. Remove special cap screw and planetary assembly.
NOTE: Lead balls are available by ordering R72232.
–UN–23JAN90
10. Put two 8—10 mm (0.3—0.4 in.) diameter lead balls
on end of axle shaft 180° apart. Use grease to hold
balls in position.
R40111
OUO6046,0001B69 –19–08NOV06–3/9
11. Install planetary assembly.
12. Install and tighten special cap screw and tighten to

specification.
Specification
(200 lb-ft)
13. Rotate housing at least 12 times in both directions

and check rolling drag torque. Make note of rolling
drag torque.
–UN–23MAY96
• For 100 mm axles; torque must increase 5-18
N•m (4—13 lb-ft) over "baseline" reading.
• For 110 mm and 120 mm axles: torque must
increase 5-45 N•m (4—34 lb-ft) over "baseline"
RW35878
reading.
14. Increase special cap screw torque in 68 N•m (50 lb-ft)

increments, if reading is low.
15. Rotate housing at least 12 times in both directions

and check rolling drag torque each time. Continue
procedure until correct increase in reading is
obtained.
57
15
15

110906
PN=707
Final Drives
16. Remove planetary assembly and measure the

individual thickness of flattened lead balls. Average
thickness of two lead balls equals thickness of shim
pack required.
NOTE: The thick washer is part of the shim pack. Shims
–UN–16APR90
must always be measured individually due to
slight variations in thickness. Never measure an
entire pack.
RW13211
17. Relieve bearing preload by lifting the axle assembly
and hitting inner end of axle shaft with a heavy lead
hammer.
18. Install shim pack (B) as previously determined. Install

thick washer (C) next to end of axle shaft. Be sure
thrust washer (A) is correctly positioned.
–UN–28APR94
A—Thrust Washer
B—Shim Pack
C—Thick Washer
RW35308
OUO6046,0001B69 –19–08NOV06–5/9
19. Install planetary assembly and special cap screw;

then tighten to specification
Specification
(670 lb-ft)
–UN–28APR94
RW35317
57
15
16

110906
PN=708
Final Drives
20. Rotate axle housing 12 times using a bending beam

torque wrench on tool and recheck rolling drag
torque.
IMPORTANT: Remove any preload on bearings before

adding shims.
NOTE: Adding or removing a 0.13 mm (0.005 in.) shim

will change rolling drag torque by approximately 8
N•m (6 lb-ft).
Add shims if rolling drag torque is high or remove
–UN–23MAY96
shims if rolling drag torque is low.
21. Adjust shim pack thickness as required.
RW35878
OUO6046,0001B69 –19–08NOV06–7/9
22. Install lock plate (C).
23. Slightly loosen or tighten special cap screw (B) to

hold lock plate on the cap screw.
24. Install the O-ring (A) over cap screw head.
–UN–28APR94
A—O-Ring
B—Special Cap Screw
C—Lock Plate
RW35306
57
15
17

110906
PN=709
Final Drives
IMPORTANT: DO NOT disassemble the seal.

Disassembly will damage the seal.
25. Refer to the table below and assemble seal installer

and spacer ring for the axle size being serviced.
–UN–16JAN03
Tighten set screw to retain spacer ring to installer.
IMPORTANT: Apply hydraulic oil to inside and

outside diameter of seal and inside
RXA0062337
diameter of axle housing and outside
diameter axle ring to aid installation of
seal.
Assembled 100 mm and 110 mm Axle Seal Installer
26. Apply hydraulic oil to OD and ID of seal surfaces,
housing and axle ring surfaces prior to seal
installation
27. Install axle seal using appropriate seal installer (A):
–UN–16JAN03
Axle Diameter Installer Spacer Ring
100 mm Axle JDG867 JDG1662

110 mm Axle JDG868 JDG1662
RXA0062336
120 mm Axle JDG1562-2 JDG1562-1
A—Seal Installer
Assembled 120 mm Axle Seal Installer
–UN–23MAY96
RW35879
OUO6046,0001B69 –19–08NOV06–9/9
57
15
18

110906
PN=710
Final Drives
Install Final Drive Assemblies
IMPORTANT: Apply sealant to one surface only in a

given joint.
Clean sealing surfaces and apply PM38657 High Flex
–UN–03JUN96
Form-in-Place Gasket to differential case and outer ring
gear surfaces.
NOTE: Fabricate two guide pins (C) by removing the
RW35896
heads from 19M8190 Cap Screws (16 x 180 mm).
Install guide pins.
Install ring gear (B) on final drive assembly leaving a

slight gap between axle housing and ring gear to prevent
sealant from setting, prior to tightening of cap screws (A)
using a criss-cross pattern.
Specification
Axle Housing Cap Screws—
Torque Turn ....................................................... 230 N•m plus 90 degrees
A—Cap Screws
–UN–23MAY96
B—Ring Gear
C—Guide Pins
RW35869
57
15
19

110906
PN=711
Final Drives
Follow Steps A—D as illustrated, for each cap screw (A)

using a criss-cross pattern.
STEP A: Make a mark (B) at a corner of the socket and a

second mark (C) 90° (1/4 turn) from first mark on socket.
STEP B: Make a reference mark (D) on a corner of the

cap screw and on the axle housing next to cap screw.
–UN–27SEP96
STEP C: Place socket on cap screw so that the first mark
(B) on socket aligns with mark on axle housing.
RW35904A
STEP D: Tighten cap screw 1/4 turn (90°) until second
mark (C) on socket aligns with mark on axle housing.
Remove the axle assembly from the repair stand. (See

INSTALL AND REMOVE AXLE ASSEMBLY FROM
REPAIR STAND in Group 03.)
A—Cap Screw
B—First Socket Mark
C—Second Socket Mark
D—Cap Screw and Axle Housing Reference Mark
–UN–25JAN99
RW77144
RX16235630,15A –19–08NOV05–2/2
57
15
20

110906
PN=712
Group 20
Brakes
Specifications
Brake Disk Thickness (New) 10.43 mm

(0.410 in.)
OURX078,000000F –19–04OCT01–1/1
Replace Brakes
Remove final drive assemblies. (See REMOVE FINAL

DRIVE ASSEMBLIES in Group 15.)
Remove cap screws (A) and remove final drive assembly

using a sling and a hoist.
–UN–04SEP96
Remove ring gear (B).
A—Cap Screw
B—Ring Gear
RW36063
RX16235630,17A –19–17DEC96–1/4
Remove brake backing plate (A), brake disk (B), brake

piston (C), and packing rings.
A—Brake Backing Plate

B—Brake Disk
C—Brake Piston
–UN–04SEP96
57
20
1
RW36064

110906
PN=713
Brakes
Clean and inspect brake components and replace as

necessary.
Specification
Brake Disk—Thickness (New).................................................... 10.43 mm
(0.410 in.)
–UN–04SEP96
Clean brake piston bore to remove all contamination.
A—Brake Backing Plate
RW36065
B—Brake Disk
C—Brake Piston
D—Outer Packing Ring
E—Inner Packing Ring
RX16235630,17A –19–17DEC96–3/4
Install brake piston packings.
Install brake piston (C), disk (B), and backing plate (A).
Install final drive assemblies. (See INSTALL FINAL DRIVE

ASSEMBLIES in Group 15.)
–UN–04SEP96
A—Backing Plate
B—Disk
C—Brake Piston
RW36064
RX16235630,17A –19–17DEC96–4/4
57
20
2

110906
PN=714
Section 60
Steering and Brakes
Contents
Page Page
Group 05—Steering Column Park Brake Valve Hose Connections—Park

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-05-1 Brake Caliper—9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —
Repair Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-05-2 011407) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-11
Inspect Park Brake Disk (If Equipped). . . . . . .60-25-11
Group 10—Steering Control Valve Park Brake Caliper
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-1 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-12
Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-14
Steering Control Valve
Park Brake Adjustment—9020 Series w/PST
(S.N. —011407). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-15
Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-4
Secondary Brake Adjustment—9020
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble. . . . . . .60-10-5
Series w/PST (S.N. 011408— ) . . . . . . . . . .60-25-16
Group 15—Steering Cylinders

Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-1
Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-2
Steering Cylinders
Disassemble and Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-7
Group 20—Brake Valve

Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-2
General Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-4
Brake Valve
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble. . . . . . .60-20-6
Adjust Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-14
Bleed Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-14
Check Manual Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-16
Group 25—Park Brake

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-3
Manual Park Brake Release——9020
Series w/PST (S.N. —011407) . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-4
Manual Park Brake Release—9020 Series 60
w/PST (S.N. 011408— ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-5
Park Brake Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-8
Exploded View—Park Brake Valve 9020
Series w/PST (S.N. —002423) . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-9
Exploded View—Park Brake Valve 9020
Series w/PST (S.N. 002424—011407) . . . . .60-25-10

110906
PN=1
Contents
60

110906
PN=2
Group 05
Steering Column
Specifications
Steering Wheel Retaining Nut Torque 32 N•m

(25 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,554 –19–07SEP99–1/1
60
05
1

110906
PN=717
Steering Column
Repair Steering Column
IMPORTANT: Be careful during cover removal not to

break tabs (C).
Remove air louvers (A) and air control knob.
Remove right and left cowl covers.
Put steering wheel column in the vertical position and

remove two screws (D).
Pull outward on lower sides of bottom cover to release

tabs (C).
Remove bottom cover.
Pull outward on sides of top cover to remove cover from

ether aid switch and ignition switch.
A—Air Louvers
B—Air Control Knob
–UN–21OCT97
C—Tabs
D—Screws
RW60439
9000 Shown
–UN–21OCT97
60
05
RW60438
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,555 –19–07SEP99–1/8

110906
PN=718
Steering Column
Remove parts (A—F) to remove steering wheel.
Remove snap ring (G) from steering shaft.
A—Emblem
B—Nut
–UN–14APR94
C—Special Washers
D—Knob
E—Large Nut
F—Retainer
RW25101
G—Snap Ring
AG,OUOD010,555 –19–07SEP99–2/8
Remove wire ties (A) and disconnect connector (B).
Remove retainer ring from ether aid switch (C) and move
to one side.
Remove retainer ring from ignition switch (right side of

steering column) and move to one side.
Remove cap screws (D) and module (E).
A—Wire Ties
B—Electrical Connector
C—Ether Aid Switch
E—Module
–UN–28MAY96
RW25429
9000 Shown
60
05
3

110906
PN=719
Steering Column
Remove snap ring (A) and washer (B). Remove inner and
outer steering shafts (C) and (D).
Remove lever arm assembly (E) noting how the spring is

fastened to the inside of housing.
–UN–20OCT98
–UN–20OCT98
Remove setscrew (F) and ratchet (G).
A—Snap Ring
RW25106A
RW25107A
B—Washer
C—Inner Shaft
D—Outer Shaft
E—Lever Arm
F—Setscrew
G—Ratchet
AG,OUOD010,555 –19–07SEP99–4/8
Depress steering column adjustment pedal and move

steering column to a horizontal position. Remove
ratchet (A).
Move steering column to vertical position.
–UN–20OCT98
–UN–20OCT98
Remove torsion spring (B) from housing.
Remove cap screw (C) and slide housing off pivot

pins (D).
RW25108A
RW25109A
Remove housing and shaft assembly.
A—Ratchet
B—Torsion Spring
C—Cap Screw
D—Pivot Pin
AG,OUOD010,555 –19–07SEP99–5/8
Replace bushings (A) as required.
A—Bushings
–UN–20OCT98
60
05
4
RW25110A

110906
PN=720
Steering Column
NOTE: Cap screw (A) must be completely removed.
Remove cap screw (A).
Remove lower shaft and universal joint assembly.
–UN–20OCT98
A—Cap Screw
RW25111A
AG,OUOD010,555 –19–07SEP99–7/8
IMPORTANT: Prevent housing damage. Do not put

any pressure on housing when
removing or installing bearing or shaft.
Press bearing and shaft from housing making sure no

pressure is placed on housing.
–UN–20OCT98
–UN–20OCT98
Remove bearing from shaft.
NOTE: Apply grease to ID and OD of bearing before
RW25112A
RW25113A
installing.
Press new bearing into housing using a 60 mm or

2-3/8 in. disk (A). A—60 mm or 2-3/8 in. Driver Disk
B—50 mm (2 in.) Pipe
Press shaft into bearing using a 50 mm (2 in.) piece of

pipe (B).
Assemble and install steering column.
IMPORTANT: Use care to prevent tearing the rubber

boot on the ether aid or breaking the
tabs on the top and bottom covers
during installation.
Install covers.
Install steering wheel and tighten steering wheel nut to

specification.
Steering Wheel Retaining Nut—Specification

Nut—Torque ................................................................................... 32 N•m
(25 lb-ft)
60
05
5
AG,OUOD010,555 –19–07SEP99–8/8

110906
PN=721
Steering Column
60
05
6

110906
PN=722
Group 10
Specifications
End Cap-to-Valve Housing Cap Torque (Initial) 24 N•m

Screws (212 lb-in.)
Torque (Final) 100 N•m
(75 lb-ft)
Mounting Bracket-to-Valve Cap Torque 20 N•m

Screws (178 lb-in.)
Mounting Bracket-to-Cab Cap Torque 80 N•m

Screws (60 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,556 –19–07SEP99–1/1
Remove and Install Steering Valve
NOTE: Right-front wheel should be removed or moved to

the outermost position on the axle to access the
steering valve.
Loosen clamp (A) and remove cap screw (B) and support.
Loosen clamp at the turbocharger and remove air intake

pipe (C).
A—Clamp
–UN–09AUG96
B—Cap Screw
C—Air Intake Pipe
RW25500
60
10
1

110906
PN=723
CAUTION: High pressure can exist at any

hydraulic connection. Avoid injury from
high-pressure leaks by relieving system
pressure before disconnecting any hydraulic
hoses.
Identify and mark hoses before removing from steering

valve.
Drain hydraulic reservoir.
NOTE: Remove cap screw (F) and hose clamp before

removing hoses.
Remove load-sense hose (A), return hose (B), left

steering hose (C), pressure hose (D), then right steering
hose (E).
–UN–12AUG96
CAUTION: Steering valve is heavy. Use proper
lifting equipment to avoid possible personal
RW25516
injury.

A—Load-Sense Hose
• Remove cab mounting bolts and raise cab B—Return Hose
approximately 50 mm (2 in.). Linkages, electrical C—Left Steering Hose1
harnesses, and hydraulic hoses do not need to be D—Pressure Hose
E—Right Steering Hose2
removed. F—Clamp Cap Screw
G—Mounting Cap Screws
Remove mounting cap screws (G) and remove steering
valve.
1
Connects to the front of the right cylinder.
2
Connects to the rear of the right cylinder.

60
10
2

110906
PN=724
IMPORTANT: The four mounts (C) MUST be replaced

and cannot be reused.
NOTE: Mounts (C) are installed with flange between

steering valve and mounting bracket (D).
Install new mounts (C) on mounting bracket (D).
Install mounting bracket to valve and tighten cap

screws (B).
Steering Valve-to-Mounting Bracket Cap Screws—Specification

(178 lb-in.)
NOTE: Upper coupling (G) and grommet (H) should be

installed on end of steering column shaft.
Install lower coupling (F) and coupling isolator (E) on

steering valve.
–UN–14JUN96
NOTE: A second person will be required to turn the
steering wheel in the cab during installation of the
steering valve.
RW25448
Install rear lip of mounting bracket and steering valve
assembly into the cab frame slot.
Align the upper and lower coupling by turning the steering

wheel and install the valve assembly.
Tighten mounting cap screws (A).
Steering Valve Mounting Bracket-to-Cab Cap Screws—Specification

(60 lb-ft)
A—Mounting Bracket-to-Cab Cap Screws

B—Steering Valve-to-Mounting Bracket Cap Screws
C—Mounts
D—Mounting Bracket
E—Coupling Isolator
F—Lower Coupling
G—Upper Coupling
H—Grommet
–UN–25JAN99
I—Washer
RW76166
60
10
3
AG,OUOD010,557 –19–07SEP99–3/3

110906
PN=725
Exploded View—Steering Control Valve
–UN–20AUG96
RW25430
1—Dust Seal 8—Bearing Race 15—Centering Pin 20—O-Ring Seal
2—Retaining Ring 9—Needle Thrust Bearing 16—Control Spool 21—Drive
3—Front Retainer 10—Bearing Race 17—Anti-Cavitation Balls 22—Meter (Gerotor)
4—Seal 11—Housing (6 used) 23—O-Ring Seal
5—Backup Ring 12—Balls (2 used) 18—O-Ring Seal 24—End Cap
6—O-Ring 13—Centering Spring 19—Wear Plate 25—Cap Screws (7 used)
7—Teflon Seal 14—Control Sleeve
AG,OUOD010,558 –19–07SEP99–1/1
60
10
4

110906
PN=726

Steering Valve
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential when

working on the hydraulic system.
Contamination can result in serious
–UN–25JUN96
damage or inadequate operation. Clean
each flat machined surface with the
palm of a clean hand. DO NOT use cloth
or paper towels to clean surfaces.
RW25444
NOTE: Use vise with brass jaws or protective material.
Clamp unit in vise with meter end up.
60
10
5

110906
PN=727
–UN–31MAY96
RW25431
Gerotor (Meter)—Exploded View
A—Cap Screws (7 used) C—O-Ring Seals (3 used) E—Drive F—Wear Plate

B—End Cap D—Meter (Gerotor)
Carefully disassemble and remove gerotor parts. Inspect parts and replace as required.
NOTE: Install new O-ring seals (C) during assembly.
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–2/15
Remove housing from the vise and put the 14-hole end of
the housing on a clean soft cloth to protect machined
surfaces.
Remove retaining ring.

60
–UN–17JUL96
10 Remove front retainer (A) using two flat-bladed

6 screwdrivers 180° apart.
RW25445
A—Retainer

110906
PN=728
Remove parts (D—I).
Inspect bearing races (H) and needle thrust bearing (I).
A—Retaining Ring
B—Dust Seal
–UN–05AUG96
C—Front Retainer
D—O-Ring Seal
E—Backup Ring
F—Teflon Seal
RW25432
G—O-Ring
H—Bearing Races
I—Needle Thrust Bearing
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–4/15
Carefully pry dust seal (A) from front retainer using a

thin-bladed screwdriver. Install new dust seal with smooth
side of seal facing towards the retainer.
Remove old seals (B) and (C) and backup ring (D).
Install new backup ring (D), then O-ring seal (B) and
–UN–31MAY96
seal (C).
Lubricate all seals with a light coat of clean petroleum

jelly.
RW25433
A—Dust Seal
B—O-Ring Seal
C—Teflon Seal
D—Backup Ring
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–5/15
Carefully remove centering spring (A) and balls (B) using

a pick or screwdriver (C) as illustrated. Cover the spring
during removal.
A—Centering Spring
B—Balls
–UN–31MAY96
60
C—Pick or Screwdriver 10
7
RW25434

110906
PN=729
–UN–31MAY96
RW25435
A—Control Spool C—Centering Pin E—Balls (6 used) F—Anti-Cavitation Valve
B—Control Sleeve D—Centering Keys Passages (6 used)
IMPORTANT: Avoid binding spool and sleeve in NOTE: Be careful to keep from losing the six
housing during removal and anti-cavitation balls when removing control
installation. spool from sleeve.
Carefully remove control spool and sleeve assembly Remove centering pin (C).
from 14-hole end of housing using a limited alternate
rotating motion to keep the centering keys (D) close to Remove spool (A) from sleeve (B), retaining the six
top center position. This prevents the centering pin (C) small anti-cavitation balls (E).
from getting stuck in an oil passage inside the housing.
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–7/15
Install six small anti-cavitation balls (A) in ports (B) in the

control spool. Use clean petroleum jelly to hold balls in
position when installing spool into sleeve.
A—Anti-Cavitation Balls
B—Ports
–UN–05JUN96
60
10
8
RW25446

110906
PN=730
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use force when inserting the

spool into the sleeve.
Apply a light film of clean hydraulic oil on spool (A) and

insert into the rear of sleeve (B) using a limited alternate
rotation. Keep the centering keys (C) and (D) aligned.
–UN–05JUN96
Install centering pin (E).
A—Control Spool
RW25436
B—Control Sleeve
C—Spool Centering Key
D—Sleeve Centering Key
E—Centering Pin
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–9/15
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use force when installing the

spool-sleeve assembly into the housing.
Lubricate the OD of sleeve with clean hydraulic oil and

position the splined end of the spool-sleeve assembly with
the meter end of the housing.
Carefully insert the spool-sleeve assembly into the

housing using a slight rotation motion, keeping the
centering keys aligned with the housing port face.
–UN–05JUN96
RW25447
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–10/15
Install a ball (A) on each side of centering keys.
Install spring ends to each ball and continue inserting

spring toward the bottom center position (B).
Install bearing races, needle thrust bearing, front retainer

60
–UN–17JUL96
with new seals, and retaining ring. 10

9
A—Balls
B—Centering Spring
RW25437

110906
PN=731
Clamp the housing in a vise as illustrated.
Install O-ring seal (A) in housing.
NOTE: Timing mark (C) is parallel with slot in the end of

drive.
Install drive (B) making sure drive correctly engages with

centering pin inside the spool-sleeve assembly. Make sure
timing mark (C) on drive is parallel to port face (D) of
housing.
A—O-Ring Seal
B—Drive
C—Timing Mark
D—Port Face Reference Line
–UN–17JUL96
RW25438
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–12/15
NOTE: The wear plate oil feed holes are larger on one
side than the other.
Install wear plate (A) making sure the smaller diameter

holes are toward the valve housing.
–UN–17JUL96
A—Wear Plate
RW25439
60
10
10

110906
PN=732
Install O-ring seal on the meter using a small amount of

petroleum jelly to hold seal in position.
IMPORTANT: Timing mark (A) must be in parallel

alignment between any two meter star
valleys (C).
–UN–03JUN96
Install meter on drive with mark (A) on drive parallel to
port face of housing [reference line (B)] and in parallel
alignment between any two star valleys (C).
RW25440
A—Timing Mark
B—Reference Line
C—Star Valleys
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–14/15
Install O-ring seal on end cap.
Align holes and install end cap without disrupting the seal.
Install cap screws and tighten using the sequence

illustrated.
–UN–17JUL96
Steering Valve Body Cap Screw—Specification
First Sequence—Torque ............................................................... 24 N•m
(212 lb-in.)
RW25441
Second Sequence—Torque ......................................................... 100 N•m
(75 lb-ft)
Install steering valve. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

STEERING VALVE in this group.)
AG,OUOD010,559 –19–07SEP99–15/15
60
10
11

110906
PN=733
60
10
12

110906
PN=734
Group 15
Steering Cylinders
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company AG,OUOD010,560 –19–07SEP99–1/2
RW25209 –UN–22JUN94
Adjustable Spanner Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . D05270ST1
Remove and install spanner nut
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OUOD010,560 –19–07SEP99–2/2
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Fasten steering cylinder piston cap
PM38622 (Canadian) Strength) screw.
242 (LOCTITE)
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. AG,OUOD010,561 –19–08NOV05–1/1
Service Parts Kits
The following kits are available through your parts catalog:
• Cylinder Seal Kit

60
15
1
AG,OUOD010,562 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=735
Steering Cylinders
Specifications
Piston Retaining Nut Torque Turn 136 N•m plus 30 degrees

Spanner Nut Torque 200 N•m

(150 lb-ft)
Cylinder Retaining Pin Screw Torque 74 N•m

(54 lb-ft)
Steering Cylinder Pin Minimum Diameter 44.45 mm

(1.75 in.)
Steering Cylinder Bushing Bore Diameter (Maximum) 50.04 mm

(1.967 in.)
Steering Cylinder Bushing-to-Pin Play (maximum) 1.5 mm

(0.06 in.)
AG,OUOD010,563 –19–07SEP99–1/1
60
15
2

110906
PN=736
Steering Cylinders
Remove and Install Steering Cylinders

hydraulic connection. Avoid injury from high
pressure leaks by relieving system pressure
–UN–15AUG96
before disconnecting any hydraulic lines,
fittings or connections.
Relieve hydraulic pressure by turning steering wheel left
RW25517
and right.
Disconnect hoses from cylinder. Close all openings using

caps and plugs. A—Pin Retainer
B—Cylinder Pin
C—Seals
CAUTION: The approximate weight of steering
cylinder is 32 kg (70 lb). Use proper lifting
equipment to prevent injury.
Pull on cylinder to check for excessive pin wear. Any play

in excess of 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) indicates excessive wear.
Steering Cylinder Bushing-to-Pin—Specification

—Play (maximum) .......................................................................... 1.5 mm
(0.06 in.)
Remove retainer (A), pin (B), and top and bottom

seals (C) to remove cylinder.
60
15
3

110906
PN=737
Steering Cylinders
For cylinder pins that are difficult to remove:
• Use a hydraulic jack on underside of pin and strike

gudgeon frame to aid removal.
Remove cylinder.
–UN–04FEB00
A—Steering Cylinder Pins
RW76345
–UN–04FEB00
RW76351
AG,OUOD010,564 –19–08NOV05–2/5
IMPORTANT: Use only the special urethane O-ring on

the pin.
Inspect the pin. Replace pin if diameter is less than

specification.
–UN–15AUG96
Steering Cylinder Pin—Specification
—Minimum Diameter .................................................................. 44.45 mm
(1.750 in.)
RW25518
Apply grease to the OD of pin (A) and install new special
urethane O-ring (B) in groove (C).
A—Pin
B—Special Urethane O-Ring
C—O-Ring Groove

60
15
4

110906
PN=738
Steering Cylinders
NOTE: Remove and install cylinder bushings using a

49 mm or 1-15/16 in. driver disk.
Inspect pin bushing (A) in cylinder ends. Replace the

bushing if the inside diameter surface has worn through to
the lighter inner surface.
–UN–15AUG96
Inspect the cylinder end bushing bores for excessive wear
and roundness. Maximum acceptable bore diameter is
50.04 mm (1.967 in.). Replace cylinder if bore is out of
RW25519
round or shows excessive wear.
Steering Cylinder Bushing Bore—Specification

—Diameter (Maximum) .............................................................. 50.04 mm A—Bushing
(1.967 in.)
Inspect pin bores in frame and gudgeon for maximum

allowable diameter.
Cylinder Pin Bore—Specification

—Maximum Diameter ................................................................. 44.62 mm
(1.757 in.)
Press new cylinder end bushings to correct depth.
Steering Cylinder Bushing Depth—Specification

—Depth ................................................................................. 1.0—1.5 mm
(0.04—0.06 in.)
60
15
5

110906
PN=739
Steering Cylinders
Put steering cylinder on the lower portion of the front

frame with bores approximately aligned.
Put bushing seals (A) on top of each cylinder.
Put steering cylinder pin (B) in each hole through the top
–UN–15AUG96
of the yoke, seal, and about halfway through the steering
cylinder end.
Apply force upward compressing the top seal enough to
RW25520
allow installation of the lower seal. Use a small hydraulic
jack on underside of cylinder end (C) to aid installation.
Install the pin (B) once the lower seals are aligned. A—Seal
B—Pin
C—Cylinder End
Install retainers and apply PM37477 Thread Lock and
Sealer (Medium Strength) to retaining cap screws. Tighten
cap screws.
Steering Cylinder Retaining Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 74 N•m
(54 lb-ft)
Connect hydraulic lines.
CAUTION: Be sure everyone is clear of tractor

and implements. Slight steering movement
could occur when engine is started. Have a
secure hold on steering wheel.
Start engine and cycle steering several times full left and
full right to bleed air from system. Continue turning
steering wheel full left and full right until operation is
smooth.
AG,OUOD010,564 –19–08NOV05–5/5
60
15
6

110906
PN=740
Steering Cylinders
Disassemble and Assemble Steering Cylinder
–UN–14FEB00
RW76361
A—Barrel D—Rod I—Rod Guide2 M—O-Ring
B—Spanner Nut E—Lock Nut J—Buffer Seal Assembly N—Backup Ring
C—Snap Ring F—Piston K—Seal O—Wiper Seal
G—Wear Ring L—Wear Ring P—Bushing
H—Piston Seal1
60
15
7
1
Early model cylinders use a unitized seal and expander ring.
2
Not used for early model cylinders.

110906
PN=741
Steering Cylinders
NOTE: Extend rod to remove oil or air between the rod

piston and rod guide. Excessive amount of
trapped oil or air will force seals to expand making
disassembly more difficult.
Make a mark (A) on rod guide and spanner nut to aid in
–UN–30OCT98
assembly.
Remove spanner nut using adjustable spanner wrench or

blunt chisel and a hammer.
RW26002
A—Alignment Marks
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–2/16
IMPORTANT: Do not damage rod guide threads or

seal.
Move rod guide rearward, using a wooden dowel or brass

drift, enough to remove snap ring (A).
–UN–30OCT98
Remove snap ring.
A—Snap Ring
RW26003
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–3/16
NOTE: Rod piston assembly removed for clarity of

photograph. (Filler ring is furnished with the repair
kit.)
Install filler ring in snap ring groove if applicable.

–UN–30OCT98
Remove remaining parts (D—P) illustrated in the

exploded-view drawing.
RW26004

60
15
8

110906
PN=742
Steering Cylinders
Inspect snap ring groove. Clean groove of nicks or burrs if

necessary.
–UN–30OCT98
RW26005
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–5/16
NOTE: Use a cylinder repair kit when assembling a

repairable cylinder. Before assembling, apply
clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts.
Install wiper seal. Push to bottom of bore in rod guide.
–UN–30OCT98
RW26006
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–6/16
Install seals (B) and (C).
Install wear ring (A).
Install backup ring (D) and O-ring (E).
A—Wear Ring
B—Seal
C—Buffer Seal
D—Backup Ring
E—O-Ring
–UN–30OCT98
60
15
9
RW26007

110906
PN=743
Steering Cylinders
IMPORTANT: Piston lands must be free of nicks or

burrs to prevent damage to piston seal.
Inspect piston lands. Clean lands of any nicks or burrs

that may cut piston seal.
–UN–30OCT98
RW26008
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–8/16
IMPORTANT:
For early model cylinders:
• Install ring (A) and seal ring (B) on

piston.
For later model cylinder:
• Cap seal (D) must fit tight against

seal expander (C) to prevent seal
damage during assembly into barrel.
NOTE: The cap seal can be made more pliable by

warming seal in hot water for approximately five
minutes. Use the smooth side of a tie band to pull
cap seal into position over seal expander.
Install cap seal (D) onto seal expander (C). Shrink

cap seal to its original size using a ring
–UN–26OCT98
compressor with shim stock, or a hose clamp with
shim stock.
Install seal expander (C) on end of piston.

RW25211A
IMPORTANT: For correct fit, the backup rings must
be installed with the radius toward seal
expander.
A—Ring1
B—Seal Ring1
Install backup rings (E) with radius (F) toward seal C—Seal Expander
expander (C). D—Cap Seal
E—Backup Rings
F—Radius
60
15
10
1
Used in early model cylinders

110906
PN=744
Steering Cylinders
Install wear ring or expander on piston.1
–UN–30OCT98
RW26009
1
Not used on early model cylinders
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–10/16
Install nut, snap ring, rod guide, and piston assembly on

rod. Tighten nut to 136 N•m (100 lb-ft).
–UN–30OCT98
RW26010
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–11/16
Put tape around a socket. Make marks on the tape to

divide the socket into 12 equal segments.
–UN–19OCT88
T6149AG
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–12/16
Put a piece of wire on the rod, over the piston, to point to

one of the marks.
Tighten nut one mark (30 degrees or 1/12 turn).
Cylinder Rod Nut—Specification

–UN–30OCT98
—Torque Turn ................................................... 136 N•m plus 30 degrees 60

(100 lb-ft plus 30 degrees) 15
11
RW26011

110906
PN=745
Steering Cylinders
Apply petroleum jelly on seals and chamfer of barrel.

Apply a light coat of clean hydraulic oil to rod guide
threads and threads of spanner nut.
IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel,

piston, and rod must be in alignment
–UN–30OCT98
Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep

piston and rod guide together.
RW26012
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–14/16
Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install snap ring.
Install snap ring.
Pull rod guide against snap ring.
Put light coat of oil on rod guide threads and spanner nut
–UN–30OCT98
threads.
Place filler ring between rod guide and spanner nut.
RW26013
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–15/16
Tighten nut until marks on rod guide and nut, made before
disassembly, align. Nut must be tight.
Spanner Nut—Specification
—Torque ....................................................................................... 200 N•m
(150 lb-ft)
–UN–30OCT98
RW26014
AG,OUOD010,565 –19–07SEP99–16/16
60
15
12

110906
PN=746
Group 20
Brake Valve
RW25530 –UN–20AUG96
Master Hydraulic Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT07115
Test and check hydraulic functions
AG,OUOD010,566 –19–07SEP99–2/3
RW25521 –UN–20AUG96
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT03473
Bleed brakes
AG,OUOD010,566 –19–07SEP99–3/3
Service Parts Kits
The following kits are available through your parts • Brake Valve Prefill Piston Kit
catalog: • Brake Valve Inlet Check Valve Kit
• Brake Valve Cover Kit
• Brake Valve Overhaul Kit • Brake Valve Makeup Check Valve Kit
• Brake Valve Hardware Kit • Brake Valve Outlet Orifice Hardware Kit
AG,OUOD010,567 –19–07SEP99–1/1
60
20
1

110906
PN=747
Brake Valve
Specifications
Brake Valve Springs Free Length 114 mm

(4.5 in.)
(2.30 in. at 50—56 lb force)
Inlet Check Spring Free Length 15 mm

(0.60 in.)
Test Length 9.5 mm at 1.46—1.64 N
(0.375 in. at 0.33—0.37 lb force)
Large Load-Sense Shut-Off Spring Free Length 18 mm

(0.7 in.)
Test Length 6 mm at 6—7.3 N
(0.24 in. at 1.35—1.65 lb force)
Makeup Check Valve Springs Free Length 23 mm

(0.9 in.)
(0.34 in. at 1.76—2.04 lb force)
Manual-Stage Dump Spring Free Length 30 mm

(1.2 in.)
(0.50 in. at 4.1—4.7 lb force)
Outlet Check Spring Free Length 15 mm

(0.6 in.)
Test Length 11 mm at 2—2.4 N
(0.40 in. at 0.44—0.54 lb force)
Plunger Spring Free Length 24 mm

(0.9 in.)
(0.80 in. at 167—212 lb force)
Relief Valve Springs Free Length 29 mm

(1.1 in.)
(0.50 in. at 6—7.3 lb force)
60
20
2
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,276 –19–23JAN06–1/2

110906
PN=748
Brake Valve
Small Load-Sense Shut-Off Spring Free Length 31 mm

(1.2 in.)
(0.50 in. at 2.9—3.3 lb force)
Brake Actuator Rod Nut Torque 36 N•m

(26 lb-ft)
Brake Function Elbow Torque 33 N•m

(24 lb-ft)
Brake Valve Load-Sense Elbow Torque 33 N•m

(24 lb-ft)
Brake Valve Mounting Bracket-to Torque 50 N•m

Cab Cap Screws (37 lb-ft)
Brake Valve Plug Torque 168 N•m

(124 lb-ft)
Inlet Elbow Torque 50 N•m

(37 lb-ft)
Inlet and Return Port Elbows Torque 70 N•m

(52 lb-ft)
Load-Sense Shut-Off Plug Torque 16 N•m

(142 lb-in.)
Brake Valve Mounting Torque 20 N•m

Bracket-to-Valve Cap Screws (15 lb-ft)
Stroke Limiter Cover Cap Screws Torque 28 N•m

(20 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,276 –19–23JAN06–2/2
60
20
3

110906
PN=749
Brake Valve
General Repair Procedures—Brake Valve
• Replace all seals, O-rings, and backup rings.

• Lubricate all internal parts with clean hydraulic oil
during assembly.
• Components must be tightened to the specified
torque.
lines, fittings or connections.
Cleaning and Inspection
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential
when working on the hydraulic
• Clean parts with clean solvent. Use moisture-free
system. Contamination can result in
compressed air to dry parts and to clear oil
serious damage or inadequate
passages of any contamination. DO NOT use shop
operation.
towels to dry parts.
• Valve components must not bind in housing bores.
NOTE: Before beginning repair, review the following
• Inspect springs for wear, damage, or distortion.
guidelines. These are provided to emphasize
the need for attention to detail and care when
System Startup
servicing the brake valve.
• Brake system must be bled. (See BLEED BRAKES
Repair
in this group.)
• Most brake valve components are serviced as kits.
• O-rings, seals, and backup rings are included in the
brake valve overhaul kit.
Disassembly and Assembly
• Left and right brake valve components are select fit

and must be kept separate.
AG,OUOD010,568 –19–07SEP99–1/1
60
20
4

110906
PN=750
Brake Valve
Remove and Install Brake Valve
NOTE: Right-front wheel should be removed or moved to

the outermost position on the axle to access the
brake valve.
Loosen clamp (A) and remove cap screw (B) and support.
Loosen clamp at the turbocharger and remove air intake

pipe (C).
A—Clamp
–UN–09AUG96
B—Cap Screw
C—Air Intake Pipe
RW25500
AG,OUOD010,569 –19–23JAN06–1/2
Disconnect return hose (A), inlet hose (B), and load-sense

hose (C).
Disconnect outlet hose on back side of brake valve.
Remove cap screws (D) using a 16 mm wrench to remove

brake valve.
Install rear lip of mounting bracket and brake valve

assembly into the cab frame slot.
Align and insert actuator rod into the rubber boot.
–UN–09AUG96
Tighten cap screws (D).
Brake Valve Mounting Bracket-to-Cab Cap Screws—Specification
RW25501
—Torque ......................................................................................... 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft)
Install hydraulic hoses making sure O-rings on fittings are

A—Return Hose
correctly positioned.
B—Inlet Hose
C—Load-Sense Hose
Install air intake pipe. D—Mounting Cap Screws
Adjust brake pedal travel. (See ADJUST BRAKE PEDAL

in this group.)
Bleed brakes before operating tractor. (See BLEED

60
BRAKES in this group.) 20
5
AG,OUOD010,569 –19–23JAN06–2/2

110906
PN=751
Brake Valve
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Brake

Valve
Remove cap screws (A) and bracket (B).
Remove boot (C).
–UN–09AUG96
A—Cap Screws
B—Bracket
RW25502
C—Boot
AG,OUOD010,570 –19–23JAN06–1/15
Remove and inspect plate (A), pins (B), and springs (C).
Plunger Spring—Specification
—Free Length.................................................................................. 24 mm
(0.9 in.)
–UN–08JUL97
(0.80 in. at 167—212 lb force)
A—Plate
B—Pins
RW25503A
C—Plunger Springs
AG,OUOD010,570 –19–23JAN06–2/15
IMPORTANT: Keep left and right brake valve

components separate since parts are
select fit.
Cap the brake outlet elbow (A) using 38H1415 Plug.
–UN–08JUL97
Remove inlet elbow (B).
NOTE: Valve chambers must be filled with oil to eject

inlet valve.
RW25809
Remove the inlet valve by depressing brake plungers (C).

Pressure will eject the inlet valve. Use a rag around the
inlet port to prevent losing parts. A—Outlet Elbow
B—Inlet Elbow
C—Brake Plungers

60
20
6

110906
PN=752
Brake Valve
Inspect parts (A—H) and install new O-ring (E).
Inlet Check Spring—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 15 mm
(0.6 in.)
Test Length.......................................................... 9.5 mm at 1.46—1.64 N
(0.375 in. at 0.33—0.37 lb force)
IMPORTANT: Filter (B) must be installed with the

dome (C) toward the inlet valve (D).
Install parts and tighten elbow (A).
Inlet Elbow—Specification
Elbow—Torque ............................................................................... 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft)
A—Inlet Elbow
B—Filter
C—Filter Dome
D—Inlet Valve
–UN–09AUG96
E—O-Ring
F—Inlet Valve Ball
G—Retainer
H—Spring
RW25505
60
20
7

110906
PN=753
Brake Valve
NOTE: Access valve through return port (B).
Remove, inspect, and install parts (D—G).
Replace backup ring (H) and O-ring (I).
–UN–06DEC97
Manual-Stage Dump Spring—Specification
—Free Length.................................................................................. 30 mm
(1.2 in.)
Test Length........................................................ 11.8 mm at 19.4—20.7 N
(0.50 in. at 4.1—4.7 lb force)
RW25862
Install and tighten return port elbows.
Inlet and Return Port Elbows—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 70 N•m
(52 lb-ft)
A—Inlet Valve Port

B—Return Port
–UN–14AUG98
C—Manual-Stage Dump Valve Location
D—Plug
E—Spring
F—Manual-Stage Dump Valve
G—Manual-Stage Dump Piston
RW76126
H—Backup Ring
I—O-Ring
60
20
8

110906
PN=754
Brake Valve
Remove and inspect parts (A—G).
Large Load-Sense Shut-Off Spring—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 18 mm
(0.7 in.)
Test Length.................................................................... 6 mm at 6—7.3 N
(0.24 in. at 1.35—1.65 lb force)
Small Load-Sense Shut-Off Spring—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 31 mm
(1.2 in.)
(0.50 in. at 2.9—3.3 lb force)
Install new backup ring (H) and O-ring (I).
–UN–08JUL97
Install plug (A) and tighten.
Load-Sense Shut-Off Plug—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 16 N•m
RW25491A
(142 lb-in.)
A—Load-Sense Shut-Off Plug

B—Large Load-Sense Shut-Off Spring
C—Small Load-Sense Shut-Off Spring
D—Ball
E—Seat
F—O-Ring
G—Load-Sense Shut-Off Valve
H—Backup Ring
I—O-Ring
J—Load-Sense Shut-Off Valve Port
K—Load-Sense Port
AG,OUOD010,570 –19–23JAN06–6/15
Remove orifice using a hex wrench (A).
Check orifice (B) for contamination.
Install orifice.
–UN–08JUL97
–UN–08JUL97
Install and tighten load-sense elbow.
Brake Valve Load-Sense Elbow—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 33 N•m
RW25177A
RW25178A
(24 lb-ft)
A—5/32 in. Hex Wrench

B—Orifice 60
20
9

110906
PN=755
Brake Valve
Remove brake outlet elbow (A).
Inspect spring (B), washer (C), and orifice (D).
Outlet Check Spring—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 15 mm
–UN–05DEC97
(0.6 in.)
Test Length.................................................................. 11 mm at 2—2.4 N
(0.40 in. at 0.44—0.54 lb force)
Install parts with indented side of orifice toward the spring
RW25864
and tighten elbow.
Brake Function Elbow—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 33 N•m A—Elbow
(24 lb-ft) B—Outlet Orifice Check Spring
C—Special Washer
D—Outlet Orifice
AG,OUOD010,570 –19–23JAN06–8/15
IMPORTANT: Left and right valve parts must be

returned to their original bores.
Remove, inspect, and replace makeup check valve

parts (A—K) as required.
–UN–05DEC97
Brake Valve Springs—Specification
—Free Length................................................................................ 114 mm
(4.5 in.)
(2.30 in. at 50—56 lb force)
RW25865
Makeup Check Valve Springs—Specification
—Free Length.................................................................................. 23 mm
(0.9 in.)
Test Length.............................................................. 8.7 mm at 7.8—9.1 N
(0.34 in. at 1.76—2.04 lb force)
A—Plug
B—Brake Valve Spring
–UN–08JUL97
C—Spring Guide
D—Makeup Check Valve Spring
E—Makeup Check Valve
F—Pin
G—O-Ring
RW25367A
H—Makeup Plug
I—O-Ring
J—Ring Insert
K—O-Ring
60
20
10

110906
PN=756
Brake Valve
Remove cover (A), wiper rings (B), and stroke limiter

cover (C).
A—Cover
B—Wiper Rings
C—Stroke Limiter Cover
–UN–08JUL97
RW25511A
AG,OUOD010,570 –19–23JAN06–10/15
IMPORTANT: All orifices must be clear of

contamination. Left and right brake
components must be installed in their
original bores.
NOTE: Use brake valve springs from opposite end to aid

removal of parts.
Remove and inspect parts (A—G).
Relief Valve Springs—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 29 mm
(1.1 in.)
(0.50 in. at 6—7.3 lb force)
Install new quad-rings (G).
A—Spools
B—O-Rings
C—Balls
–UN–09AUG96
D—Relief Valve Springs
E—Annular Rings
F—Pistons
G—Quad-Rings
RW25512

60
20
11

110906
PN=757
Brake Valve
Install springs (A) on spring pins inside pistons.
Lubricate spools and pistons in clean hydraulic oil.
Install spools into the same bores in which spools were

removed.
–UN–09AUG96
–UN–09AUG96
IMPORTANT: Hand compress annular rings making
sure rings do not bind during assembly.
RW25513
RW25514
NOTE: Use a small amount of petroleum jelly to hold
balls (B) on spools during assembly.
Compress annular rings (C) and install pistons into the A—Relief Valve Spring
same bores in which pistons were removed. B—Ball
C—Annular Rings
Install cover, wiper rings, and stroke limiter cover and

tighten cap screws.
Stroke Limiter Cover Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 28 N•m
(20 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,570 –19–23JAN06–12/15
IMPORTANT: Spring guides (B) must be correctly

positioned during assembly.
Install makeup check valve assemblies (A) making sure

springs are correctly positioned.
–UN–25JAN99
NOTE: Put a small amount of petroleum jelly on the end
of large brake valve springs to hold the spring
guides (B) in position during assembly.
Install makeup valve assembly, spring, and spring RW76165
guide (B).
Install and tighten plug. A—Makeup Check Valve Assembly

B—Spring Guide
Brake Valve Plug—Specification
—Torque ....................................................................................... 168 N•m
(124 lb-ft)
60
20
12

110906
PN=758
Brake Valve
Install springs (A).
Attach pins (B) to plate (C) and install in brake valve.
Apply grease to pins (B) and the contact surface of

plate (C).
–UN–08JUL97
Install boot and bracket to brake valve.
RW25529A
A—Plunger Springs
B—Pins
C—Plate
AG,OUOD010,570 –19–23JAN06–14/15
Tighten cap screws (A) to specification, in order shown.
Specification
Brake Valve Mounting
Bracket-to-Valve Cap Screws—
Torque ............................................................................................ 20 N•m
–UN–17JAN06
(15 lb-ft)
IMPORTANT: Cap screws must be tightened a second

time to ensure uniform torque is
RXA0085946
obtained.
Repeat tightening procedure, in order shown.

Top of Valve
A—Cap Screws
AG,OUOD010,570 –19–23JAN06–15/15
60
20
13

110906
PN=759
Brake Valve
Adjust Brake Pedal
Check and turn brake rod actuator (A) so the pedal

arm (B) just contacts the upper stop (C) and tighten lock
nut.
Brake Actuator Rod Nut—Specification

Nut—Torque ................................................................................... 36 N•m
(26 lb-ft)
A—Actuator Rod
B—Pedal Arm
C—Stop
D—Nut
–UN–26AUG96
RW25524
AG,OUOD010,571 –19–07SEP99–1/1
Bleed Brakes
Front Axle:
Install a JT03473 Coupler (A) and JT07119 Hose (B) to

the back side DR coupler of the hydraulic filter housing.
–UN–15AUG96
A—JT03473 Coupler
B—JT07119 Hose
RW25525
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,572 –19–03MAY04–1/4
60
20
14

110906
PN=760
Brake Valve
Install JT03437 90° DR Coupler (A) on the other end of

hose.
Connect coupler to the left brake receptacle (B) on left top

side of the front differential housing.
–UN–15AUG96
Start the engine and idle at 1500 rpm.
Bleed the left front brake by depressing the brake pedal

for:
RW25526
• 3 minutes for dry brake cavity
• 1 minute for wet brake cavity
A—JT03437 90° DR Coupler
Remove brake pedal pressure and shut off the engine. B—Brake Receptacle
Disconnect coupler from left brake receptacle and connect

to the right front brake receptacle.
Repeat the process for the right front brake.
Test manual brakes. (See CHECK MANUAL BRAKES in

this group.)
AG,OUOD010,572 –19–03MAY04–2/4
Rear Axles (9300, 9400, 9320, 9420, 9520 and 9620):
Install the JT03473 Coupler (A) end of hose to the left DR

in the 90 degree elbow on the top of the left side of the
rear differential housing.
–UN–15AUG96
A—JT03473 Coupler
RW25527
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,572 –19–03MAY04–3/4
60
20
15

110906
PN=761
Brake Valve
Connect the other end with the JT03437 90° Coupler to

the "T" DR (A) on top of the hitch-SCV stack.
Start the engine and idle at 1500 rpm.
Bleed the left rear brake by depressing the brake pedal
–UN–15AUG96
for:
• 3 minutes for dry brake cavity

• 1 minute for wet brake cavity
RW25528
Remove brake pedal pressure and shut off the engine.
9000 Series Tractors
Disconnect coupler from left brake receptacle and connect
to the right rear brake receptacle.
Repeat the process for the right front brake.
Test manual brakes. (See CHECK MANUAL BRAKES in
–UN–15OCT01
this group.)
A—"T" DR
RXA0057777
AG,OUOD010,572 –19–03MAY04–4/4
Check Manual Brakes
Stop engine. Release and apply force a second time for 5 seconds.
Resistance to pedal travel should be observed during
Apply force to brake pedal for 5 seconds after engine the second application.
has been stopped at least 5 seconds.
Check for leakage if pedal drift is greater than
Pedal travel should not exceed 125 mm (5 in.) during 33 mm (1.3 in.) in 10 seconds.
the first application.
AG,OUOD010,573 –19–07SEP99–1/1
60
20
16

110906
PN=762
Group 25
Park Brake
Park Brake Release Hand Pump Kit . . . . . . . . JDG16661
Used to release park brake on PST transmission.
–UN–25OCT05
RXA0068801
1
Recommended Tool
OUO6046,0001B63 –19–16SEP03–2/7
Power Lead - Park Brake Solenoid . . . . . . .JDG1666-31, 2
Used to energize park brake solenoids to tow or move

tractor.
1
Recommended Tool
2
Included in JDG1666 Park Brake Release Hand Pump Kit
OUO6046,0001B63 –19–16SEP03–3/7
Hydraulic Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG1666-41, 2
Used to connect hand pump to ISO fitting.
60
25
1
1
Recommended Tool
2
Included in JDG1666 Park Brake Release Hand Pump Kit

110906
PN=763
Park Brake
PST Park Brake Pump Off Hose Adapter . . . . DFRW1651
Used to couple a hand pump with female DR to the male

ISO coupler
1
For Fabrication—See Section 99
OUO6046,0001B63 –19–16SEP03–5/7
Jumper Leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW1551
Energize park brake valve to tow or move tractor

1
2
3
–UN–29NOV01
RXA0058820
1
For Fabrication—See Section 99
OUO6046,0001B63 –19–16SEP03–6/7
RW37203 –UN–15JUN99
Two-Speed Hand Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT058451
Release park brake
1
Recommended Tool
OUO6046,0001B63 –19–16SEP03–7/7
60
25
2

110906
PN=764
Park Brake
Specifications
Brake Disk-to-Input Yoke Flange Cap Torque 70 N•m

Screws (52 lb-ft)
Park Brake Caliper Mounting Cap Torque 258 N•m

Screws (190 lb-ft)
Brake Pads Thickness (Minimum) 3.5 mm

(0.14 in.)
Park Brake Disk Runout (Maximum) 0.25 mm

(0.010 in.)
Park Brake Valve (S.N. —002423)
Solenoid 1 Torque 48 N•m

(35 lb-ft)

(27 lb-ft)
Check Valve Torque 37 N•m

(27 lb-ft)
Pressure Reduce Torque 47 N•m

(35 lb-ft)
Screen Retaining Plug Torque 3.0 N•m

(27 lb-in.)
Park Brake Valve (S.N. 002424—

011407)

(35 lb-ft)

(27 lb-ft)
Screen Retaining Plug Torque 3.0 N•m

(27 lb-in.)
Plug Torque 40 N•m

(30 lb-ft)
60
25
3
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B6C –19–13APR04–1/2

110906
PN=765
Park Brake
Pressure Relief Valve Torque 37 N•m

(27 lb-ft)

(27 lb-ft)
OUO6046,0001B6C –19–13APR04–2/2
Manual Park Brake Release——9020 Series

w/PST (S.N. —011407)
Energize Park Brake Solenoid:
–UN–09OCT01
• Connect DFRW155 Jumper Lead to park brake valve
solenoid #2 (Y620) connector (A) located on tractor
front axle.
• Route jumper lead into cab and plug into convenience
RXA0057609
outlet.
• Secure any excess jumper lead wire to prevent wire
from becoming entangled in moving parts.
• Turn key switch to ON position to activate solenoid.
A—Park Brake #2 Solenoid Connector
B—Park Brake #2 Solenoid
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B6B –19–18SEP03–1/2
60
25
4

110906
PN=766
Park Brake
Manually Pressurize Park Brake Assembly:
• Remove upper floor mat.

• Fold lower floormat to right side.
• Remove small floor plate below and left of clutch pedal.
–UN–29NOV01
• Connect JT05845 Two-Speed Hand Pump to ISO hose
tip.
IMPORTANT: Do not pressurize to more than 5200
RXA0058819
kPa (52 bar) (750 psi)
• Pressurize system to 4000 kPa (40 bar) (580 psi)
Tractor can now be moved. A—Park Brake Pressurizing Hose
NOTE: Turning key switch to OFF position will

de-energize park brake solenoid and engage park
brake.
OUO6046,0001B6B –19–18SEP03–2/2
Manual Park Brake Release—9020 Series

w/PST (S.N. 011408— )
1. Connect JDG1666-31 Power Lead - Park Brake

Solenoid to park brake solenoid 1 (A) and park brake
–UN–14AUG03
solenoid 2 (B).

RXA0069946
1
Part of JDG1666 Park Brake Release Hand Pump Kit
60
25
5

110906
PN=767
Park Brake
NOTE: Lead with in-line fuse connects to positive

terminal.
Oil from hand pump will go to sump and park

brake will not release if JDG1666-3 Power Lead -
–UN–29JAN03
Park Brake Solenoid is not installed correctly.
2. Connect JDG1666-31 Power Lead - Park Brake

Solenoid to positive (+) terminal (A) and ground (-)
RXA0065102
terminal (B) on starter.
3. Remove upper floormat.
4. Fold lower floormat to right-hand side. A—Positive (+) Terminal

B—Ground (-) Terminal
5. Remove small floor plate below and left of clutch

pedal.
6. Locate hydraulic hose with ISO male coupler attached.
1
60
25
6

110906
PN=768
Park Brake
7. Connect JDG1666-41 Hydraulic Adapter (A) or

DFRW1652 Park Brake Pump Off Hose Adapter (A) to
ISO hose tip (B).
8. Connect hand pump hose (C) to adapter.
–UN–29JAN03
9. Check hand pump reservoir oil level and add oil if
necessary.
RXA0065048
IMPORTANT: When towing tractor, locate hand pump
on floor in front of operator seat.
Secure hose and power lead to prevent
contact with rotating tires.
10. Connect hose to hand pump.
11. Close hand pump shut-off valve and open pump

reservoir bleed screw 1/4 turn from O-ring contact.
–UN–29JAN03
IMPORTANT: Do not exceed 20 bar (290 psi). Excess
pressure will open relief valve in park
brake circuit.
RXA0065056
12. Operate hand pump to get 17.2 bar (250 psi).
Maintain this pressure to prevent park brake from
dragging.
A—JDG1666-41 Adapter or DFRW1652 Adapter
B—ISO Hose Tip
CAUTION: If tractor movement must be C—Hand Pump Hose
stopped, immediately open hand pump shut-off
valve.
NOTE: Disconnecting power lead will cause park brake to

engage, but oil will not return to hand pump.
Opening hand pump shut-off valve first will return
oil to pump reservoir.
13. After tractor has been moved to desired location,

open hand pump shut-off valve and allow pressure to
bleed down to zero. Close hand pump shut-off valve
and bleed screw.
60
25
7
1
2
Dealer Fabricated Tool. See Section 99.

110906
PN=769
Park Brake
14. Disconnect power lead from battery and park brake

solenoids.
15. Reconnect tractor leads to park brake solenoids.
16. Disconnect pump hose and adapter from hose under

cab floor. Install ISO hose tip cover.
17. Install floor plate and floormat.
OUO6046,0001B5B –19–12SEP03–4/4
Exploded View—Park Brake Caliper—9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —011407)
A Q
E
D
C
B
P
F
O H
I
N
G –UN–29OCT01
M
L
K
RXA0058053
A—Caliper Housing F—Pins (4 used) J—Retaining Ring N—O-Ring

B—Cap Screw (2 used) G—Pin (2 used) K—Arm O—Piston
C—Washer (2 used) H—Brake Pads L—Socket-head Screws P—Seal
D—Bushing (2 used) I—Plug M—Actuator Q—Dust Seal
60 E—O-Ring (2 used)
25
8
OUO6046,0001B5F –19–12SEP03–1/1

110906
PN=770
Park Brake
Exploded View—Park Brake Valve 9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —002423)
D R
B Q
E
A
O
N
M
–UN–25SEP03
L
F K
J
G I
RXA0071040
H
A—Valve Block F—Check Valve K—O-Ring P—Fitting

B—Armature (Solenoid 1) G—O-Ring L—Plug Q—O-Ring
C—Armature (Solenoid 2) H—Elbow Fitting M—O-Ring R—Transmission Pressure
D—Check Valve I—Pressure Reducer N—Screen Sensor
E—O-Ring J—Elbow Fitting O—O-Ring
Disassemble park brake valve as required. Check Valve (F)—Torque ........................................................ 37 N•m
(27 lb-ft)
Pressure Reducer (I)—Torque ................................................ 47 N•m
Replace all O-rings and seals. (35 lb-ft)
Screen Retaining Plug (L)—
Park Brake Valve (S.N. —002423)—Specification Torque..................................................................................... 3.0 N•m
Solenoid 1 (B)—Torque ........................................................... 48 N•m (27 lb-in.)
(35 lb-ft)
Solenoid 2 (C)—Torque........................................................... 37 N•m
(27 lb-ft)
OURX985,000003E –19–06MAY04–1/1
60
25
9

110906
PN=771
Park Brake
Exploded View—Park Brake Valve 9020 Series w/PST (S.N. 002424—011407)
E B
C
T
D S
O
N
F M
L
–UN–25SEP03
R
G
I
RXA0071042
H J
Q K
A—Valve Block G—Plug L—O-Ring R—Elbow Fitting

B—Armature (Solenoid 1) H—O-Ring M—Plug S—Transmission Oil Pressure
C—Armature (Solenoid 2) I—Check Valve N—O-Ring Sensor
D—O-Ring J—Orifice (1.397 mm)(0.055 O—Screen T—O-Ring
E—Fitting in.) P—O-Ring U—Fitting
F—Pressure Relief Valve K—Check Valve Q—Elbow Fitting
Disassemble park brake valve as required. Plug (G)—Torque .................................................................... 40 N•m

(30 lb-ft)
Pressure Relief Valve (F)—
Replace all O-rings and seals. Torque...................................................................................... 37 N•m
(27 lb-ft)
Park Brake Valve (S.N. 002424—011407)—Specification Check Valve (I)—Torque ......................................................... 37 N•m
Solenoid 1 (B)—Torque ........................................................... 48 N•m (27 lb-ft)
(35 lb-ft)
Solenoid 2 (C)—Torque........................................................... 37 N•m
(27 lb-ft)
Screen Retaining Plug (M)—
Torque..................................................................................... 3.0 N•m
(27 lb-in.)
OUO6046,0001B5C –19–05MAY04–1/1
60
25
10

110906
PN=772
Park Brake
Park Brake Valve Hose Connections—Park

B
Brake Caliper—9020 Series w/PST (S.N. — C
011407) A
NOTE: Hose connections are similar for both park brake
–UN–04MAY04
valves used on tractors serial number 011407 and
below.
RXA0074661
A—Pressure Hose (from Attenuators)
B—To Park Brake Cylinder D
C—To Park Brake Pump-off Connector
D—Return Hose (to Hydraulic Reservoir)
OURX985,000004B –19–05MAY04–1/1
Inspect Park Brake Disk (If Equipped)
1. Park tractors on level surface and block rear wheels.
2. For 9020 Series Tractors w/PST (S.N. —011407),
–UN–18OCT01
disconnect hydraulic hose (A) from the park brake
cylinder (B). Use a portable hydraulic pump to
pressurize the cylinder until cylinder rod is fully
extended.
RXA0057515
A—Hose
B—Park Brake Cylinder
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B5D –19–06MAY04–1/2
60
25
11

110906
PN=773
Park Brake
3. Disconnect drive shaft (A).
4. Jack one front wheel off the ground.
5. Mount dial indicator as shown (B). Indicator pointer
–UN–18OCT01
should contact disk surface 25 mm (1 in.) from outside
edge of disk.
6. Rotate front differential input shaft at least one full
RXA0057510
revolution.
Specification
Park Brake Disk—Runout
(Maximum) .................................................................................... 0.25 mm A—Drive Shaft
(0.010 in.) B—Dial Indicator
OUO6046,0001B5D –19–06MAY04–2/2
Remove and Install Park Brake Caliper (If

Equipped)
Park tractor on level surface, block ALL wheels and

release park brake.
–UN–18OCT01
For 9020 Series Tractors, perform the following step:
• Disconnect hydraulic hose (A) from the park brake
RXA0057515
cylinder (B). Use a portable hydraulic pump to
pressurize the cylinder until cylinder rod is fully
extended.
A—Hose
B—Park Brake Cylinder
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B5E –19–05MAY04–1/2
60
25
12

110906
PN=774
Park Brake
Remove pin (A).
Remove cap screws (B), bushings, and caliper.
Replace bushings if rusted.
–UN–25OCT01
Install in reverse order. Caliper must slide freely on
bushings. Loosen and retighten cap screws if necessary
so caliper will slide freely on bushings.
RXA0058037
Park Brake Caliper Mounting Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque ....................................................................................... 258 N•m
(190 lb-ft)
A—Pin
B—Cap Screws
OUO6046,0001B5E –19–05MAY04–2/2
60
25
13

110906
PN=775
Park Brake
Exploded View—Park Brake Caliper—9020 Series w/PST (S.N. —011407)
A Q
E
D
C
B
P
F
O H
I
N
–UN–29OCT01
M
L
RXA0058053
J
A—Caliper Housing F—Pins (4 used) J—Retaining Ring N—O-Ring

B—Cap Screw (2 used) G—Pin (2 used) K—Arm O—Piston
C—Washer (2 used) H—Brake Pads L—Socket-head Screws P—Seal
D—Bushing (2 used) I—Plug M—Actuator Q—Dust Seal
E—O-Ring (2 used)
OUO6046,0001B5F –19–05MAY04–1/1
60
25
14

110906
PN=776
Park Brake
Park Brake Adjustment—9020 Series w/PST

(S.N. —011407)
The caliper has an auto-adjust feature inside the actuator.

It should maintain the correct clearance between the pads 90 0
and the disk (0.64 mm or 0.025 in.) as the pads wear.
However, there is an initial adjustment procedure to set
the gap between the brake pad and the disk.
The caliper assembly has three bleed screws installed.
–UN–04OCT01
These are for another application and are not used on the
9020 Series tractor.
Park Brake Adjustment
RXA0057481
Adjustment Procedure:
1. Park tractor on level surface and block ALL wheels so

tractor cannot roll.
2. Remove the hydraulic cylinder pressure hose from the
valve block. Use a portable hydraulic pump to
pressurize the cylinder until the cylinder rod is fully
extended. Caliper lever should be oriented
perpendicular to the line on the cylinder rod. If
necessary, remove the snap ring to move the lever to
a different spline.
3. Adjust the turnbuckle until the holes line up and the
headed pin installs freely through the holes of the lever
and the yoke
60
25
15

110906
PN=777
Park Brake
4. Remove the plastic cap from the front side of the

caliper actuator, and insert a 10 mm hex socket onto
the nut of the adjuster shaft.
5. Turn the 10 mm socket counterclockwise until the
brake pads are snug against the disk. Do not
–UN–04OCT01
overtighten.
6. Turn the 10 mm socket one quarter (1/4) turn
clockwise to set the gap to approximately 0.64 mm
(0.025 in.).
RXA0057479
7. Replace plastic plug.
8. After yoke and lever are connected, release the
hydraulic pressure from the cylinder. The spring inside
the cylinder will retract the rod, engaging the park
brake.
OUO6046,0001B60 –19–12SEP03–2/2
Secondary Brake Adjustment—9020 Series

w/PST (S.N. 011408— )
1. Place secondary brake hand lever in down position.

A
2. Remove clip and pin (E).
D
B
3. Install 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) thickness gauge (C)
–UN–03MAR04
between pad of brake caliper (A) and brake rotor (B).
C
4. Adjust yoke (D) until feeler gauge is tight.
C
RXA0073338
5. Remove thickness gauge and install pin and clip (E).
E
A—Brake Caliper
B—Brake Disk
C—Thickness Gauge
D—Adjusting Yoke
E—Pin and Clip
OURX985,0000011 –19–30NOV05–1/1
60
25
16

110906
PN=778
Section 70
Hydraulics 70
Contents
Page Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-1

Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-1 Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-2 Axle Lubrication Pump (9000 MST, 9020) . . . . .70-15-3
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-3 Axle Lubrication Pump (9000 PST) . . . . . . . . . .70-15-8
Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . .70-00-7 Charge Pump (9000 PST). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-14
Remove and Install High-Flow Hydraulic
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-13 Group 20—Filter Housings and Control Valves
Fill Hydraulic Pump Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-15 Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-2
Group 05—Hydraulic System Repair Hydraulic Filter Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-4
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-1 Axle Filter Housing (9000 PST) . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-5
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-2 Sequence Valve (9000 PST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-6
Battery Ground Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-3 Return Oil Manifold (9000 PST) . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-7
Use Special Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-3 Priority Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-7
Hydraulic Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-3 Differential Lock Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-12
Drain and Fill Hydraulic Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-4 Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-14
Cooler Bypass Valve (9000, 9020 MST) . . . . .70-20-14
Group 10—Hydraulic Pump
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-1 Group 25—Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves,
Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-1 and Couplers—9000 Series
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-2 Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-3 Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-1
Pump Identification—9000 Series . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-5 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-2
Pump Identification—High-Flow Hydraulic . . . . .70-10-5 Hitch-SCV Valve Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-4
Vickers Pump Hitch Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-10
Remove and Install Controller . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-6 Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-11
Exploded View - Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-7 Hitch Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-13
Repair Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-8 Test Surge Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-15
Exploded View - Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-9 Selective Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-16
Repair Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-10 Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-20
Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-14
Assemble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-14 Group 30—Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves,
Sauer Pump and Couplers—9020 Series
Exploded View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-20 Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-1
Pump Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-22 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-2
Repair Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-23 Hitch-SCV Valve Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-5
Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-28 Top Cover Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-7
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-29 Exploded View—Standard End Cover . . . . . . . .70-30-8
45 cc Pump Exploded View—Deluxe End Cover . . . . . . . .70-30-10
Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-32 Disassemble and Assemble Hitch-SCV
Pump Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-33 Valve Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-11
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-34 Disassemble and Assemble High Flow SCV
Valve Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-19
Group 15—Axle Lubrication and Charge Pumps
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-1 Continued on next page

110906
PN=1
Contents
Page
70
Hitch Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-29
Selective Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-34
Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-40
Hitch Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-44
Group 35—High-Flow Selective Control Valve—

Scraper
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-35-1
Remove and Install High-Flow SCV Stack. . . . .70-35-1
Repair High-Flow SCV Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-35-1
Group 40—Hitch
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-2
Lift Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-3
Hitch Lift Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-11

110906
PN=2
Group 00
NOTE: Order tools from the U.S. SERVICEGARD or RECOMMENDED TOOLS, as noted, are suggested to 70
00
European Microfiche Tool Catalogs. perform the job correctly. Some tools may be available 1
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OUO1073,0001FB2 –19–01DEC05–1/6
RW25402 –UN–08APR96
Drain hydraulic reservoir.
1
OUO1073,0001FB2 –19–01DEC05–2/6
RW25606 –UN–13DEC96
Lifting Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG10791
Remove and install hydraulic pump.
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OUO1073,0001FB2 –19–01DEC05–3/6
RW25610 –UN–13DEC96
Pump Adapter Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG10801
Remove and install hydraulic pump.
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL

110906
PN=781
RW25086 –UN–16MAR94
Metric Lifting Eyebolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05550
70 Component removal and installation.

00
2
OUO1073,0001FB2 –19–01DEC05–5/6
Clean hydraulic system oil.
–UN–17MAY95
1
Used with JT05679 12-foot Hoses
2
RW25352
fabricated flusher (DFRW117)
OUO1073,0001FB2 –19–01DEC05–6/6
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Seal pump mounting surfaces.
PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
Specifications
45 cm3 Pump-to-75 cm3 Pump Cap Torque 225 N•m

Screws (166 lb-ft)
Axle Lube Pump-to-Hydraulic Pump Torque 50 N•m


Screws (166 lb-ft)

Screw (166 lb-ft)
OURX985,0000113 –19–14FEB03–1/1

110906
PN=782
Remove and Install Hydraulic Oil Reservoir
Clean area around reservoir. 70

00
3
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR in Group 05.)
–UN–03SEP96
Remove remaining oil from reservoir through reservoir fill
neck using DFRW1161 Suction Tube attached to JT05746
Filter Caddy or DFRW1171 Transmission-Hydraulic
RW50224B
Flusher.
Remove bracket (A) and put surge tank on top of engine.

A—Bracket
NOTE: Do not remove cap screw (B). Doing this will B—Cap Screw
C—Cap Screw
require adjustment of the hood and striker pin.
1
See Section 99 for tool fabrication
AG,OUOD010,578 –19–01DEC05–1/7
Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B).
–UN–17JUL96
A—Hoses
B—Oil Temperature Sensor
C—Hose Clamp
RW50247A
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,578 –19–01DEC05–2/7

110906
PN=783
Loosen hose clamp (A).
70 Disconnect sensor (B).

00
4
A—Hose
–UN–17JUL96
B—Sensor
RW50246A
–UN–21NOV96
RW50321A
–UN–21NOV96
RW50322A

110906
PN=784
9000 Series Tractors (S.N. —30000)
Disconnect and plug hoses (A). 70

00
5
Remove cap screws (B).
A—Hoses
B—Cap Screws
–UN–13DEC96
RW50329A
AG,OUOD010,578 –19–01DEC05–4/7
9000 Series (S.N. 30001— ) and All 9020 Series

Tractors)
Disconnect and plug hoses (A) and (B).
Remove cap screw (B).
–UN–23MAR00
A—Hoses
B—Hose (used for PST Applications)
C—Mounting Cap Screw
RW76365

110906
PN=785
Remove step (A).
70 Remove mounting cap screw and spacer (B) and

00
6
mounting bracket nut (C).
Carefully remove reservoir and plug hose on top of pump.
–UN–23MAR00
IMPORTANT: Flush reservoir if there was a hydraulic
component failure.
RW76366
Install reservoir in reverse order.
A—Step
B—Mounting Cap Screw and Spacer
C—Mounting Bracket Nut
AG,OUOD010,578 –19–01DEC05–6/7
For Tractors Equipped With MST Transmission:
IMPORTANT: Inspect hydraulic pump case drain hose A

with pump installed. Case drain hose
should not be kinked between pump
differently. If kink in hose can not be B
–UN–30NOV05
slightly until kink in hose has been C
20 mm (0.78 in.).
RXA0085216
For All Tractors:

A—Reservoir
Fill hydraulic reservoir. (See DRAIN AND FILL B—Case Drain Hose
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR in Group 05.) C—Hydraulic Pump
AG,OUOD010,578 –19–01DEC05–7/7

110906
PN=786
Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump—9000

MST and 9020 Series
70
00
Clean area around hydraulic pumps. 7

INSTALL HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR in this group.)
Remove step (A).
Remove cap screws (B) and remove plate (C).
–UN–13DEC96
Remove hose (D) and plug pump port.
A—Step
B—Cap Screw
RW50293B
C—Plate
D—Hose
AG,OUOD010,579 –19–01DEC05–1/5
Disconnect hoses and lines (A) from bottom of pump.
A—Hoses and Lines
–UN–13DEC96
RW50335A

110906
PN=787
Remove screws (A) and move lube pump towards center

of tractor.
70
00
8
NOTE: DO NOT disconnect hoses from lube pump.
Install JDG1080 Pump Adapter Plate (B) and attach to

hoist.
–UN–13DEC96
Remove two cap screws (C) and remove pump from
RW50330A
transmission.
NOTE: On EARLY tractors, the hydraulic pump assembly

is sealed to the transmission using PM38657 High A—Lube Pump Cap Screws
Flex Form-In-Place Gasket and may need to be B—JDG1080 Pump Adapter Plate
pried from transmission. C—Cap Screws
Clean sealing surfaces of pump and transmission.
AG,OUOD010,579 –19–01DEC05–3/5
NOTE: On EARLY tractors, use PM38657 High Flex

Form-In-Place Gasket to install pump if it was
present during disassembly.
Install new O-ring (A) on pump.
–UN–08APR99
Fill hydraulic pump crankcase. (See FILL HYDRAULIC RW76189
PUMP CRANKCASE in this group.)
Install pump assembly and tighten hydraulic A—O-Ring

pump-to-transmission cap screws.
Hydraulic Pump-to-Transmission Cap Screws—Specification

(166 lb-ft)

110906
PN=788
For Tractors Equipped With MST Transmission:
IMPORTANT: Inspect hydraulic pump case drain hose A 70

00
with pump installed. Case drain hose 9
should not be kinked between pump
differently. If kink in hose can not be B
–UN–30NOV05
slightly until kink in hose has been C
20 mm (0.78 in.).
RXA0085216
A—Reservoir
B—Case Drain Hose
C—Hydraulic Pump
AG,OUOD010,579 –19–01DEC05–5/5
Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump—9000

PST
Clean area around hydraulic pumps.

Remove step from left side frame.
Mark location of reservoir support bracket at locations (A).
Remove cap screws at locations (A) and (B) and remove

reservoir support bracket from tractor.
A and B—Reservoir Support Bracket Locations

–UN–13DEC96
RW50331A

110906
PN=789
Remove charge pump (A). (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

CHARGE PUMP—9000 PST in Group 15.)
70
00
10
Remove drive shaft guard (B).
Remove cap screws and move manifold (C) toward center

of tractor.
A—Charge Pump
B—Drive Shaft Guard
C—Manifold
–UN–13DEC96
RW50332A

110906
PN=790
Install JDG1080 Pump Adapter Plate (A).
Install JDG1079 Lifting Bar (B) and attach hoist to lift eye. 70
00
11
NOTE: Handle from JDG879 Differential and Pinion
Lifting Fixture may be fastened to JDG1079 Lifting
Bar for additional leverage.

–UN–13DEC96
Remove two hydraulic pump-to-transmission cap screws

and carefully remove pump from transmission.
RW50333A
NOTE: On EARLY tractors, the hydraulic pump assembly
is sealed to the transmission using PM38657 High
Flex Form-In-Place Gasket and may need to be
pried from transmission.
Clean sealing surfaces of pump and transmission.
A—JDG1080 Pump Adapter Plate

B—JDG1079 Lifting Bar
–UN–13DEC96
RW50334A

110906
PN=791
NOTE: On EARLY tractor, use PM38657 High Flex

Form-In-Place Gasket to install pump if it was
70 present during disassembly.
00
12
Install new O-ring on pump.
–UN–08APR99
RW76189
PUMP CRANKCASE in this group.)
Install pump assembly and tighten hydraulic A—O-Ring

pump-to-transmission cap screws.
Hydraulic Pump-to-Transmission Cap Screws—Specification

(166 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,580 –19–01DEC05–4/4

110906
PN=792
Remove and Install High-Flow Hydraulic

Pumps
70
00
1. Remove hydraulic reservoir. (See REMOVE AND 13
–UN–12FEB03
2. Remove hydraulic reservoir support bracket.
3. Mark and disconnect all hoses from hydraulic pumps.
RXA0065390
4. Remove mounting cap screws (A).
5. Remove hydraulic pumps using a nylon strap and

hoist.
A—Mounting Cap Screws
–UN–12FEB03
RXA0065387
OURX985,000010A –19–01DEC05–1/3
6. Remove cap screws (A) and axle lube pump (C).
7. Remove caps screw (B) and 45 cm3 pump.
8. Install new O-ring on 45 cm3 pump.
45 cm3 Pump-to-75 cm3 Pump Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 225 N•m
(166 lb-ft)
–UN–12FEB03
A—Cap Screws
B—Cap Screws
C—Axle Lube Pump
RXA0065386
D—45 CM3 Pump

E—75 CM3 Pump
Continued on next page OURX985,000010A –19–01DEC05–2/3

110906
PN=793
9. Install new O-ring (A) and drive coupler (B) on axle

lube pump.
70
00
14
10. Install axle lube pump to 45 cm3 pump; then tighten
cap screws to specification.
–UN–26AUG96
Axle Lube Pump-to-Hydraulic Pump Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft)
RW25545
A—O-Ring
11. Fill hydraulic pump crankcase. (See FILL B—Drive Coupler
HYDRAULIC PUMP CRANKCASE in this group.)
12. Install pump assembly to tractor using cap screws,

then tighten to specification.
Hydraulic Pump-to-Transmission Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 225 N•m
(166 lb-ft)
OURX985,000010A –19–01DEC05–3/3

110906
PN=794
Fill Hydraulic Pump Crankcase
Standard Pumps 70
00
15
Fill standard hydraulic pump crankcase as follows:
–UN–16NOV05
• Remove plug or fitting from case drain port (A) on
hydraulic pump. Pour 0.47 L (1 pt.) of clean hydraulic oil
into pump crankcase.
• Reinstall plug or fitting.
RXA0084953
A—Case Drain Port
Vickers Pump
–UN–16NOV05
RXA0084955
Sauer Pump
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FB5 –19–28APR06–1/2

110906
PN=795
High-Flow Pumps
70 IMPORTANT: Hydraulic pump crankcases must be

00
16
Fill high-flow hydraulic pump crankcase as follows:
–UN–16NOV05
• Remove fittings (B) from case drain ports (A and C) on
hydraulic pumps (D and E). Pour 0.47 L (1 pt.) of clean
hydraulic oil into pump crankcase of each pump.
• Reinstall fittings.
RXA0084952
A—Case Drain Port
B—Fitting
C—Case Drain Port High-Flow Hydraulic Pumps
D—45 CM3 Pump
E—75 CM3 Pump
OUO1073,0001FB5 –19–28APR06–2/2

110906
PN=796
Group 05
Hydraulic System Repair
05
RW14265 –UN–25OCT88
Special Hydraulic Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG6581
Remove and install hydraulic fittings
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OUOD010,582 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=797
Specifications
70 Item Measurement Specification
05
2
Clamp-to-Fitting Sealing Surface Clearance 0.3—0.8 mm
(0.01—0.03 in.)
Reservoir:
9000 Series (S.N. —30000) Capacity 45 L

(12 gal)
9000 Series (S.N. 30001— ) and Capacity 68 L

9020 Series (18 gal)
Total System 9000 Series ( S.N. —

30000):
Without Hitch Capacity 76 L

(20 gal)
With Hitch Capacity 80 L

(21 gal)
Total System 9000 Series (S.N.

30001— ):

(26 gal)

(27 gal)
Total System 9020 Series:

(27 gal)

(28 gal)
AG,OUOD010,277 –19–01FEB99–1/1

110906
PN=798
Disconnect Battery Ground Cable
NOTE: Battery ground (—) cable is located below the 70

05
right rear side of the cab. 3
Disconnect battery ground cable (A) prior to hydraulic
–UN–19JUN96
system repair.
Tape a piece of rubber hose over end of cable to prevent

cable from accidentally making contact with frame.
RW25451
A—Ground Cable-to-Tractor Frame Location
AG,OUOD010,583 –19–07SEP99–1/1
Use Special Wrench
CAUTION: Avoid injury from high-pressure

leaks by relieving system pressure before
disconnecting any hydraulic lines, fittings, or
–UN–15MAY96
connectors.
NOTE: Open-end wrenches may work best in some

locations.
RW25426
Use JDG658 Special Hydraulic Wrench (A) when
removing or installing hydraulic hoses using ORS fittings.
A—JDG658 Wrench
ORS is a registered trademark of the Aeroquip Corporation AG,OUOD010,584 –19–07SEP99–1/1
Install Hydraulic Fittings
Inspect O-ring (A) for damage on all O-ring seal

connectors and fittings before installing.
Lubricate O-ring before installing connectors and fittings.

–UN–30JUL98
A—O-Ring Seal
RW15638A

110906
PN=799
Install flange head connectors squarely against the

sealing surface.
70
05
4
Tighten flange clamps (A) to correct torque specification.
DO NOT overtighten flange clamps. Doing so can cause
the flanged head to distort allowing the seal to extrude.
–UN–30JUL98
Correctly installed clamps should provide a clearance (B)
between the clamp and fitting sealing surface.
Clamp-to-Fitting Sealing Surface—Specification
RW15637A
Clamp—Clearance ................................................................ 0.3—0.8 mm
(0.01—0.03 in.)
A—Flange Clamps
B—Clearance
AG,OUOD010,585 –19–07SEP99–2/2
Drain and Fill Hydraulic Reservoir
IMPORTANT: Disconnecting hydraulic components

can drain the hydraulic reservoir.
For 9000 PST, perform the following step:
–UN–15MAY96
Remove special drain plug (A).
For 9000 MST and 9020 Series, perform the following
RW25427
step:
Remove plug (B) from the hydraulic filter housing.

A—Reservoir Drain Location for 9000 PST
Tractors
B—Reservoir Drain Location for 9000 MST and
AG,OUOD010,586 –19–07SEP99–1/4
Remove and clean reservoir filter screen (A).
A—Reservoir Filter Screen

–UN–21AUG96
RW56191

110906
PN=800
Replace reservoir filter (A) if necessary.
70
A—Reservoir Vent Filter 05
5
–UN–18NOV96
RW25575
(S.N -30000)
–UN–08APR99
RW76179
(S.N. 30001— )

110906
PN=801
IMPORTANT: Do not start the tractor if oil level is not

in the sight gauge.
70
05
6
Fill reservoir with clean hydraulic oil until level is between
the marks on sight glass (A).
–UN–05AUG96
Reservoir Capacity—Specification
9000 Series ( S.N. —30000)—
Capacity ............................................................................................... 45 L
(12 gal)
9000 Series (S.N. 30001— ) and
RW25490
9020 Series—Capacity ........................................................................ 68 L
(18 gal)
Total System Capacity—Specification A—Sight Glass

9000 Series (S.N. —30000)—
Without Hitch ....................................................................................... 76 L
(20 gal)
9000 Series (S.N. —30000)—
With Hitch ............................................................................................ 80 L
(21 gal)
9000 Series (S.N. 30001— )—
Without Hitch ....................................................................................... 98 L
(26 gal)
9000 Series (S.N. 30001— )—
With Hitch .......................................................................................... 102 L
(27 gal)
9020 Series—Without Hitch .............................................................. 102 L
(27 gal)
9020 Series—With Hitch ................................................................... 106 L
(28 gal)
Run engine at 1500 rpm for approximately one minute to

pump oil through the system.
Add hydraulic oil if oil level is below the bottom mark.
AG,OUOD010,586 –19–07SEP99–4/4

110906
PN=802
Group 10
Hydraulic Pump
10
RW25125 –UN–14APR94
Bench-Mounted Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . D01006AA1
Hold components during disassembly and assembly
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OUOD010,587 –19–07SEP99–2/2
Service Parts Kits
The following kits are available through your parts • Shaft Lip Seal Kit
catalog: • Shaft Spacer Shim Kit
• Rotating Group Kit
Vickers Pump:
Sauer Pump:
• Pump Controller Kit1
• Bias Piston Kit • Shaft Lip Seal Kit:
• Control Piston Kit • Pump O-Ring and Seal Kit
• Saddle Bearing and Yoke Kit
1
Factory Adjusted
AG,OUOD010,588 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=803
Hydraulic Pump
Other Material
70 Number Name Use
10
2
PM38654 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Install bias and control rods into
PM38623 (Canadian) Strength) valve block.
271 (LOCTITE)

110906
PN=804
Hydraulic Pump
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification 70

10
3
Hydraulic Pump (Vickers):
Controller Housing-to-Pump Valve Torque 34 N•m

Block (25 lb-ft)
Limiter and Spacer Plate Cap Torque 14 N•m

Screws (124 lb-in.)
Priority Valve Housing-to-Hydraulic Torque 79 N•m

Pump Valve Block (58 lb-ft)
Pump Valve Block-to-Pump Torque 72 N•m

Housing (53 lb-ft)
Yoke Bearing Cover Cap Screws Torque 8 N•m

(70 lb-in.)
Yoke Bearing Plug Torque 102 N•m

(75 lb-ft)
Pump Shaft End Play 0.025—0.100 mm

(0.001—0.004 in.)
Bias Control Spring Free Length 92 mm

(3.6 in.)
(3.40 in. at 36—44 lb force)
Load-Sense Spring Free Length 38 mm

(1.5 in.)
(1.50 in. at 8.4—10.7 lb force)
Pressure Compensator Spring Free Length 57 mm

(2.25 in.)
(1.75 in. at 183—208 lb force)
Hydraulic Pump (Sauer):
Bias Piston Guide Torque 230 N•m

(170 lb-ft)

110906
PN=805
Hydraulic Pump
70 End-Cap Bolts Torque 96 N•m

10
4
(70 lb-ft)
Load-Sense Control Spring (Small) Free Length 18.5 mm

(0.73 in.)
Load-Sense Control Spring (Large) Free Length 25.4 mm

(1.0 in.)
(0.9 in. at 2.81—3.39 lb force)
Load-Sense Valve and Torque 20 N•m

Compensator Valve Jam Nuts (180 lb-in.)
Servo Piston Plug Torque 230 N•m

(170 lb-ft)
Bias Piston Spring Free Length 78 mm

(3.1 in.)
(2.01 in. at 45—55 lb force)
Minimum Slipper Thickness Minimum Acceptable 3.23 mm

(0.127 in.)
45 cm3 Hydraulic Pump:
End Cover Cap Screws Torque 54 N•m

(40 lb-ft)
Compensator Setscrews Torque 7 N•m

(60 lb-in.)
Load-Sense Plug Torque 14 N•m

(120 lb-in.)
Pressure Compensator Plug Torque 14 N•m

(120 lb-in.)
Pump Controller Mounting Screws Torque 14 N•m

(120 lb-in.)
AG,OUOD010,590 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=806
Hydraulic Pump
Pump Identification—9000 Series

70
10
5
–UN–01SEP00
–UN–01SEP00
RW76434
RW76435
Vickers Pump Sauer Pump
OURX985,0000111 –19–13FEB03–1/1
Pump Identification—High-Flow Hydraulic

–UN–03FEB03
–UN–02NOV01
RXA0065251
RXA0057979
45 cm3 Hydraulic Pump 75 cm3 Hydraulic Pump
OURX985,00000E0 –19–16AUG02–1/1

110906
PN=807
Hydraulic Pump
Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump

Controller—Vickers
70
10
6 CAUTION: High pressure can exist at any
–UN–08JUL96
lines, fitting, or connections.
RW25463
Lower all hydraulic cylinders and relieve system pressure.
NOTE: The hydraulic pump is located between the engine

and transmission by the left side frame of the A—Load-Sense Line
tractor. B—Controller Retaining Screws
C—Controller
Disconnect battery ground cable and drain hydraulic
reservoir. (See HYDRAULIC SYSTEM REPAIR in
Group 05.)

working on hydraulic components.
Clean area around the pump and pump controller.
Disconnect load-sense line (A).
Remove screws (B) and controller (C).
AG,OUOD010,591 –19–07SEP99–1/2
Install special seals (A) in controller passages (B) making

sure seals are flush with machined surface.
Install controller and tighten screws.
Controller Housing-to-Pump Valve Block Cap Screws—Specification

–UN–17JUL96

(26 lb-ft)
IMPORTANT: Controller must be adjusted on the

RW25464
tractor if controller is disassembled.

(See Operation and Test TM—
Section 270.)
A—Seals
NOTE: A service controller is preset at the factory and B—Controller Passages
will not require adjustment after installing on the
tractor.
AG,OUOD010,591 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=808
Hydraulic Pump
Exploded View—Hydraulic Pump Controller—Vickers

70
10
7
–UN–17JUL96
RW25465
A—Nut E—Compensator Spring I—Nut M—Load-Sensing Spring
B—Compensator Adjusting F—Controller Valve Body J—Load-Sense Adjusting N—Stop
Screw G—Compensator Valve Screw O—Load-Sense Valve
C—Compensator Plug (Five Lands) K—Load-Sense Plug (Three Lands)
D—Seats H—Plug L—Seats P—Plug
AG,OUOD010,592 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=809
Hydraulic Pump
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Hydraulic Pump Controller—Vickers

70 IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential. Flood all internal controller parts with clean hydraulic
10
8
oil to provide initial lubrication and prevent seizure.
Inspect all parts replacing all O-rings and packings.
IMPORTANT: Assemble valves into the correct
IMPORTANT: Compensator valve (G) and bores. Compensator valve (G) has
load-sensing valve (O) must not bind five grooves versus three on the
in the valve bores. Controller must load-sense valve (O).
be replaced if valves bind.
Assemble parts with controller valve body (F) in a
Compensator Spring—Specification vertical position to prevent misalignment of seats.
—Free Length ........................................................................... 57 mm
(2.25 in.)
Test Length ................................................... 44.7 mm at 817—925 N Adjust the controller pressures on the tractor. (See
(1.75 in. at 183—208 lb force) Operation and Test TM—Section 270.)
Load-Sensing Spring—Specification
—Free Length ........................................................................... 38 mm
(1.5 in.)
Test Length ................................................. 36.9 mm at 37.5—47.5 N
(1.50 in. at 8.4—10.7 lb force)
AG,OUOD010,593 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=810
Hydraulic Pump
Exploded View—Hydraulic Pump—Vickers

70
10
9
–UN–20AUG96
RW25466
1—Cap Screws 12—Spring Washer1 23—Control Rod2 34—Pump Housing
2—Drain Plug 13—Spring1 24—Control Piston 35—O-Ring
3—O-Ring 14—Spring Washer1 25—O-Ring 36—Bearing Plug
4—Valve Block 15—Cylinder Block1 26—Bias Rod2 37—Cap Screws
5—Pin 16—Shaft1 27—Spring 38—Bearing Cover
6—Gasket 17—Special Hex Screws1 28—Bias Piston 39—O-Ring
7—Bearing Cup 18—Limiter Plates1 29—Yoke1 40—O-Ring
8—Bearing Cone 19—Piston Shoe Assembly1 30—Special Screws 41—Connector
9—Spacer Shim 20—Shoe Plate1 31—Saddle Bearings 42—O-Ring
10—Valve Plate 21—Spacers1 32—Bearing Cone 43—Seal
11—Retaining Ring1 22—O-Ring 33—Bearing Cup 44—Retaining Ring
1
Rotating Group—Some parts serviced as assemblies
2
Bond with PM38654 Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength)
AG,OUOD010,594 –19–10NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=811
Hydraulic Pump
Disassemble and Inspect Hydraulic Pump—

Vickers
70
10
10 IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential when
Mount the hydraulic pump on a D01006AA

Bench-Mounted Holding Fixture (A) during repair.
NOTE: Priority valve and pump controller have been

removed.
For PST, perform the following steps:
–UN–15JUL96
• Remove two 10 mm hex-head screws.
• Remove PST adapter (D).
RW25470
Remove cap screws (E).
Carefully remove valve block assembly (F) from the pump A—D01006AA Bench-Mounted Holding Fixture
housing making sure the valve plate does not get B—Priority Valve Location
damaged. C—Pump Controller Location
D—PST Adapter
E—Cap Screws
F—Valve Block Assembly
AG,OUOD010,595 –19–08NOV05–1/8
Inspect valve block machined surface (A).
Inspect parts (B—E)
IMPORTANT: Bearing cup (C) must be replaced if the

bearing cone is replaced. Be extremely
careful that the surface of the valve
block is not damaged during bearing
cup removal or installation.
Press the new bearing cup until it bottoms in the valve

block.
NOTE: Bias and control rods are secured with PM38654

–UN–15JUL96
Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength).
Remove bias rod (D) and control rod (E) only if damaged.
RW25471
A—Machined Surface
B—Pin
C—Bearing Cup
D—Bias Rod
E—Control Rod

110906
PN=812
Hydraulic Pump
70
10
11
–UN–25JUL96
RW25472
A—Bias Piston B—Bias Spring C—Control Piston D—Valve Plate
Inspect bias piston (A), bias spring (B), and control

piston (C). Pistons should move smoothly on rods.
Inspect valve plate (D).
Bias Control Spring—Specification

—Free Length ........................................................................... 92 mm
(3.6 in.)
(3.40 in. at 36—44 lb force)
AG,OUOD010,595 –19–08NOV05–3/8
Remove bearing cone (A).
Remove spacer shim (B).
A—Bearing Cone
B—Spacer Shim
–UN–25JUL96
RW25473

110906
PN=813
Hydraulic Pump
Turn pump housing to a horizontal position with bearing

cover (B) facing up.
70
10
12
Remove cap screws (A) using a 10 mm wrench.
Remove bearing cover (B) and discard O-ring (C).
Remove hex screws (D) on both sides of yoke (G) using a

5 mm hex-head socket accessing from the end of the
housing.
Remove limiter plates (E) and spacers (F).
–UN–31AUG96
Carefully remove rotating group as an assembly from
pump housing.
A—Cap Screws
RW25474
B—Bearing Cover
C—O-Ring Seal
D—Special Hex Screws
E—Limiter Plate
F—Spacer
G—Yoke
AG,OUOD010,595 –19–08NOV05–5/8
Turn pump housing to a vertical position.
Remove bearing plug (A).
Remove yoke (B) from pump housing.
–UN–26JUL96
A—Bearing Plug
B—Yoke
RW25477

110906
PN=814
Hydraulic Pump
70
10
13
–UN–26JUL96
RW25478
A—Yoke D—Pistons F—Piston Shoes H—Shoe Plate
B—Limiter Plates E—Cylinder Block G—Splines I—Pump Shaft
C—Spacers
Inspect Rotating Group Check cylinder block bores for excessive wear by
moving the pistons in the bores. Pistons must not bind.
If binding exists, clean cylinder block and pistons.
CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury.
Lubricate the cylinder block and pistons with clean
DO NOT remove retaining ring and spring in
hydraulic oil and check again for binding.
cylinder block (E). Cylinder block is serviced
as an assembly.
Inspect piston shoes (F) on each of the nine pistons.
Shoe must swivel smoothly on ball of piston.
Inspect (A—I) for wear or damage.
NOTE: Pistons are very closely fit to the cylinder

bores.

110906
PN=815
Hydraulic Pump
Inspect saddle bearings (A) in housing. Remove special

screws (B) in housing to replace saddle bearings if
70 necessary.
10
14
Inspect bearing cone (C).
–UN–26JUL96
A—Saddle Bearings
B—Special Screws
C—Bearing Cone
RW25479
AG,OUOD010,595 –19–08NOV05–8/8
Remove and Install Pump Shaft Seal—

Vickers
Remove retaining ring (A) and remove shaft seal (B).
Lubricate new seal and housing bore with petroleum jelly.
–UN–26JUL96
IMPORTANT: Make sure spring side of seal faces
toward the housing.
RW25480
Install new seal using a 55 mm or 2-3/16 in. seal driver
with a 36 mm or 1-7/16 in. pilot. Drive seal just below the
second groove in the housing bore.
A—Snap Ring
B—Shaft Seal
Install retaining ring (A) in the second groove.
AG,OUOD010,596 –19–07SEP99–1/1
Assemble Hydraulic Pump—Vickers
Lubricate saddle bearings in pump housing with clean

hydraulic oil.
Install yoke (A) into pump housing.
Install bearing plug in pump housing at plug location (B)

and tighten.
–UN–26JUL96
Bearing Plug—Specification
—Torque ....................................................................................... 102 N•m
(75 lb-ft)
RW25481
A—Yoke
B—Bearing Plug

110906
PN=816
Hydraulic Pump
Install a funnel-shaped piece of 0.076 mm (0.003 in.) shim

stock (B) from inside the pump housing through the
seal (C). This will protect the seal lips during shaft 70
10
installation. 15
NOTE: Shim stock will be forced out when installing the

shaft.
Install the shaft into the housing.
Turn shaft to make sure bearing is correctly seated.
–UN–20AUG96
A—Shaft
B—Shim Stock
RW25482
C—Seal
D—Retaining Ring
AG,OUOD010,597 –19–07SEP99–2/6
Adjust Pump Shaft End Play
IMPORTANT: The following parts are NOT installed

during shaft end play check:
• Rotating Group (except shaft and
–UN–26JUL96
yoke).
• Valve Block Parts:
– Bias Piston and Spring
– Control Piston
RW25483
– Valve Plate
Turn pump to vertical position.
NOTE: Spacer shim kits are available. A—Spacer Shim

B—Bearing Cone
Install spacer shim (A) and bearing (B) on shaft.
Install valve block gasket.
Carefully install valve block to pump housing and tighten

cap screws to specification.
Pump Valve Block-to-Pump Housing Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 72 N•m
(53 lb-ft)

110906
PN=817
Hydraulic Pump
Push down on shaft to ensure the bearings are seated.
70 Put the base of a dial indicator on the pump housing with

10
16
indicator contact on end of shaft.
Set indicator dial to zero.
Lift up on shaft using a locking-jaw pliers underneath the

shaft splines.
Observe indicator reading.
Repeat the procedure two times to ensure correct

measurement.
Remove valve block from pump housing and determine

correct spacer shim to obtain correct end play
–UN–26JUL96
specification.
Pump Shaft—Specification
—End Play..................................................................... 0.025—0.100 mm
RW25484
(0.001—0.004 in.)
Install spacer shim and bearing.
Carefully install valve block to pump housing and tighten

to specification.
Repeat end play check procedure.
Remove valve block from pump housing and continue

assembling the pump.

110906
PN=818
Hydraulic Pump
Turn pump housing to a horizontal position with bearing

cover (E) facing up.
70
10
Install the complete rotating group into the housing. 17
NOTE: Install and tighten the hex screws from the end of
pump housing.
Carefully align and install spacers (A) and limiter

plates (B) with plated surface of limiter plates toward the
shoe plate.
Install hex screws (D) using a 5 mm hex-head socket.
–UN–31AUG96
Limiter Plate Retaining Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 14 N•m
(122 lb-in.)
RW25485
Install a new O-ring seal on bearing cover (E).
Install bearing cover (E) and tighten 10 mm cap screws.

A—Spacers
Bearing Cover Cap Screws—Specification
B—Limiter Plates
—Torque ........................................................................................... 8 N•m
C—Yoke
(70 lb-in.)
D—Special Hex Screws
E—Bearing Cover
F—Shaft

110906
PN=819
Hydraulic Pump
70
10
18
–UN–26JUL96
RW25486
A—Bias Rod C—Pin D—Groove E—Valve Plate
B—Control Rod
Install spring and piston on bias rod (A). Install hydraulic pump. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL
HYDRAULIC PUMP in Group 00.)
Install piston on control rod (B).
IMPORTANT: Crankcase of pump MUST be filled
Install pin (C) into valve block. with clean hydraulic oil before
beginning pump operation.
Lubricate valve plate (E) with clean hydraulic oil and
install so groove (D) aligns and fits with pin (C). Fill the hydraulic pump crankcase before starting the
tractor. (See FILL HYDRAULIC PUMP CRANKCASE
Carefully install valve block assembly to pump housing in Group 00.)
and tighten cap screws
Pump Valve-to-Pump Housing Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque .................................................................................. 72 N•m
(54 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,597 –19–07SEP99–6/6

110906
PN=820
Hydraulic Pump
70
10
19

110906
PN=821
Hydraulic Pump
Exploded View—Hydraulic Pump—Sauer

70
10
20
–UN–05DEC97
RW25846
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,822 –19–24JUL00–1/2

110906
PN=822
Hydraulic Pump
1—Special Screws 9—Retaining Ring1 20—Seal Nuts 30—Spring Guide1

2—End Cap 10—Washers1 21—Adjustment Screws1 31—Spring Seat1
3—Plugs 11—Springs1 22—Poppet1 32—Special Plug1 70
4—O-Rings 12—Cylinder Block1 23—Pressure Compensator 33—Bias Piston Guide1 10
5—Pin 13—Pins Cartridge Holder1 34—Spring 21
6—Bearing Cups 14—Pin Retainer1 24—Filter Screen1 35—Bias Piston
7—Bearing Cones 15—Slipper Retainer Guide1 25—Backup Rings 36—0.8 mm Orifice
8—Valve Plate 16—Slipper Retainer1 26—Yoke Bearings 37—Pump Housing
17—Piston Assembly1 27—Servo Piston 38—Lip Seal
18—Shaft 28—0.7 mm Orifice 39—Retaining Ring
19—Yoke 29—Valve
1
Serviced as an assembly
AG,OUOD010,822 –19–24JUL00–2/2

110906
PN=823
Hydraulic Pump
Service Hydraulic Pump Control—Sauer

70
10
22
–UN–03AUG00
RW76415
A—Load-Sense Adjusting C—Spring1 F—Load-Sense Valve H—Backup Ring
Screw Assembly1 D—Spring1 G—Pressure Compensator I—O-Ring
B—Spring Seat1 E—Spring Guide1 Valve1
Load-Sense Control Springs:—Specification

CAUTION: High pressure can exist at any Large Spring—Free Length ................................................... 25.4 mm
hydraulic connection. Avoid injury from (1.0 in.)
high-pressure leaks by relieving system Test Length .................................................... 22 mm at 12.5—15.1 N
pressure before disconnecting any hydraulic (0.9 in. at 2.81—3.39 lb force)
Small Spring—Free Length ................................................... 18.5 mm
lines, fittings or connections. (0.73 in.)
Lower all hydraulic cylinders and relieve system Replace O-rings on pressure compensator (G) and the
pressure. load-sense adjusting screw assembly (A).
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential Replace O-ring (I) and backup ring (H).
when working on hydraulic
components. IMPORTANT: Load-sense valve (F) must be
correctly installed or pump will
NOTE: Pressure compensator valve (G) can be malfunction.
serviced without removing pump.
Install parts making sure the three-land end of
Remove end cap from pump housing to access load-sense valve (F) is toward spring guide (E).
load-sense valve (F).
Inspect parts (A—G).
1
Serviced as an assembly

110906
PN=824
Hydraulic Pump
Adjust load-sense and compensator pressures on the

tractor. (See Operation and Test TM—Section 270.)
70
Load-Sense Valve and Compensator Valve Jam Nuts— 10
Specification 23
—Torque .................................................................................. 20 N•m
(180 lb-in.)
AG,OUOD010,824 –19–24JUL00–2/2
Disassemble and Inspect Hydraulic Pump—

Sauer

–UN–03AUG00
Mount the hydraulic pump on a D01006AA
Bench-Mounted Holding Fixture (A) during repair.
Remove end cap (B) from pump housing (C).
RW76413
A—D01006AA Bench-Mounted Holding Fixture
B—End Cap
C—Pump Housing
AG,OUOD010,825 –19–24JUL00–1/10
Position the pump horizontally.
Remove the shaft bearing (A).
NOTE: Cylinder block assembly may come apart during

removal from pump housing.
Remove cylinder block assembly (B).

–UN–03AUG00
A—Shaft Bearing
B—Cylinder Block Assembly
RW76414

110906
PN=825
Hydraulic Pump
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to the shims. Shims

are required to preload the bearings
70 during installation.
10
24
Remove bias piston assembly (A).
Remove servo piston assembly (B).
Remove yoke (C).
Remove shaft (D).
–UN–01SEP00
Remove internal shaft bearing cone.
Inspect housing for contamination and foreign material.
RW76428
A—Bias Piston Assembly
B—Servo Piston Assembly
C—Yoke
D—Shaft
AG,OUOD010,825 –19–24JUL00–3/10
NOTE: Normally, one half of the yoke may appear to

have more wear than the other. The surface
should be smooth and there should be no
noticeable wear to the touch.
Inspect yoke (A) for smooth, even wear pattern.
–UN–13DEC97
A—Pump Yoke
RW25874

110906
PN=826
Hydraulic Pump
Inspect parts (A—E).
Bias Piston Spring:—Specification 70

—Free Length.................................................................................. 78 mm 10
(3.1 in.) 25
(2.01 in. at 45—55 lb force)
Replace O-rings on bias piston guide (A) and plug (D).
Replace O-ring (F) and backup ring (G).
–UN–01SEP00
A—Bias Piston Guide
B—Bias Spring
C—Bias Piston
D—Plug
RW76429
E—Servo Piston
F—O-Ring
G—Backup Ring
AG,OUOD010,825 –19–24JUL00–5/10
NOTE: Bearing cone (B) is a slip fit.
Inspect splines (A).
Inspect bearing (B).
–UN–03AUG00
Replace bearing cup in the pump housing if bearing cone
is replaced.
RW76416
A—Splines
B—Bearing Cone

110906
PN=827
Hydraulic Pump
70
10
26
–UN–15DEC97
RW25879
A—Slippers C—Slipper Retainer E—Hold-Down Pins G—Cylinder Block
B—Pistons D—Slipper Retainer Guide F—Hold-Down Pin Retainer
NOTE: No specific piston and bore orientation is Specification

Minimum Slipper Thickness—
required since pistons and bores are not
Minimum Acceptable ............................................................. 3.23 mm
selectively fitted. Pumps with high-hour usage (0.127 in.)
may have developed wear patterns and
replacing pistons in the original bores, if Roll the hold-down pins (E) to make sure pins are
possible, is recommended. straight.
Inspect parts (A—G). If pistons (B) are discolored the
entire cylinder block assembly should be replaced.

110906
PN=828
Hydraulic Pump
70
10
27
–UN–15DEC97
RW25880
A—Retainer B—Hold-Down Pins
Insert the hold-down pin retainer (A) slightly below the Install the slipper retainer containing the slippers and
top surface of the cylinder block center splines, as pistons into the cylinder block.
illustrated.
IMPORTANT: The three pins must be positioned
Insert the three hold-down pins (B) making sure the correctly during installation of the
pins are squarely positioned in the grooves. Apply cylinder block assembly or pump
petroleum jelly to keep pins held in position. failure could occur.
Carefully position the slipper retainer guide on top of Check to make sure the retainer guide is seated
the hold-down pins. squarely on all three hold-down pins.
AG,OUOD010,825 –19–24JUL00–8/10
Install shaft (A) into cylinder block assembly (B).
Carefully set aside for reassembly into the pump housing.
A—Shaft
B—Cylinder Block Assembly
–UN–03AUG00
RW76417

110906
PN=829
Hydraulic Pump
NOTE: Bearing cup (B) is a slip fit.
70 Inspect valve plate (C). Sealing land surfaces should be

10
28
smooth.
IMPORTANT: Bearing cup and cone must be replaced

as a set.
Install bearing cup at location (E) if cup was removed.
–UN–03AUG00
Install new O-ring (D) on end cap. Lubricate O-ring with
petroleum jelly.
RW76421
IMPORTANT: Slot in the valve plate must align with
pin (D) when assembling the pump. The
pin must be below the surface of the
valve plate when installed. The gap in A—End Cap
B—Bearing Cup
pin (D) must point directly away or
C—Valve Plate
toward the center of the end cap. D—Pin
E—O-Ring
Coat valve plate (C) with clean hydraulic oil and install on
end cap (A) making sure groove aligns with pin (E). Set
aside for assembly to pump housing.
AG,OUOD010,825 –19–24JUL00–10/10
Replace Hydraulic Pump Shaft Seal—Sauer
IMPORTANT: Seal MUST be replaced on pump if shaft

has been removed.
Remove retaining ring (A) and remove and discard used

seal (B). Seal may have to be pressed from the housing.
IMPORTANT: Prevent seal lip damage. Cover the

shaft splines before installing seal, if
seal is being replaced with shaft in the –UN–01SEP00
pump housing.
Install new seal and retaining ring making sure retaining

ring is correctly seated in groove.
RW76430
A—Retaining Ring
B—Seal
OUOD010,0000037 –19–31JUL01–1/1

110906
PN=830
Hydraulic Pump
Assemble Hydraulic Pump—Sauer
Inspect housing for contamination and foreign material. 70

10
29
Install new shaft seal. (See REPLACE SECONDARY
PUMP SHAFT SEAL in this group.)
–UN–20DEC97
IMPORTANT: Location and orientation of journal
bearings (A) is important if bearings are
removed and reused.
RW25884
Inspect journal bearings (A) prior to assembling the pump.
Coat journal bearings with clean hydraulic oil.

A—Journal Bearings
NOTE: Bearing cone and cup are replaced as a set. B—Bearing Cone
Install bearing cone (B).
AG,OUOD010,826 –19–24JUL00–1/5
Install yoke (A).
NOTE: Compensator piston and plug (B) may be installed

at this time to help hold the yoke in correct
position during shaft/cylinder block assembly
installation.
A—Yoke
–UN–03AUG00
B—Compensator Plug
RW76418

110906
PN=831
Hydraulic Pump
IMPORTANT: Prevent shaft seal damage. Cover the

shaft splines when installing shaft.
70
10
30
IMPORTANT: Coat yoke surface, servo piston, and
bias piston parts with clean hydraulic
oil to prevent premature wear.
Turn pump horizontal.
–UN–03AUG00
Carefully install shaft and cylinder block assembly into
pump housing.
RW76423

110906
PN=832
Hydraulic Pump
70
10
31
–UN–03AUG00
RW76419
A—Bearing C—Bias Spring E—Servo Piston Plug G—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Bias Piston Guide D—Bias Piston F—Servo Piston
Turn the pump housing to the vertical position. Install bias piston (D), spring (C), and piston guide (B).
Tighten guide (B).
Install bearing (A) on shaft.
Specification
Bias Piston Guide—Torque ................................................... 230 N•m
NOTE: Servo piston (F) must be correctly installed or
(170 lb-ft)
pump will malfunction.
Install new O-rings (G). Lubricate with petroleum jelly.
Install servo piston (F) making sure the hole in the end
of the piston is up. Piston must slide smoothly in bore.
Lubricate surface of cylinder block assembly with clean
hydraulic oil.
IMPORTANT: Correct torque specification is
critical.
Install and tighten plug (E).
Specification
Servo Piston Plug—Torque ................................................... 230 N•m
(170 lb-ft)

110906
PN=833
Hydraulic Pump
IMPORTANT: Make sure valve plate remains correctly

positioned on end cap.
70
10
32
Install the end cap (A) valve plate making sure the end
cap is positioned correctly on the pump housing.
Insert the four end-cap bolts (B) snug tight. Continue

cross tightening the bolts to specification.
–UN–01SEP00
Specification
End-Cap Bolts—Torque ................................................................. 96 N•m
(70 lb-ft)
RW76420
Install drive coupler (C) and gasket (D).
A—End Cap
B—Bolts
C—Coupler
D—Gasket
AG,OUOD010,826 –19–24JUL00–5/5
Replace Shaft Seal—45 cm3 Pump
Remove retaining ring (A) and remove and discard used

seal (B).
–UN–06NOV01
IMPORTANT: Prevent seal lip damage. Cover shaft
splines before installing seal, if seal is
being replaced with shaft in pump
housing.
Install new seal and retaining ring making sure retaining RXA0058309
ring is correctly seated in groove.
A—Retaining Ring
B—Seal
OUOD010,0000028 –19–30JUL01–1/1

110906
PN=834
Hydraulic Pump
Service Hydraulic Pump Control—45 cm3 Pump

70
10
33
–UN–01SEP00
RW76426
A—Control Valve Housing G—Spool Valve, Pressure K—Pressure Compensator P—Load-Sense Spring (Large)
B—Plugs Control Valve Adjusting Plug Q—Backup Ring
C—O-Rings H—Guide L—O-Ring R—O-Ring
D—Mounting O-Rings I—Pressure Compensator M—Valve Spool, Load-Sense S—Backup Ring
E—Setscrew Spring (Small) N—Guide T—Load-Sense Adjusting Plug
F—Plug J—Pressure Compensator O—Load-Sense Spring (Small)
Spring (Large)
Load-Sense Plug (B)—Specification Setscrews (E)—Specification

—Torque .................................................................................. 14 N•m —Torque .................................................................................... 7 N•m
(120 lb-in.) (60 lb-in.)
Pressure Compensator Plug—Specification

—Torque .................................................................................. 14 N•m
(120 lb-in.)
OURX985,00000E1 –19–16AUG02–1/1

110906
PN=835
Hydraulic Pump
Repair Hydraulic Pump—45 cm3 Pump

70 1. Clamp pump in a vise that is equipped with brass or
10
34
aluminum jaw protectors.
–UN–03FEB03
2. Remove four screws (A) and remove pump controller.
3. Remove four screws (B) and remove end cover.
RXA0065218
A—Controller Mounting Screws (4 used)
B—End Cover Screws (4 used)
OURX985,00000E2 –19–16AUG02–1/5
4. Make sure spring (A) and valve (B) are in position.
A—Spring
B—Valve
–UN–07NOV01
RXA0058368
OURX985,00000E2 –19–16AUG02–2/5
IMPORTANT: Notch in valve plate (B) must be

positioned on pin (D).
Use heavy grease to hold valve plate

and bearing cup (C) to end cover.
–UN–07NOV01
6. Install new O-ring (A).
A—O-Ring
RXA0058367
B—Valve Plate
C—Bearing cup
D—Pin
Continued on next page OURX985,00000E2 –19–16AUG02–3/5

110906
PN=836
Hydraulic Pump
7. Install new O-ring (A) and end cover.
8. Install socket head cap screw and tighten to 70

10
specification. 35
–UN–07NOV01
End Cover Cap Screws—Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 54 N•m
(40 lb-ft)
RXA0058366
A—O-Ring
OURX985,00000E2 –19–16AUG02–4/5
9. Install new O-rings (A) and install pump controller.

Tighten screws in a crisscross pattern.
10. Install socket head cap screws and tighten to

specification in a criss-cross pattern.
–UN–06NOV01
Pump Controller Mounting Screws—Specification
—Torque ......................................................................................... 14 N•m
(120 lb-in.)
RXA0058314
No further repairs are allowed.
A—O-Rings
OURX985,00000E2 –19–16AUG02–5/5

110906
PN=837
Hydraulic Pump
70
10
36

110906
PN=838
Group 15
Axle Lubrication and Charge Pumps
15
RW25125 –UN–14APR94
Bench-Mounted Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . D01006AA1
Hold components during disassembly and assembly
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OUOD010,599 –19–07SEP99–2/2
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37559 (U.S.) Aviation Gasket Sealant Install shaft lip seal.

PM38600 (Canadian)
AG,OUOD010,600 –19–30NOV05–1/1
Service Parts Kits
The following kits are available through your parts catalog:
• Pump Seal Kit
AG,OUOD010,601 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=839
Specifications
15
2
Axle Lubrication Pumps:
Pump End Cover-to-Pump Torque 66 N•m

Housing Cap Screws (48 lb-ft)
MST Lubrication Torque 50 N•m

Pump-to-Hydraulic Pump Cap (37 lb-ft)
Screws
PST Charge Pump—9000 Series

Tractors:
Port End Cover-to-Pump Housing Torque 208 N•m

End Cover-to-Pump Housing Tie Torque 208 N•m

Bolt Nuts (154 lb-ft)
Charge Pump Inlet Manifold Cap Torque 90 N•m

Screws (66 lb-ft)
Charge Pump-to-Hydraulic Pump Torque 125 N•m

PST Lubrication Pump-to-Charge Torque 50 N•m

Pump Cap Screws (37 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,602 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=840
Remove and Install Axle Lubrication Pump—

9000 MST and 9020 Series
70
15
Disconnect hoses (A—C). 3
Remove top and bottom 12-point cap screws (D) using

the box end of a 10 mm wrench.
Remove axle lubrication pump.
–UN–26AUG96
A—Pressure Outlet Hose
B—Air Inlet Hose
C—Inlet Hose
D—12-Point Cap Screws
RW25544
AG,OUOD010,603 –19–07SEP99–1/3
Install O-ring seal (A) and lubricate with petroleum jelly.
Install drive coupler (B).
A—O-Ring Seal
B—Drive Coupler
–UN–26AUG96
RW25545

110906
PN=841
IMPORTANT: Make sure all O-ring packings on

hydraulic fittings are correctly installed.
70
15
4
Install the axle lubrication pump.
Install and tighten 12-point cap screws (A).
MST Lubrication Pump-to-Hydraulic Pump Cap Screws—

Specification
–UN–26AUG96
(37 lb-ft)
Install the air inlet hose (B) and pressure outlet hose (C).
RW25546
IMPORTANT: Pour clean hydraulic oil into the inlet
elbow before connecting the inlet hose.
This will aid pump lubrication during
A—12-Point Cap Screws
startup. B—Air Inlet Hose
C—Pressure Outlet Hose
Install inlet hose (D). D—Inlet Hose
AG,OUOD010,603 –19–07SEP99–3/3
Exploded View—Axle Lubrication Pump—9000 MST and 9020 Series
–UN–04DEC96
RW25573
A—O-Ring E—Channel Seals H—Gear Housing K—End Cover

B—Shaft Seal F—Thrust Blocks I—Drive Gear L—Washers
C—Shaft End Cover G—Gasket Seals J—Idler Gear M—Cap Screws
D—Seal Backups
AG,OUOD010,604 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=842

Lubrication Pump—9000 MST and 9020
70
Series 15
5
Install pump on a D01006AA Bench-Mounted Holding
Fixture (A).
–UN–26AUG96
Remove the 17 mm cap screws (B).
Remove end cover (C).
RW25548
B—17 mm Cap Screws
C—Pump End Cover
AG,OUOD010,605 –19–07NOV05–1/7
NOTE: Seal kits are available for repairing the pump.
Discard gasket seal (A).
Remove top thrust block (B).
–UN–26AUG96
Remove drive gear (C) and idler gear (D).
Remove gear housing and bottom thrust block.
RW25549
Discard bottom gasket seal from gear housing.
A—Gasket Seal
B—Thrust Block
C—Drive Gear
D—Idler Gear
E—Pressure Outlet
F—Inlet

110906
PN=843
Inspect top and bottom thrust blocks.
70 Inspect bushings (A) for excessive wear.

15
6
Discard and install new channel seals (B) and seal
backups (C).
A—Bushings
B—Channel Seals
–UN–26AUG96
C—Seal Backups
RW25550
AG,OUOD010,605 –19–07NOV05–3/7
IMPORTANT: Avoid touching superfinished journals

on drive and idler gears.
Inspect drive gear (A) and idler gear (B).
–UN–26AUG96
A—Drive Gear
B—Idler Gear
RW25551
AG,OUOD010,605 –19–07NOV05–4/7
Remove shaft lip seal (A) from shaft end cover.
NOTE: Coat OD of new seal with PM37559 Aviation

Gasket Sealant before installation.
Install new seal using a 33 mm or 1-5/16 in. seal driver.

–UN–26AUG96
Metal side of seal must face outward.
A—Shaft Seal
RW25552

110906
PN=844
Install new top and bottom gasket seals (D) in gear

housing (C).
70
15
Install bottom thrust block (E) making sure the thrust block 7
is correctly positioned.
–UN–26AUG96
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible seal damage when
installing drive gear. Wrap a thin piece
of tape around drive gear splines.
RW25553
Install drive and idler gears.
A—Pressure Outlet
B—Inlet
C—Gear Housing
D—Gasket Seal
E—Bottom Thrust Block
AG,OUOD010,605 –19–07NOV05–6/7
Install top thrust block (C) making sure the thrust block is
Install end cover and tighten cap screws.
Pump End Cover-to-Pump Housing Cap Screws—Specification
–UN–26AUG96
(48 lb-ft)
Install axle lubrication pump. (See REMOVE AND
RW25554
INSTALL AXLE LUBRICATION PUMP—9000 MST AND
9020, this group.)
A—Pressure Outlet
B—Inlet
C—Thrust Block
AG,OUOD010,605 –19–07NOV05–7/7

110906
PN=845
Remove and Install Axle Lubrication Pump—

9000 PST
70
15
8 NOTE: Lubrication pump is located between the engine
and transmission by the left side frame of the
tractor.
–UN–18NOV96
Disconnect two bottom pressure outlet hoses (A).
Disconnect the axle pressure sensor (B).
RW25574
A—Pressure Outlet Hoses
B—Axle Pressure Sensor
AG,OUOD010,606 –19–07SEP99–1/3
Disconnect the top two inlet hoses (A).
Remove top and bottom 12-point cap screws (B) using the
box end of a 10 mm wrench.
Remove axle lubrication pump.
A—Inlet Hoses
B—Lube Pump-to-Hydraulic Pump Cap Screws
–UN–25NOV96
RW25576

110906
PN=846
IMPORTANT: Make sure all O-ring packings on

hydraulic fittings are correctly installed.
70
15
Install O-ring seal (A) and lubricate with petroleum jelly. 9
Install the lubrication pump and tighten the cap screws.
–UN–20NOV96
Lube Pump-to-PST Charge Pump Cap Screws—Specification
(37 lb-ft)
RW25577
IMPORTANT: Pour clean hydraulic oil into the top
inlet fittings before connecting the inlet
hose. This will aid pump lubrication A—O-Ring Seal
during startup.
Connect inlet hoses.
AG,OUOD010,606 –19–07SEP99–3/3
Exploded View—Axle Lubrication Pump—9000 PST
–UN–20NOV96
RW25570
A—O-Ring G—Gasket Seals M—Seal R—Idler Gear

B—Shaft Seal H—Gear Housing N—O-Ring Seal S—Gear Housing
C—Shaft End Cover I—Drive Gear O—Snap Ring T—End Cover
D—Seal Backups J—Idler Gear P—Port End Cover Housing U—Washers
E—Channel Seals K—Drive Coupler Q—Drive Gear V—Cap Screws
F—Thrust Blocks L—Shaft End Cover Housing
AG,OUOD010,607 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=847

Lubrication Pump—9000 PST
70
15
10 Install pump on a D01006AA Bench-Mounted Holding
Fixture (A).
Scribe identification marks on pump sections to aid in
–UN–20NOV96
correct assembly.
Remove the 16 mm cap screws (B).
RW25578
Remove end cover (C).

B—16 mm Cap Screws
C—End Cover
AG,OUOD010,608 –19–07NOV05–1/8
Discard gasket seal (A).
Remove top thrust block (B).
Remove drive gear (C) and idler gear (D).
Remove gear housing and bottom thrust block.
–UN–22NOV96
Disassemble center section housings and other gear
housing assembly.
RW25579
A—Gasket Seal
B—Thrust Block
C—Drive Gear
D—Idler Gear
E—Pressure Outlet
F—Inlet

110906
PN=848
Inspect top and bottom thrust blocks.
Inspect bushings (A) for excessive wear. 70

15
11
Discard and install new channel seals (B) and seal
backups (C).
A—Bushings
B—Channel Seals
–UN–26AUG96
C—Seal Backups
RW25550
AG,OUOD010,608 –19–07NOV05–3/8

Inspect gear teeth and splines on drive gear (A).
Inspect gear teeth on idler gear (B).
Inspect drive coupler (C).
–UN–22NOV96
A—Drive Gear
B—Idler Gear
C—Drive Coupler
RW25584

110906
PN=849
Disassemble center section housings (A) and (B).
70 Remove snap ring (C) and seal (D).

15
12
Install new seal using a 33 mm or 1-5/16 in. seal driver
with metal side of seal facing outward. Install snap ring.
Replace O-ring seal (E) and apply a small amount of
–UN–22NOV96
petroleum jelly.
A—Shaft End Cover Housing

B—Port End Cover Housing
RW25580
C—Snap Ring
D—Seal
E—O-Ring Seal
AG,OUOD010,608 –19–07NOV05–5/8

–UN–22NOV96
RW25581
AG,OUOD010,608 –19–07NOV05–6/8
Replace top and bottom gasket seals (D) in gear

housing (C).
Install bottom thrust block (E) making sure the thrust block
–UN–22NOV96
A—Pressure Outlet
B—Inlet
C—Gear Housing
D—Gasket Seal
RW25582
E—Thrust Block

110906
PN=850

of tape around drive gear splines. 70
15
13
Install top thrust block (C) making sure the thrust block is
IMPORTANT: Make sure drive coupler (D) is installed
–UN–22NOV96
between the two gear housings.
Install center section housings.
RW25583
Install other gear housing assembly using the same
procedure.
Install end cover and tighten cap screws. A—Pressure Outlet

B—Inlet
C—Thrust Block
Pump End Cover-to-Pump Housing Cap Screws—Specification D—Drive Coupler
(48 lb-ft)
Install axle lubrication pump. (See REMOVE AND

INSTALL AXLE LUBRICATION PUMP—9000 PST, this
group.)
AG,OUOD010,608 –19–07NOV05–8/8

110906
PN=851
Remove and Install Charge Pump—9000 PST

70 Drain hydraulic system. (See DRAIN AND FILL
15
14
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM in Group 05.)

INSTALL HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR in Group 00.)
Remove hydraulic reservoir support plate.
–UN–27NOV96
NOTE: Hydraulic hoses on axle lubrication pump do not
need to be disconnected.
Remove the axle lubrication pump (A) from the charge
RW25588
pump (B).
Remove bottom charge pressure hose (C).

A—Axle Lubrication Pump
B—Charge Pump
CAUTION: Charge pump is heavy. Use proper C—Charge Pressure Hose
lifting equipment to remove and install the D—Lifting Strap
charge pump. Failure to do so may result in
injury.
Attach lifting strap (D) to hoist and charge pump (B).
Remove top and bottom mounting cap screws from

hydraulic pump.

110906
PN=852
Discard and replace O-ring seal (A). Lubricate O-ring with

petroleum jelly.
70
15
IMPORTANT: Drive coupler (B) must be installed 15
between the hydraulic pump and the
charge pump.
–UN–27NOV96
Install drive coupler (B).
Install charge pump to hydraulic pump and tighten top and
RW25589
bottom cap screws.
Charge Pump-to-Hydraulic Pump Cap Screws—Specification

Cap Screw—Torque ..................................................................... 125 N•m A—O-Ring Seal
(92 lb-ft) B—Drive Coupler
Install charge pump pressure hose making sure O-ring

packing on hydraulic fitting is correctly installed.
Install axle lubrication pump and tighten top and bottom

cap screws.
Axle Lubrication Pump-to-Charge Pump Cap Screws—Specification

(37 lb-ft)
Install reservoir support plate and hydraulic reservoir. (See

REMOVE AND INSTALL HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR
in Group 00.)
Fill hydraulic reservoir with clean hydraulic oil. (See

DRAIN AND FILL HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR in
Group 05.)
AG,OUOD010,609 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=853
Exploded View—Charge Pump—9000 PST

70
15
16
–UN–20NOV96
RW25571
A—O-Ring G—Channel Seals L—Port End Cover Housing Q—Bearing
B—Shaft Seal H—Thrust Plates M—O-Ring R—Snap Ring
C—Shaft End Cover I—Drive Gear N—Manifold S—Washers
D—Gasket Seals J—Idler Gear O—Cap Screws T—Cap Screws
E—Gear Housing K—Drive Coupler P—Coupler Seal U—Nuts
F—Seal Backups
AG,OUOD010,610 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=854
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Charge

Pump—9000 PST
70
15
Install pump on a D01006AA Bench-Mounted Holding 17
Fixture (A).
Remove the two tie bolt nuts (B) and two long cap screws
–UN–27NOV96
holding the port end cover housing (C).
IMPORTANT: Drive gear, thrust plate, and drive

coupler will remain with the port end
RW25590
cover housing during housing removal.
Drive gear could slip off the drive
coupler.
Carefully remove port end cover housing (C), with drive B—Tie Bolt Nuts
gear, thrust plate, and drive coupler. Make sure drive gear C—End Cover Housing
is supported during housing removal.
AG,OUOD010,611 –19–07NOV05–1/10
Inspect top and bottom thrust plates (A).
Discard and install new channel seals (B) and new seal
backups (C).
A—Thrust Plate
B—Channel Seals
C—Seal Backups
–UN–27NOV96
RW25591

110906
PN=855

70
15
18
Inspect gear teeth and splines on drive gear (A).
Inspect gear teeth on idler gear (B).
–UN–02DEC96
Inspect drive coupler (C).
RW25592
A—Drive Gear
B—Idler Gear
C—Drive Coupler
AG,OUOD010,611 –19–07NOV05–3/10
Remove gear housing from shaft end cover.
Inspect bushings (A).
A—Bushings
–UN–02DEC96
RW25593
AG,OUOD010,611 –19–07NOV05–4/10


–UN–02DEC96
A—Shaft Seal
RW25594

110906
PN=856
Install new top and bottom gasket seals (D) in gear

housing (C).
70
15
Install bottom thrust plate (E) making sure the thrust plate 19
–UN–02DEC96
of tape around drive gear splines.
RW25595
A—Pressure Side
B—Inlet Side
C—Gear Housing
D—Gasket Seals
E—Thrust Plate
AG,OUOD010,611 –19–07NOV05–6/10
Install top thrust plate (C) making sure the thrust plate is
A—Pressure Side
B—Inlet Side
C—Thrust Plate
–UN–03DEC96
RW25596
AG,OUOD010,611 –19–07NOV05–7/10
Remove snap ring (A) from port end cover housing.
Remove bearing (B) using a small two-jaw puller and slide

hammer.
Remove and replace the coupler seal (C) using a 49 mm

–UN–02DEC96
–UN–02DEC96
or 1-15/16 in. driver to install new seal.
Install bearing (B) using a 52 mm or 2-1/16 in. driver.

Install snap ring (A).
RW25597
RW25598
A—Snap Ring
B—Bearings
C—Coupler Seal

110906
PN=857
Install drive coupler (A) in drive gear.
70
15 A—Drive Coupler
20
–UN–02DEC96
RW25599
AG,OUOD010,611 –19–07NOV05–9/10
Carefully install port end cover housing (A).
Install two long cap screws and two nuts (B) to tie bolts.
NOTE: Drive coupler will install into bearing when nuts

and cap screws are tightened.
Alternate tightening the cap screws and nuts.
Pump end Cover-to-Housing Cap Screws—Specification
–UN–02DEC96
(154 lb-ft)
A—End Cover Housing
RW25600
B—Tie Bolt Nuts
AG,OUOD010,611 –19–07NOV05–10/10

110906
PN=858
Group 20
Filter Housings and Control Valves
Service Parts Kits
The following kits are available through the parts catalog: 70

20
1
• Filter Bypass Valve Kit
• Cooler Bypass Valve Kit
• Pressure Control Valve Hardware Kit
• Steering Load-Sense Relief Valve Kit
• Load-Sense Bleed Down Kit
AG,OUOD010,612 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=859
Specifications
20
2
Hydraulic Filter Housing:
Filter Housing-to-Frame Torque 55 N•m

(40 lb-ft)
Bypass Valve Spring Free Length 64 mm

(2.5 in.)
Test Length 41.7 mm at 65—72.5 N
(1.60 in. at 14.7—16.3 lb force)
Axle Lubrication Filter Housing:
Filter Housing-to-Frame Torque 50 N•m

(37 lb-ft)
Sequence Valve:
Sequence Valve-to-Frame Torque 55 N•m

(40 lb-ft)
Return Oil Manifold:
Manifold Spring Free Length 47 mm

(1.9 in.)
(1.10 in. at 4—5 lb force)
Priority Valve:
Control Valve Plugs Torque 38 N•m

(28 lb-ft)
Hex-Head Orifices Torque 9.5 N•m

(84 lb-in.)
Priority Valve Housing-to-Hydraulic Torque 79 N•m

Pump Valve Block (58 lb-ft)

110906
PN=860
Control Valve Spring Free Length 62 mm 70

20
(2.4 in.) 3
(1.70 in. at 29.5—41.5 lb force)
Steering Relief Valve Spring Free Length 21 mm

(0.8 in.)
(0.60 in. at 38—42 lb force)
Load-Sense Bleed Down Spring Free Length 14 mm

(0.6 in.)
(0.44 in. at 0.43—0.49 lb force)
Differential Lock Valve:
Solenoid Retaining Nut Torque 4 N•m

(36 lb-in.)
AG,OUOD010,613 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=861
Remove, Inspect, and Install Hydraulic Filter

Housing
70
20
4 NOTE: Housing is located on the right side of tractor
frame by the engine.
Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See DRAIN AND FILL

Remove filter element.
Disconnect filter restriction switch electrical connector (A).
Remove cap screw (B) and spacer using a 16 mm
–UN–27AUG96
wrench.
Disconnect hydraulic hoses (C—F).
RW25424
NOTE: 9000 PST filter housing has a plug (G) instead of
a pump crankcase drain hose (H) used on the
MST and 9020 PST. Filter Housing—9000 PST
For MST and 9020 PST, perform the following step:
• Disconnect pump crankcase drain hose (H).
Remove remaining two cap screws and spacers and

remove filter housing assembly from tractor frame.
–UN–27AUG96
Install filter housing and tighten cap screws.
Hydraulic Filter Housing-to-Frame Cap Screws—Specification
RW25543
(40 lb-ft)
Filter Housing—MST and 9020 PST
A—Filter Restriction Switch Connector

B—Cap Screw
C—To Reservoir—MST and 9020 PST;
To Hydraulic Pump—9000 PST
D—From SCVs—MST and 9020 PST;
From Charge Pump—9000 PST
E—From Oil Cooler
F—To Oil Cooler
G—Plug—9000 PST
H—Pump Crankcase Drain Hose Fitting—
MST and 9020 PST
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B4E –19–09SEP03–1/2

110906
PN=862
NOTE: Internal filter bypass valve is not repairable.
Remove and inspect parts (B—I). 70

20
5
Bypass Valve Spring (E)—Specification
—Free Length............................................................................... 63.5 mm
(2.5 in.)
Test Length........................................................... 41.7 mm at 65—72.5 N
(1.60 in. at 14.7—16.3 lb force)
Assemble parts (A—F).
A—Hydraulic Filter Housing

B—Plug
C—Snap Ring
D—Spring Guide
E—Bypass Valve Spring
F—Bypass Valve
G—Special Fitting—MST and 9020 PST (S.N. —10864)
H—Pump Crankcase Drain Valve—MST and 9020 PST
(S.N. —10864)
–UN–03SEP03
I—Snap Ring—MST and 9020 PST (S.N. —10864)
J—Special Fitting—9020 (S.N. 10865— )
K—Ball—9020 (S.N. 10865— )
L—Seat—9020 (S.N. 10865— )
RXA0070321
OUO6046,0001B4E –19–09SEP03–2/2
Remove, Inspect, and Install Axle Filter

Housing—9000 PST
NOTE: Housing is located on the left side of tractor frame

by the front axle.
Disconnect hoses (A) and (B).

–UN–27NOV96
Disconnect filter restriction switch (C).
Remove cap screws (D).

RW25585
A—From Axle Lubrication Pump

B—To Axle Oil Cooler
C—Filter Restriction Switch
D—Cap Screws

110906
PN=863
Inspect bypass valve (A) for restricted movement and

contamination.
70
20
6
Replace seal (B) and install new filter element as
required.
Install filter housing and tighten cap screws.
Axle Lubrication Filter Housing-to-Frame Cap Screws—

Specification
(37 lb-ft)
–UN–27NOV96
A—Bypass Valve
B—Filter Seal
RW25586
AG,OUOD010,615 –19–07SEP99–2/2
Repair Sequence Valve—9000 PST
NOTE: The sequence valve is located on the front left

tractor frame by the oil cooler. Valves (A—C) are
not serviceable.
–UN–13DEC96
Remove plug (D) and check dampening orifice for
contamination.
RW25609
A—Secondary Valve
B—Axle System Relief Valve
C—Primary Valve
D—Dampening Orifice Plug
E—Cap Screws
AG,OUOD010,616 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=864
Disassemble and Assemble Return Oil

Manifold—9000 PST
70
20
NOTE: Manifold is located on the right side frame below 7
the cab. Manifold can be serviced without being
removed.
–UN–05DEC96
Disassemble and inspect parts.
Return Oil Manifold Spring:—Specification
RW25601
—Free Length.................................................................................. 47 mm
(1.9 in.)
(1.10 in. at 4—5 lb force)
A—Special Connector
B—Check Valve
C—Spring
D—Manifold
AG,OUOD010,617 –19–07SEP99–1/1
Reference—Priority Valve
A—Control Flow (To Steering)

B—Excess Flow (To Hitch-SCV)
C—Excess Flow Load-Sense (From Hitch-SCV)
D—Steering Load-Sense
E—Relief Valve Drain
F—Brake Load-Sense
G—Pump Load-Sense
H—Pump Load-Sense DR
I—Pump Outlet DR
J—Brake Pressure
K—Steering DR
–UN–20AUG96
RW25452
AG,OUOD010,618 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=865
Remove and Install Priority Valve

70 IMPORTANT: Hydraulic reservoir must be drained
20
8
before removing the priority valve from
the pump.
–UN–10JUL96
NOTE: Priority valve is mounted on the hydraulic pump
which is located by the left side frame between
the engine and transmission.
RW25453
Identify each hydraulic hose before removing from the

priority valve.
Remove hydraulic hoses and the two lines to the pump

and pump controller.
–UN–10JUL96
NOTE: Elbow (C) will need to be loosened to remove cap
screws.
Support the priority valve (A) while removing the four
RW25460
18 mm cap screws (B).
NOTE: A 19M7663 Cap Screw (with hex head removed)

can be used as a pilot to aid removal and A—Priority Valve
B—Cap Screws
installation of the priority valve.
C—Elbow
D—O-Ring
Remove priority valve from pump.
Install priority valve on pump housing making sure

O-ring (D) is correctly positioned.
IMPORTANT: Torque specification is critical. DO NOT

tighten beyond specification or control
valve in housing could bind.
Tighten mounting cap screws to specification.
Priority Valve Housing-to-Hydraulic Pump Cap Screws—

Specification
(58 lb-ft)

110906
PN=866
IMPORTANT: Make sure all O-ring seals in hydraulic

connectors are correctly positioned
when connecting hydraulic hoses and 70
20
lines. 9
Install hydraulic hoses and lines.
AG,OUOD010,619 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=867
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Priority Valve

70
20
10
–UN–21JUN96
RW25456
A—Plug B—Control Valve C—Orifice Plugs D—Spring
IMPORTANT: Orifices in valve must be cleaned Lubricate control valve in clean hydraulic oil and install
and clear of any contamination. in priority valve housing.
Remove plugs (A). Install and tighten plugs (A).
Inspect control valve parts (B—D). Control Valve Plugs—Specification

Plug—Torque ........................................................................... 38 N•m
(28 lb-ft)
NOTE: Orifices (C) are serviced as a kit.
Inspect orifices (C) in ends of the control valve.

Remove orifices using a hex-head wrench if
necessary.
Control Valve Spring—Specification

—Free Length ........................................................................... 62 mm
(2.4 in.)
Test Length ............................................. 43.2 mm at 334.4—387.2 N
(1.70 in. at 74.6—86.4 lb force)

110906
PN=868
Remove elbow fitting from steering load-sense port.
NOTE: Orifices are serviced as a kit. 70

20
11
Use a hex-head wrench to remove orifice (A) from bore
for inspection.
–UN–21JUN96
Install and tighten orifice.
Hex-Head Orifice—Specification
RW25457
—Torque ........................................................................................ 9.5 N•m
(85 lb-in.)
A—Steering Load-Sense Orifice
AG,OUOD010,620 –19–07SEP99–2/4
IMPORTANT: If plug (A) is removed, steering relief

setting will have to be adjusted on the
tractor. (See Operation and Test TM—
Section 260.)
Remove parts (A—D) for inspection.
Steering Relief Valve Spring—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 21 mm
(0.8 in.)
(0.60 in. at 38—42 lb force)
NOTE: Parts are serviced as a kit.
–UN–21JUN96
Inspect parts. Orifices (E) and screen (F) in valve seat
assembly must be clear of contamination.
Install parts and adjust steering relief setting. (See

Operation and Test TM—Section 260.) RW25458
A—Hex Plug Assembly

B—Spring
C—Plunger
D—Valve Seat Assembly
E—Orifices
F—Screen

110906
PN=869
Inspect special plug (A), spring (B), and plunger (C).
70 Load-Sense Bleed Down Spring—Specification

20 —Free Length.................................................................................. 14 mm
12 (0.6 in.)
(0.44 in. at 0.43—0.49 lb force)
–UN–25JUN96
Install priority valve on pump housing. (See REMOVE
AND INSTALL PRIORITY VALVE in this group.)
RW25459
A—Plug
B—Load-Sense Bleed Down Spring
C—Plunger
AG,OUOD010,620 –19–07SEP99–4/4
Remove and Install Differential Lock Valve
NOTE: Differential lock valve is located on the right-rear

side of the front differential housing.
Disconnect lines (A) and (B) and hoses (C) and (D).
–UN–16AUG96
Disconnect solenoid electrical connector (E).
Remove two cap screws to remove valve housing from
RW25531
differential case.
A—Sump Line
B—Front Differential Lock Supply
C—Supply Pressure Hose
D—Rear Differential Lock Supply
E—Electrical Connector
F—Solenoid
AG,OUOD010,621 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=870
Exploded View—Differential Lock Valve

70
20
13
–UN–16AUG96
RW25532
A—Cap Screws C—Cartridge Valve Assembly E—Cap Screws G—Jam Nut
B—Differential Lock Valve D—Flange F—Solenoid
Housing
Tighten jam nut (G)
Solenoid Retaining Nut—Specification

—Torque .................................................................................... 4 N•m
(36 lb-in.)
AG,OUOD010,622 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=871
Inspect Differential Lock Valve

70 NOTE: Valve cartridge is serviced as a kit.
20
14
Check end of cartridge valve for smooth movement of
valve.
–UN–16AUG96
Disassemble cartridge for inspection of contamination.
Assemble valve and install in housing.
RW25533
A—Cartridge Valve Body
B—Spring
C—Valve Plunger
D—Valve Spool
E—Retaining Ring
AG,OUOD010,623 –19–07SEP99–1/1
Remove, Inspect, and Install Cooler Bypass

Valve—9000 Series and 9020 MST
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to oil cooler (C). Use a

second wrench on bypass valve
housing (B) when removing valve.
–UN–26AUG96
Remove bypass valve (A) supporting housing (B) to
prevent damage to oil cooler (C).
RW25555
A—Bypass Valve
B—Support Housing
C—Oil Cooler
AG,OUOD010,624 –19–07SEP99–1/2
Inspect valve for damage or contamination.
Push on end of valve (A) to ensure valve movement.
Replace O-ring packings (B) and (C).

–UN–26AUG96
A—Valve
B—O-Ring
C—O-Ring
RW25556
AG,OUOD010,624 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=872
Group 25
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers—9000 Series
25
RW19945 –UN–19MAY92
SCV Coupler Holding Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1315
Disassemble and assemble SCV coupler
AG,OUOD010,625 –19–07SEP99–2/2
Service Parts Kits
The following kits are available through your parts • SCV Section Interface Seal Kit
catalog: • Pilot Valve Assembly Kit
• Pilot Valve Seal Kit
• Solenoid Assembly Kit • Load-Check Cartridge Seal Kit
• Hitch Valve Overhaul Kit • Coupler Body Seal Kit
• SCV Overhaul Kit • Coupler Piston Seal Kit
• SCV Section Assembly Kit
AG,OUOD010,626 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=873
Specifications
25
2
Valve Stack:
Hitch-SCV Stack-to-Frame Cap Torque 125 N•m

Screws (92 lb-ft)
Hitch Manifold-to-Valve Stack Cap Torque 92 N•m

Screws (68 lb-ft)
Valve Stack Tie-Bolt Nuts Torque 136 N•m

(100 lb-ft)
Hitch Manifold:
Hitch Manifold Pressure Reducing Free Length 42 mm

Valve Spring (1.65 in.)
(1.28 in. at 44.5—49.5 lb force)
Hitch and SCV Solenoids:
Solenoid Valve Screws Torque 2 N•m

(18 lb-in.)
Solenoid Pilot Cartridge Spring Free Length 11 mm

(0.44 in.)
(0.29 in. at 0.38—0.46 lb force)
Hitch Valve and SCV:
Surge Relief Valve Pressure 24 000—26 000 kPa (240—260 bar)

(3500—3750 psi)
Control Valve Plugs Torque 122 N•m

(90 lb-ft)
Compensator Plug Torque 102 N•m

(75 lb-ft)
Hitch Load-Check Poppet Plug Torque 102 N•m

(75 lb-ft)

110906
PN=874
Hitch Relief Valve Torque 46 N•m 70

25
(34 lb-ft) 3
SCV Load-Check Vent Cartridge Torque 136 N•m

Assembly (100 lb-ft)
Compensator Spring Free Length 63 mm

(2.5 in.)
(2.40 in. at 29.5—34.1 lb force)
Control Valve Spring Free Length 49 mm

(1.9 in.)
(1.80 in. at 27—30 lb force)
Poppet Relief Valve Spring Free Length 22 mm

(0.85 in.)
(0.70 in. at 0.9—1.3 lb force)
SCV Trigger Valve Spring Free Length 24 mm

(0.9 in.)
(0.70 in. at 4.3—5.6 lb force)
SCV Float Valve Spring Free Length 56 mm

(2.2 in.)
(1.90 in. at 25.2—34.8 lb force)
AG,OUOD010,627 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=875
Remove and Install Hitch-SCV Valve Stack

70 Clean hitch-SCV valve stack area.
25
4
Remove cap screws (A) and lay electrical outlet bracket
forward.
Disconnect and plug hoses and lines (B).
A—Electrical Outlet Bracket Cap Screws

B—Hydraulic Lines and Hoses
–UN–19JUL96
RW50186A
With Hitch
–UN–29JUL96
RW50265A
Without Hitch

110906
PN=876
Disconnect and plug line (A).
Disconnect harnesses (B). 70

25
5
Disconnect hose (C).
–UN–19JUL96
A—Hydraulic Line
B—SCV Harness Connector
C—Coupler Drain Hose
RW50187A
With Hitch
–UN–29JUL96
RW50266A
Without Hitch

110906
PN=877
Install JT05550 Lifting Eye (A) and attach to hoist.
70 Remove cap screws (B) and carefully remove hitch-SCV

25
6
stack.
Install hitch-SCV valve stack and tighten valve
–UN–19JUL96
stack-to-frame cap screws.
Hitch-SCV Stack-to-Frame Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 125 N•m
RW50188A
(92 lb-ft)
A—JT05550 Lifting Eye

B—Cap Screws
–UN–29JUL96
RW50189A
With Hitch
–UN–29JUL96
RW50267A
Without Hitch
AG,OUOD010,577 –19–07SEP99–3/3

110906
PN=878
Disassemble and Assemble Hitch-SCV Valve

Stack
70
25
CAUTION: Valve stack is heavy. Use proper 7
lifting equipment to prevent possible personal
–UN–30AUG96
injury.
Remove the hitch frame tie bolts from bottom of valve

stack.
RW25562
• Put complete valve stack horizontally on a clean work A—Cap Screws

surface. B—Hitch Manifold
• Remove cap screws (A) from the hitch-SCV valve stack C—Hitch Valve
and remove hitch manifold (B). D—SCV
E—Hydraulic Connector
• Remove hydraulic connector (E) from hitch valve.
AG,OUOD010,628 –19–07SEP99–1/4
IMPORTANT: Valve stack must be disassembled and

assembled in VERTICAL position to
prevent part damage and misalignment.
ALL valves and solenoids MUST be

installed to the same position in which
removed. Failure to do so will cause
malfunction.
Carefully move the valve stack to a vertical position on a

clean work surface using a hoist.
–UN–16OCT98
NOTE: Tie bolts may turn when removing the retaining
nuts. Remove the tie bolt with nut from the valve
stack. Remove the nut and reinstall the tie bolt.
RW25308A
Remove top cover retaining nuts (A).
Remove top cover (B). A—Tie Bolt Nuts

B—Top Cover

110906
PN=879
IMPORTANT: Do not remove solenoids (A) unless

necessary. Valves must be recalibrated
70 if solenoids are replaced. (See
25
8
REMOVE, INSPECT, AND INSTALL
SOLENOIDS in this group.)
Remove flexible conduit (B) from wiring harnesses.
NOTE: Some O-ring packings may stick to attaching

surfaces when removing the individual selective
control valve sections.
–UN–16OCT98
Carefully remove selective control valves individually from
valve stack.
RW25309A
A—Solenoids
B—Flexible Conduit

110906
PN=880
Inspect housing machined sealing surfaces for rust or

contamination. Use a 280 grit honing stone or crocus cloth
to remove only the high spots of rust. 70
25
9
Install new O-ring packings when assembling the valve
stack.
Check that float valve (A), trigger valve (B), and springs
are correctly positioned.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT intermix shuttle valves (C) with

other series valves. A wrong size
shuttle can cause a malfunction.
Top SCV DOES NOT use a shuttle
–UN–16OCT98
valve (C) unless tractor is equipped
with power beyond.
Check to make sure shuttle (C) is correctly positioned.
RW25310A
Install top cover and tighten tie bolt nuts.
Valve Stack Tie Bolt Nuts—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 136 N•m A—Float Valve
(100 lb-ft) B—Trigger Valve
C—Shuttle Valve
Install flexible conduit to SCV and hitch wiring harnesses.
• Put complete valve stack horizontally on a clean work

surface.
• Install hydraulic connector to the hitch valve.
• Install hitch manifold to the hitch-SCV valve stack and
tighten the two hitch manifold-to-valve stack cap
screws.
Hitch Manifold-to-Valve Stack Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 92 N•m
(68 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,628 –19–07SEP99–4/4

110906
PN=881
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Hitch Manifold

70
A
25
10
C D
E
F
H
G
J
K
L
M
O
–UN–12DEC05
N
RXA0085267
P
A—O-Rings E—Poppet I—Valve Cartridge M—Tensioner

B—O-Rings F—O-Ring J—Valve Spool N—Lock Screw
C—Housing G—O-Ring K—Spring Guide O—O-Ring
D—Spring H—O-Ring L—Spring P—Plug
NOTE: Pressure reducing valve parts (I—N) and plug Replace O-ring packings (A, B, F, G, H, and O).
(P), are serviced as an assembly.
Install hitch manifold on hitch-SCV valve stack. (See
Inspect pressure reducing valve parts (I—N) and plug DISASSEMBLE AND ASSEMBLE HITCH-SCV VALVE
(P). STACK in this group.)
Hitch Manifold Pressure Reducing Valve Spring—Specification

—Free Length ........................................................................... 42 mm
(1.65 in.)
(1.28 in. at 44.5—54.5 lb force)
AG,OUOD010,629 –19–12DEC05–1/1

110906
PN=882
Remove, Inspect, and Install Hitch and SCV

Solenoids
70
25
IMPORTANT: Identify each solenoid AND the solenoid 11
position before removing. Solenoids
–UN–19OCT98
MUST be installed on the same valve
–UN–19OCT98
and in the same position or malfunction
will occur.
RW25311A
RW25312A
NOTE: Solenoids and related parts are serviced as kits.
Remove O-rings (A) and valves (B) with small springs. A

magnet may be required to remove the valve.
A—O-Ring
B—Valve
Remove pilot cartridge body (C). Install a 5/8-18 UNF
C—Pilot Cartridge Body
screw in threaded body (D) to aid removal. D—Cartridge Body Threads
E—O-Rings
F—Backup Rings

110906
PN=883
Inspect parts (A—H).
70 Solenoid Pilot Cartridge Spring—Specification

25 —Free Length.................................................................................. 11 mm
12 (0.44 in.)
Test Length.............................................................. 7.2 mm at 1.7—2.0 N
–UN–16OCT98
(0.29 in. at 0.38—0.46 lb force)
Lubricate and install the pilot cartridges (A) in the housing.
RW25363A
Install springs (B) and valves (C). Check for smooth
operation.
IMPORTANT: Do not tighten solenoids beyond

A—Pilot Cartridge
specified torque. Doing so could result
B—Spring
in solenoid malfunction. C—Valve
D—O-Ring
Install new O-ring (D) in valve housing. E—Solenoid
F—O-Ring
G—Solenoid End Cap
Install new O-ring (F) in the counterbore of solenoid end
H—Special Screws (4 used)
cap (G).
Install solenoid (E) and tighten solenoid screws.
Solenoid Valve Screws—Specification

—Torque ........................................................................................... 2 N•m
(18 lb-in.)
AG,OUOD010,630 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=884
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Hitch Valve

70
25
13
–UN–13AUG97
RW25831
A—Hitch Valve Housing G—Solenoid Valves L—Spring Seats Q—Plug Assembly
B—Compensator Valve Plug H—O-Rings M—Control Valve R—Load-Check Poppet Plug
C—Compensator Valve Spring I—Solenoids N—Relief Valve Assembly S—Poppet Valve Spring
D—Compensator Valve J—Control Valve Plug O—Nut T—Poppet Valve
E—Pilot Cartridges K—Control Valve Springs P—O-Ring
F—Solenoid Pilot Cartridge
Springs
IMPORTANT: Do not remove solenoids (I) unless Inspect housing machined sealing surfaces for rust or
necessary. Hitch valve must be contamination. Use a 280 grit honing stone or crocus
recalibrated if solenoids are cloth to remove only the high spots of rust.
replaced.
Replace all O-ring packings.
Remove valve stack assembly. (See REMOVE AND
INSTALL HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK in this group.) Compensator Plug—Specification
—Torque ................................................................................ 102 N•m
(75 lb-ft)
Disassemble hitch valve components as required.
Control Valve Plugs—Specification
Control Valve Springs—Specification —Torque ................................................................................ 122 N•m
—Free Length ........................................................................... 49 mm
(90 lb-ft)
(1.9 in.)
(1.80 in. at 27—30 lb force) Hitch Relief Valve—Specification
—Torque .................................................................................. 46 N•m
(34 lb-ft)
Poppet Valve Spring—Specification
—Free Length ........................................................................... 22 mm
(0.85 in.) Load-Check Poppet Plug—Specification
Test Length ....................................................... 17.8 mm at 4—5.8 N —Torque ................................................................................ 102 N•m
(0.70 in. at 0.9—1.3 lb force) (75 lb-ft)

110906
PN=885
70 Compensator Spring—Specification
25 —Free Length.................................................................................. 64 mm
14 (2.5 in.)
–UN–19OCT98
(2.40 in. at 29.5—34.1 lb force)
Install new O-rings (B) and backup rings (C) on plug (A).
RW25295A
Lubricate valve (E) and install in valve housing.
Install and tighten plug (A).
Compensator Plug—Specification A—Plug

—Torque ....................................................................................... 102 N•m B—O-Rings
(75 lb-ft) C—Backup Rings
D—Spring
E—Compensator Valve
AG,OUOD010,631 –19–07SEP99–2/5
IMPORTANT: Valve housing should be held in a

vertical position with a vise using
BRASS jaws.
Install parts (A—D) from bottom of hitch valve housing

and tighten control valve plug assembly.
–UN–19OCT98
Control Valve Plug—Specification
—Torque ....................................................................................... 122 N•m
(90 lb-ft)
RW25296A
A—Spring Seat
B—Spring
C—Manual Lower Bracket
D—Plug Assembly
AG,OUOD010,631 –19–07SEP99–3/5
Lubricate control valve (A) and install as illustrated.
A—Spool
–UN–19OCT98
RW25297A

110906
PN=886
Install spring seat (A), then spring (B) as illustrated.
Install and tighten control valve plug. 70

25
15
—Torque ....................................................................................... 122 N•m
–UN–20OCT98
–UN–20OCT98
(90 lb-ft)
A—Spring Seat
B—Spring
RW25298A
RW25299A
AG,OUOD010,631 –19–07SEP99–5/5
Test Surge Relief Valve
NOTE: Make sure O-ring is correctly positioned in end of

valve when installing test adapter.
Connect surge relief Valve (B) to JT05845 Hydraulic Hand

Pump equipped with a 34 500 kPa (345 bar) (5000 psi)
gauge using a JDG789 Hydraulic Test Adapter (A).
Operate hand pump and record pressure when oil starts

to come out the test adapter drain port (C).
–UN–14DEC98
Surge Relief Valve—Specification
—Pressure ................................................................. 24 000—26 000 kPa
(240—260 bar)
RW76153
(3500—3750 psi)
A—JDG789 Hydraulic Test Adapter

B—Surge Relief Valve
C—Adapter Drain Port
274 –19–14DEC98–1/1

110906
PN=887
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Selective Control Valve

70
25
16
–UN–13AUG97
RW25832
A—SCV Housing E—Pilot Cartridges K—Control Valve Springs Q—Load-Check Vent Cartridge
B—Compensator Plug F—Springs L—Spring Seats Assembly
C—Spring G—Valves M—Control Valve R—Poppet Relief Valve Spring
D—Compensator Valve H—O-Rings N—Plugs S—Poppet
I—Solenoids O—Springs1 T—Float Valve
J—Control Valve Plugs P—Piston Assemblies1 U—Trigger Valve
IMPORTANT: Do not remove solenoids (I) unless Control Valve Springs (K)—Specification
—Free Length ........................................................................... 49 mm
necessary. SCVs must be
(1.9 in.)
recalibrated if solenoids are Test Length ................................................... 45.4 mm at 120—134 N
replaced. (1.80 in. at 27—30 lb force)
NOTE: SCVs generally can be serviced without Inspect housing machined sealing surfaces for rust or
removing the valve stack. contamination. Use a 280 grit honing stone or crocus
cloth to remove only the high spots of rust.
Remove valve stack assembly if necessary. (See
REMOVE AND INSTALL HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK Replace all O-ring packings.
in this group.)
Compensator Plug (B)—Specification
Disassemble valve stack. (See DISASSEMBLE AND —Torque ................................................................................ 102 N•m
(75 lb-ft)
ASSEMBLE HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK in this
group.)
Control Valve Plug (J)—Specification
—Torque ................................................................................ 122 N•m
Disassemble selective control valve components as (90 lb-ft)
required.
1
Non-serviceable parts

110906
PN=888
Vent Cartridge Assemblies (Q)—Specification

—Torque ................................................................................ 136 N•m
(100 lb-ft) 70
25
17
AG,OUOD010,632 –19–07SEP99–2/9
Compensator Spring—Specification
—Free Length............................................................................... 63.5 mm
(2.5 in.)
–UN–19OCT98
(2.40 in. at 29.5—34.1 lb force)
Install new O-rings (B) and backup rings (C) on plug (A).
RW25295A
Lubricate valve (E) and install in valve housing.
Install and tighten compensator plug (A).
Compensator Plug—Specification A—Compensator Plug

—Torque ....................................................................................... 102 N•m B—O-Rings
(75 lb-ft) C—Backup Rings
D—Spring
E—Compensator Valve
AG,OUOD010,632 –19–07SEP99–3/9
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to internal parts. DO

NOT remove plug (B) and internal parts
from cartridge assembly (A).
Install new O-rings (C) and backup rings (D).
–UN–20OCT98
Poppet Relief Valve Spring—Specification
—Free Length.................................................................................. 22 mm
(0.85 in.)
Test Length............................................................... 17.8 mm at 4—5.8 N
RW25301A
(0.70 in. at 0.9—1.3 lb force)
Lubricate and install parts into valve housing. Tighten

load-check cartridge assembly.
A—Vent Cartridge Assembly1
Load-Check Vent Cartridge Assembly—Specification B—Plug1
—Torque ....................................................................................... 136 N•m C—O-Rings1
D—Backup Rings1
(100 lb-ft)
E—Spring
F—Poppet
1
Parts available in service kits.

110906
PN=889
IMPORTANT: Valve housing should be held in a

vertical position with a vise using
70 BRASS jaws.
25
18
Install spring seat (A), spring (B), and control valve
plug (C) from bottom of selective control valve housing
–UN–20OCT98
and tighten plug.

—Torque ....................................................................................... 122 N•m
RW25302A
(90 lb-ft)
A—Spring Seat
B—Spring
C—Control Valve Plug
AG,OUOD010,632 –19–07SEP99–5/9
Lubricate control valve (A) and install as illustrated.
A—Control Valve Spool
–UN–20OCT98
RW25303A
AG,OUOD010,632 –19–07SEP99–6/9
Install spring seat (A), then spring (B) as illustrated.
Install and tighten control valve plug.

—Torque ....................................................................................... 122 N•m
–UN–20OCT98
–UN–20OCT98
(90 lb-ft)
A—Spring Seat
B—Spring
RW25304A
RW25305A

110906
PN=890
Install new O-rings (A) in both ports.
Install seal plugs (B) firmly in position. 70

25
19
A—O-Rings
–UN–16OCT98
B—Seal Plugs
RW25306A
AG,OUOD010,632 –19–07SEP99–8/9
Inspect parts (A—D).
SCV Float Valve Spring (C)—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 56 mm
(2.2 in.)
–UN–16OCT98
(1.90 in. at 25.2—34.8 lb force)
SCV Trigger Valve Spring (D)—Specification

—Free Length.................................................................................. 24 mm
(0.9 in.)
RW25307A
Test Length........................................................... 18.8 mm at 19—24.8 N
(0.70 in. at 4.3—5.6 lb force)
IMPORTANT: Shuttle port (E) does NOT use a shuttle

A—Float Valve
valve between TOP SCV and top cover B—Trigger Valve
unless equipped with power beyond. C—Spring
D—Spring
Assemble valve stack. (See DISASSEMBLE AND E—Shuttle Port
ASSEMBLE HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK in this group.)
AG,OUOD010,632 –19–07SEP99–9/9

110906
PN=891
Exploded View—Coupler
70
25
20
–UN–16OCT98
RW25322A
A—Retaining Ring F—O-Ring K—Valve O—Seat
B—Collar G—Poppet L—Piston P—Spring
C—O-Ring H—Outer Spring M—O-Ring Q—Bleed Valve
D—Balls (20 used) I—Middle Spring N—Seal R—Receptacle
E—Coupler Body J—Inner Spring
AG,OUOD010,633 –19–07SEP99–1/1
Repair SCV Couplers
Remove cap screws (A).
Remove special screws (B) with spring clips and washers.
–UN–26JUN96
Remove dust covers (C) and coupler cover (D).
A—Cap Screw
B—Special Screws with Spring Clips
C—Dust Covers RW25461
D—Coupler Cover

110906
PN=892
NOTE: Coupler does not have to be removed to replace

seal.
70
25
Install new seal (A) in couplers. 21
–UN–19OCT98
A—Seal
RW25277A
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–2/14
Remove retaining snap rings (A).
Remove couplers from housing pushing down on release

handle.
–UN–19OCT98
A—Snap Rings
RW25244A
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–3/14
Position coupler loosely in a vise so vise jaws contact

collar (A).
Push down on coupler and install JDG1315 Coupler

Holding Tool (B).
–UN–19OCT98
Remove downward pressure and slide the collar toward
the tool to lock the tool to the coupler body.
RW25245A
A—Collar
B—JDG1315 Coupler Holding Tool

110906
PN=893
CAUTION: Avoid possible personal injury. DO

70 NOT attempt to remove the large spring from
25 the coupler body.
22
Position the coupler holding tool vertically in a vise.
–UN–19OCT98
Carefully remove coupler receptacle as illustrated.
RW25246A
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–5/14
NOTE: Parts serviced as kits.
Replace O-ring (A) and seal (B) on collar as required.
A—O-Ring
–UN–16OCT98
B—Seal
RW25337A
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–6/14
Install and lubricate O-ring (A) in coupler body.
Install poppet (B).
A—O-Ring
–UN–19OCT98
–UN–11FEB99
B—Poppet
RW25250A
RW25251A
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–7/14
Install outer, middle, and inner springs (A).
Install valve (B).
A—Springs
–UN–19OCT98
B—Valve
RW25252A

110906
PN=894
Remove piston (A) from receptacle using a small

punch (B).
70
25
A—Piston 23
B—Punch
–UN–19OCT98
RW25248A
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–9/14
Inspect parts (A—G).
IMPORTANT: Dip parts in clean hydraulic oil before

assembly.
Assemble piston and receptacle making sure extruded lip
–UN–16OCT98
of seal (C) is toward the receptacle.
Install piston-receptacle assembly into coupler body.
RW25321A
Remove JDG711 Coupler Holding Tool.
A—Piston
B—O-Ring
C—Seal
D—Seat
E—Spring
F—Bleed Valve Assembly1
G—Receptacle
1
Serviced as a Kit.

110906
PN=895
Inspect coupler lever seal area for leakage.
70 NOTE: Scrape paint in bore area to aid cover removal.

25
24
Remove snap ring (A) from cover (B).
–UN–19OCT98
IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry on lever to remove
assembly from housing. Doing so can
damage lever assembly.
RW25315A
Remove lever assembly from housing.
A—Snap ring
B—Cover
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–11/14
Remove O-ring (A).
Remove retaining rings (B).
Slide cover (C) to expose O-ring (D).
–UN–19OCT98
Install and lubricate new O-rings (A) and (D).
Slide cover into position and install retaining rings making
RW25316A
sure retaining rings are correctly seated in grooves.
Install lever assembly into housing.
Install external snap ring.
A—O-Ring
B—Retaining Rings
C—Cover
D—O-Ring
–UN–19OCT98
RW25317A

110906
PN=896
NOTE: Parts serviced as a kit.
Replace special seal ring (A) and O-ring underneath seal 70

25
ring in coupler housing. 25
–UN–16OCT98
A—Seal Ring and O-Ring
RW25462A
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–13/14
IMPORTANT: Make sure coupler release handle is in

correct position before installing
couplers in housing.
Install couplers into housing using a 30 mm or 1-3/16 in.

socket.
–UN–19OCT98
IMPORTANT: Snap rings (A) must be installed as
illustrated. Blocking drain passages (B)
will cause malfunction.
RW25254A
Install snap rings (A) so drain passages (B) are open.
Install dust covers. A—Snap Rings

B—Drain Passages
AG,OUOD010,634 –19–07SEP99–14/14

110906
PN=897
70
25
26

110906
PN=898
Group 30
30
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OUOD010,0000037 –19–05OCT01–1/3
Lifting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG15741
Lift SCV stack
–UN–14AUG01
RXA0056105
1
Recommended Tool—May be fabricated—See Section 99 (DFRW150)
OUOD010,0000037 –19–05OCT01–2/3
RXA0057893 –UN–24OCT01
Coupler Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1579
Remove SCV couplers
OUOD010,0000037 –19–05OCT01–3/3

110906
PN=899
Specifications
30
2
Plug—Standard End Cover Torque 24 N•m
(18 lb-ft)
End Cover Relief Valve Torque 81 N•m

(60 lb-ft)
End Cover Diagnostic Receptacles Torque 24 N•m

(18 lb-ft)
End Cover Manual Lower Valve Torque 2.7 N•m

(24 lb-in.)
End Cover Manual Lower Valve Plug Torque 13 N•m

(115 lb-in.)
Deluxe End Cover Plate Cap Screws Torque 50 N•m

(37 lb-ft)
Deluxe End Cover Plug, M22 Torque 65 N•m

(48 lb-ft)
Deluxe End Cover Plug, M14 Torque 24 N•m

(18 lb-ft)
Hitch-SCV Stack-to-Frame Cap Torque 125 N•m

Screws (92 lb-ft)
Hitch Manifold-to-Valve Stack Cap Torque 90 N•m

Screws (66 lb-ft)
Standard Valve Stack Tie-Bolt

Nuts:
Initial Sequence Torque 100 N•m

(75 lb-ft)
Mid-Point Sequence Torque 115 N•m

(85 lb-ft)
Final Sequence Torque 136 N•m

(100 lb-ft)
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FAF –19–12DEC05–1/3

110906
PN=900
High Flow Valve Stack Tie-Bolt 70

30
Nuts (Upper Section): 3

(75 lb-ft)

(85 lb-ft)

(100 lb-ft)
High Flow Valve Stack Tie-Bolt

Nuts (Lower Section):

(50 lb-ft)

(75 lb-ft)

(100 lb-ft)
High Flow Valve Stack Assembly

Nuts (Upper-to-Lower Section):

(50 lb-ft)

(75 lb-ft)

(100 lb-ft)
Load Poppet Spring Free Length 21.5 mm

(0.85 in.)
(0.70 at 1.0—1.2 lb force)
Plug Assembly Torque 162 N•m

(120 lb-ft)
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FAF –19–12DEC05–2/3

110906
PN=901
70 Spool End Cover Screws Torque 95 N•m

30
4
(70 lb-ft)
Compensator Spring Free Length 63.5 mm

(2.5 in.)
(2.36 in. at 28.6—40 lb force)
Compensator Spring Plug Torque 65 N•m

(48 lb-ft)
Spool Springs Free Length 46 mm

(1.8 in.)
(1.5 in. at 11.25—13.75 lb force)
Armatures Torque 19 N•m

(168 lb-in.)

(53 lb-in.)
Surge Relief Valve Torque 50 N•m

(36 lb-ft)
Hitch Manifold Pressure Reducing Free Length 42 mm

Valve Spring (1.65 in.)
(1.28 in. at 44.5—54.5 lb force)
OUO1073,0001FAF –19–12DEC05–3/3

110906
PN=902
Remove and Install Hitch-SCV Valve Stack
Remove cap screw (A) and lay electrical bracket (B) 70

30
forward. 5
–UN–02OCT01
Disconnect hose (C) and harness connectors.
Mount JDG1574 Lifting Bracket (D) to top of valve stack

and attach to hoist.
RXA0057393
A—Cap Screw
B—Electrical Bracket
C—Hose
D—JDG1574 Lifting Bracket
OUO6046,0001B61 –19–15APR04–1/5
Disconnect and plug return hose (A) and coupler drain

hose (B).
For Tractors with 3-Point Hitch, perform the following

step:
–UN–02OCT01
Disconnect hoses (C and D).
A—Return Hose
RXA0057395
B—Coupler Drain Hose
C—Hitch Raise Hose
D—Hitch Lower Hose
OUO6046,0001B61 –19–15APR04–2/5
For Tractors with High Flow, perform the following

step:
Disconnect hoses (A—C).

–UN–04AUG03
A—Load-Sense Hose
B—Pressure Inlet Hose
C—Return Hose
RXA0069726

110906
PN=903
For Tractors with 3-Point Hitch and no hitch, perform

the following steps:
70
30
6
Disconnect pressure inlet hose (A), load-sense hose (B),
return line (D) and harness connectors (C).
–UN–19SEP03
A—Pressure Inlet Hose
B—Load-Sense Hose
C—Harness Connectors
RXA0070953
D—Return Line
With 3-Point Hitch
OUO6046,0001B61 –19–15APR04–4/5
Remove cap screws (A) and carefully remove Hitch-SCV

stack.
Repair Hitch-SCV valve stack as necessary.
Install Hitch-SCV valve stack and tighten valve

stack-to-frame cap screws.
–UN–02OCT01
Specification
Hitch-SCV Stack-to-Frame Cap
Screws—Torque ........................................................................... 125 N•m
(92 lb-ft)
RXA0057397
A—Mounting Cap Screws
Without Hitch
–UN–02OCT01
RXA0057396
With Hitch
OUO6046,0001B61 –19–15APR04–5/5

110906
PN=904
Top Cover Identification

70
30
7
–UN–29NOV05
–UN–29NOV05
A A
RXA0085156
RXA0085157
Standard End Cover - with Relief Valve Deluxe End Cover - with Relief Valve
A—Manual Hitch Lower Valve
NOTE: Tractors without three-point hitch will not have

manual lower valve (A).
OUO1073,0001FAB –19–05DEC05–1/1

110906
PN=905
Exploded View—Standard End Cover

70
30
8
B
C
A D E F
H J
I
K M
L
G
–UN–29NOV05
O N
RXA0085158
Q
A—Cap F—Manual Lowering Valve J—Relief Valve N—Diagnostic Receptacle

B—Plug G—Valve Housing K—O-Ring O—O-Ring
C—O-Ring H—Plug L—O-Ring P—O-Ring
D—Backup Ring I—O-Ring M—Diagnostic Receptacle Q—Diagnostic Receptacle
E—O-Ring
NOTE: Tractors without three-point hitch will not have • Tighten relief valve (J) to specification.
manual lower valve, parts (A—F).
Specification
End Cover Relief Valve—
1. Disassemble end cover. Replace components as
Torque...................................................................................... 81 N•m
necessary. (60 lb-ft)
2. Assemble end cover using the following special

instructions:
• Tighten diagnostic receptacles (M, N, and Q) to
• Tighten plug (H) to specification. specification.
Specification
Plug—Standard End Cover—
Torque...................................................................................... 24 N•m
(18 lb-ft)
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FAC –19–02DEC05–1/2

110906
PN=906
Specification • Tighten manual lower valve plug (B) to

End Cover Diagnostic specification.
Receptacles—Torque .............................................................. 24 N•m 70
(18 lb-ft) 30
Specification
End Cover Manual Lower Valve 9
Plug—Torque ........................................................................... 13 N•m
(115 lb-in.)
• Tighten manual lower valve (F) to specification.
Specification
End Cover Manual Lower
Valve—Torque ........................................................................ 2.7 N•m
(24 lb-in.)
OUO1073,0001FAC –19–02DEC05–2/2

110906
PN=907
Exploded View—Deluxe End Cover

70
30
10
G
I J
H
B
C
A D E F
L
K M
N P
O
R Q
–UN–29NOV05
X V T
RXA0085159
S
W U
A—Cap G—Cap Screw (3 used) M—O-Ring S—Plug

B—Plug H—Top Cover N—Valve Housing T—O-Ring
C—O-Ring I—O-Ring O—O-Ring U—Diagnostic Receptacle
D—Backup Ring J—Relief Valve P—Diagnostic Receptacle V—O-Ring
E—O-Ring K—O-Ring Q—Diagnostic Receptacle W—Plug
F—Manual Lowering Valve L—Diagnostic Receptacle R—O-Ring X—O-Ring
NOTE: Tractors without three-point hitch will not have • Tighten diagnostic receptacles (L, P, Q, and U) to
manual lower valve, parts (A—F). specification.
1. Disassemble end cover. Replace components as Specification

necessary. End Cover Diagnostic
Receptacles—Torque .............................................................. 24 N•m
(18 lb-ft)
2. Assemble end cover using the following special
instructions:
• Tighten relief valve (J) to specification.
Specification
End Cover Relief Valve—
Torque...................................................................................... 81 N•m
(60 lb-ft)
Continued on next page OUO1073,0001FAD –19–06DEC05–1/2

110906
PN=908
• Tighten manual lower valve (F) to specification. • Tighten plug (S) to specification.
Specification Specification 70
End Cover Manual Lower Deluxe End Cover Plug, M22— 30
Valve—Torque ........................................................................ 2.7 N•m Torque...................................................................................... 65 N•m 11
(24 lb-in.) (48 lb-ft)
• Tighten manual lower valve plug (B) to • Tighten plug (W) to specification.
specification.
Specification
Specification Deluxe End Cover Plug, M14—
End Cover Manual Lower Valve Torque...................................................................................... 24 N•m
Plug—Torque ........................................................................... 13 N•m (18 lb-ft)
(115 lb-in.)
• Tighten cap screws (G) to specification.
Specification
Deluxe End Cover Plate Cap
Screws—Torque ...................................................................... 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft)
OUO1073,0001FAD –19–06DEC05–2/2
Disassemble and Assemble Hitch-SCV Valve

Stack
CAUTION: Valve stack is heavy. Use proper

–UN–30AUG96
injury.
1. Remove two hitch frame tie-bolts and hydraulic

connector (E) from bottom of valve stack.
RW25562
2. For Tractors WITH 3-POINT HITCH, perform the
following:
A—Cap Screws
a. Remove cap screws (A) from the hitch-SCV valve B—Hitch Manifold
stack and remove hitch manifold (B). C—Hitch Valve
D—SCV
E—Hydraulic Connector
b. Remove hydraulic connector (E) from hitch valve.
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B4F –19–02DEC05–1/12

110906
PN=909
IMPORTANT: Newer SCV stacks and replacement

valve sections will be shorter. If a
70 shorter valve section is installed on a
30
12
stack with longer sections, install
shorter valve section on top of stack
–UN–28APR04
and move other valve sections down.
SCV stack WILL require recalibration.
A—Long Valve
RXA0074655
B—Short Valve
OUO6046,0001B4F –19–02DEC05–2/12
IMPORTANT: Valve stack must be serviced in vertical

position to prevent part damage and
misalignment.
To avoid valve stack recalibration ALL

valves sections and solenoids SHOULD
be reinstalled in the same position if
possible.
–UN–18SEP01
3. Carefully lower the valve stack in a vertical position to
a clean work surface.
RXA0057150
NOTE: Tie-bolts may turn when removing the retaining
nuts. Remove tie-bolt with nut from valve stack.
Remove nut and reinstall tie-bolt.
IMPORTANT: Once tie bolt retaining nuts are A—Top Cover Retaining Nuts
loosened, all SCVs MUST be removed, B—Top Cover
ALL adjoining surfaces cleaned, and
ALL O-rings between SCVs replaced.
4. Remove top cover retaining nuts (A).
5. Remove top cover (B).

110906
PN=910
IMPORTANT: Do not remove solenoids (A) unless

if solenoids are replaced. 70
30
13
6. Remove flexible conduit (B) from wiring harnesses.
NOTE: Some O-ring packings may stick to adjoining

–UN–25SEP01
7. Carefully remove selective control valves individually
from valve stack.
RXA0057277
A—Solenoids
B—Flexible Conduit
OUO6046,0001B4F –19–02DEC05–4/12
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential. Clean

all exposed adjoining surfaces (B) on
top and bottom of valve sections
removed, and top end cover, removing
all traces of dirt, rust and paint
–UN–07JUL04
overspray.
Remove all paint from adjoining

surfaces. SCV sections may not sit in
RXA0076260
exactly the same location in relation to
each other, causing old paint lines to
cause leaks.
SCV Top
Any foreign material around bolt holes
(A) or between selective control valve
adjoining surfaces (B) will cause valve
malfunction.
8. Clean all traces of paint, dirt and/or rust from top and –UN–01JUL04
bottom of SCV and top end cover adjoining surfaces.
9. Clean adjoining selective control valve surfaces with

RXA0076259
John Deere TY16329 Electrical Contact Cleaner or

alcohol, and wipe with lint-free towel.
A—Bolt Holes SCV Bottom

B—Adjoining Surfaces

110906
PN=911
NOTE: Expander plugs will already be installed in some

SCV sections. All sections removed from SCV
70 stack need to have plug installed before
30
14
reinstallation.
10. Ensure all SCV sections have an expander plug in

hole (A) on bottom side of SCV section. If expander
plug is already installed, proceed to Step 11. If
expander plug is not present, install as follows:
A—Expander Plug Hole

B—Expander Plug Ball
–UN–26AUG04
RXA0077296
Expander Plug Location—SCV Bottom Side
–UN–07SEP04
RXA0077298
Expander Plug—Installed

110906
PN=912
NOTE: Expander plug is included in RE237001 SCV

Interface Kit.
70
30
IMPORTANT: Expander plug must be installed with 15
ball (B) towards outside surface.
IMPORTANT: Do not scratch or otherwise damage

SCV section machined surfaces. Any
damage will cause malfunction.
IMPORTANT: Do not use excessive force when

seating expander plug ball (B) into
sleeve. Excessive force can cause valve
–UN–26AUG04
spools to malfunction.
IMPORTANT: Plug and ball must be fully seated to

prevent oil leakage.
RXA0077296
Inner ring (D) can be seen when ball is
fully seated.
a. Insert flat end (C) of new expander plug into hole
(A).

C—Expander Plug Flat End
–UN–07SEP04
D—Inner Ring
RXA0077300
Expander Plug
–UN–02SEP04
RXA0076811
Expander Plug—Ball Fully Seated


110906
PN=913
70
30
16
–UN–05OCT04
RXA0077753
Flat Face Punch
–UN–05OCT04
RXA0077308
Seating Ball with Flat Face Punch
A—Flat Face Punch
IMPORTANT: Be sure the flat punch is centered on c. Repeat as needed until all SCV sections have
ball and will not touch sleeve. expander plugs installed.
b. Use a 4.0 mm (5/32 in.) flat faced punch (A)

and hammer to seat expander plug ball into
plug sleeve.

110906
PN=914
NOTE: Tractors with hitch have hitch valve. Tractors B

without hitch have no hitch manifold. C
D 70
30
11. If SCV section I was removed, install new O-rings (A 17
and C) on hitch valve or manifold.
–UN–19OCT06
IMPORTANT: Do not install O-ring at location (B).
12. Ensure check valve (D) is in place.
RXA0076806
13. Install one SCV section. A
Hitch Valve
A—O-Ring
B—No O-Ring
C—O-Ring
D—Check Valve B A
–UN–28JUN04
RXA0074576
No Hitch Manifold
OUO6046,0001B4F –19–02DEC05–9/12
IMPORTANT: Do not install O-ring at location (D).
14. Install new O-rings (B and C) when assembling the

valve stack.
–UN–17FEB03
IMPORTANT: DO NOT interchange check valves (A)
with other series valves. A wrong size
RXA0065721
IMPORTANT: Do not install check valve (A) on
machines with standard top end cover
unless tractor is equipped with power
beyond or hydraulic trailer brakes.
Install check valve (A) with all deluxe A—Check Valve
B—O-Ring
end covers. C—O-Ring
D—No O-Ring
15. Check to make sure check valve (A) is correctly
positioned.

110906
PN=915
IMPORTANT: Do not allow valve sections or cover to

tip while drawing nuts down.
70
30
18
16. Install top cover (B) and tighten nuts (A). Draw nuts
down evenly, one turn at a time, to Initial Sequence
torque specification.
Valve Stack Tie-Bolt Nuts—Specification
–UN–18SEP01
Initial Sequence—Torque ............................................................. 100 N•m
(75 lb-ft)
17. Install flexible conduit to SCV and hitch wiring

harnesses.
RXA0057150
18. For Tractors WITH 3-POINT HITCH, perform the
following:
A—Nuts
a. Install hydraulic connector to hitch valve. B—Top Cover
b. Install hitch manifold to hitch-SCV valve stack.
c. Tighten hitch manifold-to-valve stack cap screws to

specification.
Specification
Hitch Manifold-to-Valve Stack
(66 lb-ft)
IMPORTANT: Valve stack MUST be installed on

tractor before completing rest of
procedure.
19. Install valve stack. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK in this group.)
20. Install jumper hose in TOP SCV. Start tractor. Set

SCV to maximum flow and flow oil through jumper
hose for at least one minute in both directions.
IMPORTANT: If top SCV does not function,

disassemble valve stack and check for
possible contamination between valve
adjoining surfaces.
21. Tighten nuts to Mid-Point Sequence torque

specification.

110906
PN=916

Mid-Point Sequence—Torque ...................................................... 115 N•m
(85 lb-ft) 70
30
22. Cycle SCV in both directions for at least one minute. 19
23. Tighten nuts to Final Sequence torque specification.

Final Sequence—Torque.............................................................. 136 N•m
(100 lb-ft)
24. Verify that all SCVs and hitch valve operate properly.
OUO6046,0001B4F –19–02DEC05–12/12
Disassemble and Assemble High Flow SCV

Valve Stack
IMPORTANT: Newer SCV stacks and replacement

valve sections will be shorter. If a
–UN–28APR04
shorter valve section is installed in a
stack with longer sections, install
shorter valve section on top of stack of
respective top or bottom assembly and
RXA0074655
move other valve sections down. SCV
stack WILL require recalibration.
A—Long Valve
B—Short Valve
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B50 –19–02DEC05–1/10

110906
PN=917
CAUTION: Valve stack is heavy. Use proper

70 lifting equipment to prevent possible personal
30 injury.
20
IMPORTANT: Valve stack must be serviced in vertical
position to prevent part damage and
misalignment.
To avoid valve stack recalibration ALL

valves sections and solenoids SHOULD
be reinstalled in the same position if
possible.
1. Carefully lower the valve stack in a vertical position to

a clean work surface.
2. Remove nuts (A) and separate the two valve stack

assemblies.
–UN–03SEP03
IMPORTANT: Once tie bolt retaining nuts are
loosened, all SCVs MUST be removed,
ALL adjoining surfaces cleaned, and
RXA0070329
ALL O-rings between SCVs replaced.
3. Remove nuts (B and C) to disassemble top and bottom

assemblies.
A—Nut (2 used)
B—Nut (3 used)
IMPORTANT: Do not remove solenoids unless C—Nut (3 used)
if solenoids are replaced.
4. Remove flexible conduit from solenoid wiring

harnesses.
NOTE: Some O-ring packings may stick to adjoining

5. Carefully remove selective control valves individually

from valve stack.

110906
PN=918
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential. Clean

all exposed adjoining surfaces (B) on
top and bottom of valve sections 70
30
removed, and top end cover, removing 21
all traces of dirt, rust and paint
–UN–07JUL04
overspray.
Remove all paint from adjoining

surfaces. SCV sections may not sit in
RXA0076260
exactly the same location in relation to
each other, causing old paint lines to
cause leaks.
SCV Top
Any foreign material around bolt holes
(A) or between selective control valve
adjoining surfaces (B) will cause valve
malfunction.
6. Clean all traces of paint, dirt and/or rust from top and
–UN–01JUL04
bottom of SCV and top end cover adjoining surfaces.
7. Clean adjoining selective control valve surfaces with
RXA0076259
John Deere TY16329 Electrical Contact Cleaner or
alcohol, and wipe with lint-free towel.
A—Bolt Holes SCV Bottom

B—Adjoining Surfaces

110906
PN=919
NOTE: Expander plugs will already be installed in some

70 stack need to have plug installed before
30
22
reinstallation.
8. Ensure all SCV sections have an expander plug in hole

(A) on bottom side of SCV section. If expander plug is
already installed, proceed to Step 9. If expander plug is
not present, install as follows:

–UN–26AUG04
RXA0077296
–UN–07SEP04
RXA0077298

110906
PN=920

Interface Kit.
70
30


–UN–26AUG04

RXA0077296
fully seated.
a. Insert flat end (C) of new expander plug into hole
(A).

–UN–07SEP04
D—Inner Ring
RXA0077300
Expander Plug
–UN–02SEP04
RXA0076811


110906
PN=921
70
30
24
–UN–05OCT04
RXA0077753
Flat Face Punch
–UN–05OCT04
RXA0077308
A—Flat Face Punch
IMPORTANT: Be sure the flat punch is centered on c. Repeat as needed until all SCV sections have
b. Use a 4.0 mm (5/32 in.) flat faced punch (A) and

hammer to seat expander plug ball into plug
sleeve.

110906
PN=922
NOTE: Tractors with hitch have hitch valve. Tractors B

without hitch have no hitch manifold. C
D 70
30
9. If SCV section I was removed, install new O-rings (A 25
and C) on hitch valve or manifold.
–UN–19OCT06
If SCV section IV was removed, install O-rings (A and
C) on mid-stack manifold.
RXA0076806
IMPORTANT: Do not install O-ring at location (B).
A
10. Ensure check valve (D) is in place.
Hitch Valve
11. Install one SCV section.
B A
A—O-Ring
B—No O-Ring
C—O-Ring
D—Check Valve
–UN–28JUN04
RXA0074576
No Hitch Manifold
–UN–13OCT04
RXA0077754
C B
High-Flow Mid-Stack Manifold

110906
PN=923
IMPORTANT: Do not install O-ring at location (D).
70 12. Install new O-rings (B and C) when assembling the

30
26
valve stack.
–UN–17FEB03
IMPORTANT: DO NOT interchange check valves (A)
with other series valves. A wrong size
RXA0065721
IMPORTANT: Do not install check valve (A) on
machines with standard top end cover
unless tractor is equipped with power
beyond or hydraulic trailer brakes.
Install check valve (A) with all deluxe A—Check Valve
B—O-Ring
end covers. C—O-Ring
D—No O-Ring
13. Check to make sure check valve (A) is correctly
positioned.

110906
PN=924
IMPORTANT: Do not allow valve sections or cover to

tip while drawing nuts down.
70
30
14. Install valve stack assemblies in reverse order and 27
tighten nuts (B and C). Draw nuts down evenly, one
turn at a time, to Initial Sequence torque specification.
High Flow Valve Stack Tie-Bolt Nuts (Upper Section)—Specification

(75 lb-ft)
High Flow Valve Stack Tie-Bolt Nuts (Lower Section)—Specification

Initial Sequence—Torque ............................................................... 68 N•m
(50 lb-ft)
15. Install new O-rings between top and bottom

assemblies and install valve assemblies together in
reverse order of disassembly. Tighten nuts (A) evenly,
one turn at a time, to Initial Sequence torque
–UN–03SEP03
specification.
High Flow Valve Stack Assembly Nuts—Specification

Initial Sequence—Torque ............................................................... 68 N•m
(50 lb-ft)
RXA0070329
16. Tighten nuts (A) to Mid Sequence specification.

Mid-Point Sequence—Torque ...................................................... 106 N•m A—Upper-to-Lower Section Nut (2 used)
(75 lb-ft) B—Upper Section Tie-Bolt Nut (3 used)
C—Lower Section Tie-Bolt Nut (3 used)
17. Tighten nuts (A) to Final Torque Sequence

specification.

(100 lb-ft)
18. Install flexible conduit to SCV and hitch wiring

harnesses.
IMPORTANT: Valve stack MUST be installed on

tractor before completing rest of
procedure.
19. Install valve stack. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK in this group.)
20. If controller has been replaced, SCV III and IV will not
work until they have been recalibrated.

110906
PN=925
21. Install jumper hoses in SCV III and IV. Start tractor.
Set SCVs to maximum flow and flow oil through
70 jumper hoses for at least one minute in both
30
28
directions.
IMPORTANT: If SCV III or IV does not function,

disassemble valve stack and check for
possible contamination between valve
adjoining surfaces.
22. Tighten nuts (B and C) to Mid-Point Sequence torque

specification.

(85 lb-ft)

(75 lb-ft)
23. Cycle SCVs in both directions for at least one minute.
24. Tighten nuts to Final Sequence torque specification.

(100 lb-ft)

(100 lb-ft)
25. Verify that all SCVs operate properly.
OUO6046,0001B50 –19–02DEC05–10/10

110906
PN=926
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Hitch

Valve
70
30
Remove nuts (A) and solenoids (B). 29
A—Nuts
B—Solenoids
–UN–18SEP01
RXA0057160
Continued on next page OUOD010,0000024 –19–28NOV05–1/11

110906
PN=927
70
30
30
–UN–14SEP01
RXA0057049
A—Hitch Valve Housing H—Pilot Valve N—Nuts T—Spool End Cover
B—Compensator Valve I—Pins O—Hitch Raise Spool U—Plug Assemblies
C—Washer J—Armatures P—Hitch Lower Spool V—Hex Screws
D—Compensator Spool Spring K—Seals Q—Load Check Poppet W—Plug
E—Plug L—Solenoids R—Load Check Poppet Spring X—Relief Valve
F—Control Valve Springs M—O-Rings S—Seal Plate Y—DR Cap
G—Rod Assembly
IMPORTANT: Hitch valve must be recalibrated if Disassemble hitch valve components as required.
solenoids are replaced or
exchanged. Inspect housing machined sealing surfaces for rust or
contamination. Use a 280 grit honing stone or crocus
Identify solenoids and armatures before removal. cloth to remove only the high spots of rust.
Solenoids and armatures must be returned to their
original locations. Hitch valve must be recalibrated if Inspect spools and housing bores. Replace valve if
solenoids or armatures are replaced. spools or housing bores are scored.
Remove valve stack assembly, (See REMOVE AND Replace all O-rings and seals.
INSTALL HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK in this group.)
OUOD010,0000024 –19–28NOV05–2/11
Inspect spools (A and B) for scoring and damage.
A—Hitch Raise Spool

B—Hitch Lower Spool
–UN–03OCT01
RXA0057071

110906
PN=928
Inspect load check poppet for damage. Seat area (A)

must be free of any scores or embedded foreign material.
70
30
A—Poppet Seat 31
–UN–14SEP01
RXA0057051
OUOD010,0000024 –19–28NOV05–4/11
IMPORTANT: Spools must be installed in correct

bores. Hitch raise spool has a (+), hitch
lower spool has a (—) machined on
end.
Lubricate spools (A and B) and install in housing.
Install load poppet (C) and spring (D).
Install NEW seal plate (E), spool end cover (F), and hand
–UN–14SEP01
tighten hex screws (G).
Specification
Load Poppet Spring—Free
RXA0057052
Length ........................................................................................... 21.5 mm
(0.85 in.)
Test Length............................................................ 17.8 mm at 4.4—5.3 N
(0.70 at 1.0—1.2 lb force)
A—Hitch Raise Spool

B—Hitch Lower Spool
C—Load Poppet
D—Spring
E—Seal Plate
F—Spool End Cover
G—Hex Screws

110906
PN=929
Install and tighten plugs (A).
70 Tighten hex screws (B).

30
32
Specification
–UN–14SEP01
Plug—Torque................................................................................ 162 N•m
(120 lb-ft)
Spool End Cover Cap Screws—
Torque ............................................................................................ 95 N•m
(70 lb-ft)
RXA0057053
A—Plugs
B—Hex Screws
OUOD010,0000024 –19–28NOV05–6/11
Install compensator spool (A), washer (B), spring (C), and

plug (D).
Specification
Compensator Spring—Free
Length ........................................................................................... 63.5 mm
(2.5 in.)
Test Length.................................................... 60.0 mm at 127.3—155.6 N
(2.36 in. at 28.6—40.0 lb force)
Specification
–UN–18SEP01
Plug—Torque.................................................................................. 65 N•m
(48 lb-ft)
A—Compensator Spool
RXA0057054
B—Washer
C—Spring
D—Plug
OUOD010,0000024 –19–28NOV05–7/11
Install pin (A) and pilot spool (B) in each armature (C).
A—Pin
B—Pilot Spool
C—Armature
–UN–14SEP01
RXA0057055

110906
PN=930
Install rod assemblies (B) in armatures (C). 70

30
33
Install armatures in valve housing.
–UN–14SEP01
Specification
Spool Springs—Free Length ........................................................... 46 mm
(1.8 in.)
Test Length........................................................... 38 mm at 50.0—61.0 N
RXA0057056
(1.5 in. at 11.25—13.75 lb force)
Specification
Armatures—Torque ........................................................................ 19 N•m
(168 lb-in.) A—Springs
B—Rod Assemblies
C—Armatures
OUOD010,0000024 –19–28NOV05–9/11
Install seals (A), solenoids (B), O-rings (C), and nuts (D).
Specification
Solenoids Retaining Nuts—
Torque .............................................................................................. 6 N•m
(53 lb-in.)
–UN–14SEP01
A—Seals
B—Solenoids
C—O-Rings
RXA0057058
D—Nuts
OUOD010,0000024 –19–28NOV05–10/11
Install relief valve (A).
Specification
Surge Relief Valve—Torque .......................................................... 50 N•m
(36 lb-ft)
–UN–14SEP01
A—Relief Valve
RXA0057059
OUOD010,0000024 –19–28NOV05–11/11

110906
PN=931
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Selective Control Valve

70
30
34
–UN–17SEP01
RXA0057070
A—Housing G—Rod Assemblies M—O-Rings S—Seal Plate
B—Compensator Spool H—Pilot Valve N—Nuts T—Spool End Cover
C—Washer I—Rod O—Extent Spool U—Plugs
D—Spring J—Armatures P—Retract Spool V—Hex Screws
E—Plug K—Seals Q—Load Check Poppets
F—Springs L—Solenoids R—Load Check Poppet
Springs
NOTE: SCVs generally can be serviced without Disassemble selective control valve components as
removing the valve stack. required.
Remove valve stack assembly if necessary. (See Inspect housing machined sealing surfaces for rust or
REMOVE AND INSTALL HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK contamination. Use a 280 grit honing stone or crocus
in this group.) cloth to remove only the high spots of rust.
Disassembly valve stack. (See DISASSEMBLE AND Replace all O-rings and seals.
ASSEMBLE HITCH-SCV VALVE STACK in this
group.)
OUOD010,0000025 –19–28NOV05–1/13
Inspect extend and retract spools (A and B) for damage or

scoring.
A—Extend Spool
B—Retract Spool
–UN–03OCT01
RXA0057071

110906
PN=932
Inspect poppets for damage. Seat area (A) must be free

of any scoring or embedded foreign material.
70
30
A—Seal Surfaces 35
–UN–17SEP01
RXA0057072
OUOD010,0000025 –19–28NOV05–3/13
Lubricate and install control valve extend spool (A) and

control valve retract spool (B).
Install load check poppets (C) and springs (D).
–UN–17SEP01
Specification
Load Poppet Spring—Free
Length ........................................................................................... 21.5 mm
(0.85 in.)
Test Length............................................................ 17.8 mm at 4.4—5.3 N
RXA0057073
(0.70 at 1.0—1.2 lb force)
A—Extend Spool
B—Retract Spool
C—Poppets
D—Springs
OUOD010,0000025 –19–28NOV05–4/13
IMPORTANT: Do not lose check valves (A).
Install NEW seal plate (B), spool end cover (C), and hand
tighten hex screws (D).
–UN–17SEP01
A—Check Valves
B—Seal Plate
C—Spool End Cover
D—Hex Screws
RXA0057074

110906
PN=933
Install and tighten plugs (A).
70 Tighten hex screws (B).

30
36
Specification
–UN–17SEP01
Plug—Torque................................................................................ 162 N•m
(120 lb-ft)
Spool End Cover Hex Screws—
Torque ............................................................................................ 95 N•m
(70 lb-ft)
RXA0057075
A—Plugs
B—Hex Screws
OUOD010,0000025 –19–28NOV05–6/13
Inspect parts (A—D).
Install new O-ring on plug (D).
Lubricate valve (A) and install in housing.
Install washer (B), compensator spring (C), and plug.
–UN–17SEP01
Specification
Compensator Spring—Free
Length ........................................................................................... 63.5 mm
(2.5 in.)
Test Length.................................................... 60.0 mm at 127.3—155.6 N
RXA0057081
(2.36 in. at 28.6—40.0 lb force)
Plug—Torque.................................................................................. 65 N•m
(48 lb-ft)
A—Compensator Valve
B—Washer
C—Compensator Spring
D—Plug

110906
PN=934
Install pin (A) and pilot spool (B) in each armature (C).
70
A—Pin 30
B—Pilot Spool 37
C—Armature
–UN–14SEP01
RXA0057055
OUOD010,0000025 –19–28NOV05–8/13
Install rod assemblies (B) in armatures (C).
Install armatures in valve housing.
–UN–17SEP01
Specification
Spool Springs—Free Length ........................................................... 46 mm
(1.8 in.)
Test Length........................................................... 38 mm at 50.0—61.0 N
RXA0057076
(1.5 in. at 11.25—13.75 lb force)
Specification
Armatures—Torque ........................................................................ 19 N•m
(168 lb-in.) A—Springs
B—Rod Assemblies
C—Armatures
OUOD010,0000025 –19–28NOV05–9/13
Install seals (A), solenoids (B), O-rings (C), and nuts (D).
Specification
Solenoid Retaining Nuts—Torque .................................................... 6 N•m
(53 lb-in.)
A—Seals
B—Solenoids
C—O-Rings
–UN–17SEP01
D—Nuts
RXA0057077

110906
PN=935
Inspect SCV for Expander Plug
70 NOTE: Expander plugs will already be installed in some

30
38
stack need to have plug installed before
reinstallation.
Ensure all SCV sections have an expander plug in hole

(A) on bottom side of SCV section. If expander plug is not
present, install as follows:

–UN–26AUG04
RXA0077296
–UN–07SEP04
RXA0077298

110906
PN=936

Interface Kit.
70
30


–UN–26AUG04

RXA0077296
fully seated.
Insert flat end (C) of new expander plug into hole (A).

D—Inner Ring
–UN–07SEP04
RXA0077300
Expander Plug
–UN–02SEP04
RXA0076811


110906
PN=937
70
30
40
–UN–05OCT04
RXA0077753
Flat Face Punch
–UN–05OCT04
RXA0077308
A—Flat Face Punch
IMPORTANT: Be sure the flat punch is centered on Repeat as needed until all SCV sections have
Use a 4.0 mm (5/32 in.) flat faced punch (A) and

hammer to seat expander plug ball into plug sleeve.
OUOD010,0000025 –19–28NOV05–13/13
Repair SCV Couplers
STYLE A
Remove covers (A).

–UN–14SEP01
A—Covers
RXA0057060

110906
PN=938
STYLE B
Remove cap screws (A), cap screws (B), spring clips, 70

30
washers and coupler cover (C). 41
–UN–23SEP03
A—Cap Screw (3 used)
B—Cap Screw (2 used)
C—Coupler Cover
RXA0070026
OUO6046,0001B42 –19–26AUG03–2/10
Remove retaining rings (A).
A—Retaining Rings
–UN–14SEP01
RXA0057065
OUO6046,0001B42 –19–26AUG03–3/10
Insert JDG1579 Coupler Tool1 (A) into coupler and move

handle (B) as shown to remove coupler.
A—JDG1579 Coupler Tool

B—Handle
–UN–14SEP01
RXA0057061
–UN–14SEP01
RXA0057062
1
22 mm to 23 mm OD socket inserted in coupler may also be used

110906
PN=939
NOTE: To remove right-hand coupler, move handle in

other direction.
70
30
42
–UN–14SEP01
RXA0057063
OUO6046,0001B42 –19–26AUG03–5/10
Replace seal (A).
A—Seal
–UN–17SEP01
RXA0057064
OUO6046,0001B42 –19–26AUG03–6/10
NOTE: To remove SCV handle, valve must be removed

from valve stack.
NOTE: Couplers are serviced as an assembly.
–UN–17SEP01
Use a prybar to remove handle.
Remove plug (A) and remove paddle (B).
RXA0057066
A—Plug
B—Paddle

110906
PN=940
Replace seal (A) on handle.
Inspect paddle (B) for damage. 70

30
43
A—Seal
–UN–17SEP01
B—Paddle
RXA0057067
OUO6046,0001B42 –19–26AUG03–8/10
Install paddle so it is centered (A) in lever hole.
Install lever into hole making sure it fully engages paddle

on inside of housing. Lever should have equal travel in
both directions.
–UN–17SEP01
Install plug (B) in side of housing.
A—Paddle
RXA0057068
B—Plug
OUO6046,0001B42 –19–26AUG03–9/10
NOTE: A socket may be used to push couplers in far

enough to install retaining ring.
Install coupler.
–UN–17SEP01
Install retaining ring and dust cover.
RXA0057069
OUO6046,0001B42 –19–26AUG03–10/10

110906
PN=941
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Hitch Manifold

70
A
30
44
C D
E
F
H
G
J
K
L
M
O
–UN–12DEC05
N
RXA0085267
P
A—O-Rings E—Poppet I—Valve Cartridge M—Tensioner

B—O-Rings F—O-Ring J—Valve Spool N—Lock Screw
C—Housing G—O-Ring K—Spring Guide O—O-Ring
D—Spring H—O-Ring L—Spring P—Plug
NOTE: Pressure reducing valve parts (I—N) and plug Replace O-ring packings (A, B, F, G, H, and O).
(P), are serviced as an assembly.
Install hitch manifold on hitch-SCV valve stack. (See
Inspect pressure reducing valve parts (I—N) and plug DISASSEMBLE AND ASSEMBLE HITCH-SCV VALVE
(P). STACK in this group.)
Hitch Manifold Pressure Reducing Valve Spring—Specification

—Free Length ........................................................................... 42 mm
(1.65 in.)
(1.28 in. at 44.5—54.5 lb force)
AG,OUOD010,629 –19–12DEC05–1/1

110906
PN=942
Group 35
High-Flow Selective Control Valve—Scraper
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification 70

35
1
SCV Mounting Cap Screws Torque 30 N•m
(20 lb-ft)
Valve Stack Tie Bolt Nuts Torque 57 N•m

(42 lb-ft)
OURX985,0000116 –19–14FEB03–1/1
Remove and Install High-Flow SCV Stack
IMPORTANT: Mark all hoses and lines to aid in

installation of SCV stack.
–UN–03FEB03
1. Disconnect wire harness.
2. Mark and disconnect all hoses and lines connected to

SCV stack.
RXA0065219
3. Remove cap screws, washer, and nuts (A).
SCV Mounting Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 30 N•m
(20 lb-ft)
OURX985,000010D –19–15JAN03–1/1
Repair High-Flow SCV Stack
1. Remove nuts (A) and port plate (B).
–UN–03FEB03
RXA0065217
Continued on next page OURX985,000010F –19–31JAN03–1/3

110906
PN=943
High-Flow Selective Control Valve—Scraper
2. Record location of shims (A) to return them to their

original location.
70
35
2
Remove valve sections
–UN–03FEB03
3. Remove valve sections.
4. Replace all sections seals (B).
RXA0065220
5. Return valve sections to their original positions in the
stack.
Valve Stack Tie Bolt Nuts—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 57 N•m
(42 lb-ft)
OURX985,000010F –19–31JAN03–2/3
6. Only valve solenoids (A) are serviceable.
Solenoid Screws—Specification
—Torque ........................................................................................... 5 N•m
(48 lb-in.)
–UN–12FEB03
A—Solenoids
RXA0065509
OURX985,000010F –19–31JAN03–3/3

110906
PN=944
Group 40
Hitch
40
RW25209 –UN–22JUN94
Adjustable Spanner Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . D05270ST1
Remove and install spanner nut
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
AG,OUOD010,635 –19–07SEP99–2/2
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Lift cylinder piston rod and nut.
242 (LOCTITE)
AG,OUOD010,636 –19–08NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=945
Hitch
Specifications
40
2
Hitch:
Pivot Shaft Support-to-Frame Cap Torque 620 N•m

Screws (460 lb-ft)
Lift Arm Pivot Shaft-to-Shaft Torque 130 N•m

Support Cap Screws (95 lb-ft)
Lift Cylinders:
90 mm Piston Cap Screw Torque 915 N•m

(675 lb-ft)
100 mm Piston Cap Screw Torque Turn 800 N•m plus 1/12 turn
(600 lb-ft plus 1/12 turn)
Spanner Nut Torque 204 N•m

(150 lb-ft)
AG,OUOD010,637 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=946
Hitch
Remove and Install Lift Cylinder

70
CAUTION: High pressure can exist at any 40
hydraulic connection. Avoid injury from 3
lines, fittings, or connections.
NOTE: Cylinder can be serviced without removing lower

drive pin. Remove lift link (F) and pivot the lift
cylinder downward for repair.
Lower hitch to lowest position.
Disconnect hydraulic hose connectors (A) from cylinder.
CAUTION: Lift cylinders are heavy. Use proper

lifting equipment to prevent injury. Secure lift
arm (B) and cylinder before repairing or
–UN–17JUN96
removing cylinder.
Remove cap screw (C) and drive pin (D).
RW25449
A—Hydraulic Hose Connectors
B—Lift Arm
C—Upper Drive Pin Retaining Cap Screw
D—Upper Drive Pin
E—Lower Drive Pin
F—Lift Link

110906
PN=947
Hitch
Remove retaining cap screw (A).
70 Pry drive pin (B) away from hitch frame.

40
4
Remove cylinder.
–UN–17JUN96
Install cylinder making sure O-rings on hydraulic
connectors are lubricated and correctly installed.
Lubricate cylinder pins using multipurpose grease.
RW25450
A—Retaining Cap Screw
B—Cylinder Anchor Pin
AG,OUOD010,638 –19–07SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=948
Hitch
Cross-Sectional and Exploded View—90 mm Lift Cylinder

70
40
5
–UN–16NOV94
RW25320
A—Barrel F—Washer K—Buffer Seal Assembly O—Backup Ring

B—Spanner Nut G—Piston L—Seal P—Wiper Seal
C—Snap Ring H—Seal M—Wear Ring Q—Filler Ring
D—Rod I—Expander N—O-Ring R—Bushing
E—Cap Screw J—Rod Guide
AG,OUOD010,639 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=949
Hitch
Cross-Sectional and Exploded View—100 mm Lift Cylinder

70
40
6
–UN–17MAR00
RW13801A
A—Barrel F—Washer K—Buffer Seal Assembly O—Backup Ring

B—Spanner Nut G—Piston L—Seal P—Wiper Seal
C—Snap Ring H—Wear Ring M—Wear Ring Q—Filler Ring
D—Rod I—Piston Seal N—O-Ring R—Bushings
E—Cap Screw J—Rod Guide
AG,OUOD010,640 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=950
Hitch
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Lift

Cylinder
70
40
NOTE: Extend rod to remove trapped oil or air between 7
piston and rod guide. Trapped oil or air forces
seals to expand making disassembly more
–UN–30OCT98
difficult.
Put a mark (A) on rod guide and spanner nut to aid in

assembly.
RW26002
Remove spanner nut using adjustable spanner wrench or
blunt chisel and a hammer.
A—Identification Mark
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–1/14
Move rod guide rearward, using a wooden dowel or brass

drift, just enough to remove snap ring (A). Remove snap
ring. Do not damage rod guide threads or seal.
A—Snap Ring
–UN–30OCT98
RW26003
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–2/14
NOTE: Piston assembly removed for clarity of

photograph. Filler ring (furnished with repair kit) is
only used for disassembly.
Install filler ring in snap ring groove. –UN–30OCT98
Remove remaining parts.

RW26004

110906
PN=951
Hitch
Inspect snap ring groove. Clean groove of nicks or burrs if

necessary.
70
40
8
–UN–30OCT98
RW26005
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–4/14
NOTE: Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts

before assembling.
Install wiper seal. Push to bottom of bore in rod guide.
–UN–30OCT98
RW26006
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–5/14
Install seals (B) and (C).
Install wear ring (A).
Install backup ring (D) and O-ring (E).
A—Wear Ring
B—Seal
C—Buffer Seal
D—Backup Ring
E—O-Ring –UN–30OCT98
RW26007

110906
PN=952
Hitch
IMPORTANT: Piston lands must be free of nicks or

burrs to prevent damage to piston seal.
70
40
Inspect piston lands. Clean lands of any nicks or burrs 9
that may cut piston seal.
–UN–30OCT98
RW26008
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–7/14
For 90 mm cylinders, perform the following step:
• Install ring (A) and seal ring (B) on piston.
For 100 mm cylinders, perform the following steps:
• Install seal expander (C) on end of piston.
IMPORTANT: Cap seal (D) must fit tight against seal

expander (C) to prevent seal damage
during assembly into barrel.
NOTE: Warm the cap seal in hot water for approximately

five minutes to make the seal more pliable. Use
the smooth side of a tie band to pull cap seal into
position over seal expander.
• Install cap seal (D) onto seal expander (C). Shrink cap
seal to the original size using a ring compressor with
–UN–26OCT98
shim stock, or a hose clamp with shim stock.
IMPORTANT: The backup rings must be installed with

the radius toward seal expander.
RW25211A
• Install backup rings (E) with radius (F) toward seal
expander (C).
A—Ring
B—Seal Ring
C—Seal Expander
D—Cap Seal
E—Backup Rings
F—Radius

110906
PN=953
Hitch
Install wear ring on piston.
70
40
10
–UN–30OCT98
RW26009
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–9/14
Install snap ring, rod guide, and piston assembly on rod.
Install cap screw and washer on rod using PM37477

Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength). Tighten cap
screw to specification.
–UN–30OCT98
Piston Cap Screw:—Specification
90 mm Cylinder—Torque ............................................................. 915 N•m
(675 lb-ft)
RW26010
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–10/14
For 100 mm cylinders, perform the following steps:
• Put tape around cap screw socket. Make marks on the

tape to divide the socket into 12 equal parts (30°).
• Put a piece of wire on the rod, over the piston, to point
to one of the marks.
–UN–30OCT98
• Tighten cap screw one mark (1/12 turn).
Piston Cap Screw:—Specification

100 mm Cylinders—Torque Turn ................. 800 N•m plus 1/12 turn (30°)
RW26011
(600 lb-ft plus 1/12 turn (30°)
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–11/14
Apply petroleum jelly on seals and chamfer of barrel.

Apply a light coat of clear hydraulic oil to rod guide
threads and threads of spanner nut.
IMPORTANT: To prevent seal damage, the barrel,

piston, and rod must be in alignment
–UN–30OCT98
Carefully push piston and rod guide into barrel. Keep

piston and rod guide together.
RW26012

110906
PN=954
Hitch
Push rod guide into barrel just enough to install snap ring.
Install snap ring.
70
40
Pull rod guide against snap ring. 11
Put light coat of oil on rod guide threads and spanner nut
–UN–30OCT98
threads.
Put filler ring between rod guide and spanner nut.
RW26013
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–13/14
Tighten nut until marks on rod guide and nut align. Nut
must be tight.
Spanner Nut—Specification
Nut—Torque ................................................................................. 204 N•m
(150 lb-ft)
–UN–30OCT98
RW26014
AG,OUOD010,641 –19–08NOV05–14/14
Repair Hitch Lift Arm Assembly
Install seals (A) to each end of lift arm weldment (B) with
lips of seal facing outward. Insert lift arm pivot shaft (C)
through lift arm weldment.
Install wear sleeve (D) and shaft support (E) to each end.
Pivot Shaft Support-to-Frame Cap Screws—Specification

(460 lb-ft)
Lift Arm Pivot Shaft-to-Shaft Support Cap Screws—Specification

(95 lb-ft)
A—Seals
B—Lift Arm Weldment
C—Pivot Shaft
D—Wear Sleeve
–UN–15DEC88
E—Shaft Support
RW13349
AG,OUOD010,642 –19–07SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=955
Hitch
70
40
12

110906
PN=956
Section 80
Miscellaneous
Contents
Page 80
Group 05—Hood and Side Panels

Remove and Install Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-05-1
Releasing Broken Hood Latch. . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-05-3
Adjust Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-05-4
Adjust Side Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-05-5
Group 10—Heavy-Duty Wheels—9020 Tractors

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-1
Service Heavy-Duty Wheel Clamps. . . . . . . . . .80-10-1

110906
PN=1
Contents
80

110906
PN=2
Group 05
Hood and Side Panels
NOTE: Order tools from the U.S. SERVICEGARD or

European Microfiche Tool Catalogs.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS listed are required to perform the job

correctly and are obtainable only from SERVICEGARD or
European Tool Catalogs. 80
05
RECOMMENDED TOOLS, as noted, are suggested to 1
perform the job correctly. Some tools may be available
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX985,0000042 –19–16APR04–1/2
Hood Release Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1004A
Used to release broken hood latch.
OURX985,0000042 –19–16APR04–2/2
Remove and Install Hood
If hood will not open on 9000 Series (S.N. 30000— ) or

9020 Series, perform the following steps:
–UN–14AUG03
IMPORTANT: Avoid seal or hood damage, when
resistance is encountered, by placing
tool between hood and reservoir.
NOTE: Slowly move tool back and fourth to conform to RXA0068719

reservoir exterior.
• Slide JDG1004A Hood Release Tool (A) between

right-hand 90° hood angle (B) and hydraulic reservoir.
• Stand tool upright and move to left across reservoir
stopping at right of hood latch (C).
–UN–11AUG03
A—JDG1004A Hood Release Tool

B—90° Hood Tool
C—Hood Latch
RXA0068709
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B62 –19–21OCT04–1/3

110906
PN=959
• Position JDG1004A Hood Release Tool (A) slightly to

right-hand side of hood center.
• Tilt handle slightly back towards cab.
• Locate correct position for latch release tab (B).
–UN–11AUG03
IMPORTANT: Release spring tension can be felt in
tool handle when release point is
80 located.
05
RXA0068713
2 • Gently place to right-hand side of latch and directly
under release tab.
• Firmly pull-up and twist handle clockwise to release
latch tab and open hood.
A—JDG1004A Hood Release Tool

B—Latch Release Tab
–UN–11AUG03
RXA0068721
Continued on next page OUO6046,0001B62 –19–21OCT04–2/3

110906
PN=960
Attach straps (A) to hood and hoist.
Support hood and disconnect cylinders (B).
Remove screws (C).
Carefully remove hood.

80
IMPORTANT: Hood cylinders MUST be installed with 05
cylinder body to the top and rod end to 3
–UN–04SEP96
the bottom.
Install hood in reverse order.
RW50270A
A—Straps
B—Cylinders
C—Screws
–UN–04SEP96
RW50271A
OUO6046,0001B62 –19–21OCT04–3/3
Releasing Broken Hood Latch

–UN–11AUG03
–UN–11AUG03
RXA0068713
RXA0068721
Right of Hood Center Hood Release Tab (Under Tool)
1. A hood release tool JDG1004A (A) is available 2. Position under release tab (B).
should button fail.
OURX956,000032A –19–14APR04–1/1

110906
PN=961
Adjust Hood
Raise hood.
Center striker (A) in slot.
–UN–04SEP96
Center bolts (B) in slots.
80
05 A—Striker
4
RW50312A
B—Bolts
–UN–04SEP96
RW50313A
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,800 –19–11FEB00–1/2

110906
PN=962
Lower and latch hood.
Check for alignment (A) of hood with both side panels.
If hood is low or high on both sides loosen, bolts (B) and

slide rear hood support bracket up or down to adjust hood
–UN–04SEP96
.
80
If hood is low on one side but aligned on the other, loosen 05
striker (C) and slide striker towards low side until hood 5
RW50314A
and side panel are aligned .
A—Alignment
B—Adjusting Bolts
C—Striker
–UN–04SEP96
RW50312B
–UN–04SEP96
RW50313B
AG,OUOD010,800 –19–11FEB00–2/2
Adjust Side Panel
Loosen cap screws (A) and bolts (B).
A—Cap Screws
–UN–04SEP96
–UN–09SEP96
B—Bolts
RW50315A
RW50316A
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,801 –19–11FEB00–1/3

110906
PN=963
Close and latch side panel.
Push in on bottom of side panel and adjust bracket (A) so

latch and striker have a 0.4 mm (0.16 in.) gap (B).
Tighten cap screws (C).
–UN–04SEP96
80 A—Bracket
05 B—0.4 mm (0.16 in.) Gap
6
RW50315B
C—Cap Screws
–UN–04SEP96
RW50317A
AG,OUOD010,801 –19–11FEB00–2/3
Adjust rod (A) to fit snug in latch (B).
Tighten bolts (C) while raising up on bracket (D) and

pushing top of bracket forward.
–UN–13DEC96
A—Rod
B—Latch
C—Bolts
D—Bracket
RW50338A
–UN–09SEP96
RW50316B
AG,OUOD010,801 –19–11FEB00–3/3

110906
PN=964
Group 10
Heavy-Duty Wheels—9020 Tractors
Specifications
Socket-head Cap Screw Torque 50 N•m

(37 lb-ft)
Wheel Hub Cap Screws: 80

10
Initial Torque 405 N•m 1
(300 lb-ft)
Final Torque 610 N•m

(450 lb-ft)
OURX985,0000115 –19–14FEB03–1/1
Service Heavy-Duty Wheel Clamps

B C
NOTE: Wheel assembly is generally set for customer’s D
row-crop spacing. Return assembly to that setting
after service.
–UN–12FEB03
1. Remove snap ring (A).
2. Loosen (without removing) sleeve cap screws (B) just
RXA0065325
enough to move wheel.
A
IMPORTANT: Do not loosen or remove Socket-head
screw (C). Doing so could result in
wheel binding or wheel damage. A—Snap Ring
B—Sleeve Cap Screws
C—Socket-head Screw
3. Turn pinion gear (D) to move wheel. D—Pinion
Continued on next page OURX985,0000108 –19–27NOV02–1/9

110906
PN=965
IMPORTANT: Avoid personal injury. Use suitable

wheel handling equipment when
removing wheel assemblies.
4. Remove wheel assembly from axle.
80
10
2
–UN–16JAN03
RXA0064580
Wheel Handling Equipment
OURX985,0000108 –19–27NOV02–2/9
5. Remove cap screws (A) and washers (B).
6. Remove hex screw (C) and remove ring and clamps

from other side of wheel. C
A—Cap Screw
B—Washers
C—Socket-head Screw A
B
–UN–16JAN03
RXA0064538

110906
PN=966
IMPORTANT: Do not remove rust preventive coating

from clamps (A) and (D).
7. Clean dirt and contaminates from clamps (A) and (D),

springs (C), and spring pins (B). A
8. Check clamps, spring pins, and springs for wear and

damage. 80
B 10
3
A—Clamp
B—Spring Pin C
C—Spring
D—Clamp
–UN–16JAN03
D
RXA0064533
OURX985,0000108 –19–27NOV02–4/9
9. Clean dirt and contaminates from clamp adjoining

surfaces (A) in wheel
A—Clamp Adjoining Surfaces
–UN–16JAN03
RXA0064535

110906
PN=967
10. Assemble clamps, spring pins, and springs as shown

and install in wheel.
80
10
4
–UN–20FEB03
RXA0064536
OURX985,0000108 –19–27NOV02–6/9
11. Install clamp ring (A) making sure clamp key is

properly seated in wheel keyway (B).
A—Clamp Ring
B—Keyway
–UN–16JAN03
B
RXA0064537

110906
PN=968
12. Install socket-head cap screw (C).
Socket-head Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft) C
13. Loosely install cap screws (A) and washers (B).
A 80
A—Cap Screw 10
B—Washers 5
C—Socket-head Screw
–UN–16JAN03
RXA0064538

110906
PN=969
14. Install wheel on axle and set to operator’s desired

position.
NOTE: Using a square to measure at four locations

around the wheel may help set wheel
perpendicular to axle.
A
80 15. Tighten sleeve cap screw in numerical order, stamped
–UN–24JAN03
10 on wheel (A), until cap screws maintain Initial torque.
6
Wheel Hub Cap Screws—Specification
RXA0064805
(300 lb-ft)
16. Tighten sleeve cap screw in numerical order until they

maintain Final torque.
Wheel Hub Cap Screws—Specification

(450 lb-ft)
17. Install snap ring at end of axle.
18. Drive tractor a minimum of 100 meters (100 yd) and

tighten bolts in numerical order until they maintain
Final Torque.
NOTE: Advise customer to retighten cap screw after

working 3 HOURS, 10 HOURS, and DAILY for
first week of operation.
OURX985,0000108 –19–27NOV02–9/9

110906
PN=970
Section 90
Operator Station
Contents
Page Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation Test Shaft Seal Leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-30
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-1 Disassemble and Assemble Clutch . . . . . . .90-10-31
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-1 Clutch Hub Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-32
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-2 Inspect Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-32
Cab 90
Thermal Bypass Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-33
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-2 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-34
Mounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-10 Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-36
Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-11 Receiver-Dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-37
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-14 Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-38
Evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-43
Group 05—Heating, Ventilating, and Air Expansion Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-46
Conditioning (HVAC)
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-1 Group 15—Air Suspension Seat (S.N. —030000)
Heater Line Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-2 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-15-1
HVAC Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-3 Remove Seat From Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . .90-15-1
Temperature Control Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-8 Air Suspension Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-15-4
Adjust Heating/Cooling Controls . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-10
Evaporator/Heater Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-11 Group 20—Air Suspension Seat (S.N. 030001— )
Leak Test Heater Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-12 and 9020 Series
Heater Control Valve Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-1
Without CLIMATRAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-12 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-1
With CLIMATRAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-14 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-1
With CLIMATRAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-15 Seat
Group 10—Air Conditioning System Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-3
Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-1 Ride Zone Protector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-6
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-5 Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-6
Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-5 Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-13
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-6 Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-14
Air Conditioning System
Hose and Tubing O-Ring Connection Group 25—ACTIVE SEAT
Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-7 Essential or Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-1
Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-8 Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-2
Fittings Reference Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-9 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-2
Leak Test With Dye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-10 Purging Air from ACTIVE SEAT System. . . . .90-25-3
Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-12 Seat
Flushing, Purging, and Evacuating Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-5
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-13 Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-6
Flush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-15 Actuator Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-8
Purge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-17 Control Valve Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-10
Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-18 Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-12
Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-19 Replace Seat Control Valve Assembly
Refrigerant Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-20 O-Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-13
Compressor Remove and Install Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-15
Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-26
Test Volumetric Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-28 Continued on next page

110906
PN=1
Contents
Page
Checking and Charging Replacement

Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-16
Active Seat
Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-24
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-28
Seat
Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-34
Group 30—Armrest
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-30-1
90
Disassemble and Assemble Adjustable
Armrest Support—Style B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-30-5
Group 35—Cab Door and Windshield

Door Latch Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-35-1
Cab Door Latch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-35-2
Cab Door Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-35-3
Replace Windshield Glass or Seal . . . . . . . . . .90-35-9

110906
PN=2
Group 00
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,00000F9 –19–28SEP01–1/4

90
RW25560 –UN–29AUG96
00
Special Mounting Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG19 1
OURX956,00000F9 –19–28SEP01–2/4
RW18149 –UN–09APR90
Lift Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG23
Remove and install engine
OURX956,00000F9 –19–28SEP01–3/4
RW25164 –UN–22JUN94
Mounting Guide Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG8821
Install cab and axles on tractor
1
DFRW92
OURX956,00000F9 –19–28SEP01–4/4
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Retain cab mounting cap screws.
OURX956,00000FA –19–08NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=973
Specifications
Cab Mount Cap Screws Torque 230 N•m

(170 lb-ft)
Brake Valve Mounting Torque 80 N•m

Bracket-to-Cab Cap Screws (60 lb-ft)
Steering Valve Mounting Torque 80 N•m

Bracket-to-Cab Cap Screws (60 lb-ft)
90
00
2
OURX956,00000FB –19–28SEP01–1/1
Remove Cab
Install steering cylinder stops (A) on both cylinders to lock

tractor in straight position.
–UN–03JUL96
A—Cylinder Stops
RW50241A
OURX956,00000FC –19–28SEP01–1/12
Disconnect cab ground cable (B).
Remove access plate located below radiator and drain

–UN–26SEP01
cooling system.

RXA0057272
Discharge air conditioning. (See DISCHARGE AIR

CONDITIONING SYSTEM in Group 10)
A—Ground Cable
B—Cab Ground Cable
Continued on next page OURX956,00000FC –19–28SEP01–2/12

110906
PN=974
For tractors with MST, perform the following steps:
Remove cab floor mat.
Remove upper floor plate and lower floor plate (A).
A—Lower Floor Plate
–UN–03JUL96
90
RW50222A
00
3
OURX956,00000FC –19–28SEP01–3/12
Note orientation of shifter arms and linkages for

reassembly.
Remove two bell crank-to-transmission cap screws (A).
Disconnect lower shift linkage ball joints (B) from bell

crank.
Strap bell crank support (C) to cab floor.
–UN–27SEP01
Carefully pull hoses towards left side of tractor and tie to
tractor frame.
RXA0057352
A—Cap Screws
B—Lower Shift Linkage Ball Joints
C—Bell Crank Support

110906
PN=975
Disconnect power cable (A) from alternator.
Remove cable clamps (C).
–UN–26SEP01
Disconnect power cable (A) from junction box (B).
Route cable back to cab.
RXA0057271
A—Power Cable
B—Junction Box
C—Cable Clamps
90
00
4
OURX956,00000FC –19–28SEP01–5/12
Remove rear cab panel.
Disconnect harness connector (A).
Disconnect clamp (B).
Disconnect cab ground cable (C).
Remove control boxes (D) and carefully lay on rear

platform (E).
NOTE: Disconnecting wiring harnesses from control
–UN–10JUL96
boxes is not necessary.
Route condenser drain hose outside of frame.
RW50203A
A—Cab Harness Connector
B—Clamp
C—Cab Ground Cable
D—Control Boxes
E—Rear Platform

110906
PN=976
Remove windshield washer hoses (A).
A—Windshield Washer Hoses
–UN–26SEP01
90
00
RXA0057285
5
OURX956,00000FC –19–28SEP01–7/12
Remove aspirator hose (A) at fan shroud, route back to

cab, and remove with cab.
A—Aspirator Hose at Fan Shroud
–UN–26SEP01
RXA0057273
OURX956,00000FC –19–28SEP01–8/12
CAUTION: Cab weighs 816 kg (1800 lb). Be sure

that hoist and lift straps have the proper
capacity to handle the load.
–UN–04SEP96
Install JDG19 Lift Brackets (A) and attach JDG23 Lift

Sling (B) to brackets and hoist.
RW50311A
A—JDG19 Lift Brackets

B—JDG23 Lift Sling

110906
PN=977
Disconnect and remove air intake pipe (A).
Disconnect and plug heater hoses (C).
Remove cap screws (B) from brake valve and steering

control valve.
NOTE: Cab must be raised approximately 50 mm (2 in.),

for tractors with 24-Speed MST, before steering
valve can be removed.
Remove and support brake valve and steering valve from

cab.
90
00
6 A—Intake Pipe
B—Cap Screws
–UN–08JUL96
C—Heater Hoses
RW50221A
–UN–03JUL96
RW50209A

110906
PN=978
For 9000 Series tractors with PST, perform the

following steps:
Note routing of park brake control cable for reassembly.
Disconnect park brake control cable (A) from front axle.
–UN–08JUL96
For tractors with MST, perform the following steps:
Note routing of clutch control cable for reassembly.
RW50191A
Disconnect clutch control cable from arm (B) and bracket
(C) on transmission control valve located on left side of
transmission. 90
00
7
A—Control Cable
B—Arm
C—Bracket
–UN–04SEP96
RW50310A

110906
PN=979
Remove cab mount cap screws (A).
NOTE: Shims are located on top of each front cab mount

spacer. Note number of shims on each mount for
–UN–09JUL96
correct installation.
Disconnect air conditioner line clamp (B) from frame.
RW50242A
NOTE: Air conditioning system does not need to be

90 discharged if couplers are disconnected properly.
00
8
Carefully raise cab approximately 50 mm (2 in.) and
disconnect A/C lines (C).
For 9020 Series Tractors, perform the following steps:
NOTE: Air conditioning system needs to be discharged.
–UN–09JUL96
Discharge air conditioning. (See DISCHARGE AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM in Group 10.)
RW50243A
Carefully raise cab approximately 50 mm (2 in.) and
disconnect A/C lines (D).
9000 Series Air Conditioner Lines
For 9020 Series Tractors with ACTIVE SEAT,
IMPORTANT: Purging Air from ACTIVE SEATSystem

must be performed if system has been
opened.
–UN–26SEP01
Raise cab and disconnect ACTIVE SEAT hoses (E).
Cap and plug to prevent contamination.
RXA0057262
For ALL tractors, perform the following step:
Carefully remove cab while making sure all wires, cables,

hoses, and lines are loose. 9020 Series Air Conditioner Lines
A—Cap Screws
B—Line Clamp
C—A/C Line Couplers (9000 Series)
D—A/C Line (9020 Series)
E—ACTIVE SEAT Hoses
–UN–26SEP01
RXA0057270
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,00000FC –19–28SEP01–12/12

110906
PN=980
90
00
9

110906
PN=981
Exploded View—Cab Mounts
90
00
10
–UN–05OCT01
RXA0057519
Continued on next page OURX956,00000FD –19–28SEP01–1/2

110906
PN=982
A—Cap Screw D—Short Spacer G—Shim J—Mount Pad Thickness

B—Small Rubber Mount E—Large Rubber Mount H—Long Spacer K—Mount Pad Hole
C—Washer F—Washer I—Shim
OURX956,00000FD –19–28SEP01–2/2
Install Cab
Shim Cab
IMPORTANT: All four stamped washers (F) should be

assembled with the flat sides of
90
washers contacting large rubber mount 00
(E). 11
IMPORTANT: The R128779 Shims are used as a

common spacer on the front mounts (C)
and as shims for the rear mounts (I).
Measure the thickness of rear cab mount (J) through hole

(K). Add shims (I) to bring frame thickness to
specification.
Specification
Rear Cab Mount—Thickness ....................................................... 25.4 mm
(1 in.)
Continued on next page OURX956,00000FDCONV1 –19–08NOV05–1/3

110906
PN=983
NOTE: Refer to Cab Mounts, Exploded View, on the

previous page for correct installation of cab
mounts.
Install 2 JDG882 Cab Guide Pins (A) in the front cab

mount pads of tractor being careful not to overtighten.
Install JDG882 Cab Guide Pins (A) in rear cab bosses.
Install 1 large washer, large rubber mount, short spacer

(C), and 2 R128779 Shims (B) over JDG882 Cab Guide
Pin.
–UN–18AUG00
90 Carefully install cab in reverse order of removal. Make
00
12
sure clutch control cable (MST), park brake cable (9000
PST), and heater hoses are correctly routed.
RW78457
For tractors with 24-Speed MST, perform the following
step:
Install steering valve on cab with cab elevated

approximately 50 mm (2 in.).

IMPORTANT: Purging Air from ACTIVE SEAT
–UN–10JUL96
System must be performed if system
has been opened.
Install ACTIVE SEAT lines.
RW50245A
Rear Mount
Remove cab guide pins.
Tie brake pedal up prior to installing brake valve.
Tighten brake and steering valve-to-cab cap screws.

A—Guide Pins
B—Shims
C—Spacer (Short)
D—Gap
–UN–12OCT01
E—Large Washer
RXA0057520
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OURX956,00000FDCONV1 –19–08NOV05–2/3

110906
PN=984

Strength) to cab mount cap screws.
Install and tighten cab mount cap screws.
Cab Mount Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 230 N•m
(170 lb-ft)
Brake Valve Mounting Bracket-to-Cab Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 80 N•m
(60 lb-ft)
Steering Valve Mounting Bracket-to-Cab Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 80 N•m 90
(60 lb-ft) 00
13
Inspect rear cab mounts for a gap (D) between rubber
mount and pad. IF a gap is evident, remove both rear cab
mount cap screws slightly. Raise cab just enough to install
R128228 Shim under large washer (E). Make sure that
shim does not hang up on mount spacer. Lower cab,
reinstall and tighten cap screws.
Purge, evacuate, and recharge system. (See PURGE,

EVACUATE, AND CHARGE AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM in Group 10.)


has been opened.
Purge air from system. (See PURGING AIR FROM

ACTIVE SEAT System in Group 20.)
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,00000FDCONV1 –19–08NOV05–3/3

110906
PN=985
Repair Cab
structural members have been bent, buckled,

CAUTION: Make certain all parts are installed
or stretched.
correctly to maintain roll-over protection
(ROPS) if cab is loosened or removed for
Do not weld, grind, drill or cut on the cab
any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to
structural members when making a repair on
proper torque.
the body frame. Doing so can weaken the
members sufficiently to limit the
A tractor roll-over may create a severe
effectiveness in protecting the operator if a
stress on the cab structure. Therefore, reuse
roll-over or upset occurs.
of a cab is not recommended if the
90
00
14
OURX956,00000FE –19–28SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=986
Group 05
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Specifications
Valve-to-Motor Bracket
Screws Torque 1.3 N•m

(10 lb-in.)
OURX956,0000132 –19–05OCT01–1/1
90
05
1

110906
PN=987
Heater Line Routing
A B
90
05 D E
2
H G
–UN–18APR00
I J
F
RW78450
9100 and 9120 Heater Line Routing
D
N
–UN–24APR00
B O
RW78451
9200-9620 Heater Line Routing
Continued on next page OURX956,00000FF –19–03MAY04–1/2

110906
PN=988
A—Pressure Hose (From Front C—Short Return Hose G—Pressure Line (Attached L—Heater Return Hose (Early
Of Block) (Through Cab Floor) Under Cab Floor) 9000)
B—Return Line (Attached D—Heater Valve (On Return H—Return Hose1 (On Right M—Water Pump Inlet
Under Cab Floor) Hose) Side Of Tractor) N—Return Line (Later 9000
E—Heater Core I—Hose Clamp Location and 9020)
F—Short Pressure Hose J—Flow Direction O—Engine Oil Cooler
(Through Cab Floor) K—Surge Tank Line (Early
9000)
1
Return hose is routed on right side of tractor down along side frame
and back up to water pump inlet
OURX956,00000FF –19–03MAY04–2/2
90
05
Remove HVAC Module 3
1. For All Tractors:
• Remove rear cab panel.

• Drain cooling system.
–UN–06SEP96
• Discharge system. (See DISCHARGE AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM in Group 10.)
• Remove rear window sill trim panels (A).
• Remove upholstery panel (B) behind seat.
RW41271
IMPORTANT: Disconnecting wire harnesses from
control units is NOT recommended.
• Remove all electronic control units (D) from rear of

cab.
• Disconnect cab harness (F) from cab panel.
Remove cap screws (E) from cab panel.
–UN–18FEB03
• Remove cab panel (F) to expose HVAC module.
Replace adhesive seal before installing HVAC
module.
A—Trim Panels RXA0065744
B—Rear Upholstery Panel

C—Electronic Control Units
D—Cab Harness Connector
E—Cap Screw (16-used)
F—Cab Panel
Continued on next page OURX956,00001CB –19–23OCT02–1/4

110906
PN=989
2. For Tractors Without CLIMATRAK:
• Disconnect thermostat (A) and blower speed resistor

(B).
• Remove module front mounting cap screw (C).
• Remove socket head cap screw and plate from
–UN–18FEB03
expansion valve (D). Pull high- and low-pressure
lines from expansion valve and cap to prevent
contamination.
• Clamp off heater inlet hose (E) and disconnect from
RXA0065745
module.
• Clamp off heater outlet hose (H) and disconnect
from module.
90 • Disconnect blower motor connector (I).
05
4
• Remove two module rear mounting cap screws (F).
• Slide HVAC module to right and remove from cab.
A—Thermostat
B—Resistor
C—Cap Screw
D—Expansion Valve
E—Inlet Hose
F—Cap Screws
–UN–18FEB03
G—Outlet Hose
H—Heater Control Cable
I—Fan Connector
RXA0065746
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OURX956,00001CB –19–23OCT02–2/4

110906
PN=990
3. For Tractors With CLIMATRAK(S.N. —010001)
• Remove recirculating filter cover by pulling straight

up.
• Disconnect de-icing switch connector (A) and
ambient air temperature sensor (B).
• Disconnect fan connector (C) and control unit
connector (H).
• Remove ground screw (F).
• Remove socket-head cap screw and clamp (I).
–UN–23MAR00
Gently pull air conditioning line out of TEV.
• Disconnect heater hoses (K).
• Remove screws (G) and slide HVAC unit rearward
enough to disconnect sensors (J) and (D). 90
RW78436
05
5
IMPORTANT: Be sure that cab harness (E) is looped
over fan for reassembly.
A—De-Icing Switch Connector
B—Air Sensor Connector
C—Fan Connector
D—Outlet Air Temperature Sensor
E—Cab Harness
F—Ground Screw
G—Screws
H—Control Unit Connector
I—TEV Clamp
J—Inlet Air Temperature Sensor
K—Heater Hoses
–UN–03APR00
RW78442
–UN–03APR00
RW78443
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OURX956,00001CB –19–23OCT02–3/4

110906
PN=991
4. For Tractors With CLIMATRAK (S.N. 010001— )
• Remove recirculating filter cover by pulling straight

up.
• Disconnect evaporator temperature sensor (A) and
duct air temperature sensor (B).
• Disconnect cab air temperature sensor (C).
• Disconnect fan connector (E) and motor driver C
connector (D).
• Remove socket-head cap screw and clamp (F).
Gently pull air conditioning line out of TEV. B
• Remove ground screw (J).
–UN–24OCT02
• Remove screws (I) and slide HVAC module
90 rearward.
05
6 A
IMPORTANT: Be sure that harness (G and K) is
RXA0063270
looped over HVAC for reassembly.
A—Evaporator Temperature Sensor
B—Duct Air Temperature Sensor
C—Cab Air Temperature Sensor
D—Blower Motor Driver
E—Fan Connector
F—TEV Clamp
G—Harness
H—Heater Hoses
I—Screws (4-used)
–UN–18FEB03
J—Ground Screw
K—Cab Harness
RXA0065751
–UN–07OCT02
RXA0062874
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,00001CB –19–23OCT02–4/4

110906
PN=992
Install HVAC Module
1. Flush the evaporator if module was air tested. 5. Complete installation by reversing the removal
procedure.
2. Add 60 mL (2 oz) of refrigerant oil to module before
installation if evaporator was completely flushed or IMPORTANT: The foam seal should be replaced
replaced with a new evaporator, and if no system each time the A/C compartment
leaks found. If leaks existed, check refrigerant oil cover is removed.
charge. (See DETERMINE REFRIGERANT OIL
CHARGE in Group 10.) DO NOT overtighten A/C
compartment cover screws.
3. Inspect O-rings on high- and low-pressure lines.
6. Make sure loop remains in drain tube to prevent
NOTE: Be sure that cab harness is above heater fan dust from entering A/C system. 90
05
motor when installing HVAC module. 7
7. Purge, evacuate, and charge system. (See PURGE,
4. Install module at rear of cab. EVACUATE, AND CHARGE SYSTEM in Group
10.)
IMPORTANT: Be sure blower outlet duct and fresh
air duct are properly aligned.
OURX956,0000101 –19–23OCT02–1/1

110906
PN=993
Remove and Install Temperature Control

Cable
1. Remove screws (A).
2. Drill out rivets (B) using a small drill bit being careful
not to drill too deep.
3. Remove front shift lever cover (C) and screws behind

it.
–UN–14SEP99
4. Lift right console cover (D) up over shift levers and
remove.
90
RW78358
05
8 5. Remove screw and plastic clamp (E).
6. Pull vehicle monitor (F) to the rear to clear bezel and

remove. A—Screws
B—Rivets
C—Linkage Cover
7. Remove temperature control knob (G). Remove nut D—Console Cover
and washer located under the knob. E—Clamp
F—Vehicle Monitor
8. Pull heater control through vehicle monitor opening in G—Temperature Control Knob
console and disconnect cable.
OURX956,0000102 –19–23OCT02–1/3
9. Remove rear window latch stop (A).
Remove two window trim pieces (B).
10. Remove air filter housing (C) by unsnapping the cover

and removing two screws from top of housing.
11. Remove upholstery panel (D).
Remove rear cab panel with SMV sign.

–UN–04FEB99
A—Latch Stop
B—Rear Window Trim
C—Filter Housing
RW78215
D—Upholstery Panel

110906
PN=994
12. Remove access panel (A).
13. Remove clip (B) from heater control valve (C).
14. Disconnect temperature control cable from heater

control valve arm (D).
–UN–04FEB99
15. Install new cable.
16. Adjust cable. (See ADJUST HEATING/COOLING

CONTROLS in this group.)
RW78216
A—Access Panel
90
B—Clip
05
C—Heater Control Valve
9
D—Control Valve Arm
–UN–04FEB99
RW78217
OURX956,0000102 –19–23OCT02–3/3

110906
PN=995
Adjust Heating/Cooling Controls
1. Put mode control switch (A) and function switch (B) to

DEFROST position.
2. Move temperature control (C) to full COOL position.
–UN–07SEP96
3. Put blower switch (D) in LOW position.
4. Loosen four side cap screws holding the rear cab
RW41252
cover.
5. Remove cab rear panel and access panel (E).

90
05
10
6. Rotate turnbuckle (F) on cable until valve lever (G) is
moved to farthest left-hand (valve closed) position.
A—Mode Control Knob

B—Function Control Knob
C—Temperature Control Knob
–UN–04FEB99
D—Blower Speed Selection Knob
E—Access Panel
F—Cable Turnbuckle
G—Heater Valve Lever
RW78212
–UN–05MAR99
RW78213
OURX956,0000103 –19–23OCT02–1/1

110906
PN=996
Remove and Install Heater Core
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove heater core for

cleaning purposes. Core can be accessed through
recirculation filter opening and cleaned using a
vacuum cleaner.
1. Remove HVAC from tractor. (See REMOVE AND
–UN–06OCT99
INSTALL HVAC MODULE in this group.)
2. Remove cap screws from circulation blower (A) and
RW78285
remove blower.
3. Carefully pull capillary line (B) from evaporator core 90

Evaporator-Heater Core (Split Core) 05
and bend up to top of housing being careful not to kink 11
line.
4. For Split-Core Units: Remove spring clips (C) from

housing halves.
5. Pry out on tab of lower housing half while pulling up on

upper half to release tabs (D).
6. Remove upper half of housing to remove cores.
–UN–02NOV99
7. Remove two machine screws (F) from each side of
evaporator-heater core to split.
8. For Solid Core Units: Remove machine screws (E)
RW78364
from HVAC unit and separate halves.
9. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Evaporator-Heater Core
Install parts in reverse order.

A—Blower
B—Capillary Tube1
C—Spring Clips
D—Tabs
E—Machine Screws (4-used)
F—Machine Screws
–UN–06OCT99
RW78286
Evaporator-Heater Core (Split Core)
1
Tractors with CLIMATRAK use an electrical de-icing sensor that does
NOT need to be removed
OURX956,0000104 –19–23OCT02–1/1

110906
PN=997
Leak Test Heater Core
IMPORTANT: Minor leaks may be repaired, but 2. Repair or replace as required.

evaporators and heater cores should
be replaced if a restriction or major
leak exists.
1. Spray surface using a 50-50 mixture of liquid soap

and water and apply at least 350 kPa (3.5 bar) (50
psi) pressure.
OURX956,0000105 –19–28SEP01–1/1
90
05
12 Remove, Test, and Install Heater Control
Valve—Without CLIMATRAK
1. Remove rear cab panel with SMV sign.
2. Remove access panel (A).
3. Clamp off heater valve outlet hose (D), and disconnect

from heater valve (C).
–UN–01JUL99
4. Clamp off heater valve inlet hose (B), and disconnect
from heater valve.
5. Disconnect temperature control cable (E).
RW78283
A—Cover
B—Valve Inlet Hose
C—Valve
D—Valve Outlet Hose
E—Cable
–UN–01JUL99
RW78284
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OURX956,0000106 –19–23OCT02–1/3

110906
PN=998
NOTE: Valve is not serviceable.
6. Connect water pressure hose to heater control valve

inlet (A) and move valve arm (B) to fully closed
position. Arm (B) should be against stop, opposite of
cable support (D).
–UN–04AUG99
7. Check for leakage from valve outlet (C).
Replace if required.
RW78329
A—Valve Inlet
B—Valve Control Arm
C—Valve Outlet 90
D—Cable Support 05
13
OURX956,0000106 –19–23OCT02–2/3
IMPORTANT: Be sure that valve control arm does not

contact A/C lines when fully closed.
8. Inspect heater hoses and replace if required.
9. Install control valve.
–UN–02JUN94
10. Adjust temperature control cable so heater control
valve (A) is fully closed when temperature control
knob is in coldest position.
RW40110
11. Wash compartment with clean water to remove spilled
antifreeze.
A—Valve Control Arm
IMPORTANT: DO NOT overtighten A/C compartment
cover screws.
OURX956,0000106 –19–23OCT02–3/3

110906
PN=999
Remove, Test, and Install Heater Control

Valve—With CLIMATRAK (S.N. —010001):
1. Remove rear cab panel.
2. Remove small heater valve access panel.
IMPORTANT: There are three position marks on the

housing of the actuator that correspond
with the timing notches on the valve
–UN–17APR00
shaft (D).
DO NOT use the notches to turn the

90
valve; doing so would damage the
RW78448
05
14 actuator.
3. With ignition Key in the ON position, turn the

temperature control knob to full HOT (clockwise).
D
4. Look through access hole to verify that valve position
indicator (D) is aligned with OPEN mark (H).
5. To replace actuator only, perform the following

steps: Pull off connector safety lock and remove
connector (E).
H G
6. Remove screws (F) and actuator from valve being
careful not to break tabs (C).
F
7. Inspect and align driver (J) to new motor and install I
actuator and screws. Tighten to specification.
Valve-to-Motor Bracket—Specification J
–UN–30APR01
Screws—Torque ............................................................................ 1.3 N•m
(10 lb-in.)
8. To replace valve only, perform the following: Drain

cooling system at engine block.
9. Disconnect heater pressure hose at engine; then blow B A RXA0052988
air through hose to force remaining coolant out of

heater core. A—Inlet Hose Clamp
B—Outlet Hose Clamp
10. Remove inlet clamp (A) and outlet clamp (B). C—Tabs
D—Valve Position Indicator
E—Connector With Safety Tab
11. Remove screws (F) and pull valve from actuator
F—Screws
bracket being careful not to break tabs (C). G—Closed Valve Indicator Line
H—Open Valve Indicator Line
I—Screw
J—Driver
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OURX956,0000107 –19–23OCT02–1/2

110906
PN=1000
12. Pull valve from hoses.
13. Connect water pressure hose to heater control valve

inlet (A) and move valve driver (J) to fully closed
position.
14. Check for leakage from the valve outlet (B). Replace
as necessary
OURX956,0000107 –19–23OCT02–2/2
90
05
Remove and Install Heater Control Valve 15
With CLIMATRAK( S.N 010001- )
1. Remove rear cab panel.
–UN–07OCT02
2. Remove small heater valve access panel.
IMPORTANT: Heater valve test must be performed

before replacing valve.
RXA0062873
3. Test heater control valve (See Operation and Test
Manual, Section 290 for Test Procedure.)
A—Inlet Hose Clamp
4. To replace valve, perform the following: Remove B—Outlet Hose Clamp
inlet clamp (A) and outlet clamp (B). C—Connector
5. Disconnect connector (C) from valve.
6. Pull hoses from valve and replace as necessary.
7. Perform CLIMATRAK(ATC) Calibration Procedure.

(See Operation and Test Manual, Section 290 for
Calibration Procedure.)
CLIMATRAK is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,00001C0 –19–24SEP02–1/1

110906
PN=1001
90
05
16

110906
PN=1002
Group 10
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–1/20

90
RW40022 –UN–08SEP93
10
Pulley Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D05277ST 1
Remove compressor pulley
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–2/20
Rubber Stopper and Leak Detector Kit . . . . . D05361ST
Check hydraulic system connections
–UN–22JUN94
RW25171
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–3/20
RW25867 –UN–22DEC97
1
Compressor Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . .DFRW20
Hold A/C compressor during disassembly and assembly
1
Continued on next page OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–4/20

110906
PN=1003
RW78207 –UN–25JAN99
Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement

Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW1391
Used to replace thermal expansion valve when flushing

evaporator
1
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–5/20
90
RW40022 –UN–08SEP93
10
2 Compressor Seal and Clutch Repair Kit . . . . . . . JDG215
Remove and install air conditioning seal and clutch

components on air conditioning compressor
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–6/20
RW18226 –UN–20APR90
Special Hex Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG226
Remove and install compressor head
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–7/20
RW19943 –UN–19MAY92
Compressor Seal Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG746
Install seal on compressor
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–8/20
RW19932 –UN–19MAY92
A/C Compressor Clutch Spanner . . . . . . . . . . . JDG747
Remove compressor clutch
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–9/20
RW19935 –UN–19MAY92
Jaws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG748
Removing compressor pulley—(Used with D05277ST

Puller)
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–10/20
RW21598 –UN–17AUG92
Forcing Screw Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG771
Removing compressor clutch

110906
PN=1004
Recovery/Recycling, and Charging Station . . . . JT020451
Servicing air conditioning system using R134a refrigerant
–UN–17AUG92
RW21613
1
JT02046 Charging Station and JT02050 Recovery and Recycling
Station can be substituted for JT02045
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–12/20
90
10
Manifold with Gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02051 3
Check A/C system pressures
–UN–22JUN94
RW25172
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–13/20
RW40022 –UN–08SEP93
Electronic Leak Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02063
Check A/C system for refrigerant leaks
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–14/20
Air Conditioning Flushing Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02075
Flush air conditioning system
–UN–16DEC96
RW25566
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–15/20
RW25567 –UN–06SEP96
Electronic Leak Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02081
Checking A/C system

110906
PN=1005
RW40022 –UN–08SEP93
Air Conditioning R-12/R134a Fitting Kit . . . . . . . JT02098
Connect flushing, purging, and pressure equipment
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–17/20
RW25564 –UN–04SEP96
Air Conditioning Oil Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02129
Add refrigerant oil to A/C system
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–18/20
90
RW78205 –UN–19JAN99
10
4 Tube Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT021471
Used for leak testing, flushing, and purging evaporator

with TEV connected
1
Used with JT02098 Kit
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–19/20
Dye Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT02178
–UN–25AUG99
Used for injecting dye and testing for leaks in R-12 and
R134a systems
RW78351
OURX956,0000108 –19–28SEP01–20/20

110906
PN=1006
Other Material
Number Name Use
R36757 (U.S.) John Deere Cleaner Clean air filters
TY25601 (1 gal) (U.S.) ACC-U-FLUSH II Flushing Solvent Flush system
TY15949 (12 oz) (U.S.) R134a Refrigerant Charge the system
TY15950 (15 lb) (U.S.) R134a Refrigerant Charge the system
TY15951 (30 lb) (U.S.) R134a Refrigerant Charge the system

90
10
TY22025 (8.5 oz) (U.S.) R134a Compressor Oil Lubricate the system 5
TY27506 (U.S.) R134a Leak Detection Dye Indicate leaks in R134a air
conditioning systems
TY27507 (U.S.) Fluorescent Dye Cleaner Remove TY27506 Dye from

components
ACC-U-FLUSH II is a trademark of Microcare Company OURX956,0000109 –19–11NOV05–1/1
Service Parts Kits
The following kits are available through your parts • Compressor Clutch Hub and Pulley Kit
catalog: • Compressor Clutch Coil Kit
• Compressor Hardware Kit
• Compressor Shaft Seal Kit
OURX956,000010A –19–28SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=1007
Specifications
Compressor Suction Line Torque 38 N•m

(28 lb-ft)
Compressor Discharge Line Torque 36 N•m

(27 lb-ft)
Hub Retaining Cap Screw Torque 14 N•m

(120 lb-in.)
90 Compressor Through Bolts Torque 26 N•m

10
6
(19 lb-ft)
Evacuating System Required Vacuum at Sea Level 94.4 kPa (0.9 bar)
(28.6 in. Hg)
Refrigerant R134a Capacity 2.7—3.0 kg

(6.0—6.5 lb)
Refrigerant Oil Charge
System Capacity 295 mL

(10 oz)
Evaporator Capacity 60 mL
(2 fl oz)
Condenser Capacity 60 mL
(2 fl oz)
Receiver-Dryer Capacity 60 mL
(2 fl oz)
Compressor Capacity 60 mL
(2 fl oz)
Hoses Capacity 60 mL
(2 fl oz)
Fluorescent Dye Capacity 7.40 mL

(0.25 oz)
Continued on next page OURX956,000010B –19–28SEP01–1/2

110906
PN=1008
Compressor Discharge Pressure at 2000 rpm 1000—2800 kPa (10—28 bar)

(145—400 psi)
Suction Pressure at 2000 rpm 7—200 kPa (0.07—2 bar)
(1—30 psi)
Hub-to-Pulley Clearance 0.35—0.65 mm

(0.014—0.026 in.)
Clutch Coil Current Draw at 12 volts, 20°C 2.6 amps

(68°F)
Resistance at 20°C (68°F) 3.5—4.0 ohms
90
10
Compressor Relief Valve Opening Pressure 3450—4140 kPa (34.5—41.4 bar) 7
(500—600 psi)
Refrigerant Loss Switch Opening Pressure 140—205 kPa (1.4—2.1 bar)

(20—30 psi)
Closing Pressure 300—400 kPa (3—4 bar)
(45—60 psi)
High-Pressure Switch Opening Pressure 2620—2900 kPa (26.2—29 bar)

(380—420 psi)
Closing Pressure 1170—1450 kPa (11.7—14.5 bar)
(175—200 psi)
Deicing Switch Opening Temperature -1°C

(30°F)
Closing Temperature 3°C
(37°F)
OURX956,000010B –19–28SEP01–2/2
Hose and Tubing O-Ring Connection Torques

Torque
Metal Tube Outside Diameter Thread and Fitting Size N•m (lb-ft)
1/4 7/16 14-20 (10-15)
3/8 5/8 14-20 (10-15)
1/2 3/4 33-39 (24-29)
5/8 7/8 35-42 (26-31)
3/4 1-1/16 41-47 (30-35)
OURX956,000010C –19–03MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=1009
Diagram—Air Conditioning System
90
10
8
–UN–11JAN99
RW78204
NOTE: Numbers in diagram correspond to the Review the following list and chart for the service fitting
following Air Conditioning System Fittings used at each specific location.
Reference Chart.
The JT02098 Flush Fitting Kit contains fittings for

flushing or leak testing sections or individual
components of the air conditioning system.
OURX956,000010D –19–28SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=1010
Reference Chart—Air Conditioning System Fittings
Location Size SERVICEGARD Number

1. Compressor:
2. Suction Port (F) 7/8-18 UNS JT02099
3. Discharge Port (F) 3/4-18 UNS JT02100
4. Compressor Discharge hose:
5. Inlet End (M) 3/4-18 UNS JT02102
6. Outlet End (M) 7/8-14 JT033180 & JT03183
7. Condenser:
8. Inlet Port (M) 3/4-16 JT03195 & JT03181 or JT02137
9. Outlet Port (M) 5/8-18 JT03183
10. Condenser to Receiver-Dryer Hose:
11. Inlet Port (F) 5/8-18 JT03188
12. Outlet Port (M) 5/8-18 JT03197
13. Receiver-Dryer: 90
14. Inlet Port (F) 5/8-18 JT03196 or JT02110 10
15. Outlet Port (M) 5/8-18 JT03183 9
16. Receiver-Dryer to Expansion Valve Hose:
17. Inlet Port (F) 5/8-18 JT03188
18. Outlet Port (F) 1-1/8-18 Not Available
19. Quick Coupler (M) (M) 1-1/8-18
(20 Series Tractors do not have Quick Connector) (F) 1-7/16-16
20. Quick Coupler (F) (F) 1-7/16 - 16
21. Receiver-Dryer to Evaporator Line:
22. Inlet End (M) 7/8-20 UNEF
23. Outlet End (M) 3/8" (9.5 mm) JT02106 & JT02104
24. Expansion Valve:
25. Pressure Inlet Port (F) 3/8" (9.5 mm) JT02103
26. Pressure Outlet Port (F) 1/2" (12.7 mm) JT02104
27. Return Inlet Port (F) 5/8" (15.88 mm) JT02105
28. Return Outlet Port (F) 3/4" (17.65 mm) JT02147
29. Evaporator:
30. Inlet Tube (M) 1/2" (12.7 mm) JT02106 & JT02103
31. Outlet Tube (M) 5/8" (15.88 mm) JT02106 & JT02105
32. Evaporator to Compressor Line:
33. Inlet End (M) 3/4" (17.65 mm) TEV & JT02105
34. Outlet End (M) 1-1/4-18 UNEF Not available
35. Quick Connector: (M) 1-7/16-16
36. Quick Connector: (F) 1-7/16-16
(20 Series Tractors do not have Quick Connector) (M) 11-1/4-18
37. Evaporator to Compressor Hose:
38. Inlet End (M) 1-1/16-14 Not available
39. Outlet End (M) 7/8-18 UNS JT02101
OURX956,000010E –19–28SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=1011
Leak Test With Dye
broken housing. Always wear JT02178-4

CAUTION: Always wear safety glasses when
Enhancer Glasses when using light.
working with refrigerants. Contact with
refrigerant can cause serious injury.
Put on JT02178-4 Enhancer Glasses before using
light.
IMPORTANT: Use only approved dye in John
Deere systems; other dyes may not
With tractor running, shine JT02178-1 UV Lamp at
have compatible oil for R134a
sight glass, if equipped, of receiver-dryer. If dye is
systems. DO NOT allow dye to come
present, glass should be bright yellow.
into contact with vehicle painted
surfaces. Wipe off IMMEDIATELY in
Check For Leaks in System
90 case of spillage.
10
Perform an operational check to be sure that air
10 NOTE: Tractors built after the following serial numbers
conditioning system is functioning properly to circulate
have dye installed from the factory and no dye
dye.
is needed unless the system has been
serviced previously.
Run tractor with air conditioning on for 15 minutes to
Serial Number circulate refrigerant and dye.
9100 (20527- )
9200 (20522- ) Turn off tractor before testing components.
9300 (20525- )
9400 (20521- )
Put on JT02178-4 Enhancer Glasses before using
light.
Test for presence of dye in system:
Shine JT02178-1 UV Lamp on components to test for
NOTE: If dye has been installed in the system, the
leaks. Leaks are indicated by a yellow tint on
receiver-dryer should be tagged with a sticker
components where dye has left system.
from the correct kit.
Clean area of leak using TY27507 Fluorescent Dye
Perform an operational check to be sure that air
Cleaner and recheck to confirm leak is still present.
conditioning system is functioning properly to circulate
dye.
Add Dye To System
Run tractor with air conditioning on for 15 minutes to
IMPORTANT: At least 0.25 kg (1/2 lb) of refrigerant
circulate refrigerant and dye.
must pass through JT02178-5 R134a
Dye Injector when injecting dye.
NOTE: Tractor should be parked out of direct sunlight
for best results.
Do an operational check on system before trying to
inject dye.
CAUTION: This lamp is made for intermittent
use ONLY. DO NOT hold lamp switch on for If tractor is at full charge or unknown, recover at least
more than 5 minutes at one time. DO NOT 0.25 kg (1/2 lb) of refrigerant before attempting to
touch lens end of light when hot. NEVER inject dye.
look directly into light or expose skin. DO
NOT operate light with cracked lens or
Continued on next page OURX956,000010F –19–16DEC05–1/2

110906
PN=1012
Remove low-pressure (blue) hose from either JT02045 NOTE: If dye has been installed in the system, the
Recovery/Recycling, and Charging Station or JT02051 receiver-dryer should be tagged with a sticker
Manifold with Gauges and install JT02178-5 R134a from the correct kit.
Dye Injector. Reinstall low-side hose to outlet of
JT02178-5 R134a Dye Injector. Purge air from Open the dye injector outlet side valve first, and then
low-side hose and dye injector to remove air and open the inlet valve. Recharging refrigerant will carry
impurities. dye into system.
Close both valves on JT02178-5 R134a Dye Injector

and carefully remove cap. Add one TY27506 bottle of
premeasured dye into injector and close cap tightly.
90
10
11
OURX956,000010F –19–16DEC05–2/2

110906
PN=1013
Discharge Air Conditioning System
Operate air conditioning system for 10 minutes with

engine at 2000 rpm if compressor is operable.
Set temperature control for maximum cooling and blower

switch at HIGH. This allows refrigerant oil to be circulated
evenly through system which aids in determining correct
refrigerant oil charge.
Stop engine and use the following procedure to discharge

system:
90 IMPORTANT: Use only R134a Refrigerant Recovery,

10
12
Recycling, and Charging stations. Do
not mix R134a equipment, refrigerant,
and refrigerant oils with R-12 systems.
Connect JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling,

and Charging Station (A).
–UN–29AUG96
NOTE: JT02050 R134a Refrigerant Recovery and
Recycling Unit and JT02046 Refrigerant Charging
Unit may be substituted for JT02045.
RW41273
Connect low-side hose (blue) to suction fitting (C).
Connect high-side hose (red) to discharge fitting (B).
Discharge the system. Cap the fittings to prevent

contamination.
A—JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling,

and Charging Station
–UN–29AUG96
B—Discharge Fitting
C—Suction Fitting
RW41258
OURX956,0000110 –19–28SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=1014
Flushing, Purging, and Evacuating Information
Flushing: • Recover all used solvents with appropriate flushing

equipment.
Flushing the system or a component is a cleaning • Purge the air conditioning system with compressed
process using a liquid solvent to remove oil and debris. air for the recommended amount of time specified in
the flushing procedure.
When to flush the air conditioning system:
IMPORTANT: Failure to use a recommended final
• The compressor has an internal failure flushing solvent after using a parts
• No oil remains in used compressor cleaning solvent for the primary
• Oil drained from compressor appears or smells flush will cause the refrigerant oil to
overheated become diluted and compressor life
• System was contaminated with a mixture of will be shortened. 90
10
refrigerant oils 13
• System was left open to the atmosphere long NOTE: Failure to properly purge the system will dilute
enough for dirt, moisture, or debris to enter the the solvent.
tubing or components
• System has an internal blockage Use 0.5 L (1 pint) of clean solvent for flushing a
serviceable compressor that will be reinstalled on a
The R134a system on a John Deere tractor requires a machine.
two step process as follows:
Purging:
Primary Flush:
Purging the system or a component is a cleaning
IMPORTANT: Use only fresh solvent for the process using a gas to force liquid from the system.
primary flush. Purging alone will not remove refrigerant oil from the
system.
Automotive parts cleaning solvents used according to
applicable guidelines can be utilized for a system When to purge an air conditioning system:
primary flush.
• After flushing system with solvent, to prevent oil
IMPORTANT: Do not use diesel fuel, gasoline, fuel dilution
oil, water, alcohol or any cleaning • System was contaminated with nitrogen or two
fluids formulated for dissolving oils, refrigerants
grease, and antifreeze. • System was left open to the atmosphere and
flushing could not be performed
Final Flush: • Installation of new lines, condenser, or evaporator
was required
• Use 2 L (1/2 gal) TY25601 ACC-U-FLUSH II
Flushing Solvent or equivalent. Evacuating:
• Review applicable MSDS data for hazard
identification rating. Evacuating the system is a process to remove air and
• Separate the air conditioning system into two circuits moisture from the system, by creating a vacuum.
and follow the flushing procedure listed in this group.
ACC-U-FLUSH II is a trademark of Microcare Company Continued on next page RX15759010,2C –19–08NOV05–1/2

110906
PN=1015
Solvents FINAL flush with TY25601 ACC-U-FLUSH II

Flushing Solvent is performed. Parts tank
The following solvent is recommended for flushing air solvents will not evaporate below 60°C
conditioning systems. Use only solvents with an (140°F). Therefore TY25601 ACC-U-FLUSH II
equivalent MSDS. Flushing Solvent must be used for the final
flush since the evaporation temperature is
TY25601 ACC-U-FLUSH II Flushing Solvent much lower and it is easily removed when
evacuating the system.
NOTE: New solvent used in parts cleaning tank can
be used for the PRIMARY flush, providing a
RX15759010,2C –19–08NOV05–2/2
90
10
14

110906
PN=1016
Flush Air Conditioning System
Review air conditioning system diagram and reference 5. Flushing can be performed on tractor. Divide
chart showing adapters used at each hose and system into two circuits:
component connection.
• Condenser, including inlet and outlet hoses.
Add flushing solvent to system with JT02075 Flusher (Steps 6 through 13)
and JT02098 Fitting Kit. • Evaporator, including inlet and outlet hoses.
(Steps 14 through 21)
1. Discharge system. (See DISCHARGE AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM in this group.) Flush/Purge Condenser:
NOTE: If compressor is being replaced, go to Step 4. IMPORTANT: DO NOT attempt to flush through
compressor or receiver-dryer. 90
10
2. Remove compressor and measure oil drained from Flushing through expansion valve or 15
both manifold ports. an orifice tube is acceptable if
refrigerant oil has a normal odor and
3. Clean compressor as follows: appearance.
a. Pour 240 mL (8 fl oz) of TY25601 6. Connect flusher outlet hose to inlet connection of
ACC-U-FLUSH II Flushing Solvent into suction compressor discharge line (Connection #5 on
port and 120 mL (4 fl oz) into discharge port. Reference Chart, this group) using JT021021
Plug both ports in compressor manifold, using Adapter to flush condenser.
JT020991 and JT021001 with JT031941 Caps.
7. Attach a return hose and aerator nozzle to
b. Turn compressor end for end and roll receiver-dryer inlet line (Connection #12 on
compressor side to side. Reference Chart, this group) using JT031971
Adapter. Put nozzle in container to collect flushing
c. Remove both plugs from manifold ports and solvent.
drain solvent from compressor.
NOTE: New solvent used in the parts cleaning tank
d. Connect battery power to compressor clutch coil. can be used, providing a final flush with
Rotate pulley at least five revolutions to move ACC-U-FLUSH II Flushing Solvent is
solvent out of cylinders. performed. Parts tank solvents will not
evaporate at temperature below 60°C (140°F).
e. Invert compressor, roll to all sides, and drain Therefore, ACC-U-FLUSH II Flushing Solvent
thoroughly. is necessary for the final flush because it
evaporates at 85°F (30°C) and is easily
f. Let compressor sit inverted for three to five removed when evacuating the system.
minutes.
8. Fill flusher tank with 4 L (1 gal) of solvent and
g. Repeat previous two steps at least three times. fasten all connections.
4. Remove and discard receiver-dryer.
ACC-U-FLUSH II is a trademark of Microcare Company
1
Included in JT02098 Fitting Kit

110906
PN=1017
NOTE: Air pressure must be at least 600 kPa 17. Attach a hose and aerator nozzle to receiver-dryer
(6 bar) (90 psi) for flushing and purging. outlet line (Connection #17 on Reference Chart,
this group) using JT031881 Adapter. Put nozzle in
9. Connect a supply line of moisture-free compressed container to collect flushing solvent.
air or dry nitrogen to flusher air valve.
18. Repeat Steps 8, 9, and 10 to flush evaporator.
10. Open air valve to force flushing solvent into
condenser circuit. Flusher tank is empty when 19. Purging the evaporator circuit takes 12—15
hose pulsing stops. Additional flushing cycles are minutes to thoroughly remove solvent.
required if system is heavily contaminated with
burned oil or metal particles. 20. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check
circuit for solvent. Hold hose close to a piece of
11. Continue forcing air through system to purge out cardboard; continue purging until cardboard is dry.
90 solvent. Purging the condenser circuit takes 10—
10
16
12 minutes to thoroughly remove solvent. 21. Reinstall expansion valve, and reconnect heater
coolant tubing. Clean up spilled antifreeze in
12. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check evaporator housing, and return coolant to radiator.
circuit for solvent. Hold hose close to a piece of Install operator seat.
cardboard; continue purging until cardboard is dry.
22. Final Flush
13. Solvent from condenser can be used to flush
evaporator if solvent is not contaminated with Final flush uses the same procedure as primary
burnt oil or metal particles. Used solvent should be flush for condenser and evaporator, except for
put in a shop parts cleaner. solvent used.
Flush/Purge Evaporator: a. Add 2 L (0.5 gal) of TY25601 ACC-U-FLUSH II

Flushing Solvent to the flusher tank.
14. Flush evaporator through expansion valve, ONLY
if oil appears normal. IMPORTANT: ACC-U-FLUSH II Flushing Solvent
evaporates at 85°F. To keep losses
15. If system is contaminated with burned refrigerant at a minimum, keep container lids on
oil or debris, remove expansion valve to flush at all times when not in use.
evaporator.
b. Connect a supply line of moisture-free air or
a. Remove expansion valve (See REMOVE AND dry nitrogen to the flusher valve.
INSTALL EXPANSION VALVE in this group).
NOTE: Air pressure must be at least 500 kPa
b. Install DFRW139 Thermal Expansion Valve (5 bar) (70 psi) but not more than 600 kPa (6 bar) 90
Replacement Tool in place of expansion valve psi) maximum for final flushing and purging.
and flush evaporator following steps 15—18.
c. Open the air valve to force flushing solvent into
16. Connect flusher outlet hose to compressor suction the condenser or evaporator circuit. Flusher is
line (Connection #39 on Reference Chart, this empty when hose pulsing stops. Reuse the
group) using JT021011 Adapter. same solvent to do both circuits.
1

110906
PN=1018
NOTE: Only one final flushing cycle is necessary, for the primary flush, properly dispose of the
providing that another solvent was used prior solvent in compliance with local and state
to the Final Flush. regulations.
d. After flushing the circuits with ACC-U-FLUSH II g. Cap the system hoses or lines immediately after
Flushing Solvent, continue to purge with shop air removal of test equipment to prevent moisture from
through the flushing equipment. entering the system.
e. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check 23. Install a new receiver-dryer compatible with R134a
circuit for solvent. Hold hose close to a piece of refrigerant. Fasten connections and mounting
cardboard; continue purging until cardboard is dry. brackets.
f. After flushing both circuits, put used ACC-U-FLUSH 24. Add required oil. (See DETERMINE CORRECT
II Flushing Solvent in a separate, clean container OIL CHARGE in this group.) 90
10
and cap immediately. 17
25. Install compressor and connect refrigerant lines to
NOTE: Identify the container as TY25601 manifold.
ACC-U-FLUSH II Flushing Solvent. This
solvent can be used to flush additional 26. Connect clutch coil wire and install drive belt.
machines. When the solvent has excessive
amount of dilution from the parts solvent used 27. Purge system. (See PURGE AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM in this group.)
RX15519010,35 –19–11NOV05–3/3
Purge Air Conditioning System
IMPORTANT: Air compressors used for purging 3. Connect gauge manifold discharge hose to
systems require a water separator. compressor discharge port and open valve.
Purging without a separator adds Disconnect discharge hose from gauge manifold to
moisture, creating hydrofluoric acid allow purging nitrogen to atmosphere.
when combined with refrigerant oil.
Acid is corrosive to metal tubing. 4. Open nitrogen tank valve and adjust regulator to
275 kPa (2.75 bar) (40 psi). Purge system for two
1. Connect dry nitrogen hose to gauge manifold center minutes. Disconnect nitrogen supply.
hose.
5. Evacuate system. (See EVACUATE AIR
2. Connect gauge manifold suction hose to CONDITIONING SYSTEM in this group.)
compressor suction port and open valves.
RX16239010,1A –19–16DEC96–1/1

110906
PN=1019
Evacuate Air Conditioning System
IMPORTANT: Use only R134a Refrigerant Recovery,

Recycling, and Charging stations. Do
not mix R134a equipment, refrigerant,
and refrigerant oils with R-12 systems.
1. Connect JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery,

Recycling, and Charging Station (A) to tractor.
NOTE: JT02046 HFC134a Refrigerant Charging Unit can

be substituted for JT02045.
90 Pump must be capable of pulling at least 28.6 in.

10
18
Hg vacuum (sea level). Deduct 1 in. Hg from 29.9
in. for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea
level.
2. Connect low-side hose (blue) to suction fitting (C) on

compressor. Connect high-side hose (red) to discharge
–UN–29AUG96
fitting (B) on compressor.
3. Evacuate the system.
RW41274
IMPORTANT: A decrease in vacuum of 1 in. Hg or
more in five minutes indicates an
excessive leak, or there is still liquid
R134a in system.
Evacuate system for 15 minutes if ambient temperature

is below 30°C (85°F), to remove air, nitrogen, and
moisture.
–UN–29AUG96
Evacuate system for 30—45 minutes if ambient
temperature is above 30°C (85°F), to remove air,
nitrogen, and moisture.
RW41258
4. Charge system. (See CHARGE AIR CONDITIONING
A—JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery,

Recycling, and Charging Station
B—Discharge Fitting
C—Suction Fitting
OURX956,0000112 –19–28SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=1020
Charge Air Conditioning System
NOTE: For systems with sight glass, bubbles may 5. Charge the system.
appear in sight glass when charging below
18°C (65°F) ambient temperature. Bubbles will 6. Weigh refrigerant supply tank and invert so
disappear when temperature rises. refrigerant enters system as a liquid.
1. Evacuate system. (See EVACUATE AIR 7. Begin charging through discharge port first. When
CONDITIONING SYSTEM in this group.) suction pressure nearly equals discharge pressure,
open suction valve.
IMPORTANT: Use only R134a Refrigerant
Recovery, Recycling, and Charging IMPORTANT: Close discharge valve on gauge
stations. Prevent compressor manifold before starting engine and
damage. DO NOT mix R134a compressor, to prevent 90
10
equipment, refrigerant, and overpressurizing refrigerant 19
refrigerant oils with R-12 systems. container.
2. Connect JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery, 8. Continue charging system to capacity. Start engine
Recycling, and Charging Station to charge system. to complete charging system if a heated cylinder is
not being used.
NOTE: JT02046 HFC134a Refrigerant Charging Unit
can be substituted for JT02045. Specification
R134a Refrigerant—Capacity ............................................ 2.6—3.0 kg
(6.0—6.5 lb)
3. Connect low-side hose (blue) to suction fitting on
compressor. Connect high-side hose (red) to
NOTE: For systems with sight glass, add 0.68 kg
discharge fitting on compressor.
(1.5 lb) after bubbles disappear from sight
glass if topping off a low system.
4. Add 7.4 mL (0.25 oz) TY27506 Leak Detection Dye
to system if not previously installed. (See LEAK
9. Close both gauge manifold valves and perform a
TEST WITH DYE in this group.)
system operational check as follows:
Engine at 2000 rpm. Close door and all windows.
Compressor operating with temperature control at
maximum cooling, and blower at PURGE.
NOTE: Service receiver-dryers have dye added.
Check ambient air temperature, cab air duct
IMPORTANT: Do not run engine. System must
temperature, suction and discharge pressures.
hold a minimum vacuum of 28.6 in.
Compare to the temperature—pressure chart and
Hg. Deduct 1 in. Hg from 29.9 in. for
temperature drop specifications in Operation and
each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above
Test TM—Section 290, Group 15.
sea level.
RX15759010,3A –19–06MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=1021
Refrigerant Oil Information
Typically 21 mL (0.7 fl oz) of oil covers internal

CAUTION: New compressors are charged
surfaces of the compressor exposed to refrigerant gas
with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant,
and cannot be drained.
and TY22025 (R134a) Refrigerant Oil. Wear
safety goggles and discharge compressor
The oil level will be above the drive shaft when 255
slowly to avoid possible injury.
mL (8.5 fl oz) is put in a dry compressor.
New compressors contain 230—255 mL (7.7—8.5 fl
The normal operating oil level of a used compressor is
oz) of new oil. The oil level visible through the suction
30—45 mL (1.0—1.5 fl oz) and cannot be seen
port is normally below the drive shaft. The amount of
through the suction port.
trapped oil is 81 mL (2.7 fl oz). Approximately 60 mL
90 (2 fl oz) will seep into the cylinders during shipping and
10 storage.
20
RX15759010,4A –19–22MAY95–1/1

110906
PN=1022
Check Compressor Oil Charge
1. Remove compressor. (See REMOVE Flush with solvent to internally wash out oil if
COMPRESSOR in this group.) compressor is serviceable. (See TEST
VOLUMETRIC EFFICIENCY in this group.)
• Remove and clean expansion valve, but do not
CAUTION: Use extreme caution when
disassemble valve.
handling refrigerant oil. Wear protective
• Remove and discard receiver-dryer. (See
gloves and goggles at all times. Wash
REPLACE RECEIVER-DRYER in this group.)
immediately with soap and water if oil comes
• Install a new receiver-dryer.
in contact with skin.
• Flush complete system. (See FLUSH AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM in this group.)
DO NOT spill R134a compressor oil on
• Add 7.40 mL (0.25 oz) of TY27506 Leak
acrylic or ABS plastic. Oil will deteriorate 90
Detection Dye to system if not previously
these materials rapidly. 10
installed. (See LEAK TEST WITH DYE in this 21
group.)
2. Remove manifold caps and drain oil. Record
amount.
NOTE: Save oil if compressor is new.
3. See Determine Correct Oil Charge in this group if
Install required oil minus amount of dye added.
more than 6 mL (2 fl oz) of oil was drained and oil
(See DETERMINE CORRECT OIL CHARGE in
appears normal, or any other components were
this group.)
replaced or flushed.
• Connect all components.
• Purge, evacuate, and charge system. (See
4. Perform the following if less than 6 mL (2 fl oz) of
PURGE, EVACUATE, AND CHARGE AIR
oil was drained or oil appears very black:
• Perform a volumetric efficiency test on
compressor to determine serviceable condition.
AG,OUOD004,598 –19–01FEB00–1/1

110906
PN=1023
Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil Charge
NOTE: Determine amount of system oil charge prior to oz) of oil to compressor plus amounts for each
installation of compressor. component that was serviced.
• Used Compressor
Compressors are divided into three categories when – Drained, NOT Flushed—Add 45 mL (1.5 fl oz)
determining correct oil charge. of new oil
– Drained, Flushed—Add 60 mL (2 fl oz) of new
• New compressor oil
• Used compressor, not flushed Remove compressor to determine correct oil charge
• Used compressor, flushed if any components listed below have been removed,
drained, and flushed.
90 CAUTION: Use extreme caution when

IMPORTANT: Use care adding oil. Too much oil in
10 handling refrigerant oil. Wear protective
the system will reduce maximum
22 gloves and goggles at all times. Wash
cooling capacity. Too little oil will
immediately with soap and water if oil comes
result in poor lubrication of the
in contact with skin.
compressor, leading to early
compressor failure.
DO NOT spill R134a compressor oil on
acrylic or ABS plastic. Oil will deteriorate
NOTE: If the complete system was purged with all
these materials rapidly.
components in place, the amount of oil lost is
negligible.
1. Add correct amount of oil if complete system was
flushed:
Use the following chart as a guide for adding oil:
• New Compressor—contains 255 mL (8.5 fl oz) of Refrigerant Oil Charge—Specification
new oil, add 45 mL (1.5 oz) System—Capacity ................................................................... 295 mL
• Used Compressor (10 oz)
– Drained, NOT Flushed—Add 276 mL (9.2 fl oz) Evaporator—Capacity ................................................................ 60 mL
of new oil (2 fl oz)
Condenser—Capacity ................................................................ 60 mL
– Drained, Flushed—Add 295 mL (10 fl oz) of (2 fl oz)
new oil Receiver-Dryer—Capacity ......................................................... 60 mL
2. Add 7.4 mL (0.25 oz) TY27506 Leak Detection Dye (2 fl oz)
to system if not previously installed. (See LEAK Compressor—Capacity .............................................................. 60 mL
TEST WITH DYE in this group.) (2 fl oz)
Hoses—Capacity ....................................................................... 60 mL
(2 fl oz)
NOTE: If dye has been installed in the system, the Fluorescent Dye—Capacity ...................................................... 7.4 mL
receiver-dryer should be tagged with a sticker (0.25 oz)
NOTE: Hoses = 3 mL per 30 cm (0.1 fl oz per ft)
3. Add correct amount of oil for the compressor and Approximate total length equals 600 cm (20 ft).
each component if complete system was NOT
flushed: If any section of hose is removed and flushed or
replaced, measure length of hose and use the formula
• New compressor contains 255 mL (8.5 fl oz) of to determine correct amount of oil to be added.
new oil. Connect battery to clutch coil and rotate
drive shaft to remove all oil. Return 45 mL (1.5 fl

110906
PN=1024
IMPORTANT: DO NOT leave the system or R134a Identify R134a oil containers and
compressor oil containers open. Oil measures to eliminate accidental
easily absorbs moisture. mixing of different oils.
DO NOT spill R134a compressor oil

on acrylic or ABS plastic. Oil will
deteriorate these materials rapidly.
RX15519010,30 –19–30AUG94–2/2
90
10
Add Refrigerant Oil to System 23
Add 7.4 mL (0.25 oz) of TY27506 Leak Detection Dye IMPORTANT: Use only TY22025 (R134a)
to system if not previously installed. (See LEAK TEST Refrigerant Oil.
WITH DYE in this group.)
NOTE: Some oil may have to be added through
NOTE: If dye has been installed in the system, the compressor line and fitting.
from the correct kit. Install manifold to compressor, if removed. Tighten cap
screws.
Subtract 7.4 mL (0.25 oz) of oil from capacity if dye is
added. Add approximately 178 mL (6.25 fl oz) of oil Specification
Compressor-to-Manifold Cap
through compressor suction port and 106 mL (3.75 fl
Screw—Torque ....................................................................... 26 N•m
oz) into discharge port when system has been (19 lb-ft)
completely flushed.
RX15759010,5A –19–22MAY95–1/1

110906
PN=1025
Add Refrigerant to Pressurized System
90
10
24
–UN–17AUG94
RW40147
A—Needle Valve C—Hose End E—Suction Fitting G—Suction Valves
B—Injector D—Injector End F—Discharge Fitting H—Refrigerant
NOTE: JT02129 Air Conditioning Oil Injector is 6. Operate engine at 1500 rpm and turn compressor
designed to add up to 60 mL (2 fl oz) of switch on.
refrigerant oil to a system that is already
pressurized. Oil injector can also add oil if the 7. Open the suction side valves (G) on the gauge set
system has no pressure or is under a vacuum. and the valve on the refrigerant supply can (H).
1. Close the needle valve (A) on the oil injector (B). 8. Hold injector upright with valve at the bottom.
2. Remove the hose end (C) of injector. Add up to 60 9. Open valve on injector for five seconds to force oil
mL (2 fl oz) of refrigerant oil and reinstall the end. into the system.
3. Connect hose end of injector to an R134a, 360 mL NOTE: Suction pressure will increase when oil enters
(12 fl oz) refrigerant supply can. the compressor, and decrease after oil has
passed through the compressor.
4. Connect other end of injector (D) to the center hose
of a gauge manifold set and bleed air from hoses, if 10. Open injector valve for five seconds to ensure all
necessary. oil has been forced into the system.
5. Connect gauge manifold set to the suction (E) and 11. Repeat Steps 2—10 if additional oil is required.
discharge (F) fittings on the compressor.

110906
PN=1026
12. Close gauge set and refrigerant supply valves. 13. Remove injector and cap both ends.
Slowly loosen the hoses to bleed off the pressure.
RX15759010,20 –19–22AUG94–2/2
90
10
25

110906
PN=1027
Remove and Install Compressor
Discharge system. (See DISCHARGE AIR

Remove belt from compressor pulley.
Disconnect clutch coil wire (A).
Disconnect suction (C) and discharge (B) lines from
–UN–12APR99
compressor. Cap all lines and fittings to prevent
contamination.
90 Remove cap screws (D) and remove compressor.
RW78245
10
26
Check refrigerant oil charge. (See CHECK
REFRIGERANT OIL CHARGE in this group.)
Flush complete system if compressor failed internally due

to damaged parts or seizure. (See FLUSH AIR
Add required oil. (See DETERMINE REFRIGERANT OIL

CHARGE in this group.)
Remove spring bushings (E) from old compressor by

pressing with a pliers and pulling.
–UN–08SEP99
IMPORTANT: Spring pins must be in the two front
cap screw holes of compressor.
Without spring pins, misalignment can
RW78246
occur and cause belt damage.
Install spring bushings (E) in front cap screw holes of

A—Coil Wire
compressor with bevel facing out.
B—Discharge Line
C—Suction Line
Install compressor and connect suction (C) and discharge D—Cap Screws
(B) lines. E—Spring Bushings
Connect clutch coil wire (A). Install belt.
Replace receiver-dryer. (See REPLACE

RECEIVER-DRYER in this group.)
Purge, evacuate, and recharge system. (See PURGE,


110906
PN=1028
IMPORTANT: If new compressor clutch was installed,

turn compressor on and off (engine
running) in one second intervals for five
seconds (cycle five times in 5 seconds).
This will burnish clutch and hub drive
surfaces.
OURX956,0000111 –19–28SEP01–2/2
90
10
27

110906
PN=1029
Test Volumetric Efficiency
1. Drain oil from compressor and record amount.
2. Remove front cover from compressor pulley and rotate

drive shaft 30 turns using a speed wrench and 10 mm
socket.
3. Drain remaining oil from compressor and record

amount.
If oil was drained in Steps 1 and 3, go to Step 4.
90 If no oil was drained, add two ounces of R134a

10
28
refrigerant oil in suction port. Slowly roll compressor
each direction at least two times. Repeat Steps 1, 2,
and 3.
4. Secure compressor in a vise with ports upward.
–UN–23FEB99
5. Install JT020991 Adapter (A) in suction port of
compressor (Connection #2 on reference chart, this
group) with JT031941 Cap.
RW78220
6. Connect suction hose coupler (B) of gauge set to
suction test port on manifold.
7. Close gauge set suction side valve and open valve on A—JT02099 Adapter
suction hose coupler. B—Suction Hose (Blue) Coupler
8. Rotate compressor drive shaft with speed wrench to

obtain peak vacuum on low-side gauge. Check for
even suction (no pulsing) while turning wrench at a
slow rate to maintain peak vacuum (25 in. Hg
minimum).
9. Stop rotating shaft and check leak-down time.

Compressor should hold peak vacuum for three
seconds minimum.
If compressor does not hold peak vacuum for three

seconds, inspect compressor valve plates and cylinder
walls for damage. Repair compressor.
10. Open suction port of compressor to atmosphere.
1

110906
PN=1030
11. Connect gauge low-side hose quick coupler to

JT021081 Hose (A) using JT021791 Adapter (C).
12. Connect JT021081 Hose (A) to compressor discharge

port (Connection # 3 on reference chart, this group)
using JT021001 Adapter (B).
13. Close gauge set suction side valve.
14. Rotate drive shaft no faster than two turns per second
for six turns.
15. Record pressure after six complete turns. Pressure

should be 380 kPa (3.8 bar) (55 psi) minimum. 90
10
–UN–14APR99
29
NOTE: Pressure normally leaks down when rotation
stops.
16. Continue to rotate compressor at a uniform speed to
RW78249
obtain peak pressure. Compression pressure should
increase smoothly and should not vary more than 35
kPa (0.35 bar) (5 psi) at peak pressure. Bleed off
A—JT02108 Hose
pressure and repeat Steps 13, 14, and 15 four times. B—JT02100 Adapter
C—JT02179 Adapter
NOTE: Pressure varying more than 35 kPa (0.35 bar) (5
psi) indicates a leaking reed valve or piston seal.
Inspect compressor valve plates and cylinder
walls for damage. Repair compressor.
17. Leak test compressor. (See TEST SHAFT SEAL

LEAKAGE in this group).
1
RX16239010,2A –19–16DEC96–2/2

110906
PN=1031
Test Shaft Seal Leakage
1. Remove front plate from compressor pulley.
Remove clutch hub and screw being careful not to lose

inner clutch hub shims.
2. Install JT020991 Adapter in suction port and JT021001

in discharge port. Cap suction and discharge port
adapters using JT031941 (A).
3. Connect low-side hose (B), from gauge set or JT02045

R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging
90 Station (D), to suction test port of compressor.
10
–UN–16MAR99
30
4. If using gauge set, connect center fill hose (C) to a
container of R134a and open to pressurize
compressor.
RW78243
5. If using JT02045 Station to pressurize compressor, add
0.45 kg (1 lb) of refrigerant using normal fill
procedures.
IMPORTANT: Do not exceed range of low-pressure

gauge.
6. Check the following for leaks using JT002081 Leak

Detector or 50-50 mixture of soap and water:
• Shaft seal
• Manifold seal
• Housing seals at front, rear, and midsection of
compressor body
• Relief valve
–UN–16MAR99
• Suction coupler Schrader valve
Discharge and evacuate compressor after test is

complete.
RW78244
Leakage should not exist. Repair compressor if
required, and repeat test.
A—Test Fittings
7. Assemble compressor and add required oil. (See B—Low-Side Hose Connector
C—Center Fill Hose
DETERMINE CORRECT OIL CHARGE in this group.)
D—JT02045 R134a Refrigerant Recovery,
Recycling, and Charging Station
1
AG,OUOD004,284 –19–28OCT99–1/1

110906
PN=1032
Disassemble and Assemble Compressor

Clutch
Mount compressor on DFRW20 Compressor Holding

Fixture using two 6 in. x 1/4 in. eyebolts with nuts as
illustrated.
Remove dust cover.
–UN–29JUL98
Hold clutch hub using JDG747 Compressor Clutch
Spanner (A) and remove clutch shaft bolt (B).
Remove clutch hub (C). Remove shims (H) from clutch
RW21158
90
hub and save for installation. 10
31
Remove and discard snap ring (D). Remove pulley (E)
using a plastic hammer or D05277ST Puller, JDG748
Jaws, and JDG771 Forcing Screw Pilot.
Disconnect clutch coil lead wire. Remove and discard

snap ring (F) using D05327ST1 Retaining Ring Pliers, and
remove the clutch coil (G).
NOTE: The bearing in the pulley is not serviceable.
Check pulley bearing operation. Replace pulley and

bearing as required.
Install clutch coil (G) and new snap ring (F) with flat side
of snap ring down. Connect clutch coil lead wire.
–UN–24JUN92
Install pulley (E) and new snap ring (D) with flat side of
snap ring down. Apply grease to shims (H) and install to
clutch hub (C). RW21157
Install clutch hub and shaft bolt (B) and tighten. Install
dust cover.
A—JDG747 Compressor Clutch Spanner
B—Clutch Shaft Bolt
Specification C—Clutch Hub
Clutch Hub Cap Screw—Torque .................................................... 14 N•m D—Pulley Snap Ring
(120 lb-in.)
E—Pulley
F—Clutch Coil Snap Ring
G—Clutch Coil
H—Shim
1
Included in JDG215
RX15759010,12 –19–25AUG94–1/1

110906
PN=1033
Check Clutch Hub Clearance
NOTE: The clutch coil is NOT polarity sensitive.
Check pulley-to-clutch hub clearance using a dial

indicator. Mount the gauge to the pulley as illustrated and
connect a set of jumper wires from the compressor leads
to a 12-volt battery.
Rotate the pulley and check clearance in three equally

spaced locations around the clutch hub. Add or remove
shims as required.
90 Compressor Clutch Hub—Specification

10 —Clearance ....................................................................... 0.35—0.65 mm
32 (0.014—0.026 in.)
Specification
Clutch Hub Cap Screw—Torque .................................................... 14 N•m
(120 lb-in.)
–UN–24JUN92
Tighten clutch shaft cap screw after correct clearance is
obtained.
RW21159
RX15009010,13 –19–22AUG94–1/1
Inspect Compressor Manifold
Remove cap screws (A) and the manifold (B).
Remove and discard seal (C). Inspect porting surfaces.
Lubricate and install a new seal (C).
Install manifold (B) and tighten cap screws (A).
Compressor Manifold Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 26 N•m
(19 lb-ft)
–UN–24JUN92
A—Manifold Cap Screw

B—Manifold
C—Manifold Seal
RW21160
RX15009010,14 –19–22AUG94–1/1

110906
PN=1034
Inspect Compressor Thermal Bypass Valve
Remove screw (F) and seat (E) from bottom of

compressor manifold (A).
Inspect parts (C—E).
Replace O-ring (B) in manifold groove.
Install check valve (D) into valve seat (E) with tabs toward
manifold.
Install spring (C) on check valve and install assembly into

manifold with socket-head cap screw (F). 90
10
33
Install manifold on compressor. (See INSPECT
–UN–17SEP98
COMPRESSOR MANIFOLD in this group.)
A—Compressor Manifold
B—O-Ring
RW78149
C—Spring
D—Check Valve
E—Check Valve Seat
F—Socket-Head Screw
AG,OUOD004,59 –19–08SEP98–1/1

110906
PN=1035
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Compressor
–UN–09MAR99
90
10
34
RW78229
A—Centering Pins F—Rear Suction Reed Valve K—Front Gasket O—Lip Seal
B—Rear Housing G—O-Rings L—Washer P—Front Housing
C—Rear Gasket H—Front Suction Reed Valve M—Through Bolt Q—Felt Washer
D—Rear Discharge Reed Valve I—Front Valve Plate N—Snap Ring R—Socket
E—Rear Valve Plate J—Front Discharge Reed
Valve
Clean compressor using solvent before disassembly. NOTE: Valve plates, reed valves, cylinders, and
Mount compressor on holding fixture and remove cylinder housing are NOT serviceable. Some
clutch. (See DISASSEMBLE AND ASSEMBLE cylinder scuffing (light scratches) is normal.
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH in this group.)
Inspect valves for an even wear pattern, and cylinders
IMPORTANT: Be careful NOT to damage sealing for scoring. Replace compressor as required.
surfaces when removing front and
rear housing. Remove shaft seal snap ring (N). Turn housing over
and remove felt washer (Q) from front housing (P).
Remove through bolts (M) using JDG226 Special Hex
Drive. Remove shaft lip seal (O) from front housing (P) using
a small tool with a 15 mm or 5/8 in. OD.
Disassemble compressor, discard O-rings, gaskets, lip
seal, snap ring, and through bolt washers. Replace
parts.
Continued on next page AG,OUOD004,288 –19–28OCT99–1/3

110906
PN=1036
Assemble:
Wash all parts in clean solvent and dry using

moisture-free compressed air before assembly.
IMPORTANT: Lubricate O-rings, gaskets, and lip seal

using only TY22025 (R134a) Refrigerant
Oil during assembly. Other oils could
damage the compressor.
Apply R134a oil to the bore of the front housing and install
new lip seal (O) to the bottom of the bore using a socket
(R). Install new snap ring (N), flat side down.
90
10
Install pins (A) and new O-ring (G) in the rear cylinder. 35
–UN–09MAR99
NOTE: The rear valve plate is marked with an “R” and is
installed face up.
RW78228
Install parts (F—D) over the pins on the rear cylinder.
Install a new gasket (C) flat side down and the rear
housing (B) on the rear cylinder. Mount the compressor
onto the holding fixture.
Install pins (A) and new O-ring (G) in the front cylinder.
NOTE: The front valve plate is marked with an “F” and is

installed face up.
Install parts (H—J) over the pins on the front cylinder.
Install a new gasket (K) flat side down. Put JDG746 Lip
Seal Protector on the shaft and lubricate with R134a oil.
Install the front housing (P) on the front cylinder and
–UN–09MAR99
remove the lip seal protector. Install through bolts (M) and
new washers (L).
Partially tighten the through bolts and then tighten to

specification. RW78230
Specification See previous page for component identification

Compressor Through Bolts—
Torque ............................................................................................ 26 N•m
(19 lb-ft)
Install the felt washer (Q) using the clutch hub.

110906
PN=1037
Install the pulley-clutch hub and check clearance. (See

DISASSEMBLE AND ASSEMBLE COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH in this group.)
AG,OUOD004,288 –19–28OCT99–3/3
Remove and Install Compressor Relief Valve
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. High pressure

may exist at the discharge fitting. Use proper
recovery equipment to discharge system before
–UN–27AUG93
90 removing relief valve.
10
36 Discharge system. (See DISCHARGE AIR
RW40019
Slowly remove relief valve (A) from compressor.
NOTE: The relief valve is not serviceable. Replace valve A—Relief Valve
as required.
Install relief valve (A) and tighten.
Specification
Relief Valve—Torque ..................................................................... 14 N•m
(120 lb-in.)
Charge system. (See CHARGE AIR CONDITIONING

RX15519010,17 –19–25AUG94–1/1

110906
PN=1038
Replace Receiver-Dryer
NOTE: The receiver-dryer is not serviceable. Install new

receiver-dryer if malfunction is suspected.
Receiver-dryer should be replaced if system was
–UN–06SEP96
contaminated, flushed, open to atmosphere for
more than 24 hours, or if older than two years and
system was discharged.
RW41269
Disconnect inlet and outlet lines from receiver-dryer (A) 90

10
located at the left rear of cab. Cap lines to prevent 37
contamination.
Remove receiver-dryer.
–UN–06SEP96
Add 36 mL (1.25 oz) of R134a refrigerant oil if new
receiver-dryer is installed and no major leaks exist. If
leaks exist, follow procedure for checking and adding
refrigerant oil. (See DETERMINE CORRECT OIL
RW41270
CHARGE in this group.)
NOTE: Replacement receiver-dryers are not equipped

with sight glass. A—Receiver-Dryer
B—Sight Glass
Install receiver-dryer with sight glass (B), if equipped,

facing outward. Tighten connections.
Purge, evacuate, and charge system. (See PURGE,

RX16239010,5 –19–16DEC05–1/1

110906
PN=1039
Leak Test Condenser
IMPORTANT: Do not remove condenser to perform Specification

leak test. A/C Condenser—Air Pressure................. 700—1000 kPa (7—10 bar)
(100—150 psi)
Disconnect compressor discharge hose (Connection

Check for leaks with an JT02081 Electronic Leak
#5 on Reference Chart, this group) and cap using
Detector or spray surface using a 50—50 mixture of
JT021021 Adapter and JT031941.
liquid soap and water.
Disconnect receiver-dryer inlet hose (Connection #12
After test is complete, discharge and evacuate system
on Reference Chart, this group) and cap using
to recover refrigerant.
JT031971 and JT031941.
90 NOTE: Minor leaks may be repaired, but evaporator

NOTE: If shop air is used to leak test condenser
10 should be replaced if there is a major leak or
circuit, the system should be flushed after test.
38 restriction.
Attach a gauge set to the test port on compressor
Repair or replace condenser if required.
discharge hose. Attach center fill hose of gauge set to
a container of R134a or JT02045 Recovery/Recycling,
and Charging Station.
Open valve and/or start station to pressurize

condenser circuit.
1
AG,OUOD004,183 –19–28SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=1040
Remove Air Conditioning Condenser
Open or remove front grille screen.
Unlatch and raise hood.
–UN–30AUG96
Open side shields.
Discharge air conditioning system. (See DISCHARGE AIR

RW41275
Locate condenser lines at upper front of tractor.
Disconnect condenser inlet line (A) and outlet line (B) 90

10
from condenser (C). 39
Cap lines to prevent contamination.
–UN–30AUG96
A—Inlet Line
B—Outlet Line
C—Condenser
RW41276
9000 Series A/C Condenser Inlet and Outlet Lines

110906
PN=1041
For early 9200, 9300, and 9400, perform the following

steps:
Loosen auxiliary axle cooler knob (A).
Move the cooler to one side and remove the strap (B) and
latch (C).
Remove lower guide bracket (D).
For ALL 9000 Series tractors, perform the following
–UN–30AUG96
steps:
90 Remove horn (E) and bracket.

10
40
RW41277
Remove ether aid bracket (F).
Loosen and remove condenser inner and outer attaching 9000 Series A/C Condenser Mountings
screws (G).
A—Knob
B—Strap
NOTE: Open side shield to access inner attaching C—Latch
screws. D—Guide Bracket
E—Horn
Loosen outside attaching screws. F—Ether Aid Bracket
G—Screws

110906
PN=1042
CAUTION: Condenser is heavy. Use proper

injury.
IMPORTANT: Protect upper portion of air cooler from

contact with the condenser to prevent
damage.
Carefully lift up on lower portion of condenser (A) to clear

lower ledge of tractor.
Pull condenser outward from tractor.

90
A—Condenser 10
41
–UN–30AUG96
RW41278
9000 Series A/C Condenser—Lower Portion

110906
PN=1043
For ALL 9020 Series tractors, perform the following

steps:
Discharge air conditioning system. (See DISCHARGE AIR

–UN–02OCT01
Open or remove front grille screen.
Remove screws (A).
RXA0057427
Swing open condenser.
Disconnect condenser outlet line (B) and inlet line (C) 9020 Series Condenser
90 from condenser (D).
10
42
Cap lines to prevent contamination.
Disconnect strap (E) from condenser.
–UN–02OCT01
CAUTION: Condenser is heavy. Use proper
injury.
RXA0057428
IMPORTANT: Protect upper portion of air cooler from
contact with the condenser to prevent
damage. 9020 Condenser Lines
Support condenser and remove pivot cap screw (F). A—Screws (2-used)
B—Outlet Line
C—Inlet Line
Remove condenser from tractor. D—Condenser
E—Strap
F—Pivot Cap Screw
RX16239010,6 –19–13SEP96–4/4

110906
PN=1044
Leak Test Evaporator
Loosen four screws from between cab and fuel tanks and
remove rear cab panel with SMV sign.
Remove control units (A) from inner cab panel.
Disconnect cab harness connector (B).
Remove machine screws (C) from cab inner panel (D)
–UN–06JUL99
and remove panel.
A—Tractor Control Units

90
B—Cab Harness Connector
RW78275
10
C—Machine Screws
43
D—Inner Cab Panel

110906
PN=1045
NOTE: Evaporator can be leak tested in tractor using the

pressure-drop method, but should be removed to
use soap-spray method.
Disconnect evaporator inlet line (Connection #25 on

Reference Chart, this group) and cap using JT021031
Adapter (A) and JT031941.
Disconnect evaporator outlet line (Connection #28 on

Reference Chart, this group) and attach JT021471Adapter
(B). Attach JT021081 Hose (D) to the JT02147 Adapter
using JT033571 Elbow Adapter (C).
90 NOTE: If shop air is used to leak test evaporator circuit,

10
44
the system should be flushed after test.
–UN–30JUN99
Attach the low-side hose (blue) quick coupler (F) from
JT02145 Recovery/Recycling, and Charging Station or
JT02051 Manifold With Gauges to the JT02108 Hose (D)
using JT021791 Adapter (E).
RW78247
Start JT02145 Recovery/Recycling, and Charging Station
or open valve on JT02051 Manifold With Gauges to
pressurize evaporator. Close valve or turn off station and A—JT02103 Adapter and JT03194 Cap
B—JT02147 Adapter
watch gauge. Movement of gauge indicates a leak.
C—JT03357 Adapter
D—JT02108 Hose
Check for leaks with an JT02081 Electronic Leak Detector E—JT02179 Adapter
or spray surface using a 50—50 mixture of liquid soap F—Low-Side Hose
and water.
Evacuate evaporator after test is complete.
NOTE: Minor leaks may be repaired, but evaporator

should be replaced if there is a major leak or
restriction.
Repair or replace evaporator if required.
1
AG,OUOD004,185 –19–28SEP99–2/2

110906
PN=1046
Remove and Install Evaporator
NOTE: Core can be cleaned using a vacuum cleaner

accessed through the recirculation filter opening to
avoid core removal from the cab.
1. Remove HVAC Module from tractor. (See REMOVE

AND INSTALL HVAC MODULE in Group 05.)
–UN–06OCT99
2. Remove cap screws from circulation blower (A) and
remove blower.
RW78285
3. Carefully pull capillary line (B) from evaporator core
and bend up to top of housing being careful not to kink 90
10
line. 45
4. Remove spring clips (C) from housing halves.
5. Pry out on tab of lower housing half while pulling up on

upper half to release tabs (D).
6. Remove upper half of housing to remove cores.
7. Remove two machine screws (E) from each side of

evaporator/heater core to split.
–UN–12OCT01
8. Repair or replace parts as necessary.
9. Install parts in reverse order.
RXA0057532
10. Purge, evacuate, and charge system. (See PURGE,
A—Blower
B—Capillary Tube
C—Spring Clips
D—Tabs
E—Machine Screws
AG,OUOD004,186 –19–28SEP99–1/1

110906
PN=1047
Remove and InstallExpansion Valve

Remove rear cab panel with SMV sign.
IMPORTANT: Do Not disconnect wire harnesses from

control units to remove.
–UN–04FEB99
Remove control units (A) with harnesses from rear cab
panel and lay on back of tractor.
90 Remove screws (B) from around rear panel (C) and
RW78211
10
46
remove panel.
IMPORTANT: The foam seal on the rear panel should

be replaced each time the panel is
removed.
Disconnect low-pressure line (D), high-pressure line (E),

and plug to prevent contamination. Remove screw (F) for
line clamps.
Remove socket-head screw (G) with clamp plate. Move

lines out of the way and plug them.
–UN–04FEB99
Remove two socket-head screws (H) from expansion
valve (I) and remove valve.
RW78210
Inspect and install O-rings on expansion Valve
connections.
Replace foam seal on rear panel before installing.
Purge, evacuate, and charge system.

A—Tractor Control Units
B—Screws
C—Cab Rear Panel
D—Low-Pressure Line
E—High-Pressure Line
F—Line Clamp Screw
G—Front Clamp Plate Socket-Head Screw
–UN–31MAY00
H—Back Clamp Plate Screws

I—Expansion Valve
RW78175
AG,OUOD004,97 –19–29OCT98–1/1

110906
PN=1048
Group 15
Air Suspension Seat (S.N. —030000)
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Lock seat axle bolt.
NOTE: See Section 10—Cross-Reference Chart for

Canadian and Loctite Product Numbers.
OURX956,0000113 –19–08NOV05–1/1
90
15
Remove Seat and Swivel Plate From 1
Suspension
NOTE: Some suspension repair can be done without

removing complete seat from the cab. For
illustration purposes, seat was removed from the
cab.
–UN–02JUN94
Slide seat to full forward position.
RW40096
Remove tie bands (A) and pry off clip (B).
Disconnect wiring harness at connector (C) and connector

(D). A—Tie Bands
B—Clip
Feed harness through opening at (E). C—Connector
D—Connector
E—Opening
Disconnect armrest wiring harness (F).
F—Wiring Harness

110906
PN=1049
IMPORTANT: DO NOT remove cap screws and nuts

from the right side of seat.
Slide seat to rear position and remove cap screw and nut
(A) from left side of seat.
–UN–02JUN94
Slide seat to forward position and remove cap screw and
nut (B) from left side of seat.
RW40097
A—Cap Screw and Nut
B—Cap Screw and Nut
90
15
2
OURX956,0000114 –19–28SEP01–2/3
Remove nut and cap screw (A) that holds rail to lateral
attenuator housing (B) on right side of seat.
Slide seat forward and remove rear nut and cap screw.
Lift seat off suspension:
1. Slide seat rearward so seat is centered over

suspension.
–UN–02JUN94
2. Lift up fore-and-aft adjustment lever (C) and slide seat
to right and upward.
RW40098
A—Cap Screw
B—Lateral Attenuator Housing
C—Fore-and-Aft Adjustment Lever
OURX956,0000114 –19–28SEP01–3/3

110906
PN=1050
90
15
3

110906
PN=1051
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Air Suspension Assembly
90
15
4
–UN–02JUN94
RW40095

110906
PN=1052
A—Lateral Springs (2 used) I—Fore-and-Aft Lockout Knob O—Roller Shaft (2 used) X—Air Spring Cap Screw
B—Lateral Shock J—Attenuator Block Cap P—Lower Suspension Housing Y—Suspension Shock
C—Lever Screw (2 used) Q—Ride Zone Protector Z—Air Compressor
D—Axle Bolt (2 used) K—Fore-and-Aft Attenuator R—Retaining Ring and Key AA—Fore-and-Aft Shock
E—Lateral Attenuator Housing Rod S—Cam Bar BB—Attenuator Block
F—Firmness Adjusting Cable L—Upper Suspension Housing T—Air Tube CC—Rear Lateral Rollers
G—Front Lateral Rollers M—Fore-and-Aft Shock Nuts U—Air Spring (2 used)
(2 used) (2 used) V—Nut DD—Arm Assembly
H—Roller Posts (2 used) N—Rollers (2 used) W—Shaft
Disassemble and Inspect Replace rollers (N) if required. Wipe roller shaft (O).
Apply small amount of grease to inside of new roller.
Remove springs (A) and shock (B). Rotate roller on shaft.
Put lateral attenuator lock lever (C) in the unlocked Inspect upper suspension housing at each corner 90
position. Remove two axle bolts (D). where roller contacts housing surface. Replace 15
housing if rollers do not operate smoothly. 5
Raise lateral attenuator housing (E) at rear and slide
plate forward off front rollers. Set housing to the side; Remove fasteners from lower suspension housing (P)
leave adjusting cable (F) attached. Rear two rollers will and remove boot.
be removed with the housing.
Disconnect electrical connector from the Ride Zone
Remove two front rollers (G). Clean roller posts (H). Protector (RZP) controller (Q) and remove retaining
ring and retaining key (R).
Remove fore-and-aft attenuator lock knob (I) by gently
tapping with a hammer. NOTE: RZP system keeps the air spring from being
over or under inflated. Air spring contains
Remove cap screws (J). trapped air and needs to be bled before
removing lower housing.
Slide rod (K) forward until rod clears the rear bracket
on the attenuator block (BB). Lift rear of RZP controller and pull to remove from cam
bar (S).
Slide rod rearward past front bracket and then remove
rod from middle bracket.
CAUTION: Remove suspension from tractor,
for disassembly beyond this point, to
Remove all boot fasteners from upper suspension
prevent injury from sudden collapse of the
housing (L) and push boot downward.
scissors suspension. Do not bleed air spring
when seat is in an upright position.
Remove two lateral shock nuts and screws (M).
Tip suspension assembly on side and disconnect air
Remove upper suspension housing (L):
tube (T) at air spring (U) to bleed out air.
1. Hold housing on both sides. Move housing
Remove air spring screw from bottom of housing (P)
rearward and tilt rear up and off rear rollers.
and suspension arm shaft nut (V).
2. Pull housing forward until front will tilt up and off
front rollers.

110906
PN=1053
Remove arm shaft (W) and lift lower housing (P) from Clean thread locking material from axle bolts (D) and
rear. Rotate to right and disengage housing from install in housing (L) far enough to make engagement.
rollers.
Apply a drop or two of PM37477 Thread Lock and
Remove air spring cap screw (X) and remove air Sealer (Medium Strength) to remaining threads of the
spring (U), if required. axle bolts.
Remove suspension shock (Y) and air compressor (Z), Locate two rear lateral rollers (CC) in track on
if required. underside of lateral attenuator housing (E). Thread in
axle bolts making sure bolts and rollers are aligned.
Inspect bushings, rollers, and other parts of
suspension assembly. Replace parts as required. NOTE: Axle bolts should be tight enough to prevent
attenuator housing from turning in upper
90 Apply grease to all bushings and rollers. suspension housing.
15
6
Assemble Turn axle bolts until hand tight, then loosen 1/4 turn.
Plate should roll freely.
Assemble in reverse order.
Lock (C) lateral attenuator housing in position to aid in
NOTE: Once the lateral attenuator housing (E) is installing seat to suspension.
installed, boot fasteners are not accessible.
Attach wiring harness connectors and fasten harness
Attach boot to upper suspension housing (L) after with tie bands. Fasten clip to armrest.
attaching fore-and-aft shock (AA) with screws and nuts
(M). Check operation of seat.
Wipe attenuator housing (E) with a clean cloth before

installing. Install by tilting housing so the front rollers
engage in track. Lower housing into position.
OURX956,0000115 –19–08NOV05–3/3

110906
PN=1054
Group 20
Air Suspension Seat (S.N. 030001— ) and 9020 Series
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,0000116 –19–28SEP01–1/2

90
20
Support Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG14241 1
–UN–12JUL99
Support seat during suspension repair
RW78294
1
Recommended Tool
OURX956,0000116 –19–28SEP01–2/2
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Retain seat bolts.
OURX956,0000117 –19–08NOV05–1/1
Specifications
Air Spring Cap Screw Torque 4.5-5 N•m

(40-45 lb-in.)
OURX956,0000118 –19–28SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=1055
Remove and Install Seat
IMPORTANT: Seat can remain in cab for all repairs.
NOTE: Plastic rivets from boot will be ruined if removed

and should not be reused.
NOTE: Seat must be in the UP position to remove cap

screws (B).
Remove rivets from top of seat boot using a pair of side

cutters to cut or pull out rivets.
90 Lift front of boot and remove cap screws (B) from inside of
20
2
seat frame.
Remove armrest control module (C) from seat.
Lower seat until suspension bottoms out using seat
–UN–19OCT99
control switch.
Disconnect harness connector (E).
RW78372
Remove rear cap screws (D).
CAUTION: Approximate weight of seat is 65 kg

(100 lb). An additional person is required to
remove seat from cab.
NOTE: Entrance door shock may have to be removed

and door held open as far as possible to allow
clearance for seat removal.
Remove seat through entrance door.
–UN–07SEP99
A—Plastic Rivets
B—Cap Screws RW78289
C—Armrest Control Module
D—Cap Screws
E—Harness Connector
OURX956,0000119 –19–28SEP01–1/1

110906
PN=1056
Repair Air System
Move seat to the full UP position.
Remove seat pad by pulling up and out on front of pad.
Disconnect operator presence switch connector.

Remove rivets from top of seat boot using a pair of side 90

20
cutters to cut or pull out rivets. 3
Pull boot down and install JDG1424 Support Block (A)

into either lower rail and tighten setscrew.
–UN–12JUL99
Release air pressure in seat with height adjustment
switch.
RW78290
A—JDG1424 Seat Support
Continued on next page OURX956,000011A –19–28SEP01–1/4

110906
PN=1057
Remove and Install Air Spring:
CAUTION: Do not attempt to bleed air system

without JDG1424 Support Block in place. It
prevents injury from the sudden collapse of the
scissors suspension.
Remove air line (B) from air spring (A) to bleed.
–UN–12JUL99
RW78291
Remove Phillips-head screw (D) from bottom of air spring
90 by reaching through tool compartment under seat.
20
4 Replace in reverse order. A—Air Spring
B—Air Line
Replace air line as necessary. C—Cap Screw
D—Phillips-Head Screw
Tighten air line fitting 1 full turn past hand tight.
Tighten cap screw and Phillips-head screw carefully. DO

NOT overtighten.
Specification
Air Spring Cap Screw—Torque .................................................. 4.5-5 N•m
(40-45 lb-in.)
Continued on next page OURX956,000011A –19–28SEP01–2/4

110906
PN=1058
Remove and Install Compressor:

Remove air line (A) from compressor valve.
Cut tie bands (C) and disconnect compressor harness (B)

from seat harness.
–UN–05MAY99
Remove two screws (D) and remove compressor. 90
20
Install in reverse order. 5
RW78256
Slide compressor up against cross member before
tightening screws.
Replace air line as necessary. A—Air Line

B—Harness Connector
C—Tie Bands
D—Screws
OURX956,000011A –19–28SEP01–3/4
Replace Compressor Filter:
Remove compressor. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

COMPRESSOR in this group.)
Carefully pull out filter retainer (A) from compressor

housing.
Remove filter (B) from housing and replace with new one
being careful not to let foreign material into compressor
opening.
Press new filter retainer into housing until tight.

–UN–12JUL99
A—Filter Retainer
B—Filter
RW78295
OURX956,000011A –19–28SEP01–4/4

110906
PN=1059
Remove and Install Ride Zone Protector

(RZP)—9000 Series
Disconnect harness connector (A) from RZP.
Remove E-clip (B), and special offset spacer (C).
Pull up on RZP bar (D) to remove from suspension.
–UN–05MAY99
Install in reverse order being sure that special offset on
spacer is toward the connector of RZP.
RW78257
90 A—Harness Connector
20 B—E-Clip
6 C—Offset Spacer
D—RZP Bar
OURX956,000011B –19–28SEP01–1/1
Repair Suspension
NOTE: The following instructions are for repair of

suspension assembly in order of removal. Do
ONLY the procedures that pertain to the seat
failure. Complete seat removal is not required or
recommended.
Move seat to the full UP position.
Remove seat pad by pulling up and out on front of pad.
Disconnect operator presence switch connector.

Remove rivets from top of seat boot using a pair of side

cutters to cut or pull out rivets.
Pull boot down and install JDG1424 Support Block into

either lower rail and tighten setscrew.
Continued on next page OURX956,000011C –19–08NOV05–1/8

110906
PN=1060
Replace Ride Stabilizer Shock:
IMPORTANT: Clamp (C) is set at factory and moving

will cause shock to be out of
adjustment.
Pull boot down and install JDG1424 Support Block into

either lower rail and tighten setscrew.
Loosen lower cable nut (A). Twist cable end (B) enough to
remove from valve arm. Remove nut and pull cable from
bracket.
Remove E-clips (D) and plastic washers from pins. 90

20
7
Remove top pin (G) being careful to note location of
plastic washers and large bushing (E).
–UN–07JUL99
Pull shock from scissors suspension being careful to note
location of small bushing (F) and single washer.
RW78260
A—Cable Nut
B—Cable End
C—Shock Clamp
D—E-Clips
E—Bushing (Top)
F—Bushing (Bottom)
G—Pin

110906
PN=1061
Remove and Install Seat Top
Remove both armrest assemblies.
Cut tie bands from seat switch harness.
Remove fore-and-aft latch springs (A) and cap screws (B).

Remove latch (C) by pulling back and sliding off rail.
–UN–05MAY99
NOTE: Seat top and pivot frame are NOT repairable. If
either frame or the pivot bearing has failed, the
whole unit must be replaced.
RW78254
90 Slide seat top (D) and pivot frame forward to remove from
20
8
suspension.
NOTE: Slide shoes are adjusted individually and installing

in the wrong location can cause assembly to bind.
Remove slide shoes from lateral frame being sure to mark

location of each one for reinstallation.
Adjust slide shoes after assembly, by sliding seat until

adjustment screws are visible through holes (E) and
–UN–12JUL99
adjusting both sides of seat evenly until seat slides easily
with no side movement.
RW78293
A—Latch Springs
B—Latch Cap Screws
C—Latch
D—Seat Top
E—Slide Shoe Adjustment Holes

110906
PN=1062
Replace Lateral Shock
Remove seat top. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL SEAT

TOP in this group.)
Remove rod lock nut (A) from shock rod while holding rod
shaft nut (B). Remove shock lock nut (D) while holding
shock nut (C). Collapse shock and remove.
A—Rod Lock Nut

B—Rod Shaft Nut
90
–UN–07JUN99
C—Shock Nut
D—Shock Lock Nut 20
9
RW78270

110906
PN=1063
Remove and Install Lateral Frame
Remove seat top. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL SEAT

TOP in this group.)
Remove lateral shock (A). (See REPLACE LATERAL

SHOCK in this group.)
Disconnect ride stabilizer cable (B) from shock.
–UN–07JUN99
Slide lateral frame from side to side to release springs
(C), and remove springs.
90 Remove fore-and-aft lockout arm (D).
RW78258
20
10
IMPORTANT: Use of heat is permissible to loosen
retaining compound. Use only a butane
torch. DO NOT exceed 93°C (200°F). DO A—Lateral Shock
B—Ride Stabilizer Cable
NOT use a cutting torch.
C—Lateral Springs
D—Fore-and-Aft Lockout Arm
Axle bolts are held in with retaining compound; use of E—Shoulder Bolts
heat greatly increases ease of removal. Remove two axle
bolts from front of housing.
Slide housing sideways to align rear rollers with notches

in frame. Pull up on front of frame and push back to
remove.
Clean all retaining compound from shoulder bolts and

threaded holes and apply new PM37477 Thread Lock and
Sealer (Medium Strength) to shoulder bolts. Install
shoulder bolts through frame and into rollers. Be sure that
rollers are aligned properly with shoulders.
Tighten bolts until resistance can be felt when sliding

frame. Back off bolts just until frame moves easily.

110906
PN=1064
Replace Fore-and-Aft Shock
IMPORTANT: Use caution removing E-clip (A) from

shaft. Spring force can cause clip and
washer to fly off causing injury.
Remove E-clip and washer (A) from fore-and-aft shock.
Using a locking pliers, unscrew shaft (B) from shock.
–UN–07JUN99
Remove plastic bushing, spring, and rubber isolator (C)
from shock.
RW78271
Remove fore-and-aft lockout arm (D) from seat frame. 90
20
11
Pull up on front of shock while pushing back on frame to
A—E-Clip Washer
release shock support from frame arm. Remove E-clip (E) B—Shaft
and washer from frame pin and remove shock. C—Spring, Washer, Rubber Isolator
D—Fore-and-Aft Lock Arm
E—E-Clip
OURX956,000011C –19–08NOV05–6/8
Remove and Install Fore-and-Aft Frame
Remove fore-and-aft shock (A). (See REPLACE

FORE-AND-AFT SHOCK in this group.)
Push frame (B) to the rear and lift to clear rear rollers of
scissors suspension (C). Tip frame up and pull forward to
clear front rollers.
A—Fore-and-Aft Shock
B—Fore-and-Aft Frame
C—Scissors Suspension
–UN–04AUG99
RW78255

110906
PN=1065
Remove and Install Scissors Suspension
Remove ride stabilizer shock (A). (See REPLACE RIDE

STABILIZER SHOCK in this group.)
Remove compressor (B). (See REPLACE COMPRESSOR

in this group.)
Remove air spring (C). (See REPLACE AIR SPRING in

this group.)
–UN–11JUN99
Remove RZP (D) on 9000 Series. (See REPLACE RIDE
ZONE PROTECTOR in this group.)
90
20
12
Remove four cap screws (F) and remove frame from
RW78272
tractor. Remove lock nut (G) and pull shaft (H) from seat
frame.
Remove and install bumpers (E) as necessary. Apply A—Ride Stabilizer Shock
PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to B—Compressor
threads of bumper before installing nuts. C—Air Spring
D—Ride Zone Protector (9000 Series)
E—Bumper
F—Cap Screws
G—Lock Nut
H—Shaft
OURX956,000011C –19–08NOV05–8/8

110906
PN=1066
Repair Seat Back
NOTE: Plastic rivets from seat back will be ruined if

removed and should not be reused.
Remove plastic rivets (A) from seat back and cushion (B)
using a pair of side cutters to pull out rivets or cut off
heads.
Drill out pop rivets (D) to replace manual holder (C), as

necessary.
A—Plastic Rivets
90
B—Seat Cushion
20
C—Manual Holder
13
D—Pop Rivets
–UN–12JUL99
RW78292
OURX956,000011D –19–28SEP01–1/3
Remove and Install Seat Back:
Remove lock nuts (A) and washers.
CAUTION: Carefully move seat back all the way

forward to release tension on spring before
removing shoulder bolts.
Unscrew shoulder bolts (B) from seat top and remove.
–UN–28JUL99
Disconnect spring (C) and remove seat top.
Remove spring pin (D) or spring pins (F) to replace knob

or cam for lumbar support.
RW78312
Remove spring washers and pins (E) to replace lumbar

support.
A—Lock Nut
B—Shoulder Bolt
Install in reverse order. C—Spring
D—Spring Pin
Tighten shoulder bolts only enough to take up slack in E—Spring Washer and Pin
seat top, then tighten lock nuts (A). F—Spring Pins
Continued on next page OURX956,000011D –19–28SEP01–2/3

110906
PN=1067
Repair Seat Back Adjuster
Remove seat belt assembly (A).
IMPORTANT: Seat back is under spring pressure and

should be moved all the way forward
before repairing.
–UN–28JUL99
Remove three lock nuts (B) and latch assembly being
careful not to lose washers and bushings behind plate.
RW78309
Replace spring (C) as necessary.
90 Replace knob (D) as necessary.

20 A—Seat Belt
14 B—Lock Nuts
Install in reverse order. C—Spring
D—Knob
OURX956,000011D –19–28SEP01–3/3
Repair Control Knobs
Upper control knobs can be repaired by removing seat

pad.
Continued on next page OURX956,000011E –19–28SEP01–1/3

110906
PN=1068
NOTE: Lower control knob repair will require some

suspension removal.
Replace Upper Control Knobs
Remove two machine screws (A) from pivot lockout knob.
Remove spring pin (B) from pivot cam (C).
Slide shaft (D) out being careful not to let spring (E) fly
loose. Replace as necessary.
Remove E-clip (F) and slide pin out being careful not to
lose spring, to repair pivot latch. 90
20
15
A—Machine Screws
B—Spring Pin
C—Pivot Lockout Cam
–UN–13JUL99
D—Shaft
E—Spring
F—E-Clip
G—Spring
RW78274
Continued on next page OURX956,000011E –19–28SEP01–2/3

110906
PN=1069
Replace Lower Control Knobs:
Remove seat top. (See REMOVE SEAT TOP in this

group.)
Remove lateral suspension. (See REMOVE LATERAL

SUSPENSION in this group.)
–UN–07JUN99
Rotate lateral suspension 180° so that bottom of control
knobs can be seen.
Remove E-clip (E) and nut (F) from cable and remove
RW78259
from ride stabilizer knob (A).
90
20
16
Remove E-clip (D) and slide pin out to remove Ride
A—Ride Stabilizer Knob
Stabilizer Knob (A), Lateral Lockout Knob (B), and
B—Lateral Sway Knob
Fore-and-Aft Lockout Knob (C). Be careful when removing C—Fore-and-Aft Sway Knob
knobs not to lose detent balls and springs (G). D—E-Clip
E—Spring Clip
Control Knob Detent Spring and Ball F—Cable Nut
Ride Stabilizer Knob (A) 0 or 1* G—Detent Ball and Spring
Lateral Lockout Knob (B) 2
Fore-and-Aft Lockout Knob (C) 1
* Detents added as a running change on 9000 Series
Follow table above for installing detent springs and balls.
OURX956,000011E –19–28SEP01–3/3

110906
PN=1070
Group 25
ACTIVE SEAT
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,0000017 –19–24MAY04–1/4

90
25
Support Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG14241 1
–UN–12JUL99
Used to support seat during suspension repair.
RW78294
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OURX956,0000017 –19–24MAY04–2/4
ACTIVE SEAT Control Valve Holding
–UN–24AUG01
Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW1481
Used to support valve and align mounting cap screws.
RXA0053667
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL—Fabricated tool, dealer made. See Section 99
for instructions to make tool.
OURX956,0000017 –19–24MAY04–3/4
Modified JT03515-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DFRW1981
Used to test and charge Active Seat Accumulator.
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL—Fabricated tool, dealer made. See Section 99
for instructions to make tool.
OURX956,0000017 –19–24MAY04–4/4

110906
PN=1071
ACTIVE SEAT
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread lock and Sealer (Medium Used to retain seat bolts.
AG,OUOD004,308 –19–08NOV05–1/1
90
25
2 Specifications
Rod Cap Screw Torque 61 N•m

(45 lb-ft)

(60 lb-in.)
Control Valve Mounting Cap Screws Torque 40 N•m

(30 lb-ft )
Control Valve-to-Valve Block Cap Torque 5.6 N•m

Screws (50 lb-in.)
Filter Torque 24 N•m

(212 lb-in.)

(212 lb-in.)
Inlet Pressure Reducing Valve Torque 24 N•m

(212 lb-in.)
Proportional Pressure Reducing Torque 24 N•m

Valve (212 lb-in.)
Accumulator Torque 13 N•m

(115 lb-in.)
Accumulator Socket-Head Cap Torque 20—25 N•m

Screw (177—221 lb-in.)
Air Spring Cap Screw Torque 4 N•m

(35 lb-in.)
OURX956,0000137 –19–13DEC05–1/1

110906
PN=1072
ACTIVE SEAT
Purging Air from ACTIVE SEAT System
IMPORTANT: Purging air from ACTIVE SEAT system

must be performed any time seat
hydraulics have been opened for repair
or cab removed.
NOTE: The tractor must be running, stationary, and seat
–UN–11JUN01
firmness switch in CENTER position.
1. Install fuse F9 (A) in F10 location (B) on fuse panel

and turn key switch ON. “diA” should appear in lower
RXA0054128
display window (dashes in upper window).
90
25
2. Operate right-hand turn signal until “ASU” appears in 3
lower display window (dashes in upper window).
3. Activate flash-to-pass lever. “00” will appear in upper

display window (“ASU” in lower window).
4. Operate turn signal lever to select address 17. Right

turn will increase address number. Left turn will
decrease address number.
–UN–11JUN01
5. Start tractor and put seat firmness switch (C) in
CENTER position. Display should read (17 OFF).
RXA0053877
NOTE: Switch must be in CENTER position to start test
or test will be deactivated.
6. Cycle warning switch once. A—F9-Fuse

B—F10-Fuse Location
NOTE: Test must be started within one minute after C—Firmness Switch
cycling warning switch or test will be deactivated.
7. Raise seat by putting seat firmness switch in (+)

position. When seat reaches upper stop you will hear a
“squeal”. Leave in (+) for two minutes to purge air.
NOTE: If seat firmness switch is remains in (+) or (-)

position for four minutes, test will be deactivated.
8. Lower seat by putting seat firmness switch in (-)

position. When seat reaches lower stop you will hear a
“squeal”. Leave in (-) for two minutes to purge air.
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page OURX956,0000024 –19–18OCT02–1/2

110906
PN=1073
ACTIVE SEAT
NOTE: If seat firmness switch remains in (+) or (-)

position for four minutes, test will be deactivated.
9. Cycle warning light switch once to end the test mode.
Test cycle can be repeated several times to purge air

from system.
NOTE: If system components have been replaced,

calibration of the seat is necessary. (See SEAT
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE in Operation and
Test Manual.)
90
25
4
OURX956,0000024 –19–18OCT02–2/2

110906
PN=1074
ACTIVE SEAT
Remove and Install ACTIVE SEAT

has been opened.
–UN–22MAY01

RXA0053658
NOTE: Seat must be in the UP position to remove cap
screws (B).
90
25
1. Remove rivets from top of seat boot using side cutting 5
pliers to cut or pull out rivets (A).
2. Install JDG1424 Support Block in track of seat and

tighten setscrew.
3. Pull down boot and remove cap screws (B) from inside
–UN–22MAY01
of seat frame.
4. Disconnect hydraulic hoses from seat actuator. Cap

and plug fittings to prevent contamination.
RXA0053659
5. Remove armrest control module (C) from seat.
6. Disconnect harness connectors (E). A—Rivets

B—Cap Screws
7. Disconnect line (F) from air reservoir. C—Armrest Control Module
D—Cap Screws
8. Remove rear cap screws (D). E—Harness Connectors (4 used)
F—Air Line to Reservoir
CAUTION: Approximate weight of seat is 65 kg

(140 lb). An additional person is required to
remove seat from cab.
NOTE: It may be necessary to disconnect gas cylinder

from door to allow clearance for seat removal.
9. Remove seat through entrance door.

110906
PN=1075
ACTIVE SEAT

opened.
10. Purge air from system. (See PURGING AIR FROM

ACTIVE SEAT SYSTEM in this group.)
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,0000013 –19–11OCT02–2/2

90
25
6 Remove and Install ACTIVE SEAT Actuator
NOTE: Seat can remain in cab for all repairs.
1. Move seat to full UP position.

–UN–24AUG01
2. Cut or pull rivets from bottom of seat boot using side
cutting pliers.
RXA0053156
3. Pull boot down and install JDG1424 Support Block (A)
into either lower rail and tighten setscrew.
4. Disconnect and cap actuator hoses (B) to prevent

contamination.
5. Remove rod cap screw (E).
6. Remove E-Clip (C) and actuator (D).
NOTE: Hoses (B) must be connected and positioned on –UN–24AUG01

actuator as shown.
RXA0053145
8. Tighten rod cap screw (E) at rod end of actuator.
Specification
Rod Cap Screw—Torque ............................................................... 61 N•m
(45 lb-ft)
A—JDG1424 Support Block
B—Hoses
C—E-Clip
D—Actuator
E—Rod Cap Screw

110906
PN=1076
ACTIVE SEAT
IMPORTANT: Seat should be moved through its full

range of motion to make sure there is
no interference between hoses and
suspension components.
–UN–08NOV01
9. Observe that hoses (A) do not interfere with
compressor mounting screws (B) or seat base (C),
when seat is moved through its full range of motion.
RXA0058421
opened.
10. Purge air from system. (See PURGING AIR FROM A—Hoses 90
B—Compressor Mounting Screws 25
ACTIVE SEAT SYSTEM in this group.) 7
C—Seat Base
OURX956,0000010 –19–11OCT02–2/2

110906
PN=1077
ACTIVE SEAT
Remove and Install Actuator Hoses
1. Remove screws holding mounting plate (C) to cab

floor.
2. Remove cap screws (D) and plate (C).
3. Inspect grommets (F) and replace as necessary.
–UN–24AUG01
4. Disconnect hoses (A and B) from valve. Plug and cap
fittings to prevent contamination.
RXA0053157
5. Disconnect hoses (A and B) from actuator. Plug and
90 cap fittings to prevent contamination.
25
8
NOTE: Hoses (A and B) must be connected and

positioned on actuator and valve as shown.
7. Install DFRW148 control valve holding tool (E) through
–UN–13NOV02
mounting plate (C) and valve.
8. Lift tool, align two mounting screws (D), and tighten.
RXA0063874
9. Remove tool (E) and install remaining cap screw.
10. Align floor plate and install screws.
11. Install hose grommet under seat.
A—Rod End Hose

B—Cap End Hose
C—Mounting Plate
–UN–13NOV02
E—DFRW148 Control Valve Holding Tool
F—Grommets
RXA0063875
Continued on next page OURX956,00001CE –19–20NOV02–1/2

110906
PN=1078
ACTIVE SEAT
IMPORTANT: Seat should be moved through its full

range of motion to make sure there is
no interference between hoses and
suspension components.
–UN–08NOV01
12. Lower seat and observe that hoses (A) do not
interfere with compressor mounting screws (B) or seat
base (C), when the seat is moved through its full
range of motion.
RXA0058421
NOTE: Purging air from ACTIVE SEAT system must be
performed if system has been opened.
13. Purge air from system. (See PURGING AIR FROM A—Hoses 90
B—Compressor Mounting Screws 25
ACTIVE SEAT SYSTEM in this group.) 9
C—Seat Base
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,00001CE –19–20NOV02–2/2

110906
PN=1079
ACTIVE SEAT
Remove and Install Seat Control Valve

Assembly
IMPORTANT: Calibrate seat if valve components have

been repaired or replaced. (See
–UN–13NOV02
Operation and Test Manual, Section 290
for Calibration Procedure.)
1. Remove screws (B) holding mounting plate (A) to cab
RXA0063873
floor.
2. Remove cap screws (C) and plate (A).

90
25
3. Inspect grommets and replace as necessary.
10
4. Mark and identify hoses (D); then remove from valve.
Plug and cap fittings to prevent contamination.
–UN–13NOV02
5. Disconnect harness connectors (E) from valve.
6. Remove solenoid (F) from valve.
RXA0063878
7. Disconnect hoses (G) from valve. Plug and cap fittings
to prevent contamination.
NOTE: Identify location of hoses (D). The front hose is

the rod end of the actuator. Rear hose is the cap
end of the actuator.
–UN–13NOV02
9. Install solenoid and tighten nut to specification.
Specification
Solenoid Retaining Nut—Torque...................................................... 7 N•m
RXA0063877
(60 lb-in.)
10. Replace grommets if damaged.
A—Cover
B—Screws (10 used)
C—Cap Screws (3 used)
D—Hoses
E—Harness Connectors
F—Solenoid
G—Hoses
Continued on next page OURX956,00001CF –19–20NOV02–1/2

110906
PN=1080
ACTIVE SEAT
11. DFRW148 control valve holding tool (A) through

mounting plate (B) and valve (C).
Lift tool, align two mounting screws (D) and tighten.
–UN–13NOV02
12. Remove tool (A); then install and tighten remaining
cap screw. Tighten all control valve mounting cap
screws to specification.
RXA0063879
Specification
Control Valve Mounting Cap
Screws—Torque ............................................................................. 40 N•m
(30 lb-ft )
90
13. Align floor plate and install screws. 25
11
Install hose grommet.
–UN–13NOV02
opened.
RXA0063880
14. Purge air from system. (See PURGING AIR FROM
ACTIVE SEAT SYSTEM in this group.)
15. Calibrate seat. (See Operation and Test Manual,

Section 290 for Calibration Procedure.) A—DFRW148 Control Valve Holding Tool
B—Plate
C—Valve
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,00001CF –19–20NOV02–2/2

110906
PN=1081
ACTIVE SEAT
Exploded View—ACTIVE SEAT Hydraulic Control Valve Block
90
25
12
–UN–22MAY01
RXA0053639
A—Accumulator F—Fitting, Actuator Rod End K—Proportional Pressure N—Nut
B—Adapter Fitting G—Fitting, Actuator Cap End Reducing Valve O—Control Valve
C—Block H—Test Port L—Solenoid Coil P—Screws (4 used)
D—Check Valve I—Inlet Fitting M—Washer Q—Pressure Reducing Valve
E—Filter J—Outlet Fitting
OURX956,00001DF –19–13FEB03–1/1

110906
PN=1082
ACTIVE SEAT
Replace Seat Control Valve Assembly

O-Rings
NOTE: Control valve (A) is not serviceable. If leaks are

present, inspect O-rings and replace as
necessary.
1. Remove and Install Control Valve:
–UN–22MAY01
• Remove cap screws attaching control valve to block.
• Remove and replace O-rings (B).
• Using spring pin (C) to align, install control valve to
block.
RXA0053648
90
• Install and tighten cap screws to specification. 25
13
Seat Control Valve—Specification
Control Valve-to-Valve Block Cap Control Valve
Screws—Torque ............................................................................ 5.6 N•m
(50 lb-in.) A—Control Valve
B—O-Ring (4 used)
C—Spring Pin
OUO6037,00016C1 –19–13DEC05–1/4
2. Remove and Install Filter and Check Valve:
• Remove filter and check valve from block.

• Remove and replace O-ring (A) and back-up rings
(B) as necessary.
• Remove and replace O-ring (C) as necessary.
• Coat O-rings and back-up rings with clean hydraulic
–UN–22MAY01
oil.
• Install filter and check valve. Tighten to specification.
RXA0053649
Filter—Torque ................................................................................. 24 N•m
(212 lb-in.)
Check Valve—Torque .................................................................... 24 N•m
(212 lb-in.) Filter
A—O-Ring
B—Back-Up Ring
Continued on next page OUO6037,00016C1 –19–13DEC05–2/4

110906
PN=1083
ACTIVE SEAT
IMPORTANT: O-rings (A) and back-up rings (B) must

be installed in the proper position.
3. Remove and Install Inlet Pressure Reducing Valve:
• Remove valve from block.

• Remove and replace O-rings (A), back-up rings (B)
–UN–22MAY01
and O-ring (C) as necessary.
• Coat O-rings and back-up rings with clean hydraulic
oil.
• Install valve and tighten to specification.
RXA0053652
90 Inlet Pressure Reducing Valve—
25 Torque ............................................................................................ 24 N•m
Inlet Pressure Reducing Valve
14 (212 lb-in.)
A—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Back-Up Ring (2 used)
C—O-Ring
OUO6037,00016C1 –19–13DEC05–3/4
4. Remove and Install Proportional Pressure

Reducing Valve:
• Remove valve from block.

• Remove and replace O-rings (A—C) as necessary.
• Coat O-rings with clean hydraulic oil.
–UN–22MAY01
• Install valve and tighten to specification.

Proportional Pressure Reducing
RXA0053655
Valve—Torque ................................................................................ 24 N•m
(212 lb-in.)
Proportional Pressure Reducing Valve
A—O-Ring
B—O-Ring
C—O-Ring
OUO6037,00016C1 –19–13DEC05–4/4

110906
PN=1084
ACTIVE SEAT
Remove and Install Accumulator
NOTE: Accumulator can be removed without removing

control valve.
–UN–02OCT01
1. Remove screws (C) and remove cover (D).
2. Unscrew accumulator (A) from control valve.
RXA0057321
3. Remove and replace O-rings (B) as necessary.
4. Install accumulator (A) and fitting and tighten.
Specification 90
Accumulator—Torque ..................................................................... 13 N•m 25
(115 lb-in.) 15
A—Accumulator
B—O-Rings
C—Screws (4 used)
–UN–22MAY01
D—Cover
RXA0053656
OURX956,00002A7 –19–06FEB04–1/1

110906
PN=1085
ACTIVE SEAT
Checking and Charging Replacement

Accumulators
IMPORTANT: Accumulators from factory are not

chargeable; they can only be replaced.
NOTE: Replacement accumulator is shipped with oil in

gas side of accumulator; do not drain oil from
accumulator. Replacement accumulators can be
charged.
1. Remove accumulator from control valve. (See

REMOVE AND INSTALL ACCUMULATOR in this
–UN–11OCT01
90
25
group.)
16
IMPORTANT: Relieve initial breaking torque on socket
head cap screw (B), without loosening.
RXA0057592
2. Remove accumulator dust cap (A). Relieve initial
breaking torque on socket head cap screw (B) using a
6 mm hex wrench.
A—Dust Cap
B—Socket Head Cap Screw
–UN–10OCT01
RXA0057593
Continued on next page OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–1/17

110906
PN=1086
ACTIVE SEAT
NOTE: See DFRW198 for modification of JT03515-2

Accumulator Adapter in Section 99.
3. Remove O-ring (A) from JT03515-2 Accumulator

Adapter1 (B), coat with grease, and install. Push hex
stem (C) into adapter.
–UN–14APR98
A—O-Ring
B—Adapter
C—Hex Stem
RW77050
90
25
17
1
For European Tractors, use FKM10474
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–2/17
4. Assemble adapter (A) onto accumulator and hand

tighten. Push hex stem (B) into adapter and socket
head cap screw while rotating the stem slightly so the
stem will fit into the screw.
–UN–15OCT01
NOTE: Make sure bleed-off screw (C) is tight and is not
leaking.
5. Close bleed-off screw (C) and tighten adapter (A) to
RXA0057595
accumulator enough to prevent gas leakage.
A—Adapter
B—Hex Stem
C—Bleed-Off Screw

110906
PN=1087
ACTIVE SEAT
NOTE: Valve stem depressor (A) must be completely

backed out. Minimum pressure range of gauge
should be approximately twice the accumulator
pressure specification.
–UN–11OCT01
6. Back out (counterclockwise) valve stem depressor (A)
and install JT03515-1 Accumulator Pressure Checking
and Charging Adapter (B) to valve stem of accumulator
adapter (C).
RXA0057603
Install 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) gauge to check
accumulator.
90 7. Close bleed-off screw (D). A—Valve Stem Depressor

25 B—JT03515-1 Accumulator Pressure Checking
18 and Charging Adapter
8. Turn in (clockwise) valve stem depressor (A). C—JT03515-2 Accumulator Adapter
D—Bleed-Off Screw
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–4/17
9. Determine outer temperature of accumulator.
NOTE: Loosen the hex stem only enough to get a

pressure reading on the gauge.
–UN–11OCT01
10. Loosen hex stem (A) approximately one turn to check
accumulator pressure.
Specification
RXA0057599
Replacement 160 mL (10 in.3)
Accumulator—Charge Pressure ......................... 1400—1600 kPa at 20°C
(14—16 bar at 20°C)
(203—232 psi at 68°F)
A—Hex Stem
Pressure OK: Go to Step 14
B—Bleed Screw
Pressure High: Open bleed screw (B) to obtain correct

pressure. Go to step 14.
Pressure Low: Go to Step 11

110906
PN=1088
ACTIVE SEAT
CAUTION: Never charge an accumulator with

OXYGEN. An explosion could result if oil and
oxygen mix under pressure. Use only
NITROGEN.
–UN–11OCT01
NOTE: Purge hose before attaching. The charging hose
can be attached directly to the accumulator
adapter (A) if a pressure checker adapter (B) is
not available. Use a nitrogen tank regulator gauge
RXA0057601
with 200 kPa (2 bar) (25 psi) or less increments
and a maximum range of 20 000 kPa (200 bar)
(3000 psi).
A—Accumulator Adapter 90
11. Back out (counterclockwise) valve stem depressor (C) B—Pressure Adapter 25
completely on JT05563 Nitrogen Charging Hose. C—Valve Stem Depressor 19
Purge hose and attach to pressure checker adapter
(B).
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–6/17
12. Adjust nitrogen tank regulator screw (A) to obtain

gauge reading of zero pressure. Open tank shut-off
valve (B) one turn. Turn in (clockwise) valve stem
depressor on nitrogen charging hose.
13. While reading gauge on pressure checking adapter,
–UN–14APR98
adjust nitrogen tank regulator screw (A) to obtain
pressure specification found in Step 10.
Wait 5 minutes for gas pressure to stabilize.
A—Regulator Screw RW77055

B—Shut-Off Valve

110906
PN=1089
ACTIVE SEAT
IMPORTANT: To prevent breakage of hex stem, DO

NOT use the hex stem to tighten the
accumulator socket head cap screw to
the specified torque.
14. Tighten accumulator adapter hex stem (C).
15. Back out (counterclockwise) charging hose valve

stem depressor (A) and pressure checker adapter
valve stem depressor (B).
A—Hose Valve Stem Depressor

B—Adapter Valve Stem Depressor
–UN–11OCT01
90 C—Hex Stem
25
20
RXA0057605
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–8/17
16. Loosen nitrogen tank regulator screw (A) until screw

turns freely. Close tank shut-off valve (B).
A—Tank Regulator Screw

B—Shut-Off Valve
–UN–14APR98
RW77055

110906
PN=1090
ACTIVE SEAT
17. Open pressure checker adapter bleed-off screw (B)

and accumulator adapter bleed-off screw (A) to
relieve pressure from adapters.
18. Close bleed-off screws (A) and (B).
A—Accumulator Adapter Bleed-off Screw

B—Pressure Checker Adapter Bleed-off Screw
–UN–11OCT01
90
25
21
RXA0057606
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–10/17
19. Remove charging hose (A) from pressure checker

adapter.
20. Remove pressure checker adapter (B) from

accumulator adapter (C).
A—Nitrogen Charging Hose

B—Pressure Checker Adapter
C—Accumulator Adapter
–UN–11OCT01
RXA0057607

110906
PN=1091
ACTIVE SEAT
NOTE: There should not be any leakage of gas from

accumulator after pressure was relieved from
adapter at Step 17.
21. Loosen accumulator adapter bleed-off screw (A) and
–UN–15OCT01
listen for sound of gas leakage.
Remove accumulator adapter (C).
RXA0057596
A—Accumulator Adapter Bleed-Off Screw
B—Hex Stem
90
25
22
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–12/17
22. Tighten socket head screw (A) to specification.
Specification
Accumulator Socket Head
Screw—Torque ........................................................................ 20—25 N•m
(177—221 lb-in.)
–UN–12OCT01
Apply soap suds around socket head screw (A) and look
for bubbles from around (B).
RXA0057610
No Leakage: Go to Step 26
Leakage: Do following steps:

A—Socket Head Screw
Relieve initial breaking torque on socket head cap screw B—O-Ring Washer
(A) using a 6 mm hex wrench.
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–13/17
23. Reinstall accumulator adapter (C).
Loosen hex stem (B) and open bleed-off screw (A) to

discharge accumulator.
–UN–15OCT01
Remove accumulator adapter (C).
A—Accumulator Adapter Bleed-Off Screw

B—Hex Stem
RXA0057596

110906
PN=1092
ACTIVE SEAT
24. Remove socket head cap screw (A) and inspect for
nicks or burrs.
Remove and inspect O-ring washer (B).
–UN–12OCT01
Replace parts as required.
Repeat accumulator charging procedure, Steps 3—

22.
RXA0057610
A—Socket Head Cap Screw
B—O-Ring Washer
90
25
23
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–15/17
25. Hold hex stem (A) in the tightened position and

remove accumulator adapter (B) from accumulator.
A—Hex Stem
B—Accumulator Adapter
–UN–15OCT01
RXA0057608
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–16/17
26. Tighten socket head cap screw (A).
Specification
Accumulator Socket Head Cap
Screw—Torque ........................................................................ 20—25 N•m
(177—221 lb-in.)
–UN–12OCT01
Replace dust cap O-ring washer (B) as necessary and

install dust cap (C).
RXA0057611
Reinstall accumulator to control valve. (See REMOVE

AND INSTALL ACCUMULATOR in this group.)
A—Socket Head Cap Screw

B—O-Ring Washer
C—Dust Cap
OURX956,00002A8 –19–24MAY04–17/17

110906
PN=1093
ACTIVE SEAT
Repair Active Seat Air System
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove seat from cab to

service air system.
1. Access air system:
–UN–24MAY01
• Move seat to full UP position.
• Remove seat pad by pulling up and out on front of
pad.
• Disconnect operator presence switch connector.
RXA0053668
IMPORTANT: Plastic rivets from boot will be ruined if
90 removed and should not be reused.
25
24 A—JDG1424 Seat Support
• Cut or pull rivets from top of seat boot using side
cutting pliers.

• Pull boot down and install JDG1424 Support Block

(A) into either lower rail and tighten set screw.
• Relieve pressure from air spring using height
adjustment switch.
Continued on next page OURX956,00001E0 –19–13FEB03–1/5

110906
PN=1094
ACTIVE SEAT

2. Remove and Install Air Spring:
–UN–24MAY01
• Remove air line (B) from air spring (A) to bleed.
• Remove cap screw (C).
• Remove screw (D) from bottom of air spring by
reaching through tool compartment under seat.
RXA0053671
• Inspect and replace air line as necessary.
• Install in reverse order using the following special 90
instructions: 25
• Tighten air line fitting (if removed) one full turn past A—Air Spring
25
hand tight. B—Air Line
• Tighten cap screw (C) to specification. C—Cap Screw
D—Screw
Specification
Air Spring Cap Screw—Torque ........................................................ 4 N•m
(35 lb-in.)
• Tighten screw (D) carefully, but do NOT overtighten.

110906
PN=1095
ACTIVE SEAT

3. Remove and Install Compressor:
• Remove air line (A) from compressor valve.

• Cut tie bands (C) and disconnect compressor
harness (B) from seat harness.
• Remove two screws (D) and compressor.
–UN–01MAY01
• Install in reverse order using the following special
90 instructions:
25 – Slide compressor up against cross member before
26 tightening screws.
RXA0053113
A—Air Line
B—Harness Connector
C—Tie Bands
D—Screws
OURX956,00001E0 –19–13FEB03–3/5
4. Remove and Install Compressor Filter:
• Remove compressor. (See Step 3.)

• Clean housing area surrounding filter and retainer.
• Remove and discard retainer (A) and filter (B).
• Install new filter (B) in housing; then press new
retainer until tight.
A—Filter Retainer
B—Filter
–UN–12JUL99
RW78295

110906
PN=1096
ACTIVE SEAT
5. Remove and Install Air Reservoir:
• Bleed air from seat suspension.

• Disconnect air fitting (A) from air reservoir.
• Remove clamp (B).
• Pull up on air reservoir (C) to remove from
suspension.
• Install in reverse order.
A—Fitting
B—Clamp
C—Air Reservoir
–UN–11JUL01
90
25
27
RXA0054811
OURX956,00001E0 –19–13FEB03–5/5

110906
PN=1097
ACTIVE SEAT
Repair Active Seat Suspension
NOTE: The following instructions are for repair of

suspension assembly in order of removal. Do
ONLY the procedures that pertain to the seat
failure. Complete seat removal is not required or
–UN–24MAY01
recommended.
1. Access Suspension Components:
• Move seat to full UP position.
RXA0053668
• Remove seat pad by pulling up and out on front of
pad.
90 • Disconnect operator presence switch connector.
25
28 A—JDG1424 Support Block
IMPORTANT: Plastic rivets from boot will be ruined
when removed and should not be
reused.
• Cut or pull rivets from top of seat boot using side

cutting pliers.
• Pull boot down and install JDG1424 Support Block
(A) into either lower rail and tighten set screw.
Continued on next page OURX956,000001A –19–08NOV05–1/7

110906
PN=1098
ACTIVE SEAT
2. Remove and Install Seat Top:
• Remove both armrest assemblies.

• Cut tie bands from seat switch harness.
• Remove fore-and-aft latch springs (A) and cap
screws (B). Remove latch (C) by pulling back and
–UN–01MAY01
sliding off rail.
NOTE: Seat top and pivot frame are NOT repairable. If

either frame or pivot bearing has failed, the whole
RXA0053119
unit must be replaced.
• Slide seat top (D) and pivot frame forward to remove

from suspension. 90
25
29
IMPORTANT: Slide shoes are adjusted individually.
Installing shoes in the wrong location
can cause assembly to bind.
• Mark location of each slide shoe; then remove from

lateral frame.
instructions:
– Adjust slide shoes after assembly, by sliding seat
–UN–12JUL99
until adjustment screws are visible through holes
(E). Adjust both sides of seat evenly until seat
slides easily with no lateral movement.
RW78293
A—Latch Springs
B—Latch Cap Screws
C—Latch
D—Seat Top
E—Slide Shoe Adjustment Holes

110906
PN=1099
ACTIVE SEAT
3. Replace Lateral Shock:
• Remove seat top. (See Step 2.)

• Remove rod lock nut (A) while holding shaft nut (B).
Remove lock nut (D) while holding nut (C). Collapse
shock and remove.
A—Rod Lock Nut

B—Rod Shaft Nut
–UN–01MAY01
C—Shock Nut
D—Shock Lock Nut
90
RXA0053128
25
30

110906
PN=1100
ACTIVE SEAT
4. Remove and Install Lateral Frame:
• Remove seat top. (See Step 2.)

• Remove lateral shock absorber. (See Step 3.)
• Disconnect accelerometer connector (B).
NOTE: Tie bands holding harnesses must be replaced

and positioned properly or damage to harness will
occur.
–UN–07NOV01
• Note location and remove tie band (F).
• Slide lateral frame from side-to-side to release and
remove springs (C).
• Remove fore-and-aft lockout arm (D). 90
RXA0053135
25
31
IMPORTANT: Use of heat is permissible to loosen
retaining compound. Use only a butane
torch. DO NOT exceed 93°C (200°F). DO
A—Lateral Shock
NOT use a cutting torch. B—Accelerometer Connector
C—Lateral Springs
• Remove two shoulder bolts from front of housing. D—Fore-and-Aft Lockout Arm
Shoulder bolts are installed using retaining E—Shoulder Bolts
F—Tie Band
compound. Use heat to aid removal if necessary
• Slide housing sideways to align rear rollers with
notches in frame. Pull up on front of frame and push
back to remove.
instructions:
– Clean all retaining compound from shoulder bolts
and threaded holes and apply new PM37477
Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength). Install
shoulder bolts through frame and into rollers.
Ensure rollers are properly aligned with shoulders.
– Install tie band (F) to prevent harness damage
when seat is moved.
– Tighten bolts until resistance can be felt when
sliding frame. Back off bolts just until frame moves
easily.

110906
PN=1101
ACTIVE SEAT
CAUTION: Use caution removing E-clip (A) from

shaft. Spring force can cause clip and washer
to fly off causing injury.
5. Replace Fore-and-Aft Shock Absorber :
• Remove E-clip and washer (A) from fore-and-aft

shock absorber.
• Using locking pliers, unscrew shaft (B) from shock.
• Remove plastic bushing, spring, and rubber isolator
–UN–01MAY01
(C).
• Remove fore-and-aft lockout arm (D) from seat
90 frame.
• Pull up on front of shock absorber while pushing
RXA0053136
25
32 back on frame to release support from frame arm.
Remove E-clip (E) and washer from frame pin; then
remove shock absorber.
A—E-Clip Washer
B—Shaft
C—Spring, Washer, Rubber Isolator
D—Fore-and-Aft Lock Arm
E—E-Clip
OURX956,000001A –19–08NOV05–5/7
6. Remove and Install Fore-and-Aft Frame:
• Remove fore-and-aft shock absorber (A). (See Step

5.)
NOTE: Tie bands holding harnesses must be replaced

and positioned properly or damage to harness will
occur.
• Note location and remove tie band (E).

• Disconnect connector (D). –UN–07NOV01
• Push frame (B) to the rear; then lift to clear rear

rollers of scissors suspension (C). Tip frame up and
pull forward to clear front rollers.
RXA0053137

instructions:
– Install tie band (E) to prevent harness damage
when seat is moved.
A—Fore-and-Aft Shock
B—Fore-and-Aft Frame
C—Scissors Suspension
D—Connector
E—Tie Band

110906
PN=1102
ACTIVE SEAT
7. Remove and Install Scissors Suspension:
• Remove actuator cylinder (A). (See REPLACE

ACTIVE SEAT ACTUATOR in this group.)
• Remove compressor. (See REPAIR ACTIVE SEAT
AIR SYSTEM, Step 3.)
• Remove air spring. (See REPAIR ACTIVE SEAT AIR
–UN–07NOV01
SYSTEM, Step 2.)
NOTE: Seat position sensor will be damaged if moved

past its range of motion and must be removed
RXA0053140
before scissors suspension is removed.
• Remove seat position sensor (I). 90

25
33
NOTE: Tie bands holding harnesses must be replaced A—Actuator Cylinder
and positioned properly or damage to harness will B—Compressor
C—Air Spring
occur. D—Bumper
E—Cap Screws
• Note location and remove tie bands (H). F—Lock Nut
• Remove four cap screws (E) and frame from tractor. G—Shaft
H—Tie Bands
Remove lock nut (F) and pull shaft (G) from seat
I—Seat Position Sensor
frame.
• Remove and install bumpers (D) as necessary.
Strength) to threads of bumper before installing nuts.
instructions:
– Clean all retaining compound from seat position
sensor cap screws and apply new PM37477
Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to cap
screws. Install seat position sensor to scissors
suspension.
– Install all tie bands to prevent harness damage
when seat is moved.
– Calibrate seat position sensor. (See SEAT
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE in Operation and
Test Manual.)
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX956,000001A –19–08NOV05–7/7

110906
PN=1103
ACTIVE SEAT
Repair Seat Back
NOTE: Plastic rivets from seat back will be ruined if

removed and should not be reused.
1. Access Seat Back:
• Cut or pull rivets (A) from seat back and cushion (B)
using side cutting pliers.
• Drill out pop rivets (D) to replace manual holder (C),
as necessary.
A—Plastic Rivets
90
B—Seat Cushion
25
C—Manual Holder
34
D—Pop Rivets
–UN–07JAN03
RXA0064523
AG,OUOD004,313 –19–18OCT02–1/3
2. Remove and Install Seat Back:
• Remove lock nuts (A) and washers.
CAUTION: Carefully move seat back all the way

forward to release tension on spring before
removing shoulder bolts.
• Unscrew shoulder bolts (B) from seat top and

remove.
• Disconnect spring (C) and remove seat top. –UN–28JUL99
• Remove spring pin (D) or spring pins (F) to replace

knob or cam for lumbar support.
• Remove spring washers and pins (E) to replace
RW78312
lumbar support.
instructions:
– Tighten shoulder bolts only enough to take up A—Lock Nut (2 used)
slack in seat top, then tighten lock nuts (A). B—Shoulder Bolt (2 used)
C—Spring
D—Spring Pin
E—Spring Washer and Pin
F—Spring Pins

110906
PN=1104
ACTIVE SEAT
3. Repair Seat Back Adjuster:
CAUTION: Seat back is under spring tension

and should be moved all the way forward
before repairing.
–UN–28JUL99
• Remove three lock nuts (B) and latch assembly
being careful not to lose washers and bushings
behind plate.
• Replace spring (C) and knob (D) as necessary.
RW78309
90
A—Seat Belt 25
B—Lock Nuts 35
C—Spring
D—Knob
AG,OUOD004,313 –19–18OCT02–3/3

110906
PN=1105
ACTIVE SEAT
90
25
36

110906
PN=1106
Group 30
Armrest
Remove and Install Armrest Control
Remove cap screws (A) inside armrest compartment.
Disconnect armrest wiring harness.
NOTE: See Armrest Control in Section 40, Group 35 for

repair of electrical components.
A—Cap Screws (4 used)
–UN–12MAY95
90
30
RW50151
1
OURX956,000001E –19–12APR01–1/1
Disassemble and Assemble Armrest

Adjustment Assembly—Style A
Remove armrest control. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

ARMREST CONTROL in this group.)
Rotate knob (A) until socket-head cap screws (B) are

visible in holes.
Remove cap screws and armrest support.
–UN–01MAY01
A—Knob
B—Socket-Head Cap Screws
RXA0053090

110906
PN=1107
Armrest
Loosen tensioner nut (A).
Remove clip (B), knob (C), spring, and locking pawl (D).
A—Tensioner Nut
B—Clip
–UN–12MAY95
C—Knob
D—Pawl
RW50158
90
30
2
–UN–12MAY95
RW50169
OUO6046,0001B43 –19–26AUG03–2/6
Remove and inspect parts (A—E).
A—Clip
B—Drive Gear
C—Belt
D—Cap Screws
–UN–12MAY95
E—Cams
RW50164
–UN–12MAY95
RW50165

110906
PN=1108
Armrest
Inspect shaft (A) and remove with pliers, if necessary.

Install new shaft by tapping lightly with a nylon-tipped
hammer.
Inspect bearings (B) and remove, if necessary, using a 19

mm or 3/4 in. driver disk and a 14 mm or 9/16 in. pilot
–UN–12MAY95
disk.
Install new bearings flush with cam or support surfaces

using a 24 mm or 15/16 in. driver disk and a 14 mm or
RW50166
9/16 in. pilot disk.
A—Shaft
90
B—Bearings
30
3
OUO6046,0001B43 –19–26AUG03–4/6
Install cams (A), belt (B), drive gear (C), and locking clip
so that cam holes are centered in access holes (D) of
support.
Tighten tensioner and install locking pawl, spring, knob,

and clip.
–UN–12MAY95
Install support and armrest on seat.
RW50167
A—Cams
B—Belt
C—Drive Gear
D—Holes
–UN–12MAY95
RW50168

110906
PN=1109
Armrest
Remove and Install LH Armrest
NOTE: European armrest is not serviceable; it can only

be replaced.
Remove switches (B) and disconnect harness from

switches.
–UN–03MAY01
Remove harness from armrest (A).
Remove socket-head cap screws (C) and remove armrest
RXA0053144
(A).
90
30 A—Armrest
B—Switches North America Armrest
4
C—Socket-Head Cap Screws (2 used)
–UN–03MAY01
RXA0053147
North America (Non-ACTIVE SEAT) Armrest
–UN–03MAY01
RXA0053143
European Armrest
OUO6046,0001B43 –19–26AUG03–6/6

110906
PN=1110
Armrest
Disassemble and Assemble Adjustable

Armrest Support—Style B
Disconnect armrest wiring harness and remove cap

screws (A).
Remove armrest.
–UN–12MAY95
90
30
RW50151
5
OUO6046,0001B39 –19–12AUG03–1/2
Loosen knob (A) and lower support to access cap screws

(B).
Remove cap screws and armrest support.
–UN–22JUL03
A—Knob
B—Cap Screw (2 used)
RXA0069144
OUO6046,0001B39 –19–12AUG03–2/2

110906
PN=1111
Armrest
90
30
6

110906
PN=1112
Group 35
Cab Door and Windshield
Door Latch Identification—Version "A" and Version "B"
90
35
1
–UN–04MAY04
–UN–04MAY04
RXA0074791
RXA0074792
Version "A" Version "B"
There are two different door latch designs. VERSION "B" is a double latch design with the
integrated inner release handle.
VERSION "A" has a bellcrank adjuster.
This latch may be single or double latch design (single

shown).
OURX985,000004A –19–03MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=1113
Repair Cab Door Latch
Remove screws (A) and remove latch cover.
Remove and Install Latch Assembly
–UN–05SEP96
Remove nut (B) and screw (C).
Remove latch assembly.
RW41282
Adjust cab door. (See CAB DOOR ADJUSTMENT in this

90 group.)
35
2
Remove and Install Jaw Assembly
Remove screws (D) and remove jaw assembly.
Install in reverse order, leaving cap screws (D) loose.
–UN–05SEP96
Adjust cab door. (See CAB DOOR ADJUSTMENT in this
group.)
RW41283
Remove and Install Inside Release Handle
Remove cap screw (E) and remove handle.

A—Latch Cover Retaining Screws
B—Latch Assembly Retaining Nut
Install handle. C—Latch Assembly Retaining Screw
D—Jaws Retaining Cap Screws
Adjust cab door. (See CAB DOOR ADJUSTMENT in this E—Inside Release Handle Retaining Cap Screw
group.)
RX16239025,1 –19–06SEP96–1/1

110906
PN=1114
Cab Door Adjustment
IMPORTANT: This five-step door adjustment

procedure MUST be followed in
sequence for both versions.
–UN–05SEP96
1. For Version “A” latches, perform the following:
a. Measure from bottom edge of door seal (A) to top

of riser panel (B). Distance must be 6—12 mm
RW41284
(0.25—0.50 in.).
b. Measure approximately 40 mm (1.5 in.) from the

right of the front screw (C). Adjust door, if 90
35
necessary. 3
c. Loosen hinge adjusting screws (D) to obtain correct

measurement.
A—Seal
B—Riser Panel
C—Front Screw
D—Hinge Adjusting Screws
–UN–06SEP96
RW41285
Continued on next page OURX985,0000048 –19–30APR04–1/7

110906
PN=1115
2. For Both Versions:
Install latch assembly loosely in latch bracket (A).
Version “A” latches, perform the following:
–UN–05SEP96
a. Carefully close door with latch jaw (B) in open
position against striker (C).
b. Adjust striker by loosening Socket-head screws (D)
RW41286
so striker (C) is centered to 1 mm (0.004 in.) below
the jaw center line (E).
A—Latch Bracket
90
B—Latch Jaw
35
C—Striker
4
D—Striker Bracket Socket-Head Screws
E—Jaw Center Line
–UN–05SEP96
RW41288
–UN–12SEP96
RW41287

110906
PN=1116
Version “B” latches, perform the following:
a. With door slightly opened, verify striker (C) is

centered (B) between latch jaws (A)
B
b. If striker position is incorrect, adjust striker by
loosening cap screws (D) so striker (C) is centered
F
(B) in latch jaws (A).
c. If striker plate cannot be adjusted enough, slots in E

striker plate must be elongated using a die grinder A
–UN–23JUL03
in order to achieve correct position.
C 90
d. Once striker is in correct position, tighten cap
35
screws (D) to specification.
RXA0069401
F 5
Specification
Striker Plate Cap Screws—
Torque ............................................................................................ 35 N•m
(26 lb-ft)
NOTE: When striker is positioned slightly below center of

jaw top lobe, door latch mechanism will work with
–UN–12SEP96
less binding compared to striker positioned slightly
above jaw top lobe.
e. Close door and verify that striker is centered in door
RW41287
latch with latch jaws closed.
A—Latch Jaws
B—Centered
C—Striker
D—Striker Plate Cap Screws (2 used)

110906
PN=1117
3. Version “A” latches, perform the following:
a. Close door to fully latched position.
b. Adjust nut (A) so button (B) travels 6 mm (0.25 in.)

(C) to unlatch door.
A—Nut
B—Button
C—Button Gap
90
35
6
–UN–05SEP96
RW41289
OURX985,0000048 –19–30APR04–4/7
Version “B” latches, perform the following:
a. With latch jaws closed, push button (A). Button B

must travel 5—7 mm (3/16—9/32 in.) (B) before D
jaws (C) open.
NOTE: Button travel is adjusted by turning plastic screw

(D) in or out.
A
–UN–20FEB04
b. Unhook wire keeper and adjust plastic screw (D) as
necessary.
A—Button
RXA0073443
B—Distance
C—Jaws C
D—Plastic Screw

110906
PN=1118
Remove or install 24H1219 Washers (A) to move

striker in or out so latch jaws (B) are centered
horizontally on striker.
–UN–12MAY95
Specification
Door Latch Striker—Torque ........................................................... 50 N•m
(37 lb-ft)
RW50159
A—24H1219 Washers
B—Latch Jaws
90
35
7

110906
PN=1119
a. Close door tightly.
b. Measure distance from door frame to outer surface

of door seal in latch area using a small, thin ruler
–UN–06SEP96
(A). Distance (B) should be 25—27 mm (1.0—1.1
in.).
c. Adjust horizontal position of striker, if necessary,
RW41291
while maintaining vertical position of striker.
d. Loosen striker nut and move striker (C) left or right

90 to obtain correct measurement.
35
8
NOTE: The sound of air leakage will develop with blower
speed turned to "MEDIUM" if the distance is
excessive. Force on the cab release button will B
–UN–19FEB04
increase as the distance decreases.
E
e. Check cab door release button force. Start engine
and turn blower speed to "MEDIUM" position.
RXA0073623
Check for air escaping the door seal. Readjust door
as required. D C
f. Repeat check of striker vertical position.
A—Latch Level
B—Cab Post
C—Door Glass
D—Ruler
–UN–23APR04
E—Specification
F—Striker
RXA0074626
OURX985,0000048 –19–30APR04–7/7

110906
PN=1120
Replace Windshield Glass or Seal
1. Open hood.
2. For early 9000 Series Tractors, cut away and remove

rubber isolator ledge (A).
–UN–05SEP96
3. Remove glass clamps (B) on each side of windshield
4. Remove roof clamps (C).
RW41294
A—Isolator Ledge
B—Glass Clamps
C—Roof Clamps 90
35
9
–UN–05SEP96
RW41295
–UN–06SEP96
RW41296

110906
PN=1121
5. Remove screws (A) and (B) and trim piece (C) on each
side of cab.
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to bend or damage trim

during removal.
–UN–06SEP96
6. Carefully pull trim piece downward.
A—Screws
B—Screw
RW41293
C—Trim Piece
90
35
10
RX16239025,6 –19–06MAY04–2/3
7. Support windshield and remove clamps (A).
8. Carefully slide windshield out right side of tractor.
NOTE: For early 9000 Series Tractors, rubber isolator is

bonded to front glass.
–UN–05SEP96
9. Remove seal and clean new glass surface with
solvent.
RW41292
10. Install seal by carefully tapping on edge of seal.
11. Install windshield assembly in reverse order.
A—Clamps
RX16239025,6 –19–06MAY04–3/3

110906
PN=1122
Section 95
Hinge and Gudgeon
Contents
Page
Group 05—Hinge
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-05-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-05-2
Replace Hinge Pins and Bushings . . . . . . . . . .95-05-2
Group 10—Gudgeon
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-3 95
Gudgeon Drive Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-4
Universal Joint and Drive Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-5
Install Gudgeon Drive Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-6
Gudgeon Bearings and Wear Plates
Standard Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-7
Severe Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-18
Replace Gudgeon Spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-27

110906
PN=1
Contents
95

110906
PN=2
Group 05
Hinge
NOTE: Order tools from the U.S. SERVICEGARD or

European Microfiche Tool Catalogs.
ESSENTIAL TOOLS listed are required to perform the job

correctly and are obtainable only from SERVICEGARD or
European Tool Catalogs.
RECOMMENDED TOOLS, as noted, are suggested to

perform the job correctly. Some tools may be available
95
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company OURX985,000003D –19–12APR04–1/5 05
1
Medium-Duty Splitting Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT057231
Remove and Install Frame
–UN–17JAN90
RW18072
1
Sub for JT27701
OURX985,000003D –19–12APR04–2/5
–UN–16DEC96
RW15663
1
RECOMMENDED TOOL
OURX985,000003D –19–12APR04–3/5
RW19936 –UN–19MAY92
Bushing Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG758
Remove and install hinge bushings
Continued on next page OURX985,000003D –19–12APR04–4/5

110906
PN=1125
Hinge
RW25901 –UN–24MAR98
Driver Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG537
Used with bushing and seal installers
OURX985,000003D –19–12APR04–5/5
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used to retain cab mount cap
PM38622 (Canadian) Strength) screws.
242 (LOCTITE)
95
05 LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. OURX985,000003C –19–08NOV05–1/1
2
Specifications
Hinge Pin Retainer Cap Screws Torque 74 N•m

(54 lb-ft)
Steering Cylinder Pin Retainer Cap Torque 74 N•m

Screws (54 lb-ft)
OUOD010,0000039 –19–09OCT01–1/1
Replace Hinge Pins and Bushings
1. Disconnect battery ground (—) cable.
2. Disconnect rear electrical outlet from Hitch-SCV valve

stack.
–UN–07FEB00
3. Remove hose clamp above upper hinge pivot (A).

RW76359
A—Hose/Wiring Harness Clamp

110906
PN=1126
Hinge
4. Disconnect rear axle lube return hoses (A).
5. Disconnect axle lube hose clamp (B).
6. Remove gudgeon drive shaft (C).
–UN–07FEB00
7. For Tractors with Hitch: disconnect hitch harness
from sensors and remove manual switch from rear
fender. Route harness forward to hinge area.
RW76343
A—Axle Return Hose
B—Axle Lube Hose Clamp
C—Gudgeon Drive Shaft
95
AG,OUOD010,796 –19–08NOV05–2/15 05
3
8. For Tractors with PTO, perform the following steps:
a. Remove PTO clutch drive shaft shields (A) and

remove drive shaft (B).
b. Remove clamp (C) retaining PTO clutch and PTO
–UN–07FEB00
drop box lube hoses.
c. Disconnect PTO clutch return hose (D).
RW76360
d. Disconnect PTO drop box lube return hose (E).
A—PTO Clutch Drive Shaft Shields

B—PTO Clutch Drive Shaft
C—Hose Clamp
D—PTO Clutch Lube Return Hose
E—PTO Drop Box Lube Return Hose
AG,OUOD010,796 –19–08NOV05–3/15
e. Disconnect PTO control cable (A).
A—PTO Control Cable

–UN–04FEB00
RW76344

110906
PN=1127
Hinge
9. Install JTO5723 Medium-Duty Splitting Stand (A) under

rear frame of tractor.
A—JT05723 Medium-Duty Splitting Stand
–UN–16FEB00
RW17881A
95
05 AG,OUOD010,796 –19–08NOV05–5/15
4
10. Install JT05725 Universal Support Stand (A) under

front frame of tractor.
A—JT05725 Universal Support Stand
–UN–03SEP96
RW50303A

110906
PN=1128
Hinge
NOTE: Use a hydraulic jack and strike gudgeon frame

with a hammer if cylinder pins are difficult to
remove.
11. Remove both steering cylinder rear pins (A).
–UN–04FEB00
A—Steering Cylinder Pin
RW76345
95
–UN–04FEB00
05
5
RW76351
AG,OUOD010,796 –19–08NOV05–7/15
12. For Tractors with Pins that are Difficult to

Remove, perform the following steps:
a. Raise tractor hood.
b. Loosen nuts (A) on front cab mounts.
–UN–04FEB00
A—Front Cab Mount Nut
RW76346

110906
PN=1129
Hinge
c. Remove rear cab mount cap screws.
CAUTION: Hydraulic reservoir may need to be

loosened to prevent contacting cab.
d. Lift rear of cab to obtain 65 mm (2.5 in.) clearance
–UN–04FEB00
between cab mount and tractor frame (A).
e. Install blocks (B) on both side of tractor to support
RW76347
cab.
A—65 mm (2.5 in.) Clearance

B—Block
95
05 Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,796 –19–08NOV05–9/15
6

110906
PN=1130
Hinge
f. Remove grease zerks from both hinge pins.
g. Remove hinge pin retaining cap screws.
h. Soak hinge pins with penetrating oil.
–UN–04FEB00
i. Install two C-clamps to hold upper gudgeon hinge
plates parallel.
j. Position hydraulic jack (A) and extension (B)
RW76350
between lower hinge support and upper hinge pin.
k. Use hydraulic jack to force pin out of hinge.
A—Hydraulic Jack
B—Extension
95
05
7
–UN–08FEB00
RW76349
AG,OUOD010,796 –19–08NOV05–10/15
l. Position hydraulic jack under lower hinge pin and

push pin upward.
–UN–11FEB00
RW76348

110906
PN=1131
Hinge
13. Separate tractor only far enough to replace hinge

bushings (A).
A—Hinge Bushings
–UN–04FEB00
RW76352
Lower Hinge Bushings
95
–UN–04FEB00
05
8
RW76354
Upper Hinge Bushing
AG,OUOD010,796 –19–08NOV05–12/15
14. Replace hinge bushings using JDG758 Bushing

Driver (A) and JDG537 Driver Handle (B).
A—JDG758 Bushing Driver

B—JDG537 Driver Handle
–UN–04FEB00
RW76353

110906
PN=1132
Hinge
15. Roll tractor together and install upper hinge pin,

retainer, and retainer cap screws.
Specification
Hinge Pin Retainer Cap Screws—
Torque ............................................................................................ 74 N•m
(54 lb-ft)
–UN–24JAN90
16. Determine correct shim pack by placing shims and
thrust packs between bottom front frame plate and
gudgeon lower plate until space is filled.
RW17898
17. Divide shim pack (A) equally and install shims along
with thrust packs (B), with hooded side of thrust pack
A—Shim Packs
up, to top front frame plate (C) and bottom gudgeon B—Thrust Packs
lower plate (D). C—Front Frame Plate
D—Gudgeon Lower Plate
18. If tractor cab was raised, perform the following E—Hinge Pin
F—Gudgeon
steps:
95
a. Lower cab to proper position. 05
9
IMPORTANT: Retaining compound PM37477 Thread

Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength)
MUST be used on cab mount cap
screws and nuts.
b. Install cab mounts and tighten cap screws and

nuts to specification. (See EXPLODED VIEW—
CAB MOUNTS and INSTALL CAB in Section 90,
Group 00.)
19. For Tractors with PTO: See PTO ALIGNMENT in

Section 56, Group 00.
20. Install lower hinge pin (E), retainer, and retainer cap
screws.
21. Install and Reconnect:
a. Steering cylinders.
Specification
Steering Cylinder Pin Retainer
(54 lb-ft)

110906
PN=1133
Hinge
b. Drive shafts.
c. PTO (if equipped) control cable.
d. Hydraulic lines and hoses.
e. Electrical connections.
f. Battery ground cable.
AG,OUOD010,796 –19–08NOV05–15/15
95
05
10

110906
PN=1134
Group 10
Gudgeon
Medium-Duty Splitting Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT057231
Remove and install frame
95
10
–UN–17JAN90
1
RW18072
1
Sub for JT27701
AG,OUOD010,298 –19–30MAR99–2/7
–UN–16DEC96
RW15663
1
Recommended Tool
AG,OUOD010,298 –19–30MAR99–3/7
RW18071 –UN–05JAN90
Oscillation Spindle Cap Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JDG659
Remove and install spindle cap
AG,OUOD010,298 –19–30MAR99–4/7
RW25469 –UN–20AUG96
JDG994 Journal Bearing Installer . . . . . . . . . . . JDG994
Install gudgeon spindle journal bearings

110906
PN=1135
Gudgeon
RW76197 –UN–30MAR99
Bearing Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1288
Install drive shaft bearing
AG,OUOD010,298 –19–30MAR99–6/7
RW76198 –UN–30MAR99
Seal Installer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG1289
Install drive shaft seals
AG,OUOD010,298 –19–30MAR99–7/7
Other Material
Number Name Use
95 PM37509 (U.S.) Clean and Cure Primer Clean surfaces.

10 PM38611 (Canadian)
2
PM37485 (U.S.) Retaining Compound (Maximum Retain gudgeon thrust washer and
TY16040 (Canadian) Strength) wear plate during installation.
680 (LOCTITE)
PM38656 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Retain gudgeon spindle cap.
277 (LOCTITE)
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Retain drive shaft yoke.
PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 (LOCTITE)
TY25797 (U.S.) Aerosol Graphite Lubricant Lubricate sealing surface.

110906
PN=1136
Gudgeon
Specifications
Drive Shaft Yoke Retaining Cap Torque 434 N•m

Screw (320 lb-ft)
Gudgeon Spindle Cap Screws—Zinc Torque 610 N•m

Plated (450 lb-ft)
Gudgeon Spindle Cap Screws—Zinc Torque 435 N•m

Flake Coated (321 lb-ft)
Spindle Cap Rear Seal Depth 1.0—1.5 mm

(0.04—0.06 in.)
Spindle Thrust Cap Torque 800 N•m

(590 lb-ft)
95
Spindle Thrust Cap Retaining Cap Torque 74 N•m 10
Screws (54 lb-ft) 3
Spindle Cap Front Seal Depth 1.0—1.5 mm

(0.04—0.06 in.)

Shaft Universal Joint Cap Screws (110 lb-ft)
Universal Joint Cap Retaining Cap Torque 150 N•m

Screws (110 lb-ft)
OUO6046,00021B5 –19–24APR06–1/1

110906
PN=1137
Gudgeon
Remove Gudgeon Drive Shaft
95
10
4
–UN–19MAR00
RW76364
A—Cap Screw C—O-Ring E—Retainer G—Thrust Cap
B—Washer D—Yoke F—Drive Shaft
Remove rear axle assembly. (See REMOVE AND IMPORTANT: Do not remove thrust cap (G) or
INSTALL REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY in Section 57, gudgeon and rear frame will
Group 00.) separate.
Remove transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft. Remove drive shaft (F) through gudgeon and rear
frame.
Remove gudgeon yoke cap screw (A), washer (B),
O-ring (C), yoke (D) with shaft retainers, and
retainer (E).
AG,OUOD010,798 –19–11FEB00–1/1

110906
PN=1138
Gudgeon
Inspect Universal Joint and Drive Shaft
Inspect dust shields (A) and bearing caps (B) on universal

joint (C). Replace universal joint if dust shields are
cracked, grease is leaking past seal, or if any of the four
bearing caps do not rotate freely.
–UN–16FEB00
A—Dust Shields
B—Bearing Caps
RW17894A
C—Universal Joint Cross
AG,OUOD010,279 –19–17FEB99–1/2
Inspect splines (A), retainer groove (B), and machined

surfaces (C) on drive shaft. Replace if splines or retainer
groove shows excessive wear or machined surfaces (C)
have been damaged.
95
10
–UN–16FEB00
A—Splines 5
B—Yoke Retainer Groove
C—Machined Surfaces
RW17895A
AG,OUOD010,279 –19–17FEB99–2/2

110906
PN=1139
Gudgeon
Install Gudgeon Drive Shaft
95
10
6
–UN–19MAR00
RW76364
A—Cap Screw C—O-Ring E—Retainer F—Drive Shaft
B—Washer D—Yoke
Install drive shaft (F) through rear frame and gudgeon. Install and tighten cap screw (A).
Install retainer (E), yoke (D), O-ring (C), and Drive Shaft Yoke Retaining Cap Screw—Specification
washer (B).
(320 lb-ft)
Clean threads of cap screw (A) and apply PM38657

High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket to threads.

110906
PN=1140
Gudgeon
Install transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft (A) and tighten

eight universal joint cap screws.
Transmission-to-Gudgeon Drive Shaft Universal Joint Cap Retaining

Cap Screws—Specification
–UN–03SEP96
(110 lb-ft)
Install rear axle assembly. (See REMOVE AND INSTALL

REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY in Section 57, Group 00.)
RW50302A
A—Drive Shaft
B—Universal Joint Cap Screws
95
AG,OUOD010,280 –19–08NOV05–2/2 10
7
Replace Gudgeon Journal Bearings, Thrust

Bearings, and Wear Plates—Standard Duty
Gudgeon
Disconnect hitch-SCV valve stack oil lines, hoses, and

harnesses.
Disconnect rear electrical outlet from hitch-SCV valve

stack.
–UN–16FEB00
Disconnect rear axle hoses.
Route all lines, hoses, and harnesses to hinge area.
RW17881A
For tractors WITH HITCH, perform the following step:
• Disconnect hitch harness from sensors and remove A—JT05723 Medium-Duty Splitting Stand
manual switch from rear fender. Route harness forward
to hinge area.
For tractors WITH PTO, perform the following step:
• Disconnect drive shaft, between drop box and clutch, at

the clutch.
Install JT05723 Medium-Duty Splitting Stand (A) under


110906
PN=1141
Gudgeon
Install JT05725 Universal Support Stand (A) under front

frame of tractor.
–UN–03SEP96
RW50303A
95
10
8
AG,OUOD010,281 –19–11NOV05–2/16
Remove transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft.
Remove gudgeon drive shaft yoke and yoke retainers.
Remove three thrust cap retainer cap screws.
NOTE: Journal cap will have to be heated to loosen

retaining compound on cap-to-spindle threads.
Install JDG659 Oscillation Spindle Cap Tool (A) using

three M10 x 70 mm cap screws. –UN–14NOV01
Remove thrust cap.

RXA0058535
Roll rear frame assembly from gudgeon.
A—JDG659 Oscillation Spindle Cap Tool

110906
PN=1142
Gudgeon
NOTE: Gudgeon does not have to be removed from

tractor.
Remove front and rear thrust bearings (A) and wear

plates (B).
Inspect bearings and wear plates. Replace if necessary.
REPLACE gudgeon-to-rear frame seal (C).
A—Thrust Bearing
–UN–03SEP96
B—Wear Plate
C—Gudgeon-to-Rear Frame Seal
RW50301A
95
AG,OUOD010,281 –19–11NOV05–4/16 10
9
Inspect journal bearings in gudgeon assembly.
Remove journal bearings from the gudgeon by locating

the split in the bearing and driving a screwdriver between
the bearing and the gudgeon bore. Remove the bearing.
–UN–03SEP96
Thoroughly clean the journal bearing bore in the gudgeon.
RW50300A
AG,OUOD010,281 –19–11NOV05–5/16
Install journal bearings in gudgeon bore with split (A) at

either 3 or 9 O.’clock position using JDG994 Journal
Bearing Installer. Use a hose clamp to hold the bearing on
the driver until the bearing is correctly started in the bore.
–UN–03SEP96
A—Journal Bearing Split

RW50306A

110906
PN=1143
Gudgeon
Thoroughly clean gudgeon spindle.
Thoroughly clean the rear frame thrust bearing adjoining

surface.
Apply a light coat of TY25797 Aerosol Graphite Lubricant

inside the seal recess.
–UN–05APR00
RW80354
95
10 AG,OUOD010,281 –19–11NOV05–7/16
10
IMPORTANT: Rear gudgeon spindle seal (C) must be

fully seated in rear frame and gudgeon
bores to prevent damage to seal.
NOTE: Lubricate seal with a liquid soap and water

solution before installing.
Install seal (C) into rear frame bore.
Install rear thrust bearing (A) with coated surface towards

wear plate (B).
–UN–03SEP96
Install rear wear plate (B).
A—Thrust Bearing
RW50301A
B—Wear Plate

110906
PN=1144
Gudgeon
IMPORTANT: Spindle and journal bearing bore must

be correctly aligned to prevent damage
to journal bearings and rear seal.
IMPORTANT: Make sure gudgeon is completely

seated on spindle before installing wear
plates and spindle thrust cap.
–UN–17FEB99
Install the rear frame into the gudgeon taking care not to
damage the journal bearings and seal.
RW76172
95
Continued on next page AG,OUOD010,281 –19–11NOV05–9/16 10
11

110906
PN=1145
Gudgeon
95
10
–UN–16MAY91
12
RW18815
A—Thrust Cap E—Bearing H—Retainer K—Washer
B—Snap Ring F—Snap Ring I—Yoke L—Cap Screw
C—Grease Seal G—Grease Seal J—O-Ring
D—Thrust Cap Retainer
Screws
Remove seals (C) and (G). Clean and inspect bearing (E) and thrust cap (A).
Replace if necessary.
Remove snap rings (B) and (F).
Remove bearing (E).

110906
PN=1146
Gudgeon
Install rear snap ring (A) in spindle cap.
Install rear seal (B) using JDG1289 Seal Installer (C) and
JDG753 Handle (D).
Spindle Cap Rear Seal—Specification
–UN–17MAR99
Seal—Depth .......................................................................... 1.0—1.5 mm
(0.04—0.06 in.)
A—Rear Snap Ring
RW76171
B—Rear Seal
C—JDG1289 Seal Installer
D—JDG753 Handle
95
–UN–18MAR99
10
13
RW76182

110906
PN=1147
Gudgeon
Clean wear plate (A) and adjoining gudgeon surface (B)

with PM37509 Clean and Cure Primer.
IMPORTANT: Do not get retaining compound on

exposed surfaces of thrust washer and
wear plate.
–UN–03SEP96
Apply four small, evenly spaced, amounts of PM37485
Maximum Strength Retaining Compound (C) to wear
plate (A) and install plate on adjoining gudgeon surface.
RW50304A
Clean non-coated side of thrust bearing (D) and adjoining
thrust cap surface (E) with PM37509 Clean and Cure
Primer.
Apply four small, evenly spaced, amounts of PM37485

Maximum Strength Retaining Compound (F) to
non-coated side of thrust bearing (D).
95
10 Install non-coated side of thrust bearing towards thrust
14 cap while centering bearing on cap.
Remove excess retaining compound.
–UN–03SEP96
Allow retaining compound to fully cure.
A—Wear Plate
B—Gudgeon Surface
RW50305A
C—Retaining Compound
D—Thrust Bearing
E—Thrust Cap Surface
F—Retaining Compound

110906
PN=1148
Gudgeon
IMPORTANT: Prevent wear plate or thrust bearing

from falling out of place by carefully
installing thrust cap.
Thoroughly clean gudgeon spindle thread and gudgeon

spindle cap threads with PM37509 Clean and Cure
–UN–17MAR99
Primer.
Apply PM37485 Maximum Strength Retaining Compound

to gudgeon spindle thrust cap threads (B).
RW76183
Carefully install and tighten gudgeon thrust cap using
JDG659 Gudgeon Spindle Thrust Cap Tool.
Spindle Thrust Cap—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 800 N•m
(590 lb-ft)
A—JDG659 Gudgeon Spindle Thrust Cap Tool

95
B—Gudgeon Spindle Thrust Cap Threads
10
15
–UN–14NOV01
RXA0058535
AG,OUOD010,281 –19–11NOV05–13/16
Install and tighten three thrust cap retaining cap

screws (A).
Spindle Thrust Cap Retaining Cap Screws—Specification

B
A –UN–04NOV05
(54 lb-ft)
Fill rear cavity (D), between seal (B) and snap ring (C), to C
approximately 50-80 percent capacity using suitable
RXA0084886
grease.
D
B—Seal
C—Snap Ring
D—Cavity

110906
PN=1149
Gudgeon
IMPORTANT: Do not pack bearing with grease.
Apply grease to bearing (A) using a brush.
Use JDG1288 Bearing Installer (C) and JDG753 Driver
–UN–03MAR05
Handle (D) to drive bearing into gudgeon thrust cap until it A
seats against rear snap ring.
B
Install front snap ring (B).
RXA0079547
Fill front cavity to approximately 50-80 percent capacity
using suitable grease.
A—Bearing
B—Front Snap Ring
D—JDG753 Handle
–UN–18MAR99
95
10
16
RW76185

110906
PN=1150
Gudgeon
Install front seal (A) using JDG1289 Seal Installer and

JDG753 Driver Handle.
Spindle Cap Front Seal—Specification

Seal—Depth .......................................................................... 1.0—1.5 mm
(0.04—0.06 in.)
–UN–18MAR99
Install drive shaft yoke retainers (B).
Install gudgeon drive shaft, yoke, O-ring, and washer.
RW76186
Clean threads of yoke retaining cap screw and apply
PM38657 High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket to threads.
Tighten yoke retaining cap screw.
Drive Shaft Yoke Retaining Cap Screw—Specification

—Torque ....................................................................................... 434 N•m
(320 lb-ft)
95
–UN–17FEB99
Install transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft and tighten 10
universal joint cap retaining cap screws. 17
Universal Joint Cap Retaining Cap Screws—Specification
RW76169
—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
Route and install all hoses, lines, and harnesses.
Install grease fitting (D) in tapped hole between 12 and 3

o’clock position.
• Install PTO drop box drive shaft and tighten cap screws
–UN–24JUN99
to universal joint cap retaining cap screw specification.
Perform bearing break-in procedure as follows:
RW80195
IMPORTANT: Do not drive tractor at road speeds until
bearing break-in procedure has been
completed. Bearing may be damaged if A—Front Seal
break-in procedure is not followed. B—Yoke Retainer
D—Grease Fitting
• Drive tractor at low speeds, such as field work, for first
six hours of operation after bearing replacement. Do not
exceed 16 km/h (10 mph) during this period.
AG,OUOD010,281 –19–11NOV05–16/16

110906
PN=1151
Gudgeon
Replace Gudgeon Journal Bearings, Thrust

Bearings, and Wear Plates—Severe Duty
Gudgeon

harnesses.

stack.
–UN–16FEB00
Disconnect rear axle hoses.
RW17881A
95 • Disconnect hitch harness from sensors and remove A—JT05723 Medium-Duty Splitting Stand
10 manual switch from rear fender. Route harness forward
18
to hinge area.

the clutch.
Install JT05723 Medium-Duty Splitting Stand (A) under

Continued on next page OUOD010,000002A –19–08NOV05–1/13

110906
PN=1152
Gudgeon
Install JT05725 Universal Support Stand (A) under front

frame of tractor.
–UN–03SEP96
RW50303A
95
10
19
OUOD010,000002A –19–08NOV05–2/13
Remove transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft.
Remove gudgeon drive shaft yoke and yoke retainers.
Remove three thrust cap retainer cap screws.
Install JDG659 Oscillation Spindle Cap Tool (A) using

three M10 x 70 mm cap screws.
Remove thrust cap.
Roll rear frame assembly from gudgeon. –UN–14NOV01

RXA0058535

110906
PN=1153
Gudgeon
Remove seal (A), front V-ring seal (not shown), rear

V-ring seal (B), and gudgeon rear bearing (C) from
spindle tube.
A—Gudgeon-to-Rear Frame Seal
–UN–14NOV01
B—Rear V-Ring Seal
C—Bearing
RXA0058543
OUOD010,000002A –19–08NOV05–4/13
Install Gudgeon Spindle Bearings
1. Replace front and rear bearing cups (A) in gudgeon

spindle bores.
95
10
20 A—Bearing Cups
–UN–14NOV01
RXA0058536
OUOD010,000002A –19–08NOV05–5/13
2. Pack gudgeon bearing (A) with grease and install on

spindle.
NOTE: Gudgeon-to-rear frame seal should be installed in

rear frame with thin edge of seal facing gudgeon
–UN–14NOV01
frame.
3. Install gudgeon-to-rear frame seal (B) with notches (C)

in horizontal position.
RXA0058537
4. Install grease V-ring seal (B) with small lip protruding

forward.
A—Bearing
B—Gudgeon-to-Rear Frame Seal
C—Notches
D—V-Ring Seal

110906
PN=1154
Gudgeon
5. Install rear frame into gudgeon taking care not to

damage seals.
6. Install grease V-ring seal (A) on spindle so small ring
protrudes rearward.
7. Pack gudgeon bearing (B) with grease and install on
–UN–10OCT01
spindle.
A—V-Ring Seal
B—Bearing
RXA0057543
95
10
21

110906
PN=1155
Gudgeon
Remove seals (A and B) and cap seal (F).
Remove retaining rings (C and D) and bearing (E).
Clean and inspect bearing and thrust cap. Replace if

necessary.
A—Rear Seal
B—Front Seal
C—Rear Retaining Ring
D—Front Retaining Ring
E—Bearing
F—Cap Seal
95
10
22
A B
C D
F –UN–10OCT01
RXA0057556

110906
PN=1156
Gudgeon
Install rear snap ring (A) in spindle cap.
Install rear seal (B) using JDG1289 Seal Installer (C) and
JDG753 Handle (D).
Spindle Cap Rear Seal—Specification
–UN–17MAR99
—Depth ................................................................................. 1.0—1.5 mm
(0.04—0.06 in.)
A—Rear Snap Ring
RW76171
B—Rear Seal
D—JDG753 Handle
95
–UN–18MAR99
10
23
RW76182

110906
PN=1157
Gudgeon
Install seal (C) on cap with lip facing forward.
Coat spindle thrust cap threads (B) with NEVER-SEEZ

anti-seize lubricant.
–UN–10OCT01
Carefully install and tighten gudgeon thrust cap using
JDG659 Gudgeon Spindle Thrust Cap Tool (A).
Oscillate gudgeon frame to seat bearings and retighten
RXA0057562
spindle cap. Repeat several times.
Gudgeon Spindle Cap—Specification

—Torque ..................................................................................... 1050 N•m
(775 lb-ft)
A—JDG659 Gudgeon Spindle Thrust Cap Tool

B—Gudgeon Spindle Thrust Cap Threads
C—Seal
95
10
24
–UN–14NOV01
RXA0058535
NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group OUOD010,000002A –19–08NOV05–10/13
Install and tighten three retaining cap screws (A).
Add grease (B) to bearing cavity.
Spindle Cap Retaining Cap Screws—Specification

—Torque ......................................................................................... 74 N•m
–UN–17MAR99
(54 lb-ft)
A—Spindle Cap Retaining Cap Screws

B—Grease
RW76184

110906
PN=1158
Gudgeon
Pack bearing (A) with grease.
Use JDG1288 Bearing Installer (C) and JDG753 Driver

Handle (D) to drive bearing into gudgeon cap until it seats
against rear snap ring.
–UN–17FEB99
Install front snap ring (B).
A—Bearing
B—Front Snap Ring
RW76170
D—JDG753 Handle
95
–UN–18MAR99
10
25
RW76185

110906
PN=1159
Gudgeon
Install front seal (A) using JDG1289 Seal Installer and

JDG753 Driver Handle.
Spindle Cap Front Seal—Specification

Seal—Depth .......................................................................... 1.0—1.5 mm
(0.04—0.06 in.)
–UN–18MAR99
Install drive shaft yoke retainers (B).
Install gudgeon drive shaft, yoke, O-ring, and washer.
RW76186
Clean threads of yoke retaining cap screw and apply
PM38657 High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket to threads.
Tighten yoke retaining cap screw.
Drive Shaft Yoke Retaining Cap Screw—Specification

(320 lb-ft)
95
–UN–17FEB99
10 Install transmission-to-gudgeon drive shaft and tighten
26 universal joint cap retaining cap screws.
RW76169
(110 lb-ft)
Install grease fitting (D) in tapped hole between 12 and 3

o’clock position.
• Install PTO drop box drive shaft and tighten cap screws
–UN–24JUN99
to universal joint cap retaining cap screw specification.
A—Front Seal
B—Yoke Retainer
RW80195
D—Grease Fitting
OUOD010,000002A –19–08NOV05–13/13

110906
PN=1160
Gudgeon
Replace Gudgeon Spindle
Remove rear axle and gudgeon drive shaft. (See

REMOVE GUDGEON DRIVE SHAFT in this group and
REMOVE AND INSTALL REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY in
Section 57, Group 00.)

harnesses.

stack.
• Disconnect hitch harness from sensors and remove

manual switch from rear fender. Route harness forward 95
to hinge area. 10
–UN–28JAN91
27
RW16382
the clutch.
Remove fenders.
Connect lifting straps and/or chains to the rear frame

assembly and an overhead hoist. Be sure to connect
straps/chains so the frame will be balanced during
removal. Remove the slack from the straps/chains.

110906
PN=1161
Gudgeon
Leave stand (A) under gudgeon and remove gudgeon

oscillation stop (B).

B—JDG660B1 Gudgeon Oscillation Stop
–UN–03SEP96
95
RW50308A
10
28
1
OUO6046,00021B6 –19–24APR06–2/7
Remove three thrust cap retainer screws.
Install JDG659 Oscillation Spindle Cap Tool (A) and

remove thrust cap.
Carefully move rear frame assembly from gudgeon.
–UN–14NOV01
RXA0058535

110906
PN=1162
Gudgeon
Remove thrust bearing (A), wear plate (B), and seal (C)
from spindle.
Inspect thrust bearing and wear plate. Replace if

necessary.
Replace gudgeon-to-rear frame seal.
A—Thrust Bearing
B—Wear Plate
–UN–03SEP96
RW50301A
95
Continued on next page OUO6046,00021B6 –19–24APR06–4/7 10
29

110906
PN=1163
Gudgeon
95
10
30
–UN–20AUG96
RW50284A
A—Rear Frame-to-Spindle Cap B—Lugs C—270 kN (30-Ton) Hydraulic D—Dry Ice
Screws Jacks
Remove the 10 rear frame-to-spindle cap screws (A). Pack the ID of the spindle with dry ice (D) to reduce
press fit between the spindle and the rear frame.
Weld three lugs (B) equally spaced around the OD of
the spindle 305 mm (12 in.), or whatever distance fits Allow the spindle to cold-soak for about 90 minutes or
jacks, from the rear frame surface. until the spindle breaks loose from the rear frame
spindle bore.
Install three 270 kN (30-ton) hydraulic jacks (C) that
operate in the horizontal position against frame and Apply pressure equally to the three jacks and remove
jacking lugs. Extend the jacks equally until hydraulic spindle. Support the spindle using straps and an
pressure is applied to spindle. overhead hoist.
CAUTION: Use proper equipment and

clothing while handling dry ice. Failure to do
so may result in injury.

110906
PN=1164
Gudgeon
Install two guide pins into the new spindle 180° apart.
IMPORTANT: Make guide pins from M20 x 110 mm

cap screws by removing the heads and
chamfering the end.
–UN–13MAR00
Cold soak the spindle with guide pins in a freezer for four
hours.
Remove spindle with guide pins from freezer and put into
RW76363
a DFRW72 Gudgeon Spindle Cooling Box. (See Dealer
Fabricated Tools in Section 99).
Break dry ice into pieces and put in the box around the
OD and ID of the spindle.
Cold soak the spindle in the dry ice for about 90 minutes.
Remove spindle from cooling box. Hold spindle horizontal 95

with lift straps and overhead hoist. 10
31
Push and hold spindle into rear frame and install cap
screws.
Remove guide pins, install final two cap screws, and

tighten all cap screws. (See IDENTIFYING ZINC—FLAKE
COATED FASTENERS in Section 10, Group 10 for
identification of cap screws.)
Gudgeon Spindle Cap Screws—Specification

Gudgeon Spindle Cap Screws—
Zinc Plated—Torque .................................................................... 610 N•m
(450 lb-ft)
Gudgeon Spindle Cap Screws—
Zinc Flake Coated—Torque ......................................................... 435 N•m
(321 lb-ft)
Retighten cap screws after spindle has warmed to

ambient temperature.
Thoroughly clean the rear frame thrust bearing adjoining

surface.
Replace gudgeon journal bearings. (See REPLACE

GUDGEON JOURNAL BEARINGS, THRUST BEARINGS,
AND WEAR PLATES in this Group.)

110906
PN=1165
Gudgeon
IMPORTANT: Spindle and journal bearing bore must

be correctly aligned to prevent damage
to journal bearings and rear seal.
Install rear frame assembly to gudgeon using lifting straps

and/or chains and an overhead hoist. Make sure the
frame is balanced and level with gudgeon to avoid
damage to spindle bearings during assembly.
Install thrust bearing, spindle cap, drive shaft bearing, and

seal. (See REPLACE GUDGEON JOURNAL BEARINGS,
THRUST BEARINGS, AND WEAR PLATES in this group.)
Install sheet metal.

95
10 • Install PTO drop box drive shaft and tighten universal
32 joint cap retaining cap screws.

—Torque ....................................................................................... 150 N•m
(110 lb-ft)
OUO6046,00021B6 –19–24APR06–7/7

110906
PN=1166
Section 99
Dealer Fabricated Tools
Contents
Page
Group 05—Fabricated Tools

Fabricated Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-1
DF1057
Axle Adjusting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-2
DFRW7
Differential Lifting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-3
DFRW13
PST Clutch Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-4
DFRW20
Compressor Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-5
DFRW30
Axle Jacking Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-6
DFRW60-61-62
Extension Harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-7
DFRW63-64-65-66-81
Tap-Out Harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-9 99
DFRW72
Gudgeon Spindle Cooling Box . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-11
DFRW92—Mounting Guide Pins . . . . . . . . . .99-05-12
DFRW94
Rear Axle Support Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-13
DFRW103
Yoke Holding Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-14
DFRW113
Hood Supports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-15
DFRW116
Hydraulic Reservoir Siphon Tube. . . . . . . . .99-05-16
DFRW117
Transmission-Hydraulic Flusher . . . . . . . . . .99-05-17
DFRW139
Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-19
DFRW147
Screw Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-20
DFRW148
ACTIVE SEAT Control Valve Holding
Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-21
DFRW150
SCV-Hitch Valve Stack Lifting Bracket . . . . .99-05-22
DFRW155
Jumper Leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-23
DFRW165—PST Park Brake Pump Off Hose
Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-24
DFRW169—Gudgeon Oscillation Stop1 . . . . . .99-05-25
DFRW198—Accumulator Service Tool . . . . . .99-05-26

110906
PN=1
Contents
99

110906
PN=2
Group 05
Fabricated Tools
Fabricated Tools
Fabricated tools are tools identified by the factory as

necessary for proper servicing that can be made at the
dealership.
Use the information in this section to fabricate the tools

required to perform service correctly.
RX,DFRW,INTRO –19–17OCT90–1/1
99
05
1

110906
PN=1169
Fabricated Tools
DF1057—Axle Adjusting Tool
99
05
2
–UN–22OCT91
RW18932
A—660 mm (26 in.) I—25 mm (1 in.) M—25 mm (1 in.) S—356 mm (14 in.)
B—225 mm (8.87 in.) J—6 x 25 x 35 mm (0.25 x 1 x N—25 mm (1 in.) T—425 mm (16.7 in.)
C—1/2 in. Drilled Hole 1.38 in.) Each Chain Link O—18 mm (11/16 in.) Drilled U—25 mm (1 in.)
D—Welded Nut (Centered) K—19 mm (3/4 in.) Drilled Hole Hole (2 Places) V—19 mm (3/4 in.) Drilled Hole
E—300 mm (11.8 in.) (8 Places) P—105 mm (4.1 in.) (2 Places)
F—274 mm (10.8 in.) L—4.8 x 51 x 51 mm (0.19 x 2 Q—51 mm (2 in.) W—25 mm (1 in.)
G—251 mm (9.9 in.) x 2 in.) Tube R—308 mm (12.1 in.) X—89 mm (3.5 in.)
H—224 mm (8.8 in.)
Material Required: Use an odd number of links (15) in the section of

chain.
• 4.8 x 51 x 51 mm (0.19 x 2 x 2 in.) Steel Tube, 1.4
m (54 in.) Long Tool is used to remove axle shaft and adjust axle
• 13 x 51 x 610 mm (0.5 x 2 x 24 in.) Flat Steel bearings.
• (2) M16 x 100 mm (5/8 x 4 in.) Cap Screw and Nut
AG,RW24911,64 –19–03NOV99–1/1

110906
PN=1170
Fabricated Tools
DFRW7—Differential Lifting Tool
99
–UN–15OCT91
05
3
RW18920
A—13 mm (0.5 in.) Round E—9/16 in. Drill Through K—114 mm (4.5 in.) Q—51 mm (2 in.)
B—1/2 in. x 13 UNC Threaded F—140 mm (5.5 in.) L—114 mm (4.5 in.) R—25 mm (1 in.)
Rod G—19 mm (0.75 in.) M—102 mm (4 in.) S—6 mm (0.25 in.)
C—1/2 in. x 13 UNC H—51 mm (2 in.) N—38 mm (1.5 in.) T—Weld
D—9/16 in. Drill 6 mm (0.25 in.) I—38 mm (1.5 in.) O—76 mm (3 in.) U—No Weld
Deep Max J—13 mm (0.5 in.) P—152 mm (6 in.)
Material Required: • (1) 6 x 51 x 25 mm (0.25 x 2 x 1 in.) Flat Steel

• (1) 3 mm (11.5 in.) of 13 x 51 mm (0.5 x 2 in.) Flat
• (2) 1/2 in. x 13 UNC Nuts Steel
• (1) 305 mm (12 in.) of 13 mm (0.5 in.) Round
• (1) 241 mm (9.5 in.) of 1/2 in. x 13 UNC Threaded The differential lifting tool is used to remove and install
Round the differential housing from the differential case.
AG,RW24911,95 –19–04NOV99–1/1

110906
PN=1171
Fabricated Tools
DFRW13—PST Clutch Clip
Material Required:
(2) 6 x 38 x 136 mm (0.13 x 1.5 x 5.4 in.) Soft Metal
Bend as shown.
Used to hold clutch plates and disks in position during

assembly on 12-speed Power Shift Transmissions.
A—60 mm (2.4 in.)

B—38 mm (1.5 in.)
C—6 mm (0.13 in.)
–UN–20SEP89
RW15808
99
05
4
OURX113,0000017 –19–12NOV01–1/1

110906
PN=1172
Fabricated Tools
DFRW20—Compressor Holding Fixture
–UN–20SEP89
RW13619
99
05
5
A—102 mm (4 in.) D—6 mm (0.25 in.) G—254 mm (10 in.) J—Weld

B—76 mm (3 in.) E—19 mm (0.75 in.) H—114 mm (4.5 in.) K—Two Holes
C—70 mm (2.75 in.) F—152 mm (6 in.) I—178 mm (7 in.)
Material Required: • (4) Matching Lock Washers and Nuts
• (2) Steel Plates (4 x 2.75 in.) and (10 x 6 in.) Tool is used to hold air conditioning compressor during
• (2) Threaded Steel Rods (0.5 x 7 in.) disassembly and assembly.
AG,RW24911,111 –19–10JAN00–1/1

110906
PN=1173
Fabricated Tools
DFRW30A—Axle Jacking Tool
–UN–26AUG05
99
05
6
RXA0082371
Material Required: Use (4) 9/16 in. nuts and (2) 9/16 in. flat washers on
the rods.
• 102 x 51 x 559 mm (4 x 2 x 22 in.) Steel Tubing
Tool is used to remove axle housing from axle shaft,
The axle jacking tool is made from specified tubing removing secondary brake piston and installing primary
with (2) 9/16 x 14 in. steel threaded rods. and secondary brake piston.
AG,RW24911,113 –19–26AUG05–1/1

110906
PN=1174
Fabricated Tools
DRFW60 - DFRW61 - DFRW62—Extension Harnesses
–UN–19JUL96
RW25442
99
05
7
A—DFRW60 Extension B—DFRW61 Extension C—DFRW62 Extension
Harness Harness Harness
NOTE: Alphanumeric keys are for reference during B1=R78054 3-Way WEATHER PACK Shroud with
harness fabrication procedure. three R78060 Sleeve Terminals
DFRW60—Extension Harness (A) B2=RE12364 3-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with

seal) with three R78061 Pin Terminals
A1=R78055 4-Way WEATHER PACK Shroud with
four R78060 Sleeve Terminals Also required:
A2=RE12365 4-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with • Six R78063 Seals

seal) with four R78061 Pin Terminals • Three 183 cm (72 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of
different colors
Also required:
DFRW62—Extension Harness (C)
• Eight R78063 Seals
• Four 183 cm (72 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of C1=R78053 2-Way WEATHER PACK Shroud with
different colors two R78060 Sleeve Terminals
DFRW61—Extension Harness (B) C2=RE12331 2-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with

seal) with two R78061 Pin Terminals
NOTE: RE12429 Harness, from service parts, may be
modified to make DFRW61. Also required:
WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric Continued on next page AG,RW24911,114 –19–10JAN00–1/2

110906
PN=1175
Fabricated Tools
• Four R78063 Seals

• Two 183 cm (72 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of
different colors
AG,RW24911,114 –19–10JAN00–2/2
99
05
8

110906
PN=1176
Fabricated Tools
DFRW63 - DFRW64 - DFRW65 - DFRW66 - DFRW81—Tap-Out Harnesses
–UN–19JUN96
RW25443
99
05
9
A—DFRW63 Tap-Out Harness B—DFRW64 Tap-Out Harness C—DFRW66 Tap-Out Harness

DFRW65 Tap-Out Harness DFRW81 Tap-Out Harness
NOTE: Alphanumeric keys are for reference during A3=RE12333 4-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with
harness fabrication procedure. seal) with four R78061 Pin Terminals
A 35-Pin CPC bulkhead connector Also required:

(R77456— Amp No. 206151-1) can be
substituted for A3, B3, and C3 WEATHER • Twelve R78063 Seals
PACK connectors, with the appropriate • Four 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of
terminals (R77464 Pin), for use with JT02016 different colors
Combine Receptacle Kit. • Four 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to
match colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires
DFRW63—Tap-Out Harness (A) • Four AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors
A1=R78055 4-Way WEATHER PACK Shroud with DFRW64—Tap-Out Harness (B)

four R78061 Pin Terminals
B1=R78054 3-Way WEATHER PACK Shroud with
A2=RE12333 4-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with three R78060 Sleeve Terminals
seal) with four R78060 Sleeve Terminals

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric Continued on next page AG,RW24911,115 –19–10JAN00–1/2

110906
PN=1177
Fabricated Tools
B2 and B3=RE12364 3-Way WEATHER PACK C2=RE12331 2-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with
Tower (with seal) with three R78061 Pin Terminals seal) with two R78060 Sleeve Terminals
Also required: C3=RE12331 2-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with

seal) with two R78061 Pin Terminals
• Nine R78063 Seals
• Three 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of Also required:
different colors
• Three 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to • Two 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of
match colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires different colors
• Three AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors • Two 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to
match colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires
DFRW65—Tap-Out Harness (B) • Two AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors
B1=R78054 3-Way WEATHER PACK Shroud with DFRW81—Tap-Out Harness (C)

three R78061 Pin Terminals
A1=R78053 2-Way WEATHER PACK Shroud with
B2=RE12364 3-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with two R78060 Sleeve Terminals
seal) with three R78060 Sleeve Terminals
A2=RE12363 2-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with
B3=RE12364 3-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with seal) with two R78061 Pin Terminals
seal) with three R78061 Pin Terminals
A3=RE12363 2-Way WEATHER PACK Tower (with
Also required: seal) with two R78061 Pin Terminals
99
05
10
• Three 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of Also required:
different colors
• Three 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to • Six R78063 Seals
match colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires • Two 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of
• Three AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors different colors
• Two 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to
DFRW66—Tap-Out Harness (C) match colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires
• Two AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors
C1=R78053 2-Way WEATHER PACK Shroud with
two R78061 Pin Terminals
WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric AG,RW24911,115 –19–10JAN00–2/2

110906
PN=1178
Fabricated Tools
DFRW72—Gudgeon Spindle Cooling Box
Box is used to pack dry ice around and inside the

gudgeon spindle in order to install into rear frame.
A—305 mm (12 in.)

B—711 mm (28 in.)
C—Use 13 or 19 mm (1/2 or 3/4 in.) Plywood
–UN–15FEB91
RW18802
99
05
11
RX,DFRW72 –19–24OCT91–1/1

110906
PN=1179
Fabricated Tools
DFRW92—Mounting Guide Pins
–UN–14APR94
RW25103
NOTE: Tool may be purchased from SERVICEGARD. Make tool as illustrated. Four required.
Order JDG882.
Used for cab and axle mount alignment.
99 Material Required:
05
12
15/16 in. Bar Stock
AG,RW24911,75 –19–21OCT05–1/1

110906
PN=1180
Fabricated Tools
DFRW94—Rear Axle Support Stand
–UN–14JUL94
99
05
13
RW25273
NOTE: Tool may be purchased From SERVICEGARD. • 686 x 127 mm ID (27 x 5 in. ID) Steel Tubing
Order JDG7219 • 3/4 in. Cap Screw
Material Required: Fabricate tool as illustrated.
• 13 x 381 x 858 mm (1/2 x 15 x 33-3/4 in.) Steel Tool is used to support final drive during disassembly
Plate and assembly.
AG,RW24911,77 –19–21OCT05–1/1

110906
PN=1181
Fabricated Tools
DFRW103—Yoke Holding Tool1
–UN–14JUN95
RW25384
Material Required: Tool is used to retain input shaft during yoke retaining
nut removal and installation.
99 • 3/8 in. Flat Steel
05
14 Fabricate holding tool as illustrated.
1
Tool may be purchased. Order JDG924
RX,DFRW103 –19–12JUN95–1/1

110906
PN=1182
Fabricated Tools
DFRW113—Hood Supports1
–UN–21AUG96
RW25537
A—Square Tubing B—Hand Grind All Edges 99
05
15
Material Required: Supports are used to support the hood to gain access
to engine and components.
• (2) 1 x 1 x 55 in. Square Tubing
Fabricate the two supports as illustrated.
1
Tool may be purchased. Order JDG1007
RX,DFRW113 –19–22NOV96–1/1

110906
PN=1183
Fabricated Tools
DFRW116—Hydraulic Reservoir Siphon Tube
–UN–20AUG96
RW25522
A—Copper Tube B—1/4" Tube x 1/2" NPT C—JT03064 Adapter D—JT03106 Bushing
Compression Fitting
Material Required: Fabricate siphon tube as illustrated.

99
05 • 1/4 in. x 48 in. Copper Tubing Tool is used to empty the hydraulic reservoir.
16 • JT03064 Hydraulic Adapter
• JT03106 Bushing
NOTE: JT03064 Adapter is used with JT05746 Filter

Caddy. Use JT03106 Bushing with optional
DFRW117 Hydraulic Flusher.
RX,DFRW116 –19–21AUG96–1/1

110906
PN=1184
Fabricated Tools
DFRW117—Transmission-Hydraulic Flusher
–UN–09SEP98
99
05
17
RW25993
Material Required: F—Alternate — (For hoses with NPT (M) ends)
3/4(F) NPT Sw. x 1 in. (M) NPT. Obtain from: Parker
A—120- AC Motor -1 hp (1725 rpm), 5/8 in. Shaft, 0107-16-12, Weatherhead 9205 x 12 x 16 or Aeroquip
3/16 in. Keyway, 4-Bolt Mounting Plate 2045-12-16S
B—Electric Plug -3-prong G—Strainer —10 gpm minimum flow with 1 in. NPT
Ports. Obtain from local farm supply store
C—6-Foot (12-3) Electric Cord
H—Adapter [1 in. (M) NPT x 1-5/16-12(M) JIC].
D—DPDT On-Off Toggle Switch Obtain from: Parker 16 F6X or Weatherhead 9100 x
16 x 16
E—Love Joy Coupler L095- 6 x 5/8 in. (3/16 in.
Keyway Motor Side) L095-9T 16/32 in. (9-spline pump I—AT33917 90° Elbow [1-5/16-12 (F-Sw. x M)]
side) L095 Spider. Obtain from: Love Joy Corp, 2655
Wisconsin Avenue, Downers Grove, IL 60515 J—T26767 Connector [1-5/16-12 (M, O-ring x M, JIC)]
(Call 1-708-852-0500)
K—38H5006 Connector [M33 x 2.0 (M) O-ring x (M)
F—Adapter [1 in. (M) NPT x 1-1/16-12 (M) JIC] (For ORFS]
Hoses with (F) JIC Ends). Obtain from: Parker 12-16
FTX, Weatherhead C5205 x 12 x 16 or Aeroquip L—RE60870 Hydraulic Pump (23 cm3) -9 spline 10.5
2021-16-12S gpm at 1725 rpm (SAE "A" Mount)
Continued on next page AG,RW24911,123 –19–10JAN00–1/2

110906
PN=1185
Fabricated Tools
L—Alternate—Part Number—W9A123R3F01N. S—FM200 Foot Mounting Bracket A2 bolt—SAE "A"

Obtain from: John S. Barnes Corp., 222 15th. Street, aluminum. Obtain from: LHA Products 1801-B West
Rockford, IL 61104 (Call 1-800-398-9400) Oak Parkway N.E., Marietta, GA 30062
(Call 1-404-410-3950)
NOTE: For the Barnes pump, omit adapters (J), (K),
and (M) and replace with: T—JT05679 Hose (2 Used) 12-foot with 1-1/16-12 (F)
JIC ends
• 1 in. long 1-5/16-12(M) O-Ring x
1-5/16-12(M) JIC Adapter—Parker 16FF50X T—Alternate— (For Hoses with 3/4 (M) NPT Ends).
or Aeroquip 202713-16-16S Obtain from SERVICEGARD or locally
• (1) 1-1/16-12(M) O-Ring x 1/2(F) NPT
Bushing—Parker 12-1/2F50G or —Base—1-1/2 in. x 9 in. x 22 in. board with 1-1/2 in. x
Weatherhead C3269 x 12 x 8 3-1/2 in. boarder on underside
M—Adapter M18 x 1.5(M) O-Ring x 1/2(F) NPT. —Hardware—Determine bolts, screw, and flat washer
Obtain from: Parker M18 x 1.5-1/2 F80 HG-S sizes
N—Hex Nipple 1/2 in. NPT x 3 in. (One end inverted Assemble the above material on the base with correct
30° flare). Obtain from: Parker 1/2 x 3.0 FFF hardware. Use large flat washers on bottom side of
base.
O—90° Elbow 1/2 in. (M) NPT x 1/2(F) Sw. NPT.
Obtain from: Parker 2107-8-8 or Weatherhead 9405 x Weld connector (J) and (K).
8x8
Align the drive coupler to within 1° from straight.
99 P—Adapter (2 Used) M22 x 2 (M) O-ring x 1/2(F) Maximum misalignment of pump to motor shaft centers
05
18
NPT. Obtain from: Parker M22 x 1.5-1/2 F80HG-S is 0.38 mm (0.015 in.).
Q—RE68996 Filter Housing and RE69054 Filter Fabricate a mounting bracket from 3/16 in. x 3 in. flat
10 Micron Filter—Flow Rating 15-20 gpm iron for the filter housing which can also be a shield for
covering the drive coupling.
R—Adapter [1/2 in. (M) NPT x 1-1/16-12(M) JIC] (For
hoses with (F) JIC ends). Obtain from: Parker 12-8 Fabricate a brace to support the suction side of the
FTX, Weatherhead C5205 x 12 x 8 or Aeroquip strainer.
2021-8-12S
R—Alternate— (for hoses with NPT (M) ends) 3/4(F)

NPT Sw. x 1/2"(M) NPT. Obtain from:
Parker 0107-8-12 or Weatherhead 9205 x 12 x 8
AG,RW24911,123 –19–10JAN00–2/2

110906
PN=1186
Fabricated Tools
DFRW139—Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement Tool
–UN–22JAN99
99
05
19
RW78206
A—Cap C—Pin E—Outlet Hole F—Actuator Hole
B—Inlet Hole D—Thermal Actuator
Material Required: Enlarge inlet hole (B) by drilling through hole for cap
(A) with 6 mm (1/4 in.) drill bit. Be careful not to drill
• RE57575 Thermal Expansion Valve (Defective is past outlet hole (E).
acceptable)
• PM37513 Epoxy Adhesive Mix epoxy according to directions and partially fill
actuator hole (F). Reinstall Pin (C) into guide hole to
Remove cap (A) by gripping with pliers and keep epoxy from dripping through.
unscrewing from block.
Install and tighten actuator (F) and plug A.
Remove spring, valve, and pin (C) from block hole (B).
Tool is used to replace TEV when flushing evaporator.
Remove thermal actuator (D) by gripping with pliers
and unscrewing.
AG,RW24911,92 –19–08NOV05–1/1

110906
PN=1187
Fabricated Tools
DFRW147—Screw Jack
–UN–03OCT01
RXA0057477
99
05
20
A—19M7397 Cap Screw B—14M7291 Flange Nut C—28H3433 Bushing

(9020T)
19M7484 Cap Screw (9020)
Assemble as shown. needs to be removed to access transmission

solenoids.
Screw jack is used to support 18-speed powershift
transmission when transmission mounting bracket
OUOD008,000001A –19–03OCT01–1/1

110906
PN=1188
Fabricated Tools
DFRW148—ACTIVE SEAT Control Valve Holding Tool
–UN–11JUN01
RXA0053883
99
05
21
A—19M7348 Cap Screw (10 B—3/8 in Bar Stock (4 in.
mm x 150 mm) Long)
Material Required: Weld bar (B) to cap screw (A) as illustrated.
• 3/8 in. Bar Stock Tool is used to retain valve and align floor plate during
valve removal and installation.
• 19M7348 Cap Screw (10 mm x 150 mm)
ACTIVE SEAT is a trademark of Deere & Company RX,DFRW103CONV1 –19–12JUN95–1/1

110906
PN=1189
Fabricated Tools
DFRW150—SCV-Hitch Valve Stack Lifting Bracket
125 mm
(5 in.)
74 mm 38 mm
(3 in.) (1.5 in.)
33 mm
(1.3813 in.)
74 mm
99 (3 in.)
18 mm
05 32 mm
22 (.7087 in.)
(1.25 in.)
15 mm 38 mm
(.5625 in.) ] Drill (1.5 in.)
7 mm
(.25 in.)
52 mm
(2 in.)
–UN–14AUG01
RXA0055247

110906
PN=1190
Fabricated Tools
NOTE: Tool may be purchased from SERVICEGARD. Drill holes as illustrated and weld tubes to align with
Order JDG1574. 15 mm (5/8 in.) holes.
Material Required: Tool is used to remove and install hitch-SCV stack on

8020, 8020T, 9020, and 9020T Series and newer
• 74 mm x 74 mm x 7 mm x 125 mm long (3 in. x tractors.
3 in. x 0.25 in. x 5 in. long) Angle Iron
• 15 mm ID x 52 mm long (5/8 in. ID x 2 in. long)
Tubes (2 Required)
OURX113,0000014 –19–21OCT05–2/2
DFRW155—Jumper Leads
110
3
032
2 D
E 1
3
20
1
2
3
C
99
–UN–29NOV01
05
BL
AC
B A 23
K
B
RE
D
RXA0058825
A—Terminal Connector C—Black Wire D—RE37651 Accessory E—Wire Splices

B—Red Wire Connector
Materials Required:
CAUTION: Terminal lead #2 (unswitched
power) is not used. Using terminal lead #2
• 4.5 m (15 ft) Black Wire (16 gauge)
will not allow application of park brake when
• 4.5 m (15 ft) Red Wire (16 gauge)
turning key switch to OFF position.
• RE37651 Accessory Connector
• 57M7256 Terminal Body
Used to energize park brake valve solenoid to tow or
• 57M7289 Pins (2 used)
move 9020 Series power shift tractors.
• R104919 Seals (2 used)
• Wire Splices (2 used)
OUOD010,000006B –19–28NOV01–1/1

110906
PN=1191
Fabricated Tools
DFRW165—PST Park Brake Pump Off Hose Adapter
–UN–26APR02
RXA0060434
99
05
24
• AH75167—Body Assy-Quick Disconnect (ISO NOTE: Typical hand pump hose setup:
Coupler)
• R100581—Adapter, Straight (3/4-16 M ORB X • Hand Pump Hose
9/16-18 F ORB) • JT03218—Coupler (3/8 F NPT x 9/16-18 F
• AH12576—Receptacle - Diagnostic (DR) 37 Sw)
• R26892—Adapter (1/4 M NPT X 9/16-18
DFRW165 is used to couple a hand pump with female JIC)
DR to the male ISO coupler under tractor cab floor for • JT03264—Female DR Coupler (1/2 x 1/8 F
manual release of park brake. NPT)
OURX908,0000716 –19–26APR02–1/1

110906
PN=1192
Fabricated Tools
DFRW169—Gudgeon Oscillation Stop1
E K
B
J
–UN–25SEP03
G 99
05
25
H
RXA0071056
I
A—224—227 mm (8.815—8.935 D—98—99 mm (3.86—3.9 in.) G—305—330 mm (12-13 in.) J—138 mm (5.426 in.)
in.) E—60—67 mm (2.35—2.65 in.) H—394 mm (15.5 in.) K—2.6—3.4 mm (0.103—0.133
B—1.5°—3.5° F—121—146 mm (4.75—5.75 I—450—451 mm (17.72—17.76 in.)
C—33 mm (1.3 in.) in.) in.)
Using JDG660 or JDG660A, modify tool using After tool has been modified, stamp JDG660B on tool
dimensions shown above. to show modification has been done.
1
This tool may be purchased. Order JDG660B.
OUO6046,0001B77 –19–25SEP03–1/1

110906
PN=1193
Fabricated Tools
DFRW198—Accumulator Service Tool
Specification
Original Core Length—Length ...................................... 79.25—80.13 mm
(3.120—3.155 in.)
NOTE: Modify core from ONLY JT03515-2 Accumulator

Service Tool.
Remove 1.52 mm (0.060 in.) from end (C) of JT03515-2

Accumulator Service Tool core.
A—JT03515-2
–UN–21MAY04
B—Core
C—Remove Material Here
D—Original Length
RXA0075049
99
05
26
OURX985,000005E –19–24MAY04–1/1

110906
PN=1194
Index
Page Page
A Compressor
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-31
Accumulators Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-30
ACTIVE SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-15 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-26
ACTIVE SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-5 Volumetric efficiency test . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-28
Active Seat Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-39
Access Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-12
Seat Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-34 Dye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-10
ACTIVE SEAT Evacuate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-18
Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-15 Evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-45
Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-6 Flush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-15
Active Seat Purge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-17
Reference chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-9
Air system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-24
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-31
ACTIVE SEAT
Air intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-5
Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-48
Air suspension seat . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-15-4, 90-20-2
Purging air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-3
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-15-2
Active Seat
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-30-1
Remove and Install
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-2
Air Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-27
Axle oil cooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-4
Fore-and-Aft Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-32
Axles
Lateral Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-31
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-14
Scissors Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-33
Check oil level-9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-00-12
Seat Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-34
Filter housing-9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-5
Seat Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-29
Front, remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-00-3
Repair
Input housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-4
Seat back adjuster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-35
Install in repair stand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-03-5
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-28 Lubrication pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-3
Replace Rear, remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-00-8 Indx
Fore-and-Aft Shock Absorber . . . . . . . .90-25-32 Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-11 1
Lateral Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-30
ACTIVE SEAT
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-2
Adjust B
Brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-14
Clutch cable-MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-8 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-15-4
Clutch shaft end play-9000 PST . . . . . . . .52-50-13 Belt
Drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-16 Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-11
Heating and cooling control cable . . . . . . .90-05-10 Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-10
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-05-4 Bleed brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-14
Neutral lockout plate-MST. . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-19 Blower motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-1
Neutral start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-25 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-20-1
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-15 Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-14
PTO operating cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-8 Brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-5
Pump shaft end play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-15 Manual brake check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-16
Reverse switch (MST). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-25 Pedal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-14
Shaft end play-MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-34 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-4
Shifter rods-MST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-18
Side panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-05-5
Speed sensors-9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-26 C
Aftercooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-7
Air conditioning Cab
Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-19 Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-10
TM1623 (09NOV06) Index-1 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

110906
PN=1
Index
Page Page
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-2 D

Charge pump-9000 PST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-14
Cleanup, transmission Dealer fabricated tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-1
MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-50-2 Diagnostic connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-2
9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-55-2 Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-4
9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-15-2 Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-19
ClimaTrak Cone point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-05-10
Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-30 Lock valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-12
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-31 Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-10-18
CLIMATRAK (S.N. -010001) Diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-6
Heater control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-14 Draft sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-29
CLIMATRAK (S.N. 010001- ) Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-11
Heater control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-15
Cluch
Pedal E
9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-20-1
Clutch ECU diagnostic connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-2
A/C compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-31 EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-11
Operating cable (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-6 Electrical
Pedal Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-4
MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-4 Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-9
9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-05-1 Insulating compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-2
PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-00-2, 56-15-3 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-1
Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-6 Engine
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-05-1
Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-2
Fan drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-9
Transmission-MST, Hi-Lo control . . . . . . .40-35-12
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-13
Compressor
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-2, 20-05-2
Indx Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-30
2
Speed control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-10
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-26 10.5 L and 12.5 L
Volumetric efficiency test . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-28 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-16
Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-38 Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-32
Connectors Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-16
ECU diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-2 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-1
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-4 Shim pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-33
TOUCHSET depth control. . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-1 8.1 L
Control cable, temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-8 Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-15
Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-9 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-3
Control valve Remove oil pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-3
Seat Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-1
O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-13 Shim pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-33
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-13 Evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-11
Controller, hydraulic pump Leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-43
Sauer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-22 Expansion valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-46
Vickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-6
Cooler bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-14
Couplers, hydraulic F
9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-20
9020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-40 Fabricated tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99-05-1
Cylinder Fan drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-9
Lift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-3 Filter housing
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-3 Axle-9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-5

110906
PN=2
Index
Page Page
Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-4 Position sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-28

Filter relief valve Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-15
MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-05-1 Valve
9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-2 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-13
9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-2 9020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-29
Final drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-15-5 Hitch-SCV valve stack
Front cover (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-20-3 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-4
Fuel system Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-10, 70-30-44
Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-05-2 Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-11
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-05-2 Surge relief valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-15
Level sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-15 9020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-5
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-05-2 Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-34
Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-05-1 Surge relief valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-29
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-2 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-05-1
Fusible link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-3 HVAC module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-3
HVAC Module
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-3
CLIMATRAK (S.N. - 010001). . . . . . . . . .90-05-5
G
CLIMATRAK (S.N. 010001- ). . . . . . . . . .90-05-6
Tractors Without CLIMATRAK . . . . . . . . .90-05-4
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-4
Hydraulic
Gear drives (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-5
Filter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-4
General repair procedures
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-3
Brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-4
Oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-5
Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-1
Oil reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-3, 70-05-4
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-35-9
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-7
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-9
Return oil manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-7
Ground point locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-2
Hydraulic pump
Gudgeon Indx
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-5
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-4 3
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-32
Spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-27
I
H
Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-20
Harness routing Instrument control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-3
ACTIVE SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-48 Internal park brake
Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-34 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-8
Engine/chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-10
GREENSTAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-50
Remote mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-49
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-46 L
Transmission-9020 PST . . . . . .40-10-31, 40-10-32
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-11 Lift cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-3
Control valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-12 Load center
HVAC module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-3 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-2
Hi-Lo clutch and brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-3 Relays and diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-6
Hi-Lo planetary (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-2
Hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-05-2
Hitch M
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-13
Lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-11 Motors
Lift cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-3 Blower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-1

110906
PN=3
Index
Page Page
Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-3 Reservoir, hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-3, 70-05-4

Return oil manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-7
Reverse idler gear (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-29
N
Neutral start switch S

PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-25
SCV
Control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-14
O Set-up panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-3
Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-15
Oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-2, 30-20-5 Top cover
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-4 Exploded view - deluxe . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-10
Leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-20-8 Exploded view - standard . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-8
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-7
9000
Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-20
P
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-7
Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-11
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-25-10
9020
Park pawl (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-18
Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-40
Pressure regulating valve
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-11
MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-11
Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-30-34
9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-15-2
Seat
Priority valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-7
Access
PTO
Air system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-24
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-00-2, 56-15-3
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-28
Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-6
Indx Air system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-20-3
4
Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-2
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-30-1
Drop box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-00-6, 56-25-3
Control valve
Pump controller
Remove and install
Sauer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-22
Inlet pressure reducing valve . . . . . . .90-25-14
Vickers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-6
Proportional pressure reducing
Pumps
valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-14
Axle lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-3
Operator presence switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-28
Charge-9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-14
Raise/lower switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-28
Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-7
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-5
Fill crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-00-15
Remove and install
Transmission
Air spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-25
MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-1
Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-26
9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-6
Compressor filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-26
Windshield washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-4
Control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-13
Check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-13
Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-13
R Proportional pressure reducing
valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-14
Radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-27 Ride zone protector. . . . . . . . . . . .90-15-4, 90-20-6
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-3 Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-15-1, 90-20-6
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-5 Secondary pump
Receiver-dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-37 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-32
Refrigerant oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-20 Sensors
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-6 Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-16

110906
PN=4
Index
Page Page
Air intake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-16 Drive shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-10-1

Axle lube filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-22 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-00-2, 20-05-2
Axle lube pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-23 Engine couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-05-1
ClimaTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-31 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-1
Clutch position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-17 Gudgeon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-10-4
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-15 Hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95-05-2
Draft sensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-29 Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-2
Engine cam speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-13 Hitch-SCV valve stack
Engine crank speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-14 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-25-2
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-15 Hydraulic filter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-2
Fuel temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-16 Hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-3
Hitch position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-28 Lift cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-40-2
Hydraulic oil Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-02-1, 60-25-3
Filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-26 Priority valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-2
Reservoir level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-25 PTO
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-24 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-15-3
Park brake valve pressure-9020 PST . . . .40-25-29 Clutch valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-20-2
Radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-27 Drop box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-25-2
Transmission lube oil pressure-MST . . . . .40-30-21 Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-3
Transmission oil filter restriction-MST . . . .40-30-22 Return oil manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-2
Wheel speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-26 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-2
9000 PST Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-1
Filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-20 Solenoids-9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-2
Lube oil pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-21 Starting motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-1
Oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-20 Steering
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-19, 52-50-26 Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-05-2
Sequence valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-6 Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-3
Seven-terminal outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-40-1 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-1
Shift valves-9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-3 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-1 Indx
5
Shifter cams (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-20 Transmission-MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-4
Shifters (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-2 Control valve housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-2
Side panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-05-5 Filter relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-05-1
Solenoids Front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-20-2
Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-10 Gear drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-3
Fuel shut-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-9 Hi-Lo clutch and brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-2
Hi-Lo clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-11 Hi-Lo planetary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-1
Hitch valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-15 Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-1
Park brake valve-9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-14 Shift levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-2
PST valves-9020. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-12 Traction clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-2
SCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-15 Transmission-9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-3
Starting aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-9 Charge pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-2
Spacer housing (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-35-1 Front and rear housings . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-3
Specifications Pressure regulating valve . . . . . . . . . . . .52-15-2
Accessory components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-1 Transmission-9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-00-2
ACTIVE SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-2 Universal joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-10-1
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-7 Start circuit relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-3
Armrest controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-2 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-20-1
Axle lubrication pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-2 Starting aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-20
Axles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-00-3, 57-05-3 Steering
Brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-4 Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-05-2
Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-00-2 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-30-6
Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-10-7 Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-3
Cooler bypass valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-2 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-1

110906
PN=5
Index
Page Page
Switches Reverse switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-25

A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-31 Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-37
Beacon light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-27 Shift control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-2
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-26 Shift rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-18
Cab door light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-27 Shifter cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-20
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-22 Shifter forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-28
Console control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-16 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-13
Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-24 Spacer housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-35-1
Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-27 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-5
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-19 Synchronizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-13
Hand brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-28 Traction clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-3
Hitch raise/lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-30 Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-37
Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-20 Transmission-9000 PST
Neutral start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-24 Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-13
Neutral start switch (MST). . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-25 Charge pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-15-14
Operator presence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-28 Check oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-13
Park brake valve pressure-9020 PST . . . .40-25-30 Cleanup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-55-2
PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-26 Clutch
Reverse (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-25 Lower 7-inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-30-3
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-28 Upper 7-inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-35-3
Starting aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-20 8-inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-25-2
Synchronizers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-13 9-inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-45-2
Clutch pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-05-1
Clutch shaft end play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-13
Compound shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-40-2
T
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-11
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-4
Temperature control cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-05-8
Filter relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-2
Indx Traction clutch (MST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-3
6
Front and rear housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-10
Transmission
Neutral start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-25
Internal park brake, repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-8
Oil distribution manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-4
Neutral start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-25
Oil pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-10-2
Transmission-MST
Oil seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-23
Adjust shaft end play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-34
Pressure regulating valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-15-2
Check oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-16
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-4
Cleanup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-50-2
Clutch manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-40-11 Shaft assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-6
Clutch pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-4 Shift valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-3
Control valve housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-10-9 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-11
Countershafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-18 Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-20-2
Filter relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-05-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-00-3
Front cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-20-3 Speed sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-26
Gear drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-5 Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-25
Hi-Lo Transmission-9020 PST
Clutch and brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-25-3 Check oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-00-13
Clutch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-12 Cleanup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-15-2
Planetary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-30-2 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-35-11
Neutral lockout plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-55-19 Filter relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-2
Neutral start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-24 Neutral start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-25-25
Park pawl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-18 Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-00-3
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-15-1 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-10-1
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-00-4 Shaft seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-9
Reverse idler gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-29 Yokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-5

110906
PN=6
Index
Page
Universal joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-10-1, 95-10-5
Valve
Seat control valve
Proportional pressure reducing valve
Remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-14
Remove and install
Check valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-13
Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-25-13
Inlet pressure reducing valve . . . . . . .90-25-14
Valves
Axle filter bypass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-5
Cooler bypass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-14
Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-12
Hydraulic filter bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-4
Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-7
Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-20-6
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-1
Viscous fan drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-15-9
W
Indx
7
Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-35-9
Wiper motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-45-3
Wire codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-1
Yokes
MST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-45-37
9000 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-50-25
9020 PST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-5

110906
PN=7
Index
Indx
8

110906
PN=8

9100, 9200 9300 9400 9120, 9220 9320, 9420 9520 and 9620 Tractors Repair

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

9100, 9200 9300 9400 9120, 9220 9320, 9420 9520 and 9620 Tractors Repair

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

9100, 9200 , 9300

9400 , 9120, 9220

John Deere Waterloo Works

Notice to the Dealer

This is a complete revision of TM1623 Repair Technical

Discard TM1623 dated 14OCT04.

TM1623 (09NOV06) 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

Dealer Predelivery Information Form

The John Deere Predelivery Form, when properly filled

Because of the shipping factors involved, plus extra

Perform all services listed and check each job off as it is

TM1623 (09NOV06) 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

TM1623 (09NOV06) i 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

SECTION 90—Operator Station

SECTION 95—Hinge and Gudgeon

SECTION 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM1623 (09NOV06) ii 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

TM1623 (09NOV06) iii 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

TM1623 (09NOV06) iv 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

Group 05—Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-05-1

Group 10—General Information

TM1623 (09NOV06) 10-1 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

TM1623 (09NOV06) 10-2 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol

Follow Safety Instructions

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on

Learn how to operate the machine and how to use

Keep your machine in proper working condition.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need

TM1623 (09NOV06) 10-05-1 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep

Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is

Securely support any machine elements that must be

Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix

On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground

On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from

Protect Against High Pressure Spray

Spray from high pressure nozzles can penetrate the skin

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any high

a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is

TM1623 (09NOV06) 10-05-2 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not

Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn

Prevent Battery Explosions

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TM1623 (09NOV06) 10-05-3 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.

1. Do not induce vomiting.

TM1623 (09NOV06) 10-05-4 9100-9400 and 9120-9620 Tractors Repair

Chemicals used in agricultural applications such as

Reduce risk of exposure and injury: